Author: davenkross2026

  • 08/01/2026 – Discover How to Find High-Intent Buyers on LinkedIn Before Your Competitors Do … Generate Premium Leads, Book More Sales Calls, An Close More Clients – Without Cold Calling Or Spending A Dime on Ads!

    All right, we are officially live. Welcome everyone. Settle in. The room is open. Just give me a quick heads up if you can hear my voice and if you can see the screen. The sooner you do these things, the faster we can get started. And quite honestly, if you’re looking for leads, and more importantly, if you’re looking for buyers, not just leads that take a glance and go away, but people that are actually interested, people that are there because they want a solution, that are willing to pay, that have the budget to invest. If you’re looking for those types of buyers, no matter what you’re selling, you came to the right place. We’re going to show you exactly how you easily not only can get in front of them, but actually convert them into real clients and buyers of any product or service that you sell. So, I’m super excited to share this with you. I can’t wait to see show you the results, the testimonials, the case studies we have. There you go. See, John is here. Adam is here. Samantha’s here. Melissa is here. Greg is here as well. Lots of people saying that’s exactly what I’m here for. Amazing. Awesome. Without further ado, let’s go ahead and get started. This brand new prospecting engine generates customers by finding the exact people who need you. Meaning, it gets in front of people that actually are looking for what you’re selling. It can’t get better than that. Now, you’ll be able to actually turn this on immediately after this webinar and see real leads and sales just like we’ve done with all of our clients and users thus far within 24 hours. We’re going to show and prove that here today. I’m about to show you how you can start getting instant customers without having to grind for followers on social media. Because here’s the truth, and let me know in the chat box or the question box if you agree. There’s a a place where you can type while you’re watching. Comment if you agree that there are lots of great business models. There’s agency, there’s affiliate marketing, white label software, digital products, coaching. I mean, since we’re live, let me know what type of business you run. Or maybe you’re doing a little bit of everything or a few different things. Let me know. And even if you don’t have a business model right now, definitely stay on board because what you’re about to witness will be something you can offer as a service within itself. I see lots of people saying affiliate marketing, uh, local business marketing. There we go. Digital marketing. Perfect. AI white label. Perfect. Now, I can honestly tell you after trying every little trick in the book, it always comes down to the same thing. Always. And let me know if you agree. Just give me a quick yes if you agree. The evergreen proven income formula that stands the test of time is this. All you need is a product or service, which I can see many of you already have, and interested leads. And when you combine these two together enough times, you reach financial freedom. You reach a state where your sales pay for your life. There you go. I see lots of people saying, “Yes, I agree.” Now, I see someone asking, “How do we get the interested leads?” That’s exactly what we’re going to cover here today because it’s easier said than done. You’ve probably already tried some version of this where you maybe have great offers right now, but nobody to sell it to. You posted a lot of content maybe on Instagram, on X, on Facebook, on YouTube. You’ve posted on different platforms. You haven’t seen new clients, new buyers come in. And most tools and methods require tons of skills, tons of patience as well. And almost it feels like a luck of the draw. And it feels like that. The problem is, and we see this a lot, you don’t have a reliable way to consistently get buyers. That is the only thing preventing you from seeing actual results right now. You just don’t have a reliable way to get consistent buyers. Once you have that solved, you can reach the financial goals that you’re looking for. Remember our first $1,000 in sales, our first $2,000 in sales. It all became once we figured out this part right here where we’re climbing the amount of success. We have all the gear, but the only thing that was holding us back was this right here. Now, you’re not alone. This happens to a lot of people. And you came to the right place because that is exactly what Victory has been solving behind the scenes. And if you don’t know who Victory is, an award-winning seven figure product launcher, I think most of you already know him. Uh close to a million dollars in sales just on this platform here alone. Then another 1.6 million here, close to 2.6 or 2.7 right here. He has been crushing it online. But trust me when I say nothing of this was possible unless he had interested leads to show his products and services to. And today we’re going to reveal the curtain on how you can do that because that is the missing puzzle piece for so many people. Now what if I told you that after this training you will own a unique solution that will get you quick buyers without having to post content. Others will beg you to install this for them. Every time we show a demo they’re like how much for you to put this into my business now. It works perfect for complete beginners especially for beginners. and then creates an income stream from day one and goes out there and finds the people that actually want what you’re offering immediately and it requires zero tech skills. AI will do all the heavy lifting for you. It’s all done for you by smart AI agents, not your generic chat GPTs or Claude or whatever you know is the latest out there, but agents that are specifically trained on finding buyers for your product. And not just any type of buyer, but a person that has clearly shown intent, meaning they want what you have to offer before you’ve even shown it to them. I’m going to show you exactly how that works. That means when you grab this today, you will have AI getting you real clients on complete autopilot. This works hands-free. Now, let me ask you a quick question. Now that you know what we’re going to talk about, if you actually have thousands of qualified leads on your list every month, just give me a yes in the chat box. Do you see yourself generating more clients and sales starting today? Whether you’re selling digital products, affiliate products, your own products, digital services, marketing services, working with businesses, do you see yourself generating more clients and sales starting today? If you had a smart AI agent go out there and find people that have shown clearly that they’re looking for a solution. There you go. I see lots and lots of yeses coming. That’s exactly what I’m looking for. That would solve all my problems. Perfect. Now, that’s what we’re going to cover here today. The absolute most important part of your business is by far getting high quality leads. Leads with intent. Leads that are looking for what you have to buy. It’s the life source of your business. you know, it will help you get a full pipeline, get you the sales and conversions you’re looking for, get you recurring revenue, get you to book calls, as well as just scale your business overall. And that’s why with what we’re about to show you today, you’ll be able to land clients from literally any industry. If you’re wondering, well, will it work in this niche? Will it work in that niche? it can go out there and work in any industry which will allow you in turn to have that consistent and predictable income that you can actually rely on and I actually prove it to you. We have beginners making a full-time income as we speak. Michael Carter helped me launch my first service offering on LinkedIn, been freelancing for a while. Never offered this and then gave me a structured system that I could use for clients. I recently signed my first recurring client using it with Sophia Williams. much easier than managing multiple tools. Jessica Thompson helped me stay consistent without burning out. You know, my biggest struggle was maintaining consistency. We got so many people crushing it. Arjun, Emily, Priya. Now, I’m going to show you exactly what they’re doing, why it works, and how what we’re going to show you is doing all the work for them. These are people who used to struggle to sell their products and services online, and now they’re crushing it. And the best part is this is not just an AI tool like many tools that are out there which you know generate maybe an image, generate you know a video things that you know generate copy. This is one of those AIs that actually goes and does something to directly make you more revenue. It’s a non-stop sales machine that will provide you an actual ongoing income. So, what you’re about to witness isn’t just information like most products and webinars where they just overload you with info. It is transformation. The webinar you’re about to watch will get you more buyers, more leads, more sales. So, comment yes if you’re going to stay until the end to see exactly how this works because we’re going to go ahead and get started. Comment yes in chat box if you’re in it. There you go. Excited, super pumped, happy to be here. Awesome. Now, the three secrets we’ll be covering. Number one, leads with intent to buy. most important thing is getting leads that have the intent to buy. I’m going to show you the number one thing that anyone can do to always tap into an infinite pool of leads that are ready to buy right now. And secret number two, I’m going to show you how to accelerate those results by making even more money without extra work, even if you’re a complete beginner. And then last but not least, because you’re so smart that you showed up to this live webinar, you’ll be able to actually take this, run with it, and immediately have it be implemented for you. actually see the results with your own eyes because the people that are live here today, which is you, are going to get special webinar only discounted exclus exclusive access to the secret AI we’ve been using to skill absolute beginners from scratch. So, I hope you’re excited and without further ado, let’s dive right into secret number one. Now, I’ve spent tons of money on trainings and tools to start a profitable business. And I want to share something that most people refrain from sharing, and that is the non sugarcoated reality of running an online business. And I feel not enough people talk about this. Let me know if this sounds relatable. It’s where, you know, you buy different softwares to, you know, build your website, obviously. Then you buy different softwares to start with marketing. by different courses to start generating leads, you know, more marketing courses because leads are the most important thing. And then meanwhile, there’s so many shiny objects happening left and right, different ways to make money now with, you know, e-commerce and then crypto goes up again and then YouTube faceless channels and there’s so many distractions happening that look more attractive all the time while you’re just trying to get that initial project, that initial product or surface sold. Now, if that’s you or if you can’t relate, let me know in the chat box. But one thing I will tell you for sure is that no matter how many tools you own, the final roadblock, even after you’ve set everything up, you’ve finally got everything up and running, the final roadblock, let me know if you know what it is. There you go. Buyers, clients, sales, traffic. It is all that. It is getting leads that want to buy, getting people with intent. and getting buyers can feel like trying to win a lottery ticket. So, Victory sat down and said, “How do we fix this?” And after doing deep research, we discovered exactly to the tea how anyone, even if you just started yesterday, can rapidly get buyers. Now, answer the following question for me. Let’s see if we have some smart entrepreneurs in the room. Which person do you reckon generates buyer leads and sales faster? for people that actually want to buy, buy your leads and sales faster. Is it person A that is posting tons of content trying to reach anyone and everyone? This is what most people are doing. They’re using different AI tools to generate videos and, you know, images and posts and posts, which is okay. It definitely can work. Or person B who specifically messages people who already mentioned online that they need what you sell. For example, someone online on a forum, on a group, on a certain page, on a certain social media platform already put out a request. Can anyone help me with this? Can anyone know about this? Does anyone recommend this? Someone that has already shown clear intent that they have a problem regarding the solution that you offer. Who do you think generates buyer leads and sales faster, A or B? There you go. It is hands down. I already see tons of BBB. It is hands down B. And even though we know it’s B and it makes more sense that it’s B, right? If if we find people online asking, you know, what’s the best funnel builder? How do I get more leads, right? My conversions are low. If we find people that actually, you know, have problems that relate to anything that we sell, it’s easier for us to come in and say, hey, I actually have a solution for this. I actually have a product for this. But if we just post endless amounts of content, it’s just a sitting and waiting and, you know, hoping game. Now on top of this, now that we established who gets buyer leads and sales faster, which platform do you reckon you can actually find and get these qualified buyer leads? Is it LinkedIn or is it all the other, you know, social media platforms? Let me know like like YouTube, Instagram, Facebook. And again, not to say that, you know, Instagram is not powerful, YouTube’s not powerful. They all have their own unique strengths. But as you can see, I see lots of people already saying LinkedIn. When it comes to buyer leads, people that are not just online for entertainment, people that are not just scrolling just to pass time, but people that are online to make connections, to, you know, network, to buy, to find solutions, to learn, they’re on LinkedIn. And that’s not just something we’re saying. That’s actually based on real, proven data. That’s actually why LinkedIn is built in the first place. You can see right here, study shows LinkedIn has the highest buyer intent leads. LinkedIn generates 277% more leads than any other social media platforms. Now for B2B, so especially businessto business as well, but also B2C, this makes LinkedIn the most powerful social media platform. You can see right here, while LinkedIn outperforms any other platform because users log in with a career mindset rather than for casual entertainment, making them receptive to business solutions. key phrase here, receptive to business solutions. Now, furthermore, we can go on and on. There’s so many studies on this. LinkedIn is widely recognized as the top platform for the best lead quality and so forth. Now, why does this matter to us? What’s in it for us? Because you might reckon if all it takes is going on LinkedIn and then finding people that are actually, you know, looking for a solution in relation to what we offer, then why is not everyone doing this if it’s so simple? And that’s because you need to keep in mind that first of all, it takes a really long time finding all those people. And better yet, cold audiences are difficult. They don’t know you. They don’t know who you are. And connecting and converting total strangers is time consuming. And here’s what I personally used to struggle with as well. Not knowing what to say to them. Sure, they showed, you know, that they need help, but how do I approach it? How do I make sure I don’t just come across as a spammer or someone that just wants to sell their product? How do I, you know, make all the time to find all these people and message them one by one? And on top of that, it’s not scalable if it’s tied to me continuously going out there looking for people talking about anything in relation to what I offer and there’s no way to connect with those people. And even when you manage to do all things right, it’s still very manual. Now exactly that is all about to change because victory spent the whole year I think it’s even longer than a year Victory let you know correct me if you if if I’m mistaken here but I remember it’s at least one and a half you know with all the newer versions and then then also the evolution of AI coming out so it made it even more powerful developing a tool that is bound to convert audiences into leads bound it literally doesn’t miss you can generate the perfect leads on autopilot Now, I’m about to show you how it works, but let me ask you a question. Imagine you have access to the newest technology in lead generation today that grows your business with one click. It puts out very targeted campaigns, going out there hunting and searching for people, not just random people, but people that mention they have a certain problem that your product or service can solve. Now if you have that, do you see yourself growing your business business with more leads and sales fast? If every day it finds all these daily interested leads in this crowd and you know unifies them in one certain inbox and talks with them you know about the solution one by one. If that happens around the board 247 without you even needing to be there, people that are looking for help, people that say, “Oh, thank you so much, left, right, and center.” You know, it’s even calculates and scores the intent based on how they reply, based on their initial message. If you had such a powerful machine, do you see yourself growing your business faster with more leads and sales? It can literally get you leads within the next 10 minutes. Comment yes, if you can imagine. And there we go. I see lots of coming in up here. Very close. extension. All you have to do if you want to see this is comment I want this and we’re going to go ahead and show you the full release. Comment I want this in the question box or in the chat box right now. There you go. In the chat, comment I want this. Let’s go ahead and have an inside look. Finding qualified prospects on LinkedIn shouldn’t take hours of searching, messaging, and manual follow-ups. Meet Intense Striker, an AI powered LinkedIn lead generation platform built for B2B teams, agencies, recruiters, and founders. It helps you discover highintent prospects, automate personalized outreach, and manage conversations from one workspace. In this walkthrough, we’ll build your first campaign, and show you how to turn LinkedIn into a predictable lead generation engine. After signing in, you’ll see a quick overview of the platform’s AI powered lead discovery and outreach capabilities. Click set up your first campaign to begin. Start by entering your company name and website. Intense Striker analyzes your business with AI to identify your industry, generate a company description, and create your value proposition automatically. If you don’t have a website, simply enter a few keywords and let the AI build your company profile. Review the information and continue. Next, define your ideal customer profile. Intent striker recommends job titles, industries, company sizes, locations, and company types based on your business. You can add or remove criteria, exclude specific companies or keywords, and fine-tune your audience using advanced filters. Now, choose the buying intent signals you want to track. Add AI suggested or custom keywords. Include competitor profiles and let intent striker identify prospects actively showing interest in your industry. Click AI generate to refine your targeting. Next, select your location and connect your LinkedIn account securely. Once connected, Intent Striker can automatically send connection requests, personalized messages, and follow-ups for you. Click launch my agent, and the AI instantly creates your first signal agent and outreach campaign. Now let’s head to the dashboard, your command center. Here you can monitor outreach activity, campaign performance, sales pipeline, upcoming actions, opportunities, leads contacted, conversations, and pipeline value. Activity charts also show leads discovered, invitations sent, and messages delivered over different time periods. Open lead’s inbox to view every prospect your signal agents discover. Instead of manually searching LinkedIn, qualified leads automatically appear here based on your ideal customer profile and buying intent. Every lead receives an AI score, helping you prioritize the highest quality opportunities first. Advanced filters let you search by campaign score, industry, company, or location, while lead lists help you organize prospects for different workflows. The inbox replies tab shows prospects who’ve already responded, helping your team focus on the warmest leads. Selecting any lead opens a detailed profile with company information, campaign activity, AI score, and additional prospect details. You can also enrich contacts with business emails and phone numbers, then export leads or sync them directly with CRM like HubSpot, Salesforce, or Pipe Drive. Now, let’s look at Signal Agents, the AI behind your prospect discovery. Instead of searching LinkedIn manually, Signal agents continuously scan for people who match your ideal customer profile and buying intent. Each agent automatically discovers new leads and sends them directly to your leads inbox. You can monitor leads generated, active intent signals, cued prospects, activity history, and scheduled runs. Open any agent to review its performance. see the campaign it’s supporting and monitor discovery activity. Need another audience? Simply create a new signal agent or edit an existing one. The setup follows the same onboarding process. Define your audience, select buying signals, choose where leads should be saved, and let the AI continuously fill your pipeline with qualified prospects. With leads flowing automatically, it’s time to start conversations. Open campaigns to create and manage your LinkedIn outreach. Each campaign displays connected LinkedIn accounts, enrolled contacts, reply rates, campaign status, and the signal agent supplying new leads. Open manage workflow to build your outreach sequence. Add connection requests, personalized LinkedIn messages, profile visits, and wait steps to create a natural outreach flow. Enable AI ice breakers to generate personalized opening messages for every prospect or upload a voice message to make your outreach even more personal. Once your workflow is ready, click start campaign. Every qualified lead automatically moves through your sequence while Intent Striker handles the timing in the background. Use the scheduled tab to preview upcoming invitations, profile visits, messages, and follow-ups before they’re sent. The status tab provides a complete delivery history while contacts lets you monitor every enrolled prospect, their AI score, current workflow stage, and campaign progress. Open last launches to review previous campaign runs. Then switch to insights to track acceptance rates, reply rates, audience growth, workflow completion, and funnel performance through interactive reports. Finally, open campaign settings to choose your LinkedIn sender account. Define campaign objectives, customize message tone, enable review mode, and exclude existing first-degree connections before launching your outreach. With your campaigns running automatically, let’s explore C-Pilot. Co-pilot gives you complete visibility into your outreach before anything is sent. Select the LinkedIn account you want to manage, then use campaign filters to focus on a specific workflow or view all campaigns from one dashboard. The autopilot tab displays every scheduled invitation, message, and follow-up. Select any prospect to view their profile, company details, campaign information, completed actions, and upcoming workflow. If you need to make changes, simply edit the message before it’s sent, and the updated version will be used automatically. For teams that require approval before outreach, enable review mode. Every first touch message is held for review, allowing managers to approve, edit, or reject outreach before it’s delivered, giving you the confidence to automate while maintaining complete control. Next, open Unibox, your centralized LinkedIn inbox. Instead of switching between multiple accounts, Unibox brings every conversation into one workspace. Click sync inbox to import your latest LinkedIn messages. Then use filters to organize conversations by campaign, account, or status. Open any conversation to view the full message history, reply directly, or jump to LinkedIn when needed. Each conversation also includes a detailed contact panel showing company information, campaign details, AI score, and lead source, helping you personalize every reply. You can also compose new LinkedIn messages directly from Unibox, making it easy to manage every conversation from one place. Now, let’s measure your results with analytics. Choose a date range and filter performance by signal agent to evaluate specific prospecting sources. View total leads generated, average daily leads, active signal agents, and monitored intent signals. Then analyze activity trends over time. The heat map highlights your best performing signal agents, while signal performance compares different buying signals, helping you identify which keywords, job changes, funding events, and engagement signals consistently generate the highest quality leads. Once you’ve optimized your outreach, connect Intense Striker with the rest of your sales stack through integrations. Connect popular CRM like HubSpot, Salesforce, Pipe Drive, Zoho CRM, and more to automatically synchronize leads with your pipeline. Configure Slack notifications, web hooks, and API integrations to automate your workflows or connect platforms like Instantly and Lemlist to combine LinkedIn outreach with email campaigns for a complete multi- channelannel strategy. For agencies and resellers, White Label lets you deliver the entire platform under your own brand. Customize your application name, support email, logo, favicon, brand colors, and even connect your own custom domain, giving clients a fully branded experience from log into dashboard without building your own software. As your business grows, manage users through team and access. Invite team members, assign roles, manage permissions, and monitor active members in LinkedIn seats from one central location. Whether you’re working alone or managing an entire sales team, everyone stays organized with the right level of access. Finally, head to settings to configure your workspace. Update your organization details, set a default pipeline value, and add your meeting link to help prospects book appointments directly from your outreach. Manage your company information to improve AI generated messaging. Then configure connected LinkedIn accounts, synchronization, time zones, working days, and daily sending limits to keep your outreach running safely. Under profile settings, update your account information, manage passwords, and review active sessions for additional security. Then open AI templates to create reusable templates for AI generated icebreakers, connection requests, follow-ups, and outreach sequences. By defining your preferred tone and brand voice once, Intense Striker generates personalized messages that remain consistent across every campaign. Your workspace is now fully configured and ready to scale. From AI powered prospect discovery and signal agents to automated campaigns, centralized conversations, detailed analytics, CRM integrations, white label branding team management and AIdriven messaging. Intent striker brings every stage of LinkedIn lead generation into one intelligent platform. Instead of spending hours searching for prospects and managing multiple tools, you can automate your outreach, build stronger relationships, and maintain a predictable sales pipeline while the platform works continuously in the background. Thanks for watching and welcome to Intent Striker. Wow. Wow. Wow. Who here absolutely loved what they just saw? Every day it talks to prospects that already show potential. It sends a message. It makes it personalized. Hi. So, it finds this person, the prospect, Michael Thompson from this company. It says it sees he’s a high fit, you know, um, hi Michael. And notice he makes it all completely personalized. Then it has, you know, the icebreaker, the follow-up. It does it all from start to finish. Now, personally, the intent striker is responsible for doing over $20,000 in profit from scratch, selling any offer or service for our clients. you whooping 29,000 actually close to 30 grand just you know booking meetings left and right getting qualified replies and you know doing close to 420 outreaches every single day. It is insane, right? And you can see right here the pipeline stage. How many new people enter the pipeline? How many new people are contacted? You know, how many replied, how many are qualified? How many book? It is just a powerhouse closing machine. Now, who absolutely love that? Let me know in the chat. Give me a yes if you did. There you go. Love it. Love it. Love it. Lots and lots of yeses coming in. There you have it. That’s it for secret number one. Now, let’s go ahead and talk about some accelerated results because now that you have this, the doors open. There’s so many amazing things you can do. Now that you can actually get in front of people that have an intent to buy, let me show you how you can accelerate your results even more. Now, the people that take action today, you will get guaranteed clients and results and at least one client or customer per week because people reveal what they want through their online activity. For example, when someone engages with a relevant topic like, “I need more leads for my business.” Or someone even saying, “We’re struggling with this particular problem. Do you have any tips?” Your signal agent takes note of that and immediately feeds them your profile, your offer, your services. Same goes for when somebody likes or comments on an offer or service related to what you have to offer. Even if they just leave a like or a simple comment, that is an intent that they’re interested in that particular solution. Same goes for for when they follow an industry expert or marketer. It immediately makes sure that your signal agent understands that this particular influencer is known to talk about the exact topics that you happen to offer as a service and therefore it qualifies the people that follow, the people that comment, the people that engage on relevant topics that you provide as a service or as a product or a solution. You have your signal agent picking up all those leads for you. And same goes for when they join a relevant group. Let’s say somebody joins a group on AI or automation or any other particular topic and you offer several services in that particular case. That’s exactly when the signal agent jumps in and make sure he adds them to your particular LinkedIn leads list. So your offers can now get put in front of them saying, “Hey, I know that you’re part of this group. We actually solve this in this particular way.” Now, these agents and signals are working around the clock to make sure you’re only getting in front of the right eyeballs. And that’s why LinkedIn is filled with these buying signals. Again, when somebody asks for help as a prospect, when the prospect shows buying intent, when they join a relevant group or event, or even when they just visited or followed your profile page, that means they have a certain intention. They wouldn’t do that just at random. They’re doing all these things because they’re interested in a particular solution or offer. And that is where LinkedIn allows you or intent striker in particular allows you to pick up on that, fill your leads slip with those exact types of people and make it so easy for you to have extremely high conversions selling your products and services with ease. And that’s simply because not only will Intent Striker find the right people for your offers, but there are tons of businesses out there that all have one thing in common. Whether it’s a restaurant, a car dealership, a gym, a dental practice, a course vendor, all these people need qualified leads daily. Now, you can use Intense Striker for yourself and for clients and get paid to do so. Quite frankly, they’re willing to pay recurring money to anyone who can get leads for them and they will always buy from you. This is one of the most highest leveraged skills. It’s one of the most valuable assets you can bring to a business, which is qualified lead generation. And if you can help them get more leads and get more sales, they will absolutely fall in love with you. Now, we’ve created what we call the guaranteed $1,500 per month client template. And this template lands clients without a doubt left, right, and center. And it’s simply because of the way it’s built. You see, whenever you send this message to a business, which is, “Hey, business name, I saw you were doing either ads or doing a promotion or just putting out content, so I assumed you’re looking to attract and convert more people on your website, which is something every business is generally doing.” Now, I actually happen to specialize in this field using our AI intent striker engine. if you want, I can reach out to a thousand people for you and if it doesn’t work, you won’t have to pay a dime. Now, this sounds very attractive to a business. Telling them, hey, I’m going to reach out to a,000 potential clients for you and you know, if there’s no results or, you know, nothing uh comes up it, then you know, you don’t have to pay a dime. That is a nobrainer deal for a business. And the moment you do that, they won’t want you to leave anymore. They want you to stay and they will pay you to stay moving forward. And that’s what we call an AI lead genen agency because businesses want more qualified leads and clients but have no idea how to use AI to get them. Now the profitable three-step AI lead genen agency is as follows. You activate Intent Striker to get qualified clients and it’s a simple six-step onboarding process. You connect the LinkedIn account, you know, you get the profile access, a real-time sync, and it’s literally a matter of clicking a button and you’re set. Now, from there, you provide the business with a oneweek free trial. It’s going to go ahead and do AI powered personalized outreach, reaching out to all the potential clients for that business. Now, from there, we want to go ahead and analyze the results, and you start getting paid monthly. They’ll see the amount of contacts that they’ve got, the leads that have been added, the people that have been reached out to, and they’ll see that this is very beneficial for our business. We would love for you to stay on and keep doing this. And to make it even easier, because you were smart enough to pick this up on this webinar, you will actually have this completely done for you, extremely high converting agency website filled with our proven case studies and testimonials that converts people left, right, and center for this exact service. Every time people land on this page and they check out the services, they check out exactly what you’re able to do now that you’ll have access to Intense Striker, you’ll have them ongoingly book a consultation and quite frankly just sign up for your service because you’re able to get them 10 to 30 qualified meetings and leads every single month. Now, what’s even more powerful is that you can also use this to sell affiliate offers. You see, all you have to do once again is simply activate Intent Striker, but this time all you have to do is let it find people who need your affiliate offer. Maybe you’re selling an affiliate offer on a digital product or a physical product or a digital course or a software of some kind or a reseller tool that you have access to. It will find the exact potential buyers for that offer so you can enjoy ongoing commissions because it will make sure those are the exact people that will be interested in the affiliate offer that you promote. Now, let me know in the chat box, do you see how having access to intense striker and a legion agency gets clients to pay you monthly? Can you see how a business owner would absolutely love to pay you to do this for them? Imagine someone came up to you today and saying, “Hey, I’m going to reach out to a thousand people that are most likely to buy your products and services. And if you like it, then we can talk about, you know, what it takes for you and for me to stay on every single month and keep doing this.” Now, this is music to a business ears. And that’s why it’s one of the best and easiest offers to sell to any type of entrepreneur. So, let me know. I see lots of yeses. There you go. John Ali uh diamond amazing uh one of the best services hands down exactly perfect. Now that’s it for accelerated results. You can use it for yourself but you can also use it for clients. That takes us to number three instant results because what if I told you that you will have access to everything you need to get clients in a heartbeat. And the best part is you will get it at a webinar special discount. the type of discount that will make your jaw drop on the floor like you see right here. Because right now you have two options. Option number one is you don’t take any action today. You literally have the opportunity right now to never have to worry about leads, about customers, about buyers ever again and let AI find them for you and make them buy your products and services. But not taking action today means you go ahead and stay at the same place you are now. On top of that, you’ll miss out on real paying clients online that can literally make you money. And on top of that, you waste tons of time and money on, you know, trying other routes or just waiting on social media to finally work in your favor. Now, option number two is just let Intent Striker do it for you. Immediately, you have Intent Striker make you money starting today. It can go out there and start finding the exact person that is highest and most compatible to your offers and services. It will put your offers in front of them and get you sales. Now, on top of that, it’s the world’s first AI that actually does it all for you. And even better, you get done for you resources from us for fast success. We actually help you and hold your hand throughout this entire process. So, with that being said, who wants to know everything you’re getting today as part of the special webinar deal when you take option number two? Let me know in the chat box who wants to know everything you’re getting today as a part of the special webinar deal which is only and I’ll ex emphasize this over and over again. This is only available on this webinar. This is a special deal we’re only doing once this webinar ends. This won’t be available anymore. I need you to understand that because we get so many emails after we do a special like this saying, “Please open the doors again.” We can’t. We literally can only do it while we’re live or else it wouldn’t be sustainable for us. So, this is a once- ina-lifetime opportunity. Now, I see lots of guests coming in. So, without further ado, let’s go ahead and show you everything you’re getting today. You’re going to get access immediately to an Intense Striker Premium account. Now, what this means, you’ll have the AI intentbased lead discovery. This makes sure it will find the leads that are very hot and ready to buy your offer immediately. businesses, people, no matter who you’re looking for. It’s going to search for buying signals. It’s going to search for the specific industry, and it’s going to make sure these are real people that have the capacity, the budget, and also the problem that your product or service can solve. Whether it’s an offer that helps people earn more on the side, whether it’s an offer that helps businesses with their marketing or anything else of that nature or anything in between, it finds anyone on the vast network of LinkedIn that needs your offers. Now, on top of that, it has agents, signal agents that work 24/7 to find the exact people, the people that you know will give you engagement, the people that are talking about the exact keywords that relate to your offer. It’s always on 247 working and getting you leads, finding those signals, meaning you’ll always have an ear online looking for who is talking about needing your help right now. On top of that, you have the AI powered ideal customer profile generator that makes sure to find the exact ideal client persona that needs your products and services. You have a smart AI lead scoring and qualification to actually make sure the people it targets score accordingly that match your ICP which is the ideal client persona that actually have the budget to buy your products or services or your offers. You’ll have everything done for you. An intelligent lead magnet works lead management workspace to have all your leads under one roof. visual multi-step LinkedIn campaign builder. So, you can see what the flow looks like from the moment the AI connects, the message it sends, how it engages, how it gets them to either book a call or, you know, send them the sales page of your offer and how they turn into a buyer. You have the AI call- pilot outreach command center that can outreach on your command and you can guide it accordingly if you want to. You can just watch and see how it performs and you’ll be amazed. You have a safe LinkedIn automation technology. So it works within the boundaries of LinkedIn. So it never oversteps. It always makes sure it’s on par with the policy. It has daily and weekly limits making sure you know it no bot behavior is detected by LinkedIn of any kind. And this allows you to keep this running 24/7. You have a unified LinkedIn inbox. So all the leads, all the messages, all the buyers you can see right here. And it qualifies them per interest, per warm and the pipeline stage. Furthermore, AI powered personalized outreach. So there’s no generic, you know, spammy types of messages, but real personalized outreach like a person-toperson connection that allows you to sell your products effortlessly. Now, campaign monitoring and queue management, so you can see the campaign, how it’s looking, how many offers are being sold, now how many sales are being made. On top of that, advanced pipeline analytics. So you can see, you know, the amount of meetings booked, the qualifications, the forecast. You have the CRM and workflow integrations. Any other tool you want to integrate, you can do so. Multi- account and team collaboration. So if you want to add team members, maybe you have a virtual assistant or down the road you want to have someone else manage the account for you, you can. You have a fast sixstep guided onboarding. So we make sure your profile, your network works, everything is dialed in so you can immediately launch your campaign, start tracking and then review and optimize as you go. And then furthermore, the pipeline visibility in sales insights. You have complete insight of you know the amount of qualified replies that are happening, the amount of meetings are booked, the amount of signals that are coming in, the amount of outreach that is happening for the day. You have everything under one roof working for you selling your product. Whether it’s an affiliate offer, your own offer, a course, a surface, a marketing tool, everything is being sold for you. Let me know who here is loving everything they’re getting access to right now. Let me know in the chat box who here loves everything you see right here that you’ll immediately have access to. There you go. See lots and lots of yeses coming in. Now, let me tell you, because you’re on this webinar, it’s about to get even better because you will unlock what we call the full bundle upgrade. Meaning, we’re going to give you access to the unlimited and the premium and the done for you and the unlimited reseller. I’ll show you exactly what this means. And this is why I said we’re only doing this on this webinar. We can’t do this outside of this. That, like I said, that won’t be sustainable for us. This is a special that we’re only doing because you decided to show up here. We want to give back. We appreciate your time showing up live. So, we’re going to give you not only a full bundle upgrade, but the insane webinar only discount, which means on top of the Intense Striker Premier premium account that you’re getting access to, you’re also getting the unlimited edition, which is normally 97 a month. You’re going to get that included at no additional cost. This means this upgrade removes all the limitations, unlocks additional money-making features inside Intent Striker, so you can 10x your profits with no additional words. Things like the ability to create unlimited audiences. Maybe you’re selling different offers to different types of audiences. You have the ability to export unlimited leads. You can do competitor audience extraction, so you can see who your competitors are targeting, what type of audience they have, and extract the leads from there. All other limits upgraded to unlimited multi-step campaign and follow-up automations. You’ll be able to send unlimited messages, so there’s no cap. Call and meeting management system and a push button email marketing app, so you can even send real emails to businesses to leads and follow up accordingly with your offers and services. And the AI will do everything for you. Now, if that’s not enough, you’re also getting, and this is a big one by far, the done for you LinkedIn marketing a. Now, this one usually is 147 a month. you’re going to get it included, which means you’ll have a ready-made LinkedIn marketing AC website. Now, like I said, businesses will absolutely fall in love when you provide the service. Now, therefore, instead of you having to explaining what you do, we’ve already made a battle tested and proven website that the moment people see what’s on that website, they’ll immediately ask you, “When can you get started?” Now, it’s fast and easy to get live with no prior technical skills or design experience. We’ve already made it high converting. It explains everything and shows what you do and deliver and it has people immediately wanting to sign on board. We’re giving you even all the pimp to sell telemarketing scripts for LinkedIn marketing services, print ready commercial graphics, highly optimized LinkedIn marketing email sequences, ready-made sample LinkedIn marketing poweroint proposal and a highpaying client video course with white label rights. You’ll have everything you need to sign clients left, right, and center. And to really make it easy for you, we’re even going to include 50 done for you profit generating campaigns. Now, this one usually is 77 a month, but again, because you’re on this webinar, you’re going to get an amazing discounted deal for everything included. Now, the 50 done for you copy and paste profit generating campaigns are literally the exact campaigns that we’re running that are making us money as we speak. Now, these are campaigns that sell affiliate offers, different offers that you can turn on to start seeing real cash flow. These are some of the highest converting offers that has a ton of buyers on LinkedIn and there’s more than enough audience for it. You can literally tap into it right away. The campaigns already made, the sequences are already there, the audience is already built. You don’t need any prior experience. Everything is ready so you can start making money fast. Now, like I said, this is something we’re only doing on this webinar and we’re doing this so you immediately start seeing results and absolutely love Intent Striker. Now, furthermore, you’re also getting access to unlimited traffic to sell your products and offers. As you know, we personally generate a ton of traffic. We have a lot of buyers and we’re going to help you out simply because you’re on this webinar. We’re going to actually generate massive sales for your product offers. Get traffic without lifting a finger. This traffic has already generated millions and will generate millions more. You’ll also get your share of traffic from our future launch pages that will redirect to your offers. This is something unique that you’ve never seen before. It’s 100% done for you traffic that we generate. The traffic is proven to convert. We’ll siphon that massive traffic from our launch pages over to your products and services. Step-by-step training included. Uh we’ll show you with a rotator link how to set it up so everybody gets their equal fair share of traffic from us. and you get unlimited buyer traffic. And this is the fastest way to start seeing real figures online and grow to six figures. These are buyers. These are people you know that when you show them a good product, a service or tool, they are willing to buy it. And that’s the type of traffic that you can expect. Now again, who here is loving everything they’re getting so far? You’re getting the best of the best out here. And all of that is included because you’re on this very webinar. Um, I see Anthony saying, “Oh, this must be expensive. I’m expecting over $1,000 hands out.” Exactly. Now, let me tell you, it should be extremely expensive. I mean, this will literally allow you to start making money as fast as humanly possible. It pays back for itself. However, because you’re on this webinar, we’re going to do, like I said, a special webinar discounted deal. So, you’ll be surprised at what you’re going to get access to for it. Now, uh furthermore, on top of the unlimited traffic, we’ve added one more thing and this is a very special one that we contemplated on actually not doing and then we said, you know what, let’s give the biggest bang for your buck altogether. This is the unlimited reseller license. You can see this by far has the highest value, $397 a month. Um, you won’t have to invest anywhere near that by the way. But what the unlimited reseller license is, this allows you to resell Intense Striker under your own brand, your own logo. It’s like you own the software with your own name. You keep 100% of the profits. We handle all the tech. We handle all the support. You can resell Intent Striker for any price you want. It includes the done for you sales page, all of our marketing materials, and this thing sells like hotcakes. The moment we send or show a demo, clients immediately get sold, and it’s fast and easy. Uh, a way to create another income stream is by having your own software. Like we love software. We have a lot of softwares making us money and Instant Striker is one of them. We decided to allow you to have that as well. Now this means you’re going to get access to the Intense Striker premium, the unlimited, the agency upgrade, the done for you campaigns, the traffic access, and as I’ve just shown, the unlimited reseller license. You’re getting the whole nine yards. A total value of close to $40,000. 39,982 to be exact. Now again, once you have Intense Striker, everything becomes easy. Your pipeline will get filled. You’ll see sales and conversions. You’ll have recurring revenue. You’ll book calls. You’ll start scaling. Once you have Intense Striker, you’ll be able to put your offer in front of people that actually want to buy it. And for that reason, based on the amount of results this will generate and already has generated, the actual price of everything you’re seeing here today will be 2,997 a year annually. And I think that’s more than fair, right? For what you’re getting, a system that sells your product, sells your offers for you that you can turn on, you can go to sleep, go outside. You basically have a machine going online making sure people buy our products and services around the clock. Now, luckily for you, you won’t have to invest anywhere near that. We’re not going to do 2997. We figured to do an insane discount and drop it down to just $497 once, one time, while keeping all the upgrades, getting all the future updates, the premium, the unlimited, the a reseller, the unlimited traffic at only one time 497. Now, let me ask you, who thinks that’s an insane deal already? There you go. I love it. Where’s the link? That’s amazing. Wow. Uh, Christmas came early. Exactly. Now, let me tell you, even though 497 is an amazing price point, it gets even better. Let me ask you this. Who wants to dominate a line and get an under $180 off? Let me know in the chat box. Who wants an under80 $180 off? Comment special discount. Comment live. Let us know you’re here. Let us know you won it. Only the people that are here live that show up that comment are actually going to get an even better winner bundle special. Meaning we’re dropping it down by even more. And that’s all the way down to 347. And guess what? Because you showed up live. You’re not here during the replay. We’re actually live. You can see us. I can see everyone in the chat. Chris, Tony, there you go. Marie, I see everyone in the chat here live. Because you came to the live webinar, we’re going to do something on top of that, which is the live webinar special. Even though 347 one time is already a massive discount because you took an effort effort pays off. You’re going to get only on this webinar and this is something unfortunately we can only do for the first 50 people first come first served an extra special discount and it keeps getting crazier. I can’t even believe this. Only on this webinar, we’re going to give away 50 live coupons. And these 50 live coupons are only available right now and will go into availability the moment we drop the link. And that means on top of the massive discount, it’s going to be just 297 once. That means 297 one time less than 300 bucks. Intense striker premium unlimited. You have the agency, the reseller, unlimited traffic. You’ll never have to worry ever again about selling your products and services. You’ll have AI go out there and not just find leads, but find leads that are looking for your product. Find leads that are ready to buy. Comment in the chat live discount to claim the coupon and get the link. And I, like I said, it’s first come, first serve. Only the first 50 people will be able to snatch this up at this absolutely low low this guy. So insane. Um I mean this is clearly we’re selling this at $2,997 a year and you’re here and you’re getting it. It is insane. So many people will be jealous of you. But it is what it is. We’re doing a webinar special here. Congratulations. Pick it up because honestly, you won’t ever see this again. In all seriousness, if you’re looking to sell your offers, if you have something you want to make money with online, it can be an affiliate offer, a digital product, a marketing service, an AI tool, a white label tool, you want to promote or sell something online, you need the people that are willing to buy that. And that’s what Intent Striker does. It finds those people that show the intent to buy. It locates them and it puts your offer in front of them. And whether you’re a complete beginner or you’re a seasoned veteran, it works for anyone and the AI does all the heavy lifting. Go to the link in the chat. It’s available right now. And the people that grab this right now, you’re also going to get some amazing bonuses. The first 50 people, I see a few people already joined in. Uh Sandra, congratulations to you. Mo, congratulations to you. Uh there you go. Joshua, congratulations to you. Tom, congratulations. Stephan, congratulations. Uh you guys are fast. Now, here’s the thing. I can’t believe this. Um, wow. Great price. Thank you guys. You’re welcome. You’re welcome. You’re welcome. Thanks yourself for showing up live here today. And the reason we’re doing this, by the way, if you’re wondering, well, why do you guys are doing why are you guys doing such an insane discount? Because, like I said, we know that if we can get you amazing results really quickly, then you’ll stick with us for the long run. And business is all about, you know, long-term creating really good client relationships. And that’s what we’re doing right here. you’re creating amazing success stories, you know, keeping the barrier of entry really low only this time. Um, and you’ll basically also become our brand ambassadors. It allows us to penetrate the market. We’ll use your, you know, case studies, your success stories, your results. We’ll be able to leverage that as well. So, with that being said, you know, it’s a win-win. But honestly, you’ll be able to take this and make so many sales because of it. And better yet, if you’re on the fence for any reason, you have a 30-day money back guarantee to actually try it out in the first place. Let it run for 29 days. See how much it made you, and then you can still decide if you want to keep it. So, you got nothing to lose and everything to gain. Go to the link in the chat right now and grab it before it’s too late. And if you’re lucky enough, you’ll also be able to grab what we call our webinar only special mega bundle access. This is a special upgrade which rarely can be found because when you find this, you basically stumble upon a gold mine here with 10 additional premium apps. talking about the link in bio app, the faceless video creation app, the LinkedIn lead generation automation extension app, the automated social media marketing app, the influencer marketing app, our review management app, our AI chatbot that learns your business and handle support 24/7, our AI course creator to sell your own courses, even true intent striker, and our interactive website creator to create your own websites as well as for clients, including video calling, video pop-up, live chat, phone call, and SMS engagements in literally just a few minutes, plus a highly underrated but highly lucrative Amazon and Roku TV creator, each with its dedicated training. Now, normally we currently sell these for anywhere $500 to $2,000 and beyond. But since you’re on this special webinar, we give away only to a handful of people a special upgraded access to snatch up some of our best and most wanted apps, including some of our biggest success stories creators for just one time 77 right here. Now, all you have to do if you’re lucky enough to even see it is when you are on the actual page of the Intent Striker bundles, let me actually go ahead since we’re live and put that on the screen here. When you’re on the dedicated page, you simply go down, click on the get instant striker bundle deal. You’ll go here and then click on the buy now button. Now, from there, you’ll be taken to the order form. As promised, you’ll get everything you see right there. And then first of all, put in your contact email as well as don’t forget you have an amazing coupon code which is IS50 which stands short for intense striker 50. So when I click on apply, you’ll notice that you have that discount and only because you’re on the webinar, you’ll be able to get lifetime access with all the future upgrades for just a onetime 297. Now, if you’re lucky enough, you’ll see this box where all you have to do, since you’re already getting an amazing discount right off the top for a one time 77, you can add a combined value of well over $5,000 simply by checking this box right here and it’ll be added to your cart. With that, you literally have the biggest possible bang for your buck, setting you up for massive lead generation, as well as you have immediate high-v value services you can offer, and the most used apps in our own business, as well as some of our biggest success stories, creators, like the review management app, the AI chatbot that launched her business, the course creator app, the faceless video creation app, the interactive website creator app. If you were to go out there and get these separately, you’d easily pay close to $5,000 and beyond. Now you can snatch these up for a onetime 77. So if you happen to see this box, definitely don’t hesitate and make sure you check this. But more importantly, make sure you get the intent striker bundle deal. And guess what? The first 50 intent strikers. This includes the people that already grabbed it. You’re going to get some webinar only fast action upgrades. Now, this is only if you go ahead and grab this right now. So go to the order form because these webinar upgrades are worth their weight in gold. Meaning you’re going to get first of all the intent striker affiliate marketing coaching program. This is an a toz step-by-step affiliate marketing program with 100 done for you list building funnels across different niches built out for you. 100 done lead magnets that we already prepared for you. 100 done for you language and landing pages we built out for you. Thank you pages already set up for you. We give you free hosting on all of these pages. done for you free traffic, done for you Facebook creatives, and done for you email swipes. You’ll get everything to start making money as an affiliate marketer. You’ll have the traffic, you’ll have the offers, you’ll have the pages, you have the setup. This on its own is worth thousands. So, you’re going to get it simply because you’re here live. Now, on top of that, I want to show you some results of this very fast action bonus. You can see right here, uh, in total I’ve made since I started in JVZoo, less than seven days ago, you made it all possible. You can see the results right here. And I said, “Never knew I could easily build a buying list. Thanks for revealing this.” Now, these results are from real people that have gone through the affiliate program. Now, whether you want to make money with affiliate marketing, or you want to sell your own products or services, or you want to sell other tools, this allows you to have cash flow coming in on the side with little to no maintenance at all. It’s a beginnerfriendly bulletproof business model where you know Michael here first day in JV Zoo brand new list see Victor is your mentor whatever he tells you to do just freaking do it. I had so many are learning to do and it was all worth it. He made over $288 literally in a day. Now this is already more than you know the entire investment here today. You can make this back literally in one day and you even have a 30-day money back guarantee. So, if you’re on the fence for any reason, please don’t be because you’re shooting yourself in the foot if you don’t grab this right now. You can see right here, my Warrior Plus dashboard still so far. We’re making progress already up to $532 right here. Uh, wa amazing. Now, I feel better today is our response. Now, here’s what happens when we fast track your results, right? 691 uh within 30 days. Victory, my result for January. Please, you know, ask how can I make even more? Now, this is already more than the investment of what you’re getting here today. You can see here a, $103 in uh in the this month. So, in the last 30 days, hi boss victory. I’m really excited. Today’s the first time I’m crossing 1K in a month. This has been made possible after I followed your teaching slowly implemented the strategy you revealed. I’m grateful for your time, effort, and willingness to see me grow. Thank you so much and God bless. Now, leaving this right here blows the result of my first promotion. Literally, first promotion. turned it on and immediately made $148 saying, “This has really motivated me to keep pushing on. It shows I’m on the right track and I learned from the best. Thank you for your effort.” Again, guys, if you are on the fence for any reason, I see most of you are not. Most people already grabbed it and you know, you should. Congratulations. You got nothing to lose and everything today. You have a 30-day money back guarantee. But for the others that you know maybe you’ve been burnt before, maybe you’ve tried different things or maybe you feel like ah I’m already involved in too much or I’m already trying something. Use this to build up cash flow on the side. You set it up once it starts running. You know, an extra $1,000 on the side will only benefit you and help you grow faster with whatever you’re doing, whatever you’re trying to accomplish. You need leads and buyers anyway, no matter what you’re trying to do online. Now, we’re also going to give you our white label AI license to some of our best tools. This is bonus number two, which is normally $497. This is an AI generator. It’s the ultimate AI assistant tool that helps you generate unique content, fix your already existing ones, or improve it. You can also generate AI images. There’s also fully featured speech to text, AI conversion, AI chatbot. These are all of our AI tools in white label format. So, you have your own suite branded with your own name. You don’t have to be dependent on subscriptions like Chat GBT or any other. You have your own in-house AI system that is upto-date, the latest and greatest, and it’s completely white labelled to you. Meaning you can even sell it and keep 100% of the profits. Meaning on top of the intent striker premium, the unlimited, the AC upgrade, and even the done for you, which is an instant money maker, and the traffic access and the reseller income, you’re also getting all these webinar bonuses. So, make sure you grab this right now before it’s too late. Now, I want once again congratulate everything that or everyone that’s grabbing it right now. Um, like I said, Joshua, congratulations to you, my man. Super excited. Uh, May, congratulations to you as well. Derek, congratulations. Stefan, I mean, phenomenal. Can’t wait to see you on the inside. Uh, George, same goes to you. Uh, someone’s asking, “Will this work in the health niche?” Yes. Will it work for physical products? Yes, I mean, it’s going after real people, and people buy physical products, people buy digital products. It’s going after people that have the highest intent to buy your products and services. And remember, you have a 30-day money back guarantee. Literally, turn it on, see the results even within the first 10 minutes, even within the first 24 hours. And you can decide now, do I want to keep this? And I know for a fact once you see it, you see that this is worth so much because you’ll make it back in 10fold if not 100fold the moment you start trading on Intense Striker. It’s like an investment you’re making to make so much more. And to make it even more worthwhile, we’re going to add in one more bonus because if you have looked around, we’re now living in the AI era of, you know, applications, softwares, you know, those become the most valuable. Uh people are saying information is becoming a commodity. You know, ebooks are becoming more of a commodity. People now want apps and tools and AI tools. So, we’re actually going to give you a plug-in that allows you to build and develop your own AI tools. You can literally build any tool you want to. It’s called Plug Genius AI. It’s one of the easiest software development platforms. Now, it is a software that lets you create plugins for both personal and commercial purposes. Now, this brand new tool is a must have if you want to tap into the multi-billion dollar software industry and you know without any pro programming knowledge or technical team. It allows you to create plug plugins that you know have complete automation without writing a single line of code that can be sold on JV Zoo, can be sold on ClickBank, Code Canyon, AppSumo, your own e marketplace, and any other online marketplace. Meaning, you’ll now have the power to literally create apps and sell them. And you can even let Intent Striker find the buyers for you or leverage our unlimited traffic and get it sold. This means you’ll have your very own software assembly factory that’s out there building out software for you. And quite frankly, right now, reselling proven in- demand AI tools and applications is in high demand. You can see right here, you know, how I built apps that print 30k a month. I clone three apps and I made 35k a month. You know, here making 12K a month. These are regular people. Dimmitri, you know, quit his 9 to5 job and build a screen sharing app. Uh the screenshot API that he’s using, people are loving it. He’s making 12K a month with that. Now, you can literally build anything with this bonus that you’re getting on top of everything that you’re getting. And quite frankly, like I said, most people aren’t even aware right now that history is repeating itself because what we’re witnessing right now is nothing different from the gold rush in the late 1850s. They call it the AI gold rush. And it’s all about, you know, on which side are you? As a matter of fact, let me know in the chat box who were the majority of money makers in the gold rush. Were it the peoples that selling the shovels or the people that were digging for the gold? Now, the majority was clearly the people that were selling the shovels. And yes, every now and then someone found a piece of gold and got extremely rich, but the majority didn’t, but the people that sold always got rich. And that’s the power of this bonus. You’ll be able to sell AI tools, AI applications. It’s like selling the shovels to the people that then want to go and use those AI tools and applications. And therefore, this is the biggest bang for your buck on top of everything. Now, this bonus in particular only has 19 spots left. It’s almost uh $1,000. You’re going to get it included for free on top of Intense Striker Premium, Intense Striker Unlimited, the done for you, the reseller. You’re getting everything and it’s just a onetime, no annual, no monthly, and you get unlimited access. This is the biggest bang for your buck that you can ever get and you will ever find, you’ll ever see. And it’s only because you’re on this webinar right now. Go to the link in the URL. Uh the team will drop the link. The time to grab it is right now. This is your last and final chance to get access because like I said, this is a once in a-lifetime opportunity. When you grab this right now, you will see so much more in return because honestly, there are people out there spending hundreds of dollars a day on trying to get traffic on paying for ads. You’ll never have to do that. You’ll have AI but working smart, letting it go online, find the people that are interested in what you have to offer and putting your offers in front of them. This is the biggest shortcut to go from where you are now to start earning a real income online. But the time to grab it is right now. I’ll let the team drop the link one last and final time in the chat box and then it is it. Congratulations once more to everyone that get access. I’m super excited to see you in. And that being said, I’m going to recap one last time everything you’re getting here today and then we’re going to leave it at that. So everybody that takes action right now, you’re going to get access to first of all the entire premium account. This gives you the AI intent leasebased discovery as I’ve shown before. I actually bring it up on the slides here so you can see everything once more. You’re going to get the entire premium account, which means you have the AI intentbased lead discovery. You have the AI signal agents that work 247, the AI powered ideal customer profile generator, the smart AI lead scoring and qualification, the intelligent lead magn management workspace, the multi-step campaign builder, the co-pilot outreach command center. All of this is automated for you. The AI does all the heavy lifting. And because you’re on this webinar, you’re getting to unlock the full bundle upgrade at an insane webinar only discount. the premium, the unlimited, the agency, the done for you, the traffic, the reseller income, all valued at 39,982 together, and the insane bonuses, including the affiliate coaching as well as the white label AI license and the AI plug-in developer. Meaning, you’re only getting this when you grab this right now before it’s too late. And that’s why, like I said, you have two options right now. Option number one is not taking action today. And this means you stay at the same place. You miss out on finally cracking the code, that missing puzzle piece, just having clients, having traffic. And if you don’t take action, you’ll waste tons of time and money online. Or option number two is let intent striker do it for you. Try it out for 30 days. Have Intense Striker make you money starting today. World’s first AI that does it all for you and get done for you resources for fast success. We’re on the inside holding your hand, even helping you set up your profitable three-step AI lead gen. We give you the done for you sign. We give you the $1,500 per month client template. You have everything you need to absolutely crush it. Now, this is your last chance to take action because quite honestly, if you don’t grab this right now, unfortunately, you will miss out on the biggest deal and the biggest bang for your buck. And which means you have to go back to, you know, posting content without results, waiting for results to show up, you know, having offers but nobody to sell it to and just, you know, climbing that mountain of success but always being held back by not having interested leads. And this is, like I said, the exact problem that Victory has been solving. So don’t let stand in the way of finally solving this problem for you, but you’ll have to grab it right now. The link is in the chat. I can’t wait to see you on the inside. And like I said, the team has just dropped the link in the chat to claim one of the final spots. We have just under a dozen coupons left uh where you can get discounted one-time lifetime access with all future upgrades included for a 297 one time. So, let me break it down once more so you understand completely what you’re getting access to. You’re going to get a brand new prospecting agent that actually goes out and generates customers by finding the exact people who actually need you. You can literally start seeing leads and sales happen within the next 24 hours. This allows you to start getting instant customers without having to go to the usual grind for followers on social media. Because again, the truth is there are a lot and lots of great business models out there, some of which you may have already tried. And it’s not that the business models don’t work. It simply always comes down to one thing. You need a product or service and you need interested leads. And that is exactly what Intent Striker will give you. Now, combining these two will allow you to finally reach revenue goals, numbers that you could only dream of before. Having access to interested leads can literally take you from where you are today to having consistent cash flow coming in because your products are being sold, your services are being offered, your offers are literally getting in front of people that are already looking for them. Now without this we see usually people that are struggling you know having to go through things like having great offers but nobody to sell it to posting a lot of content without seeing any new clients and just you know messing around with tools that require so much patience and skill. And the simple problem that all of them are having is they don’t have a reliable way to get consistent buyers. That’s exactly once again what Intent Striker will do for you. Once you’re able to get these buyers, the moment you grab this offer, the link is in the chat box. Once again, you will have access to a unique solution that will get you quick buyers without posting content. Have others beg you to install this for them. On top of that, it works for complete beginners. It creates an income stream from day one and requires zero tech skills on your end. the tool or in this case the intent striker agents will do all the heavy lifting for you. It is literally all done for you by smart agents that go out and find new customers to add to your business. Which means when you grab this today, you will literally have AI getting you real clients on complete autopilot. Now I asked this question when we started and that was the following thing. If you had thousands of qualified leads on your list every month, I’m not just talking about random, you know, traffic or prospects, but real leads that are interested, leads that actually, you know, could make use of your offer, leads that can actually, you know, buy your products, leads that can actually benefit from your offers if you had access to them. Do you see yourself generating more clients and sales starting today? And if you said yes, you know that the most and absolute most important part of your business is high quality leads. Leads are the life source of your business. And that’s what Intent Striker gives you. It allows you to get get a full pipeline, a sales and conversions non-stop, recurring revenue ongoingly, booking calls, even if it’s just making an extra $500 to $1,000 a week. That is what Intent Strike will do for you, which makes it more than worth it to grab it today for only one time. Now, this is only available on this very webinar, allowing you to as well as land clients from any given industry, and having finally consistent lead flow, meaning also consistent and predictable income. You already know how much you’re going to make because of the amount of leads you see that are being generated, the amount of people that are being outreached to. You can see clearly the conversion rate and you can predict your income ongoingly knowing exactly how much you’re making consistently. And remember, you have a full 30 days to try this out. Now, once again, I’ll prove it to you. We have beginners making a full-time income as we speak. Even offering Intent Striker as a service to businesses. Now, the best part of what you’re about to get access to is that it’s literally a non-stop sales machine. It will provide you an actual ongoing income. It’s not another tool that just generates, you know, videos or images or writes copy or another chat box or just another agent. It’s something that actually goes and adds revenue to your business by putting your offer in front of people that are actually interested in the first place. And therefore, this is not just more information. This is transformation. So, make sure you grab this right now because this will once again allow you to go from just, you know, posting tons of content all the time, which can help over time, but it’s definitely a longer game to just immediately getting your offers in front of real people that are already looking for what you have. And it does that by leveraging one of the most powerful platforms, which is LinkedIn. Now, study shows once again that LinkedIn has the highest buyer intent leads. 277% more leads. Um, LinkedIn, you know, is better than all the other social media platforms when it comes to really getting your product in front of people that actually want to buy, that are not just looking, you know, for the sake of looking or window shopping or just scrolling by or just looking for entertainment. If you’re looking to outperform any other social media platform and actually get sales and real proper traffic, LinkedIn is widely recognized. You can look this up. Now again, normally doing this yourself would take a lot of struggles. You’ll need to know what to say. You need to, you know, make sure you don’t come across as a spammer. You need to manually find people search linking day in day out. You know, it’s not scalable. You’re glued to your computer and it’s just a nightmare having to sit down and being tied through your laptop 24/7 and figuring out what to say, how to convert, where to find people in the first place. It is not doable. And even if you manage to do it, it will eat all of your time. And that’s why what you’re about to get access to is going to change everything for you. Victory once again spent the whole year developing a tool that is bound to convert audiences into leads, allowing you to generate the perfect leads on autopilot. Imagine you have access to the newest technology in lead generation today to grow your business literally with one click. Now, seeing all the invitations going out, getting new connections of people that actually want to know more about what you do, seeing all the messages being delivered, follow-ups happening, you know, actions coming in and out. You see all the people that are being contacted. Sarah Chen, Michael Torres, Emily Carter ongoingly. Everything is happening and you’re sitting back relaxing, watching it in front with your own eyes. That is the power of what you’re getting access to right now. Now imagine having that. This is available including the entire stack of the premium account as well as the unlimited upgrade as well as the agency upgrade val 397 as well as the done for you agency setup with a done for you website zero tech free hosting $6997 in value. On top of that, the unlimited traffic where we siphon our traffic and give it send it straight over to you as well as a reseller income where you get full resell rights unlimitedly. The total value of 39,982 only on this webinar to make sure you have all the benefits and start seeing results fast so you become our ambassador. So you stick with us long term knowing that what we share is high quality. Everything you see here, instead of 2997 annual, we’re not even going to drop it to 497. We’re going to do a special discount, which takes it not even to 347, which is an absolute steal. But because you decided to show up live, you’re getting the biggest discount available. And don’t forget, everyone that grabs this right now, and I see more people just joined in. Uh Samuel, congratulations to you. Uh Michelle, congratulations to you as well. Um you’re going to get all of you. Yes, you’re right in time. You’re going to get the fast action upgrades which means the entire affiliate coaching pack with a toz step-by-step affiliate marketing done list building lead magnets landing pages thank you pages all taken care of and we have amazing case studies and success stories for that on top of that the white label AI license where you have all your own white label AI tools the latest and greatest and on top of that not to forget the powerhouse plug-in developer which is the plug genius that can develop any application teaching software, any plug-in software literally built it out for you which you can sell, use, offer as a bonus custom create for clients. You have your own software assembly factory. We use it all the time and this is currently in high demand. Reselling applications like this make a lot of money and right now you’ll be able to tap into that including everything you see here with the extra bonus which is the intent striker webinar only bonus. meaning you can only unlock this while you’re on this webinar. Outside of this webinar, this simply is not available. So again, make sure you grab this right now because the link will be dropped for one last time in the chat box allowing you to get access for only 297 one time right here, right now. I’m super excited to see you on board. Once again, congratulations with your access. Everything you need is immediately available. The AI is there for you to do to do all the heavy lifting. Meaning you can sit back even if you’re a complete beginner and watch results come in. Whether you’re selling coaching, whether you’re selling a service, whether you’re selling affiliate offers, whether you’re selling multiple offers or you want to start offering intent strikes, intent striker to clients as a service. This will allow you to do so. But better yet, it will actually make sure you have the clients and customers that will buy from you. Now, only because we’re live for the last few minutes that we’re here right now. Actually, seconds to be correct, you’ll have the webinar special bundle. So, go to the URL that you see in the chat for the last time right now. Then go to the order form, enter your details, and you’ll be inside with full access to everything as promised. So, when I say full access, that means you get everything you see right here, including the unlimited edition, which normally is 97 a month, the done for you LinkedIn marketing agency, which normally is 147 a month, the 50 done for you profit generating campaigns that we already pre-prepared for you, as well as the unlimited traffic to sell your products and offers, and best of all, the unlimited reseller license. All of this is included right now, plus the bonuses as mentioned, and you have a 30-day money back guarantee. Now, if you’re wondering what makes Intent Striker different, unlike traditional LinkedIn automation tools that simply send connection requests to cold list, Intent Striker follows the buying intent. It 24/7 has agents on LinkedIn looking for people that talk in relation to what you have to offer, that talk about the help they need, that are talking about the interest in relation to the offers you have to sell. Meaning, you always get in front of people that are actually interested or curious about the products and services that you have to offer. Whether it’s an affiliate offer, your own offer, a digital product, a physical product, a surface, an AI tool, Intent Striker finds the people that are looking for it. It continuously discovers prospects already showing interest, qualifying them with AI, giving them a score, and it automates the outreach, giving you full control through AI co-pilot, centralizes every conversation in one inbox, so you can see clearly and it provides complete visibility into your pipeline, all from a single platform. It finds buyers, it starts conversations, builds the pipeline, closes deals, all with intent striker. Now, it’s beginner friendly. You don’t need prior LinkedIn experience. Perfect for all niches and industry. It’s cloud-based. You can use it from anywhere. It is an advanced AI engine that automates all complicated tasks. Save time, get better leads, and collect high ticket payments. It includes step-by-step training and three done for you high ticket campaigns in case you need something to sell. And you can get it now for a low one-time payment only if you grab it now, right now, while we’re live. So, once again, congratulations. I’ll leave the chat open for a little bit longer so you can go to the link and grab this. In the meanwhile, I’m going to go ahead and welcome everyone on the inside. And if you’re still not in, you’re missing out. Consider this your last and final chance. We literally have two coupons left. That means take it as a sign. It’s waiting for you. If you’ve been waiting for a solution to finally make things easier for yourself, to finally see real results, consistent income, something you can do from home, something that actually brings home the revenue you’ve been wanting, you’ve been looking for, you’ve been promised. Better yet, with all these opportunities you might have seen thus far, this fills that missing puzzle piece. It gives you the leads. And better yet, if you need an offer to sell, it even comes with that. So, link is in the chat box, and I’ll see you on the inside once more.

    Finding qualified prospects on LinkedIn shouldn’t take hours of searching, messaging, and manual follow-ups. Meet Intense Striker, an AI powered LinkedIn lead generation platform built for B2B teams, agencies, recruiters, and founders. It helps you discover highintent prospects, automate personalized outreach, and manage conversations from one workspace. In this walkthrough, we’ll build your first campaign and show you how to turn LinkedIn into a predictable lead generation engine. After signing in, you’ll see a quick overview of the platform’s AI powered lead discovery and outreach capabilities. Click set up your first campaign to begin. Start by entering your company name and website. Intense Striker analyzes your business with AI to identify your industry. Generate a company description and create your value proposition automatically. If you don’t have a website, simply enter a few keywords and let the AI build your company profile. Review the information and continue. Next, define your ideal customer profile. Intent striker recommends job titles, industries, company sizes, locations, and company types based on your business. You can add or remove criteria, exclude specific companies or keywords, and fine-tune your audience using advanced filters. Now, choose the buying intent signals you want to track. Add AI suggested or custom keywords, include competitor profiles, and let intent striker identify prospects actively showing interest in your industry. Click AI generate to refine your targeting. Next, select your location and connect your LinkedIn account securely. Once connected, Intent Striker can automatically send connection requests, personalized messages, and follow-ups for you. Click launch my agent, and the AI instantly creates your first signal agent and outreach campaign. Now, let’s head to the dashboard, your command center. Here you can monitor outreach activity, campaign performance, sales pipeline, upcoming actions, opportunities, leads contacted, conversations, and pipeline value. Activity charts also show leads discovered, invitation sent, and messages delivered over different time periods. Open leads inbox to view every prospect your signal agents discover. Instead of manually searching LinkedIn, qualified leads automatically appear here based on your ideal customer profile and buying intent. Every lead receives an AI score, helping you prioritize the highest quality opportunities first. Advanced filters let you search by campaign score, industry, company, or location, while lead lists help you organize prospects for different workflows. The inbox replies tab shows prospects who’ve already responded, helping your team focus on the warmest leads. Selecting any lead opens a detailed profile with company information, campaign activity, AI score, and additional prospect details. You can also enrich contacts with business emails and phone numbers. Then export leads or sync them directly with CRM like HubSpot, Salesforce, or Pipe Drive. Now, let’s look at signal agents, the AI behind your prospect discovery. Instead of searching LinkedIn manually, Signal agents continuously scan for people who match your ideal customer profile and buying intent. Each agent automatically discovers new leads and sends them directly to your leads inbox. You can monitor leads generated, active intent signals, cued prospects, activity history, and scheduled runs. Open any agent to review its performance. see the campaign it’s supporting and monitor discovery activity. Need another audience? Simply create a new signal agent or edit an existing one. The setup follows the same onboarding process. Define your audience, select buying signals, choose where leads should be saved, and let the AI continuously fill your pipeline with qualified prospects. With leads flowing automatically, it’s time to start conversations. Open campaigns to create and manage your LinkedIn outreach. Each campaign displays connected LinkedIn accounts, enrolled contacts, reply rates, campaign status, and the signal agent supplying new leads. Open manage workflow to build your outreach sequence. Add connection requests, personalized LinkedIn messages, profile visits, and wait steps to create a natural outreach flow. Enable AI ice breakers to generate personalized opening messages for every prospect or upload a voice message to make your outreach even more personal. Once your workflow is ready, click start campaign. Every qualified lead automatically moves through your sequence while Intent Striker handles the timing in the background. Use the scheduled tab to preview upcoming invitations, profile visits, messages, and follow-ups before they’re sent. The status tab provides a complete delivery history while contacts lets you monitor every enrolled prospect their AI score, current workflow stage and campaign progress. Open last launches to review previous campaign runs. Then switch to insights to track acceptance rates, reply rates, audience growth, workflow completion, and funnel performance through interactive reports. Finally, open campaign settings to choose your LinkedIn sender account. Define campaign objectives, customize message tone, enable review mode, and exclude existing first-degree connections before launching your outreach. With your campaigns running automatically, let’s explore C-Pilot. Co-pilot gives you complete visibility into your outreach before anything is sent. Select the LinkedIn account you want to manage, then use campaign filters to focus on a specific workflow or view all campaigns from one dashboard. The autopilot tab displays every scheduled invitation, message, and follow-up. Select any prospect to view their profile, company details, campaign information, completed actions, and upcoming workflow. If you need to make changes, simply edit the message before it’s sent and the updated version will be used automatically. For teams that require approval before outreach, enable review mode. Every first touch message is held for review, allowing managers to approve, edit, or reject outreach before it’s delivered, giving you the confidence to automate while maintaining complete control. Next, open Unibox, your centralized LinkedIn inbox. Instead of switching between multiple accounts, Unibox brings every conversation into one workspace. Click sync inbox to import your latest LinkedIn messages. Then use filters to organize conversations by campaign, account, or status. Open any conversation to view the full message history, reply directly, or jump to LinkedIn when needed. Each conversation also includes a detailed contact panel showing company information, campaign details, AI score, and lead source, helping you personalize every reply. You can also compose new LinkedIn messages directly from Unibox, making it easy to manage every conversation from one place. Now, let’s measure your results with analytics. Choose a date range and filter performance by signal agent to evaluate specific prospecting sources. View total leads generated, average daily leads, active signal agents, and monitored intense signals, then analyze activity trends over time. The heat map highlights your best performing signal agents, while signal performance compares different buying signals, helping you identify which keywords, job changes, funding events, and engagement signals consistently generate the highest quality leads. Once you’ve optimized your outreach, connect Intent Striker with the rest of your sales stack through integrations. Connect popular CRM like HubSpot, Salesforce, Pipe Drive, Zoho CRM, and more to automatically synchronize leads with your pipeline. Configure Slack notifications, web hooks, and API integrations to automate your workflows or connect platforms like instantly and lem list to combine LinkedIn outreach with email campaigns for a complete multi- channelannel strategy. For agencies and resellers, white label lets you deliver the entire platform under your own brand. Customize your application name, support email, logo, favicon, brand colors, and even connect your own custom domain, giving clients a fully branded experience from log into dashboard without building your own software. As your business grows, manage users through team and access. Invite team members, assign roles, manage permissions, and monitor active members and LinkedIn seats from one central location. Whether you’re working alone or managing an entire sales team, everyone stays organized with the right level of access. Finally, head to settings to configure your workspace. Update your organization details, set a default pipeline value, and add your meeting link to help prospects book appointments directly from your outreach. Manage your company information to improve AI generated messaging. Then configure connected LinkedIn accounts, synchronization, time zones, working days, and daily sending limits to keep your outreach running safely. Under profile settings, update your account information, manage passwords, and review active sessions for additional security. Then open AI templates to create reusable templates for AI generated ice breakers, connection requests, follow-ups, and outreach sequences by defining your preferred tone and brand voice. Once intent striker generates personalized messages that remain consistent across every campaign. Your workspace is now fully configured and ready to scale. From AI powered prospect discovery and signal agents to automated campaigns, centralized conversations, detailed analytics, CRM integrations,

  • The Biggest Event We’ve Ever Run – Content Gorilla AI

    Hey, hey there. What’s up? This is Neil Nap here. Let me know quickly in the chat box if you can hear me. All right. And if you can see the screen, give me one and two if you can, then we will get right into it. All right, good. Hey, Linda, how you doing? So, I saw you posted that message again. Um, cool. So, definitely would consider you Linda. Keep listening to what we’re sharing and I’ll talk more about it. Hey, Rob. It’s definitely been a while. Glad you could make it. Thank you so much. Scott from Belgium. North Scotland tonight. Great. Excellent. Mohammed going from Netherlands. Hello from South Dakota says Justin. Magnus from Sweden. H North Atlanta says Linda. Florida. Perfect. Rob here from sunny orange country. Norway for Frank. Cool. I’m in Finland so I think we got like Finland, Norway, and Sweden cover. Just waiting for a Danish version to show up. Uh but hey, great to see everyone here. Um, so I’m going to get right into it. I’m not going to waste too much time today because I’ve got a lot of juicy information to share with you. You saw the emails. They were completely on point that today’s session is going to be quite different. But we basically open up the kimono, so to speak. We share with you behind the scenes how we’ve been able to use content marketing, how we’ve been able to leverage content marketing to build a recurring revenue business. And I want you to do the same for yourself. Now, quick caveat here. It’s not going to happen overnight, right? I want to tell you this up front because a lot of people come into content marketing with expectations that they put their time and money in today and tomorrow they start getting traffic and sales. It doesn’t happen that quickly. It can take some months realistically, but the benefit as you will see today is that content marketing compared to other traffic sources actually lasts. Right? So another case study for one of the other companies that content gerilla does done for you content for for Melio. Um when the team came in they were able to increase between December 2022 to July 2023. So it’s about 78 months they were able to increase monthly growing revenue by $4,428. And again it compounds it adds up. You know that’s worth $48,000 a year. And that is basically if you consider valuation alone that’s worth $100 to $300,000 on exit depending on how you’re calculating it. So those are the values uh of what this service can do. Now I want you to put your distractions away. I will answer your questions as soon as I see them but it’s just me today with you. So, I may not see them immediately, but when I do, I will answer your questions. But I want you to put your distractions away because I’ve got lots of good things to share with you on this call. Now, let’s talk about why is it that businesses are moving to content marketing for leads and sales. And when I say they’re moving to it, that’s an absolute fact. As you will see, especially since AI became uh much more commonplace. You know, since then, ad costs have gone up, unfortunately, right? There’s too much noise. So, ad costs have gone up. And a lot of ecom businesses are doing advertising quite aggressively on Facebook and Instagram and other social media platforms. So ads have become more expensive. Outbound uh which is you picking up the phone and calling someone doesn’t really work because people don’t want to do that. Call marketing has its own tech challenges as well. Right? And all these things unfortunately only work as long as there’s someone doing them actively every single day. When you stop running ads, when you stop running uh doing phone calls, when you stop sending out cold emails, the leads and sales completely stop. They go down to zero. Content marketing on the other hand, as you will see through various examples today, continues to bring in traffic week after week, month after month, year after year, even when you stop posting content. So, a lot of marketers are using content marketing to build brand awareness. To them, one of the key reasons for using content marketing is to make sure that their brand gets seen everywhere. At the same time, they want to educate their audience. They want to tell their audience about different ways to lose weight, different ways to write content, different ways to, you know, fix a car, all those different things, right? So, educating audience connects directly with how basically how businesses sell. And there’s tons of other reasons, but I just want you to remember that content marketing is often utilized just to grow the brand presence. And it’s a massive, massive industry. It’s a really big industry. In fact, I was talking about this. I was talking about the longevity earlier, like continues to bring results. But it’s not just that. content is actually affordable. So it will cost you 62% less than any other traffic media. So you could invest in ads, you could do cold call marketing, you could do all different sorts of things. Content marketing is going to cost you 62% less and would still generate three times more leads. That’s really big, right? What else could you do which saves you 62% of the money but still gets you better results compared to everything else? And 96% of content marketers surveyed say that content marketing has helped them build their credibility and trust with their audience. So a point that I was talking about before, if you often try to sell something and you’re able to get in front of your audience, maybe running ads, maybe doing Facebook post, maybe doing um you know webinar, whatever it is you do and people don’t buy, I can tell you for most part it’s not because of your pitch, it’s not because of your offer. It is down to the lack of the credibility and trust and you build that over time. You chisel that over time. You can’t build credibility and trust just by showing an ad on Facebook. People have to see your brand over and over again. But most importantly, and this is the most important thing is that trust gets sales. Right? So I was talking about this. Let’s go back up a couple of steps. Content is affordable. Content builds trust and trust gets sales. 61% of consumers surveyed said that they have bought something recommended in a blog post. Don’t believe me? Think about your own purchasing habits. Think about purchasing habits of your spouse. Do they read blog post and get inspired and they buy something? 61% of the people Paul said they do. So blog content, written content on your website not only gets you views, traffic, leads, but also gets you sales. Now, we will jump into all of this soon, but let me remind you why you are here today. We are here today today to talk about how do we build an AI powered traffic lead and sales machine. You have content gorilla. Congratulations. That’s just a part of it. But how do we really automate, systemize, simplify as much as we can within this AI powered world to get more traffic, more leads, and more sales? Because if you can solve this problem, you’re sitting on untapped cash. If you can solve this problem, you’re going to get new leads coming in every single day from your business. You’re going to get new sales coming in every single day in your business. That’s happening to us. That’s happening to the clients that we work with as well. So, here’s what you’re going to see today. You will learn insider secrets on how we have built a six-figure per year content marketing business. We’ll talk about why most customers should find you in their own time for you to make sales. Right? This is very very counter controversial to what you normally hear. You normally hear run ads, you know, sell something on an impulse. But if you have $1,000 product, people are not going to buy that on an impulse, right? That needs a bit more buildup. It’s important for them to be ready for you. So, we’ll talk about that today as well. And seven things that you can do right now to get set on the path to a six-figure business built entirely on passive traffic. So, I’ll walk you through those seven things or seven steps that you need to action right now for your own business. I’m going to be sharing never before seen tips, tricks, and training that will only be available for you for attending live. And as I mentioned in the emails for three people, we will invite you to come work with us so we can be responsible for your traffic and sales. Now, we don’t do this very often. Last time I ran a session like this was in I think I believe February or March, one of those months. It’s been a long time since we did one of these sessions. There’s a good reason. It’s because if we decide to work with you, we go all in to your business. Your traffic, your leads, your sales becomes our responsibility. And we don’t want to just do that randomly with five people every month, right? So, we’re very very strict about it. And again, we get the traffic, we get the leads, we get the sales. Now, a quick disclaimer for this session. I will walk you through a very specific system that I’m using now myself and it’s bringing me consistently great results at the time of this webinar. Just FYI, we’re doing it for our clients as well. My results are certainly not typical and there’s a good chance that you will not get the same results. However, I am happy to show you exactly what is working for you right now for free. But do note it is not for everyone. If you don’t know me, I’m one half of the content gorilla team. My name is Neil Napier and I’ve been online marketer since 2012. I say that it’s been more than a decade, 11 years now that I’ve been doing this actively since then. I started my journey online to replace my job quite literally. The first thing that I did was when I got fired was to figure out what I’m going to do next. And took me a couple of years, but I started this. I started this journey. And in that time, I’ve basically been able to get both gain both financial and time independence for myself. freedom which are two very very crucial things. I did that initially by selling info products then I sold software and since then I have been helping people streamline their business so they can do exactly what I do. They can attain the time and financial freedom that I’m talking about. Now my biggest wins have come from creating content that people love. So I hope that today I can inspire you to do the same as well. All right just fire again one more time. I may not see your questions in time, but as soon as I do, I will go back to answering them. Will there be a replay? Maybe. I don’t want to promise one right now because honestly, there’s not a lot of incentive for us to send that replay if we get the three people that we’re looking for today because if you send that replay, the more people want to join and we don’t want to do that. So, if you do get a replay, it’s because maybe one or two seats were still left. All right. Thank you, Linda. Okay. So, moving forward, this is my overall history, what you see in the middle. So, our company KV Technology has over the last, let’s say, 11 years or so, I’ve sold about $9.3 million of our own products and about $2.1 million of other people’s products. So, altogether, that’s a bit over $11 million in sales that we have done over the last 11 years. I mean, there’s been ups and downs, right? Sometimes it’s great, sometimes, some years not so great. So depends like with anything but always we are consistent with the process. Now let’s talk about what it is that you are selling now and if this is relevant to you. So if you’re on the session thinking hey Neil I want to be one of those three people that gets to work with you and your team. Let me first see what it is that you’re selling right now. You might be doing e-commerce stores or physical products. Great. I mean, like I said, advertising is a great mechanism for that to drive sales, to get people to make those impulse purchases. But when you stop running ads, the sales stop coming in. So, what’s your long-term plan? I know people who are in different or difficult industries that advertisers don’t like. Crypto used to be one of them. Um, sex toys used to be another. For them, content marketing is the only way they can drive long-term traffic because every other traffic source eventually ends up banning them. If you’re running agency or services, we have a couple of clients actually that have been able to leverage organic marketing, Google based SEO traffic basically to grow their agency as well. Just educating first and selling potential leads onto the agency services. If you’re running info, if you’re selling information or software products, perfect. I mean, like I said, we have a few clients, including our own business, which we have monetized using content marketing or anything else for that matter. I don’t really care what you sell. As long as you sell to people, individuals, you’re going to find value in content marketing. We even have one B2B client uh whose ticket size is about $100,000. $100,000. And you’d think that you can’t directly sell from a blog $100,000 item. And you’d be right. It is impossible to sell $100,000 product straight from your blog. But what the blog helps do is it helps establish branding and trust. So if you have if you are able to make that initial investment of time, resources, whatever to build that content pipeline, you will be able to establish branding and trust for your blog. Now question, what are influencers doing for traffic generation? So when I think about people like these two guys, Grant Cardone on the right, Tony Robbins on the left, what are they doing for their marketing? I mean, sure, they run ads from time to time. They put out YouTube videos from time to time, which is, you know, really good content, but they also blog. Neil Patel is another good example, who has literally made his entire business on the back of good, solid content marketing. So these people go out there and they basically leverage what they know and build out content that their followers know, like and trust and buy from. But look, most people that I talk to are not generating as much content as they want. Even though I give out examples like Neil Patel, Tony Robbins, Grant Cardone, no one’s out there going like, “Yeah, you know what? I’m going to be doing one blog post a day.” And the reason why they’re not doing that, there multiple reasons. We will talk about that soon. But this is why we want to solve this problem. The problem that people are facing is that they’re not generating as much content as they want. We want to solve this because if you can solve this problem, if you can generate as much content as you need to be successful, then you can generate more traffic, generate more leads organically and make money even in this economy. This was true 6 months ago. This is true now. If you can fix the problem of content velocity as we call it, that is if you can put out a lot of highquality content every single day, every single week, every single month, you can fix the problem of generating more traffic and leads organically over time. Because for me, by far, content is the most passive form of authority and money machine. When it comes to building a business that does not need you in there every single day, the easiest thing to do is build a pipeline of content that continues to bring in traffic, leads, and sales every single day. And of course, in the process, it builds your authority as well. So, question time. What’s stopping you right now? Answer me in chat. If I ask you to go out there, publish one blog post a day, two blog posts a day even, what’s stopping you? What’s holding you back, Linda? That’s awesome, Magnus. Thank you, Scott. Perfect. And no problem, Linda. Keep them coming. Keep them coming. That’s okay. I think we have Bilal joining in as well. Thanks, Bal. Um, cool. Find the time, Eva says. Fair enough. most relevant topics. Good concern, Rob. That’s fair. Structure or a plan, says Jonathan. Good, Jonathan. I really hope that you’re able to get a structure or a plan today. Thank you, Jack. Um, where to host a blog? Typically, easy thing to do, WordPress, but that’s okay. A lot of people kind of struggle with that technical headache in the beginning, but that’s okay. Um, slow internet compared to home. Internet speed really, really doesn’t matter. I mean, when you’re doing text content, you’re not uploading, you know, 4 gigs of videos, raw videos. So, internet speed is not that desirable. Someone else said a plan. Yeah, we’ll go to the plan in just a minute. Now, most people that I know that I talked to have some sort of AI content generation platform software. I mean, you all have Content Gorilla, but if you didn’t, you’d still have at the very least Chat GPT, right? Or something else. But almost everyone I know has some sort of AI based content generation platform. But still people are not generating enough content. Right? So this is what people have typically said in the past when we ask them why they’re not generating enough content. They say I don’t know what content actually gets views and sales. Right? So someone said hey like I don’t know what to write about like what topic should I focus on. That’s it. Problem number two. Content marketing seems complex. I’m not ready to do everything. Don’t have the time. Again, one of you said that. Don’t have the time right now to basically do this. Problem number three. If I was to outsource this, if I was to give someone else the reigns to do my entire content marketing for my blog, they’ll charge $6,000 a month. And it’s expensive. And that’s true. Actually, that’s a real number. I didn’t make that up. We contacted some agencies. We asked about what they do, and they listed out like, “Hey, this is what we can do for you.” And it was like less than 10 blog posts a month, not even 10. And they would charge $6,000 a month just for that. So it is expensive. Now, I get that. I get that. Which is why again we’re trying to solve these problems so you can go on your way. You can in your business get leads, traffic, and sales without having to worry about what you’re going to write your blog post about. Now we have established this that content marketing works. It gets a lot of traffic without heavy investment without investments you would make in ad and so on. But look I’m not asking you to stop everything you’re doing right now and focus on content. The goal of this session is not for me to convert you and say okay content is the only way to go. If some channel is working well for you right now absolutely stay on that. If you’re in a business already where you’re like, “Hey, you know what, Neil? I’d love to do this, but I’m doing like 40hour a week consultations. It’s paying me really good money. I don’t want to take any time out of my day to do content marketing.” That’s okay. I’m not asking you to do any of that. And you will see that in this session today, but I am asking you, I’m telling you that content is king. Content is king. So if you can just take a few minutes out of your day or if you can find someone else that can do that for you, then take that action. Now I want to show you the same content creation marketing solution or rather system that we have been using for over 3 years now. You’ve seen that before. I mean you’ve seen Content Gorilla before. But what I want to go into is actually give you the steps behind the scenes. Because as I mentioned early on to you, Content Gorilla is one part of that equation. Like if I think about the seven steps, if I remember right, content grower probably fits into three or four. Uh maybe maybe three. I’m not entirely sure. We we’ll go through the steps again. I’ll I’ll talk about that. But the point here is that there are seven things that my content marketing team does to build a passive annual business for ourselves, for our clients. And I want to show you exactly what those seven steps are. And I’m not just going to tell you what the seven steps are. I’m actually going to show you and explain to you how to do that yourself. So, this is not me just saying, “Okay, blah, blah, blah, go buy this course.” I’m actually going to give you the training that you need to do this for yourself. So, type in a seven if you’re still with me. And if you want me to go through those seven steps and show you what it takes to do this and again, you can if we send a replay, again, I’m not sure if it will. I really don’t want to commit to that. But if you are here, you can take notes and you can go ahead and implement these seven steps in your business. I can promise you, you will change your fortunes. Okay? So, getting lots of sevens here. That’s fantastic. So, I know you’re awake. Good. I will show you through these seven steps how to plan, how to create using AI, of course, and how to build traffic siphons to your money pages. Those could be your opt-in pages. That could be your sales pages where you’re selling something. But I will show you how to plan, create, and build traffic siphons to your money pages. So, if you want to see the sevenstep process, let’s go through that. Step number one, pick your content philosophy. This is quite easy. You don’t need to stress about this too much, but I want you to think about how you’re going to do your content marketing. Here’s what I mean. A lot of businesses that I know say B2B where your ticket size is $100,000, you need to focus less on education and more on case studies. Because if someone’s looking to spend, let’s say, $100,000 a year with you, just one client, $100,000, and they are those kind of clients, they’re not going to be reading a blog post about, okay, how do I lose weight? I mean, sure, they will be in their personal time, but in relation to your business, let’s say if you sell um

    I’m trying to think of really good example from one of our clients. If you sell parts for motorboats, not motorboats, but like you know, yachts, if you sell parts for yachts, then chances are that a yacht owner is probably going to spend a lot of money with you. Now, that yacht owner isn’t googling, um, how do I fix a leak in my yacht? They’re basically googling very very specific things, right? So you could do case studies, you could do information like that or you could just do blog post if you if your um reach is more wide or rather wider. If you’re targeting B2C market, if you are going for lower ticket B2B customers, you could do those how to articles that I just talked about, right? You could write daily, you could write weekly, you could write monthly. It’s up to you. I know people that write twice a week, sorry, twice a month and they do exceptionally well, but then again, they’ve been doing it for 10 years. So, it’s not like they started 3 months ago. They’ve been doing it for 10 years. You could write short articles, you could write long articles, or both. It’s up to you. You could drive traffic to lead magnets, to sales pages, or both. It’s up to you. So, the point is, I want you to make these decisions as to what kind of content you’re going to put out. How often are you going to do? Is it going to be short content, long content, and where is the content going to direct people to? Now, if you don’t know what to do, the simplest way to do that is look for your competitors, right? Look for your competitors. Like, I’ll give you an example. In Mailio is one of the clients. It is one of my products, but that’s one of the clients for the content gorilla team. So, let’s say for Mailio, uh, one of our competitors is Mailchimp. Then we have mail lights. Then we have active campaign. So let’s just look at these three websites. I’m not going to go any further. I mean if you are doing it, you can look at like five of them, 10 of them. It’s it’s really up to you, but let’s look at how they link to the blog. Like I can it’s it’s hard to even find the blog here, but it looks like they’re doing like learn with Mailchimp. So, I could go to email marketing and okay, this is kind of how they’re doing their blog, it seems, right? Um, then let’s go into Maite again. I’m trying to find blog. I don’t see it outright.

    So, let’s see if I go to knowledge base academy. I don’t particularly know where the blog is. Let me see if I can find on top resources maybe in here. Blog. Okay, there you go. So, kind of hard to find, right? Uh, let’s go to active campaign and I’ll go to platform use cases resources. They should have a blog. Yeah. Somehow it’s always hidden like for these companies. Um, and it’s funny like for active campaign, one of the recent blog posts is the best the five best mailers of 2023. But, okay, let’s go into this. Let’s go to this one for example. So you can see this was written on September 13. So you can go through the blog and very quickly understand how frequently they write, right? You can see uh what their content is about typically. You can see how quickly a pop-up comes up. You can also see it’s quite a long piece of content actually if you think of it, right? You can see what they’re linking linking to. So this is for example linking internally to a glossery item and this is to an external article and so on and so forth, right? So this gives you a lot of intel that you need to basically understand how these other blog owners are approaching website content business owners are approaching content marketing on their blog right and honestly a lot of them seem to be writing longer blog posts which tells me if we are to compete with them we should also create a longer blog post. Mailchimp is probably an exception, but again, bear in mind, Mailchimp has been around forever. Like, it’s one of the first autoresponders that came out. But it is important to establish your content philosophy before you start. And it can be uniquely tailored to you. That’s fine. Sometimes you don’t have to look at your competitors. Sometimes you’re like, you know what, I’m a person of fewer words, so I’m just going to write shorter blog post. They’re going to be punchy. They’re going to focus on one thing, and that’s fine. One example of that is Groove. Um, Groove CRM, no support, the Groove blog. This was one of the first blogs I used to read and their articles are generally shorter if you look at it. I mean, they even used to have one artic a while ago. They were running a series for a couple of years where each article was no more than 500 words, but they used to rank as well. they get traffic as well, right? So, it’s entirely up to you how you want to do it. You just have to do it consistently. That’s important. Now, step number two is keyword research. Now, look, this is a very, very wide topic. There’s literally 10 different ways of doing your keyword research, and I’m not going to go into each and every one. A lot of people have different ways of approaching keyword research. That’s fine. It’s their prerogative. Um, do it as you want. You could look at lowhanging fruits. You could look at um keyword gaps, like keywords that no one else is writing about, but you want to write about and you can rank for them easily because no one else is writing about them. You can do all sorts of things, literally all sorts of things. But what I would advise is before you get to your keyword research, figure out what you’re going to link people to eventually. Are you going to link them to lead magnet? Are you going to sell a product directly on that blog post? What’s your goal from the blog post that you’re writing? For us, for example, quite often it’s just lead generation. If you get sales from that content, great. Like that’s an addit plus, but we are focusing on lead generation from these blog posts. And the way we approach it is we take a product. So let’s say Mail and we’re building out the new home site, but for Mail Gear, we looked at all the core features that Mail had. And one of the new features that we’re developing there is um the ability to create automated email sequences. Like you answer a few questions and your 7, 14, 30 day automation sequence is written for you like this. Okay. So with that in mind, we decided to just focus on that alone. Now it it is a little bit competitive, right? It’s not the easiest, let’s say, keyword topic to get into. It’s going to take us about a couple hundred pieces of content to really tell Google, look, we are experts at this. So, it’s not an easy thing to do. However, it aligns with our goals. Okay? So, you could do easy. You could, and I’ve done easy before in the past. Trust me, it doesn’t work very well. What I mean by that is I found keywords that were like, “Okay, this is the easiest keyword you can rank.” And you’re like, “Sure, let’s go rank for and we ranked for it, but either the traffic was really, really low, or if we did get it, traffic didn’t convert into sales because it didn’t align with our product. So, if you’re going to write about something, try and make it coherent to what it is you’re actually selling. So, when I do keyword research, for example, I don’t even look at competitors. Like, get rid of the competitors. That’s really not my intention. But, I’ll show you this page. So, it’s still being developed. Uh but one of the pages, one of the features that we have is automation AI. So the ability to basically create full-on automation sequences I was talking about. Now when I get something like this, I just go on a research spree. So what I mean by that is um I will think about this feature and I’ll think about okay, if someone needs this, what keywords are they searching for? So email automation writing is one, you know, email sequence writing is another. So let’s just change to email sequence writing.

    Right? So they go for email sequence writing and then I’ll pick up the first article and I’ll start reading it and see if any other keywords pop out. So when you’re reading this article, is there any other keyword that you think you have to put yourself in your audience shoes? Any other keyword that they could be looking for? So let’s see. Um let me just check. So I’ll quickly read this. I’ll read like five or 10 articles just like this. You know, it takes about an hour, no longer. But that gives me like a seed keyword list. So drip campaign drip campaigns is great. So I’ll open up a notepad and you won’t see it right now because I’m I’m only sharing one of my screens, but I’ll open up a notepad basically and I’ll start writing uh email sequences.

    drip campaign

    and so on. Right? So I’ll make a list of like 10 20 how many keywords I can find and um I’ll just collect this list. So when I do that, let’s say we have this tool authority gorilla by the way, which you may or may not have. Um, I can share more about that later via email, but I’m going to sorry, I’m going to go ahead and type in email sequences here and see what comes up. Okay, so let’s wait for more results to pop up. Takes a few seconds. There you go. So, there are quite a few different keywords related to email sequences. So, about I think 3 to 400 keywords as I can see from this list related to keyword sequences. So, I’m just going to select all of them and I’m going to add them to the basket, the keyword basket that you see over here. I’ll do that for all 10 or 20 keywords that I have researched. And when I do that over and over again, I’m left with now about, you know, uniquely speaking, 5,000 to 10,000, maybe 15,000 keywords, right? They’re quite broad. Some of them are difficult to rank. Some of them are very, very easy to rank. But what they all do is they focus on the main topic at hand which is automation sequences. And that’s what you want when you’re building out content for Google because again that is what you’re doing if you want organic content. You’re not building it out so that um you rank for like one keyword here and one keyword there. You’re building it. So you tell Google, look, if you want to refer to anyone for anything related to email sequence automation, send them to us because we have 200 articles that focus on this and they are amazing. They are really, really good. So that’s what we do. We basically build out a whole list, build a keyword basket and once that basket is about, you know, 5,000 10,000 words, we download that list. So that’s keyword research. There are many, many different ways to do it. Again, remember that you can watch 10 different videos on YouTube and they’re going to tell you 10 different ways to approach it. This works for us because we don’t lose context of what we’re doing. We’re not trying to rank for the sake of ranking. We’re ranking only for what what’s going to drive us leads and sales. But that’s what we do. Now, step number three, when you have this list of 5,000 to 10,000 keywords, what do you do? Do you start writing content for every single keyword? Because if you start doing that, even if you do one post a day and you have 10,000 keywords, it’s going to take you

    30 years if I’m right. Um 10,000 keywords. So you can do in 3 years you can do 1,000 keywords. Yeah, it’s going to take you 30 years to write uh just for those 10,000 keywords. Don’t do that. Absolutely do not do that. What we do in the next step in step number three is basically keyword and topic clustering. So when you get that list of 10,000 keywords, there’ll be a lot of similarities. What I mean by that is email sequence, email sequences, same thing, right? Uh email sequence writing or email automation writing, same thing. Like you can see it, you can visually look at those keywords and say, “Okay, these are kind of the same.” So what you do is you tend to cluster them. you tend to put them together in a group. And when you do that, it reduces the number of keywords or number of topics that you’re going to write from 10,000 to about 100, 200, maybe 300 or 400. And then you can like remove the ones that don’t seem relevant. But we’re looking for a number between 100 to 200 articles, right? So what you do is you download this list of keywords. Let’s say you will download a list of these. Let me go ahead. 1,578 keywords. Going to export this as a CSV. There you go. Okay, it’s done. Then you cluster them. Now, you could do it manually, but trust me, it’s a very, very painful process. I wouldn’t wish that on my enemies. So, if you are looking to cluster keywords, there are some paid solutions out there um which cost as much as, you know, I think $50 a month to $150 a month. We’ve used many in search to find something that works, something that is actually good. But what I would advise you to do is I would advise you to go to this this keyword clustering tool from Zen Brief. I’m going to link that to everyone. There’s my gift to you. Um keyword clustering tool from Zen Brief where you could basically upload your file. So, I’m I need to upload like a text file. Again, you won’t see it, but give me just one second. And I’m going to copy and paste my keywords here. Right. So, I’m going to put about 1,500 or so keywords in here, and I’m going to say create cluster. So, I’ll give it a few minutes to create those clusters, and I’ll bring you back uh as soon as it’s done. It can take a few minutes because, look, it’s free. Other people are using it as well, but it is still quite good. It’s not the best, but it is free. Now, we don’t use this for our clients, just so you know. We use something else that gives slightly better results. But the way clustering works is if what this program does is it looks at keywords like email sequence writer and email automation writer and it searches them in Google in real time. And of course, you know, when you search in Google, you get like 10 results for every keyword. If it finds like two or more results that are the same, then it says, okay, you know, this is part of the same grouping. If it says, okay, there are three results that are the same, not just the same website, but the same results, then it basically says these are synonyms, like these are similar keywords. So, you don’t need to write about both of them. So what this does is it brings down your keyword cluster from say 10,000 to about um you know maybe three or 400 topics that you could write about. So for example from this one 15 we gave about 600 keywords it gave us 67 clusters. So he said okay he said you can write about 67 topics based on your keyword list. Now the thing is that when you look through it you will realize okay some of them don’t really work for us. For example let me show you proper way to write an email is not something I would write about. Why? Because proper way to write an email doesn’t quite relate to email like our software automation AI. Okay. Same way automated vacation email template may work but it’s just like one email or or email writing for class

    IG CSE email writing they’re not really relevant so you do find these topics that are not relevant you just cross them out you’re like you know what I’m not going to write about that it’s fine when you go through that list you kind of take a hammer through it and from 67 you come down to like 30 or so article topics or you groups of keywords that you’re going to write about. So this will make your life much much easier. Now instead of trying to write about everything trying to write for 30 years, you have enough content for let’s say the next month and yeah you know that’s one post a day and you’re like oh crap it’s only a month but you don’t need a lot. Like I said if you want to become an expert on a topic you can write 100 to 200 articles and that’s more than enough.

    Okay,

    good. All right. Is this making sense so far? Let me know in the chat box. One, two, three. Step number one, two, three. I will do a recap for you in the end as well, but just want to make sure you’re still with me. And again, you can follow exactly what I’m teaching. You can do it for yourself. You can do it for your friends, for your colleagues, whatever. They’ll be happy. They’ll be very, very happy. And again, this is something that we do for other people as well. I’ll talk about that a bit more later. Now step number four is finding trending and ranking content from YouTube. Um we do this using Content Gorilla. So you know I’m going to show you Content Gorilla as an example. So let’s say I want to write about finding the email. Um

    okay

    let’s say what is email marketing right email writing it’s a very very broad topic so when I go into content gorilla I can quickly search for it and uh it brings me a lot of videos you can expect a lot of videos for a keyword as broad as this but that’s what you do you find trending and ranking content from YouTube and this is covered in the content grower quite easily. You go in, you find content but again you have to remember about the context you are trying to write in the context of in this case you know we’re trying to write in the context of automated email writing. So when I say what is email writing I want to make sure I pick a video that complements what it is we’re trying to write about. So, let’s see. Uh, English for emails. Nope, not really relevant. Writing emails by complete guide, not quite relevant. Write effective emails. Not what we want. Let me see.

    I’m just checking out the Okay, this one. Top tips for writing emails that sell. This is so far the closest that I found to what I want to write about. So, there we go. Top tips to write emails that sell. It’s not a long video, unfortunately, but that’s okay. I’m just going to go ahead and create an outline while we do uh how to write a sales email. Okay. So, step number four, finding trending and ranking content from YouTube. You’ve done that. Step number five, using AI to supercharge it. Now I’m not going to spend too much time into it because you have content gorilla you understand how that works but basically you can utilize content gorilla to create new content for you. So you can see this is what we have basically done is we have uh just arrange this article a little bit better. What I’m going to do is I’m going to create uniquely new content based on this outline. I can add more elements to this outline but I’m going to go ahead and create uniquely new article for this outline. Once I do that, I will be in a position to basically have my own uniquely written blog ready to go. Right now, look, I’ll tell you this right now. When I was doing research for the session and I realized that on average, if you want to get on average, okay, not if, but on average a blog post page one of Google has, 1447 words. Now that’s oddly specific, but again that’s based on like thousands and thousands of data points. But if you want to write a good blog post that can eventually rank, ideally aim at that number or higher, right? Aim at that number or higher. But I can also tell you if you are going to write a blog post, it’s going to take approximately 3 hours and 57 minutes, 4 hours roughly, right? But of course with AI much much faster. Like if I go back here right now, we’ve got this blog post and it’s written. It’s kind of ready to go. Almost. It’s almost ready to go and it is a lot of words. Let me just check how many words this is. It is 1,965 words. So, it is quite long, but again, using AI, we speed that up. Now, look, we’re not quite done yet, but I’ll bring it back in a minute, so it’s okay. Uh, but the point I’m trying to make here is that even if you have this, you got to still do a few other things. You got to put the image, right? Sometimes you can’t just use stock images. You have to get the right one. You have to optimize it for SEO. So you can, and by the way, I think in two to three weeks time, we’ll have a new SEO feature roll out for content grill as well. That’s going to absolutely change the game for you. It’s going to be more AIdriven than it is right now. So you can see that if you want to make this article better, there are things that you can do for this article, right? So you still need to optimize it. But most importantly, a human still needs to read this, make sure it is contextually coherent. I don’t publish this content as is until someone in my team, like I don’t do content writing or editing or anything anymore. My team handles all of it, but we don’t publish content until someone’s actually read it and confirmed that it is relevant to the blog that we’re putting it on that it doesn’t have by accident like any competitor mentions or links. And of course, you know, we need to put like links as well, internal links, external links, all those sorts of things. So it is very very imperative that you do some research that you do some research even when you’re done with this. Now I can tell you that since AI came to be the typical content writer job has gone away. People are being getting fired. They’re getting paid less. I know a lot of people that you know there’s some nomads that travel the world. They’re like, “Hey, my client is just using AI now.” That’s fine. But the editors are still required. Someone who understands SEO and can do SEO optimization is still required. So you still need to put in that time, that work. And when you do that, you are going to have a good piece of content much faster than you did before, much faster than 4 hours. Like editing this for someone in my team will take linking and everything will take like half an hour to an hour max. That’s it. Now a lot of people that are asked about generative AI so HubSpot did a survey and basically a lot of people say that if generative AI which you know a lot of people are worried about it if it comes up in search engines how would it impact your website or blog so most people think that the blog will get more traffic than it previously used to. So it’s looking good still right it’s looking very good for people. Oh yeah. Step number six, editing and publishing. Now, kind of went ahead and covered that with you already, but more than writers now, editors are important. 30% of bloggers have a formal editing process. And I’m actually amazed that 70% of them don’t because you need that. And bloggers with the formal editing process are 50% more likely to do better to see better results. That means better rankings, higher traffic, more leads, more sales coming through their business if they put time into editing. So again, I’m just telling you as well, even if you have Content Gorilla, even if you have any other tool that can do air writing for you, don’t publish it just as is, spend some time editing because it will get you better results over time. And again, you’ve got all the features in here in content grow to help you, but you can download this content. You can give it to someone else if you want to, or you can just ask others to follow the same steps. Now step number seven, you can publish and syndicate this content to Facebook, Twitter and so on. So uh you can go ahead and publish right over here. You can pick a blog. So as long as you’ve integrated a blog into this, you can pick a blog, you can publish it. Once it’s done, you can go into syndication and you can also syndicate it to all your fan pages, uh the groups and other locations as well. That’s how you get initial social signals that you need to tell Google like, hey, we’ve just published a content. So when we do content for our clients, we immediately go and syndicate it to web 2.0 social media properties, which tells Google like, hey, a new content just been published. I should go and index and crawl that content or crawl and index that index that content. So seven steps. I’ll go through that again one more time. Yeah, I talked about web 2.0 properties, right? So, we don’t just link to social media, but we go to other web 2.0 properties like uh Tumblr, Reddit, Kora, all those other places. Now, I can tell you this, I’ll recap in a minute. I can tell you this that if you can do syndication the right way and if you can get back links, if you can get social signals, it can exponentially impact how much traffic you’re getting over time. So, it’s really, really good. Now, let’s recap the steps and the time it takes to do them. So, take notes as well while you’re doing it. By the way, step number one, you’re going to pick your concept philosophy. Quite an easy thing to do. Wouldn’t hurt if you do a bit of research. Maybe in half an hour to an hour, you can decide. You can sleep on it. Next morning when you wake up, you can be like, “Okay, this is what I’m going to do.” Step number two, do your keyword research. This takes time to do all your keyword research. First, you have to find those 10 to 20 or even more seed keywords. Then for each keyword you find other keywords. This one takes time. So it can take you about 4 to 8 hours I would say. No more than that. 4 to 8 hours. Then you do your keyword and topic clustering. Instant. Instantly done. But you got to clean it up because when you run 10,000 keywords through it, you’re going to get approximately 400 topic ideas. You don’t need all of those. You really, really do not need all of those. So in that case, you’re going to just focus on cutting down 75% of them and saying, “Okay, 100’s good or 200’s good.” Some of it being those. Step number four, find trending and ranking content from YouTube instant using Content Gorilla. Use AI to supercharge it. Use AI to basically write the content as I showed you, right? Again, quite easy to do. You can spend a bit more time in it. I would advise you to just to get that output, but fairly quick. Step number six, you edit and publish. Um typical article like I said half an hour to an hour. Let’s just take an hour to be on the conservative side and you can publish a good article. The syndication let’s say another half an hour to an hour for every content that you publish it. So altogether let’s say if you’re aiming for 200 articles right 200 articles you’re going to spend about let’s go back to step number one. This is almost negligible. Let’s say an hour. Um, keyword research takes time about eight hours to nine hours so far. Keyword and topic clustering is going to take time as you manually go through and like cancel out things. It’s going to take about a couple of days. So, let’s say total time right now is about 25 hours. We’re looking at this one. No time. Now, this starts to become for every piece of content, right? So, for every content when you do this, I would say at least half an hour, right? I’ll open up a calculator here. Um, so I can do the math as well, but let’s say half an hour for 200 articles, that’s another 100 hours. So, so far we’re up to 125 hours as we’re doing it. Editing process, let’s run up to hour and publishing, you know. So, an hour for 200 articles that takes us up to 325 hours of work. Step number seven, syndication about half an hour, let’s say, of work after the initial setup. For each article, that’s another 100 hours. That’s 425 hours. Now look, that might sound like a lot. When I say you can spend 425 hours of your time and uh do all your content marketing for the next 4 months, that sounds kind of scary, right? Because it’s about 100 hours a month and you probably don’t have 100 hours a month. But you can outsource a lot of this. Like really the big part, the editing, the content creation, you can literally just outsource that and save yourself a bunch of time because this process I can tell you it downright works. It just works amazingly well over and over again. We have we do this right now for 10 different clients and they’re happy with it. They’re happy with it because they basically just get to sit back and we generate all their keywords. We do all the research. We discuss philosophy with them first. We do the keyword research. We do the clustering. We do the writing. We do the editing. We do the publishing. We do the syndication. All they have to do is if they don’t like something we’ve published, they let us know. We go back and fix it and we learn from it. Okay? Because of course, every client has a unique style. So, I can tell you if you want to do this for yourself, if you want to do this for others, there’s a really, really big opportunity here. But the question of course I want to ask you is if I ask you to spend $100 a month to do this, could you do this every month? It does work. It’s not going to work for you in the first 30 days. Like let me also be very very clear here. You’re not going to get life-changing traffic and sales in the first month. Maybe not even the first 6 months, but it is going to compound. It’s one of those things that gives results over time. It’s like planting a tree. You can’t put a seed in and saying, “Hey, now I want to sit under the tree and like just enjoy my enjoy this like summer.” It takes time. Okay. So again, content marketing is not for you if you want to get instant results and not have to spend time or resources, money. So the opportunity again is big. But at the bare minimum, I can tell you if you don’t want to do too much, if you’re like, you know what, Neil, I just want to coast past this. I want to do one article a week. Two articles a week. Fine. You can spend two hours using AI every single week and you can do this. Easy peasy. Really easy. But what if you wanted to do everything all the time? And I know there are some ambitious people here today on the call. They’re like, “Neil, this is so for me. Like, this is exactly what I want to do, but I don’t have the time. I don’t have the motivation. I’m in a full-time job already. These are things I would love to do, but I just can’t.” So, here’s the thing. Like I explained to you, if you were to really really go into it, it’s quite easily 80 hours a week job, more like 80 hours a month even, let’s say. But you and you still need expertise. So, what if you could, like we have done for our 10 of the clients, what if you could leverage my content marketing team to build your six-figure business? What if we could be responsible for your traffic, for your leads, for your sales, and for your success? All you have to do is bring in a product to sell. Like you got to have that. If you don’t have that, it’s okay. Like you might be at that stage where you’re like, “One of the clients actually joined us. They were like, I don’t have a product to sell. I want to uh but could you still do this for me?” We can, but we urge you to think about what it is that you’re going to give away or sell on your blog. So, what if my team could do this for you? What if you could also leverage my time to build out your personal personalized content marketing plan? So, what if you and I jump on a one-on-one call tomorrow, Monday, Tuesday, whatever, and actually go through this together, discuss your content philosophy, talk about what is you want to achieve in your business with your blog, and we create the plan and execute it for you, so you can just sit back and focus on what you do best, which is create and sell your own products or services. And what if you could do all this for 12 months for less than what you would pay an agency for one month? I talked about this earlier. Typically, an agency would cost you $6,000 a month for something like this and they will say, “Okay, we’ll deliver you 10 articles and some backlinks and they’ll charge you $6,000 a month. What if we could charge you less than that for the next 12 months altogether?” So, here’s my proposition for you. This is something we offered back in like I said February or March or was it April or May and after taking a break from taking on new clients we are bra to open for basically more clients. This is called content gorilla all-in-one. Remember typically 70% of the companies do surveyed have one to three people on the content marketing team and they have to pay full-time salaries for those. If you don’t have that, we can help you because for most part 50% of B2B marketers outsolutely outsource at least one part of their marketing and 84% of marketers outsource content creation. So we want to do this for you with the all-in-one package. We want to do complete keyword research for your niche. You fill in a simple form and we handle the rest. In fact, we started doing this on a call for a more personal touch. We find up to 10,000 low to midvol low difficulty keywords for you. So, complete done for you keyword research, right? We do advanced keyword and topic clustering. We don’t use Zen brief that I showed you. We use another tool that tends to connect the keywords a bit better. It’s costly, but hey, we want to spend on our clients as well. Number three, we do one-on-one content planning with you. So, you and I get on a call and we decide together what it is that you want and we work towards that. Number four, we do done for you content for you for 12 months, minimum 30, maximum 100 articles a month. I can tell you on average, we are doing about 50 articles a month for our clients. And each article is about a,000 word on average. Some articles are longer, some are a little bit shorter, not too short. We stay about 7,800 word limit. We don’t go under that. So, we can do done for you content basically for the next 12 months. However long you want, right? And I can tell you that for most people who want to get organic traffic, they need three to five posts a week. So, when I say we can do basically 50 posts a month for you, that’s two posts a day. That’s about 8 to 10 posts a week. So, we are beating the bare minimum that you need to look at for organic traffic. Okay. So, we do editing as well by the way. We’re not just writing using AI but we do the editing too and we do done for you content publishing. So, we publish the content for you. We publish the images for you and we syndicate the content for you so that you get back links as soon as your blog content goes live. That’s important because again like I said it’s important for social signals. It’s important to tell Google about your intentions. Now, just so you know, if you were to hire in-house just for this alone, just for this indication alone, that would cost you $2,000 a month. But we include it in this package, right? It’s an exceptional exceptional deal because what we are giving you for the next year, for the next one year, we are basically giving you your own content marketing team. We’re giving you a writer, we’re giving you an editor, we’re giving you a backlink builder. Alongside that, you’re getting a manager. So, when you come in, there’ll be a manager that contacts you every single week and lets you know of the update. And of course, we kick things off by you having a one-on-one call with me, letting you know exactly what we can do for you. So, again, what you’re getting as part of the deal is me, a dedicated manager who contacts you once a week. You can contact him whenever you want and he’ll write back to you within 24 hours. You’re getting a content writer, editor. Well, writer is kind of AI, right? but the editor and a syndication platform and of course any designer work that needs to be done as well for your blog post you’re getting that as well. So we want to offer you this exclusive deal as we did 6 months ago and I think again half the price almost 8,000 would be a good price but we want to go even lower. So go to that link in chat. We’ll drop that link in chat for you. The link is neiler.com and I’ll walk you through the offer in just a minute. neiler.com aio.

    If you go to that link, you will see a couple of options. The prices that you see on that page are incorrect. Instead, what I want you to do is I want you to click on those buy buttons, and you will see real prices. Okay? So, when you go to this, you will see everything that I’ve talked about today, everything that’s in this package, and you will see it’s like $2,000 or $7,500 for confusing. Don’t worry about it. Just click on this link, $7,500 link. When you do, you will see have two options. It’s either one payment of 6,000 or four payments of 1,500.

    Right? One payment of 6,000 or four payments of 1,500. So, you can pick either of those options or you can pay 1,497 up front and then you pay 697 a month. You can cancel anytime you want, but again, like I said, I would advise you to at least stick with it, stick with the program for 3 to 6 months, 6 months, because that’s when it really starts to show results. So, three options. You can go for $6,000 up front, you can go for $1,500 for 4 months, and that covers you for the whole year. Or you can go for upfront payment of 14.97 and then 697 per month and cancel anytime you want. All right. So let me know if you have questions in the chat box. Like I told you, we can only take on three people. This is us basically working hands-on in your business. We’re not taking a step back. We’re not like, “Yeah, okay. You know what? There’s the training. Go watch it, do it yourself, which you can. But this is us basically with our expertise, with our experience working with you in your business. But like I said, we can only take in three people at this time because we are at capacity. We opened up additional seats. We hired extra people in our team to do the editing, the publishing, the syndication part for you. So let me know if you have questions, anything that I could answer for you right now. I’d be more than happy to. I know that this is going to be incredible and I know that this is going to be life-changing for the right people. I think we already have one person who’s jumped in, which is Jeffrey. Jeffrey Stanberg. So, Jeffrey, you are in. We have space for two more. And again, just to explain to you how this works, I want to explain the process. When you pay, I will send you an email, personal email to say, “Hey, Jeffrey, book a call with me. Here’s a link and let’s talk.” And it’ll be a discovery call. I’m not going to upsell you anything. I’m not going to pitch you anything. It’ll just be me understanding your business, your goals. And then once I’ve established that, I’ll start my research. I’ll start my research. I’ll send you a preliminary email within the first 5 days, five working days, and I’ll ask you, Jeffree, is this okay? You’ll say, “Yep, Neil, this sounds good.” So, we’ll go deeper into keyword research. We’ll take another four or five days. We’ll do all the keyword research that we need to do. will pick build the topics and clusters and then the manager will reach out to you saying Jeffree here’s the entire cluster list that we have planned for you. Does this look good? If it does, we’re going to get working on your blog. Okay. Okay. We’re going to get working basically on your blog. Let us know. And you say yes. Then we start churning our content. Our goal, as I mentioned, is about 50 articles a week. Once the editor gets into the flow of it, we can even do more, but at the very least, we want to aim at 30. But on average, we can deliver 50 articles a week.

    Scott, that’s okay. If we have seats, tomorrow would be okay, too. But if we don’t, then we will have to close that out. Like I said, we are at capacity. We don’t want to take on too many people because then we just won’t be able to deliver. That’s a waste of time for both you and I.

    All right. So, questions folks, anything you want to know, ask. And remember, once we get into the content flow, every Thursday you get an email. Every Thursday you get an update email from our manager who tells you this is what we’ve done for you for last week. Uh you can go check the content, you can publish it because initially uh clients usually say that we’ll publish the content ourselves. That’s fine. You publish the content, we finish all the linking, we finish the syndication, and we go good to go. And we report back every Thursday. If you have questions, concerns, if you want to give feedback, we give you feedback. We take that feedback. We improve what we do for you.

    Um, Linda, you pay upfront. You pay up front. Scott says, “Definitely a great deal. This is amazing. Thank you for the webinar.” Absolutely, Justin. No problem. Can you do local marketing marketing articles? We do, Ro. So, for a couple of our clients, we do local um local marketing articles. Let me see if I can find that. Give me just one second and I’ll try and find that for you. Uh, let me just see if I can find one of the clients that does it. So,

    let me see.

    Okay. Yeah, perfect. So, if you want to see examples as well, especially for local like um you asked there Jonathan or or or I think it was Rose. Uh this is one of our clients that we’re doing content for. Going to link that to all of you. So, you can look at the quality of the content right there. And you can see like we’re publishing very very often. Um Linda is asking a very very valid question. Incredible. Just not sure of the ROI. I completely get it. Look, um, so let me just first compare it, then I’ll actually do the numbers for you. Okay, if you want to run ads through an agency, if you want to pay an agency to run ads, usually they charge you 500 to a,000, $2,000, $3,000 retainer plus a percentage of the ad spend, right? 10 20% of the ad spend. So you are if you’re spending let’s say $3,000 a month in ads which you know underneath that amount it doesn’t even make sense to run ads but let’s say if you are spending that much money in ads you’ll end up spending 3,000 on ads and another 2,000 on the agency 5,000 and yes you know initially for paid advertising most of the funds don’t break even. you have to optimize takes two or three months to really dial things in. Then you will start to see results. After 2 or 3 months of spending $5,000 a month, you’ll start to see results. Um, but even results then, you know, differ. Some may be amazing, some may not. Depends on the offer and whatn not. Um, so in terms of ROI, if you compare that to organic marketing, I think early on I established that organic marketing costs 62% less compared to what you’d pay for, let’s say, advertising or an agency. And then it gives you three times more leads. So let’s say for that $5,000 budget, um, each lead on Facebook will cost you $6. So you spend 3,000, you’re going to get about

    500 leads, right? 00 leads for $5,000. So each lead will cost you in effect 10 bucks because you are paying the agency fee as well. Um in comparison, let’s say if you were to do this and right now the price is $6,000 for the entire year, what statistics will tell you is that in comparison for the same money, pretty much the same money, you’re going to get three times more leads. So you’re going to get instead of 500, you’re going to get 1,500 more leads. Now, I’m quite sure that number would be higher over time, over the next 12 months, but you have to think about then how much is each lead worth to you. So, when you think about ROI, I want you to think about yourself. Like, if you if I was to give you a lead, if I was to get you a sale, how much would that be worth to you? What’s your price point? If you get a lead, how much money can you get out of that lead? For us, for us, for example, you saw that earlier, right? So, I think we had one of the screens earlier. Let me see if I can bring that up again. Uh, one second. I’m just going to turn back to

    to this screen. Yeah, right here. So, we’ve had 200,000 sales approximately and we have done about $30 million in sales. Now, those are unit sales. So if I think about 13 oh no 11 million sorry divided by two. So for us each product sold each product that we sold was about $54 for us each unit sale but customers usually buy more products right we have customers that have spent $10,000 with us. We have customers that have spent $27 with us. So that figure varies but I’m quite sure that our customer number is about a fourth of that. So, I know based on those numbers that for us, if you were to get a customer, not a lead, a customer, that customer would be worth over lifetime uh $200 for us. For us, now a lead less. So, I mean, because you have to first convert the lead into a customer. So, I would say that a lead is probably worth about a fifth of that. So, a lead for us is worth $40. Now, going back to numbers I was telling you earlier, Linda, is if you were to get 1500 leads through content marketing with us over the next year, if each lead was worth $40 to you, so let’s do some math. 1,500 multiply by 40, that’s $60,000 in sales. So for us, I know that for us, we could get $60,000 in sales from this process alone, which is why we have asked content team to do it for one of our other businesses because that’s how much it is worth to us. Now, you can take more conservative approaches. You can have that number and have that number again and half that number again. So from 60,000, you go to 30 to 15 to 7 and a half and you will still be making an ROI. So even at about I would say

    10% of what I have basically done the math for you. You’d still be making an ROI. So again, I don’t want to make promises because it’s impossible to make promises. Every business is different. But I know for our business, this is what content marketing means to us that if I was to invest, and I have invested like literally one of our other businesses have purchased this the service from another business. If I was to invest $6,000, it’s going to make us in an ideal scenario 60,000 back. But even if it does make us 30, that’s okay because that 30 isn’t just extra money that we made, but it also helps us when we’re exiting. Okay. Okay. Um, there you go. So let me know Rose and Jonathan does that link help?

    I completely understand Linda. So what Linda is basically saying and I think this is a valid concern. Oh that doesn’t work. Let me just try bil could you try that link as well that I shared with Rose

    H. It should work. Rose try one more time please for me.

    Okay, but coming back to your question here, this is the blog by the way. Linda um Linda saying like I don’t even have an ad budget at the moment. The cost has been prohibitive for me. I completely get it. Like it’s it’s it’s okay. But I really would like you to look at this as an investment and not as an expense. Like you really if you pay someone to run ads for you, if you pay someone to do cold emailing, to do um you know cold calling, the day they stop is the day you start seeing anything. So you would have wasted 1 2 3 months and then you get frustrated and you give up and then you stop. Like it’s not worth it. Which is why we say number one, this will take 6 months to start seeing reliable results and 12 months to really start seeing an ROI like positive ROI. But then after that it’s all profit. You can’t sell that for ads. You can’t sell that for cold call emailing call calling because once you stop they stop. So I really would like you to look look at this as an investment not as an expense. Because as soon as you look at it as an investment you realize that what you’re investing into is the sales that are going to come in much much further down the line. I mean you’ve heard that old prover proverb right? What’s the best time to plant the tree? Well it was yesterday. But if you haven’t still planted it, then today, if you didn’t do it yesterday, at least do it today. So that’s what I would say to you as well. Good. Agree with you. Absolutely. Of course, I understand, Linda. That’s perfectly fine. Um, is there a way I can prove the post before they get published? Absolutely, Jonathan. So the way we work with our clients is that our clients have typically said, “Hey, because it’s a new company, new system, new process, I want to review the post before they go live.” So we leave them on draft mode. You can check them whenever you want. You can go in and check them. But every Thursday, you’ll get an email and the email will say, “Hi, we’ve left 20 posts in your uh blog as draft. Could you please review them? Give feedback if you must, but if they’re okay, go publish them.” Because soon as you publish them, that’s when we can start syndicating. And note, we do not syndicate them to your social media. We can if you want us to, but we syndicate them to generic, uniquely created for your business social media just to get um search and links. Okay? So, we’re not taking over your social media with this either. We can post there if you need us to. That is no problem at all. But what we are doing is we are just indicating the content to alert Google that the content has been published. Okay,

    that’s fine, Linda. That’s okay.

    I don’t follow where a ribbon is in that case. No, no, it’s fine. It’s okay, Linda. Look, everyone is different. I never judge a customer about their decisions. I mean, I’m not a pushy salesman because look, you have to see if this fits your goals. You have to see if this fits your if this fits your long-term vision with what you’re trying to do. If it does, fantastic. Like, that’s great. Really happy to have you on board. If it doesn’t, then I hope it does fit eventually. Now, just a caveat. This is slightly higher in price than it was 6 months ago, slightly. And the price is still going to go up next time we open this again. So, I’m not looking to get rich with this. Like honestly this doesn’t make us a lot of money because we end up throwing back a lot of money into uh paying the editors, paying the manager and so on. But what it does help us honestly is that it gives us case studies where we can say look content created with content gorilla and edited and published got these these rankings right so it gives us those case studies which are really really important for us as well. So again, we don’t intend to make a lot of money from this. A little bit of profit, but most of it goes back to paying the team that we hire for you, but [clears throat] what it does though is that it does give us case studies which are quite important for us as well. Uh there’s another client that I want to show you here. So right here you can see it’s a be prepared period. So, it’s a it’s a tricky subject like you know this client had tried different like ways to do her own content before or hire different people didn’t quite work because it’s like it’s a tricky content to write uh because the target audience is um is such but we have basically been able to for their business we have increased the visibility since we took over this was sometime in May we’ve increased the visibility by 52%

    Right? We have massively changed how well they’re ranking on Google for the keywords. So because of that, their organic traffic has gone up many many folds. The organic traffic value has gone up and they have more keywords basically ranking on in the top 20. That’s what we want to do for you.

    Okay. Good, Linda. If you want this, then I really truly hope that you find a way to get this. That’s all I can say because I’m not looking to again, like I said, I’m not looking to forcibly send anyone into anything, but I will say if this seems like it’s aligning with what you want to do, then figure out a way to get this. Okay, good. Um, do those unique social media accounts stay with you after the first year or do you get the usernames and password? Jonathan, you get the usernames and passwords. They’re kind of useless to us, so you keep them. I mean again please bear in mind we’re not posting like you know targeted unique content to those social media and web 2.0 properties. We’re really just indicating your post but we have no use for them. They are yours. We brand it to you but we kind of still brand it a bit vaguely just in case it doesn’t line what you’re trying to do then you know it’s easy to say hey this is not me. This is just like I’m syndicating content. So we don’t like take your business name and plaster it over Facebook. We don’t do it like that. We do it in a more um clean way, let’s say. Okay. Who owns the content? You do, Jonathan. 100% you. We do not own it. I mean, we use the case study, of course, right? Those are important to us because, hey, who wouldn’t like successful clients? Uh, but you own the content at the end of the day. All right? So, you own the content completely.

    That’s everything you’re getting. By the way, um I’m also going to do another thing by the way for those of you that get in during the webinar. So before we start a replay, and so far there’s only one, so that’s okay. Two more seats left. I’m also going to give you access to Guerilla Business Mastermind. This is a Discord server that we run with some live training every week. So we do specific handheld live training every week and we do other coaching as well from time to time. But also we do uh we have the software that I showed you earlier authority gorilla you get access to that as well right so if you want to do your keyword research yourself you want to do your keyword tracking all those sorts of things you get access to this as well so just in case you want to get your hands dirty from time to time you could do this here as well. Okay so that’s my bonus for you as part of this deal. Are there any other costs? No, not to you. Like really not to you. Um, you need to have your blog in good standing. Of course, you need to have a blog that works. If you face some tech issues from time to time, we can go in and help you. Like, we have tech people in our team that can fix simple WordPress issues here and there. Um, if there’s any concerns, we’ll raise them with you. But really, for all the clients that we have, they haven’t had to spend a single scent on us or their blog after they’ve hired us. The whole reason why we created this create this offer was to make sure that you you don’t have any unexpected costs that come up. You don’t have any uh breakdown in process that comes up because you know when you’re doing it yourself and you don’t have a full time theme, you kind of miss to do certain things on time. It’s happened to me too. I’ve literally when I first started my business back in 2012 before that I was doing like blogs and I had started and and finished six blogs with no more than five post each. I just wasn’t really into it. So it’s important that you don’t feel that you have to worry about anything after you do this.

    Yeah. Yeah, we don’t do the social media, Linda. We just do syndication. So that syndication is really just to get your content indexed. We don’t actually take over your social media. We just do the blog. But yes, you can use the content as you see fit. Like we do all the content. Uh if you want, we can give you ideas in which you can have like uh tweets and Facebook post and whatnot ready to go out, but you own the content. You own everything that we create for you under your brand. Really good question, Linda. Anyone else? Folks, let me know. Rose Jan.

    All right. Okay. So, again, that’s the deal. Like I said, and really, and I don’t I’m just telling you transparently, we don’t make a lot of money from this, but that’s not the goal anyway. The goal is to get more case studies for Content Gorilla to say, “Hey, look, Content Gorilla was behind these results, right? So, Content Gorilla AI helped these people get more keywords on page one, get more organic traffic, increase organic traffic value, so on and so forth.” Andrew says, “I have a site. I’m interested. I have a site that’s been up for 19 years and still gets traffic, but I need way more organic content. There’s the issue. It’s not WordPress.” Andrew, we can still do it. I don’t care if it’s not WordPress. You just need to initially give us. So we have two clients that are using different platforms. One of them is using one called Ghost, I think it is, and the other one’s on Shopify. So for them, we go in and post content manually. That’s fine. Like we are absolutely okay with that. I don’t know which one you’re using. You can tell me which one you’re using. But of course, you need to give us instructions on what to do. You need to tell us like, hey, go ahead, do this, do that, and then we can do that for you.

    Okay.

    Yeah, web flow is fine as well, Ro. Anything is fine as long as we have instructions on how to operate it. We really don’t mind like posting it on uh publishing is just a bit of extra work, but honestly, that’s the simpler task really. So, we don’t mind that at all.

    But Andrew, again, there’s no need to transition in WordPress if it exists for 19 years. And hey, if it’s getting organic traffic even a little bit, keep it there. Just let us come in and add some more positive noise. Let us amplify what you do. That’s what we do. So again, $6,000 for the year is about 500 a month. Where is 500 a month? Honestly, that’s that’s chump change. That’s what you would pay someone for, you know, even from the Philippines, you pay them for half a month of work. In our case, you’re getting three people or two people. Three people actually. The project manager, the editor, and the syndication person. All right. Good. Um, Jonathan, when you say publish, this is where it gets on our site’s blog, then the syndication. Exactly, Jonathan. So, first is research, then writing, editing, and then we publish it on your website. And once we have the link, that’s when we do the syndication on social media and web 2.0 properties. How many articles a month? Uh we aim at about 50 on average, but we promise minimum 30, maximum 100.

    So yeah, those are our numbers. Let me just check something. I got a report from the manager today. So every Thursday he gives me a report and I can maybe show you that. But I have to hide Um,

    okay.

    All right. So, we have on average over the last month, let me see, give me one second,

    we did about 44,000 words for our each client on average. So 44,000 words approximately like I said it’s about 800 to well the blog post size varies but that’s about I would hazard a guess and say 40 to 45 articles that we have done on average per client last month. Usually it’s more like the month before I’m just checking. Give me one second.

    The month before was higher. It was 52,000. So about 50 blog posts. September was a bit slow. 44 blog posts. Um

    Andrew is saying, “Perhaps I missed it. How do I know that you won’t use that content or sell it?” We don’t want to do that, Andrew. We genuinely don’t. Like that’s not our intention. We’re not creating a content mill uh with the idea that we’re going to sell this content to someone else. We are uniquely creating it for you. And in that we have an an implicit contract but if you want it to be signed as such we can do that too. No problem. I mean if it’s so the way content works Andrew is that once you post it on your blog if you were to sell it and give it to someone else it would kind of be useless for them because Google already recognize it recognizes it as your content. So even if you were to sell this to someone else they couldn’t fully get the impact out of it. So that wouldn’t make sense. Um define syndication passive backlink. Sure. So we use automation for syndication, Linda. So we basically tie in I mean you saw with content gorilla we have built-in syndication. So there’s like three social media platforms but we use um syndication platforms which another one of our partners has created in the past and that syndicates your links to about 12 to 20 sites. social media and web 2.0 properties. So when I say passive, we basically drip feed it. So on Monday syndicated to Facebook, the next day Twitter, the next day LinkedIn, the next day Instagram, the next day YouTube and so on and so forth. Tumblr, Reddit, Kora like that. So it is slow drip feeding. It’s more organic in nature. It’s passive. That’s how we do it. Okay,

    cool. Jonathan says, “I’m in.” Jonathan, that’s great. Just still ask questions. I’m here. And once I do confirm your seat, then we’ll know there’s only one more left. Um, syndicate Facebook, Twitter, YouTube, Tumblr. Okay. Yeah. Like that. Exactly. And sometimes, you know, we do some clever tricks as well that we basically um if a particular content is doing really well, if it’s getting good views, if people are staying, then we every 3 months we like reynicate it. So that way it keeps telling Google like, “Hey, this is a good piece of content. Uh, you should focus on it.” Okay. Uh, Jonathan, I got you as well. Let me just confirm. Yeah, I got you, too. Do you work with us to come up with keywords? I do, Andrew. So, on an ongoing basis, yes. So, the way it works is the initial call that you and I will have, I’ll basically help establish like three or four core topics that we will focus on for the next year, for the next 12 months. Um and then initially we create the whole cluster for just one topic and that cluster like I said could have 100 to 200 articles that means about two months to four months of work and once that cluster is finished we reach out to you proactively via email and say okay you know new ones coming up this is the keyword list that we have in mind is that okay and then we keep doing this every time okay yeah exactly Linda so back to syndication we reynicated um if we know that it’s it’s doing well in terms of traffic. Reynication basically just means um that you continue to get some link juice out of it over time.

    But good question, Andrew, about the keywords.

    All right. Um, no, no, no. We don’t republish the content, Linda. We just share the link again. We just share the link again. We can only publish the content once. Andrew, what if these topics are large, very competitive, work from home type things? Um, great question, Andrew. Very, very good question. So, we actually have one of the clients that’s got a very broad topic like this as well. But what we advise to them, I’ll advise the same to you, is don’t write for work from home. Um, not as the first topic anyway. niche down like narrow down as much as you can. If you are getting more than 200 articles uh that you will be writing, you know, for one core topic, then it’s too broad anyway.

    So, if you’re saying work from home, I’ll narrow that down much more on a call with you. You know, we’ll look at your competitors. We’ll look at what you do, what you have in mind. Let’s say it’s work from home um answering surveys. I mean, random topic, right? Work from home answering surveys. That’s a more specific thing. Okay. So that’s what we can do. That’s what we would start with. Then another cluster eventually after 3 4 months would be uh work from home for moms or new moms, you know, because it’s a very very specific thing. So even if it’s a broad topic, we pick narrower segment than that to write and um and publish content on. Does that answer your question, Andrew? And you too, Linda.

    It is how it is. That is what the website is about. Yeah, exactly. I’m with you. Yeah, I thought that I mean, if you’ve had it for 19 years, that’s probably what it’s about. And look, Andrew, if you’ve had a site for 19 years, we’re actually going to review how that site’s doing right now because we don’t need to start from scratch in that case. It may make more sense just to look at its current ranking, its current structure, and build around that. So, that’s what we would focus on. So, I don’t want to kind of just say, okay, you give me a keyword and I’ll give you clusters, but actually look at what you have as well. Um, and we build around that. So, if you have something that’s already getting some traffic, that’s great because honestly, it makes our job easier to pinpoint what we should be working on.

    Okay, Jeffrey, Jonathan, I got the two of you. Third person I can wait, Linda, Andrew, whoever that is. Um, once we do get that three really, and I don’t want to, um, I there’s no fake scaredity in this. We just won’t have the capacity to take anyone at least this month. We can put you on a waiting list. We can take you next month or the month after, but definitely not this month. Is there a holistic type service? Um, so this is a holistic type service. The purpose is to get results. Exactly. So, Andrew, look, I’ll tell you this. Over a period of time when we’ve been, you know, creating content for ourselves, we’ve been teaching other people about content creation as well. We’ve been coaching other people too. What I found was that usually life gets in the way. When life gets in the way, you get sidetracked. You forget you was what you were supposed to do. You don’t do what you were supposed to do. And you just end up blaming us. Like, hey, you know, your programs suck because I couldn’t finish it. I couldn’t do this. So, this was honestly the easiest way for us to take all the burden off of you and just do it ourselves. I mean, really, that is what it is. Is in a very, very strange sort of way. I don’t trust you to finish this. I trust my team to finish this. So that’s what you’re paying for. You’re not paying for us to get started. You’re paying for us us to finish that 12- month sprint that you most likely will not be able to. So yeah. Um

    yeah, cool. So it’s it’s really in that way we are responsible to you. I mean, you’re hiring an agency, but in this case, it’s an agency that doesn’t just advise you, doesn’t just say, okay, do this, this, this, and then we’ll talk again. We just do it for you because we know what works. We know the process inside out. If you try and tell you, okay, you do three things, we do three things, you may not do your three things in time, and then we wouldn’t be able to finish what we’re supposed to finish. So, we just do everything. It’s easy that way.

    Exactly, Linda. Exactly. That’s what we do. Okay. So, I’ll wait for third sales. If it comes in today, great. If not, we will send that an email. But hopefully Andrew, Linda, one of you decides before we are mailing our replay tomorrow to get this or anyone else on the call as well. Um, and then tomorrow I will send out an email to those that are getting in and then I’ll schedule a call with you most likely for Monday or Tuesday. All right. So, that’s it from me. Um, if you have any questions, I’ll wait another two minutes, but otherwise we can wrap this up. And I hope you really found some value today.

    And I hope that we get to work together moving forward.

    All right, thanks everyone. Have a great rest of the day. We’ll talk soon.

    Um, Andrew, okay, I’m going to wait for your questions. Go ahead. Good. Linda says, “I can hardly wait to turn over.” But Andrew, go ahead with your questions. I’ll wait to answer them. Okay. I’ll wait a few more minutes and answer your questions.

    And that’s the link again. Don’t trust the prices here.

    Um Jine, we are not sure if we will send that replay to be honest. Most likely not, but we’ll see. If we get a third person that we’re looking to work with today, we may not have time to send a replay tomorrow.

    All right. Okay. Um, Andrew, I don’t see your question, so I guess I’ll just wait via support or something later. Oh, no, I do see it. Sorry. Now, my site is specific is a specific topic and also very general. For the most part, I have tons of program and product reviews which are totally targeted, easiest to PPC. I want to

    expand the website and the content on it based on Yeah, Andrew, I hear you. I mean, it would be easy if you actually link your website. I can give you some feedback right now, but that’s okay. Like I said, for us, it’s important to work based on your needs. The end result from us is the same as we deliver content. We publish it. We do everything. But you have to tell us what you want the content about. You have to, you know, give us the go-ahhead and then we publish it.

    Yeah. So, we will take you into consideration. I’m not going to tell you that this is what we’re going to write about and nothing else. We it’s it’s a collaboration. It’s a partnership in that way. Uh, Linda, you can reach out to us via Content Gorilla support. U Bilal, could you please link Linda to the Content Gorilla support link? That’d be great. If my content is niched down, how much can you turn the words around so it’s not repetitive? Uh, Linda, it’s just it’s not about repetitive words. It’s more about the topics itself. So, as long as it’s not super super niche down, it’s fine. But again remember one of our clients um is writing about

    motorboat not motorboat yachts or like parts the toilet parts for sea vehicles you know and there’s only five companies in the world that deliver that so it is very very niche down

    okay um yeah bilal you can link the support link to everyone so they can reach out to us why support to ask more this.

    Yeah, I understand, Linda. No, that that completely makes sense. I understand.

    If one was so inclined, it could be looked at it like you’re getting 360 articles per 6K. Um, yeah, sure. I mean, 50 a month, so 12 months more, actually. So 50 a month for 12 months is about 600 for 6K if you wanted to look at it like just in terms of those value numbers. So yeah, you’re right. Essentially our goal is um yeah, minimum 360, right? Minimum 360, but on average we’re doing 50. So let’s say cut it down to 500. We’re delivering 500 articles to you. The cost is 6,000. So cost per article is about $12 and that’s an average like a,000word article.

    Okay. So again, I kind of don’t want to just do that because that um really I feel it just, you know, you’re just looking at word dollar per word. But of course there’s a lot more research and context and planning that goes into that as well. Yeah.

    Yeah. Yeah. Exactly, Andrew. Exactly. Okay, cool. I’ll leave it at that. Um, appreciate that, Andrew. Appreciate it very much. Um, I can also tell you that for one of the businesses um that we are helping, they only want content to kind of inflate the exit value. So when they’re exiting, they can kind of say, “Hey, look, our blog has 300 blog posts.” So for them, getting a blog up and running isn’t as much of organic traffic as much. It is like just look how much content we have and you’re getting that as well. So that adds for them when they’re exiting, it adds another 20 $30,000 in sale value. So it’s good for them. But okay, I’ll leave it at that, folks. You have the link uh in chat and I hope that helps you. If you got anything to ask, you can reach out. I really cannot promise if we’ll have a replay for this. depends if you get a fed sale overnight or not. If you do, we will send out an apology email with no replay, but then I promise that we’ll try and do this another time in October or November as soon as seats open up again. All right, thanks everyone. Have a great rest of the day. We’ll talk soon.

  • Massfluience Customer Training

    Hey, hey, hey. Hello everybody. Welcome to this live webinar for Mass Fluence customers. My name is Paul Hon. I was specifically invited here to showcase to you how to use the application, get your business to the next level with it, and some other cool interesting information as well where we’re going to be focusing on interactivity. We’re interacting with you and more importantly as well making sure that all your questions are answered and that sort of thing. All right, so before we get in away, can you hear me? Okay, can you see my screen? Okay, can you type in yes and yes in chat box, please? because then we’ll be getting underway uh once I hear back from you on that uh right away from me. Okay. All right. So, that said, uh let’s see here. Okay. I’m seeing the chat box right now. All right. Excellent. Excellent. Excellent. All right. So, now couple of things real quick. Uh I wanted to make sure that we get get out of the way to make this as interactive as possible. So I’ll be announcing five winners just for attending the webinar here today. Okay, is that cool or what? So, so five winners, that’s all you got. That’s basically self-explanatory in many ways, right? If you think about it, the thing is that what I want to focus on myself personally, what I want to focus on is to ensure that you get results, right? um today. All right. So that said, so we’ll go uh step by step on that uh specifically today uh so that you get the best results and you also can ensure that you know you’re using application the right way. Now the second question I have for you is the mass application. What are you planning to do with the application? Uh basically are you trying to basically use it for your own business or for uh as an agency or consultant or for both purposes? Just so again, I want to make sure that um I know exactly what stage you’re in in the application and what your goals are with it and that sort of thing, right? All right. Excellent. Excellent. Excellent. I am seeing okay, perfect. All right. Excellent. All right. So, I’m seeing a lot of you saying a different set of uh things here. That’s good. Now, most of you are saying both, right? So, that’s good. I’m going to start again assuming you haven’t even uh used the application. We’ll go from the very beginning uh with that same line of thinking. All right. Excellent. All right. So, in line with that, the other question I wanted to ask you, you can post in the chat box. What are some key things that you’re facing when it comes to the application? Like what are you noticing when you uh are so for example, if you start already using it, what are some things? Because I’ll make a note of it. I’ll get back to this, right? It’ll get back to this again later on towards the webinar. Okay? Okay. Is that cool? So, we’ll do that. We’ll we’ll definitely get to that um as well. All right. So, that said, uh let’s get underway here. All right. So, I’m seeing a lot of people said posting it. Exciting exciting exciting stuff today. All right. So, let’s do that right now step by step. So, again, if I cover some things very quickly, don’t worry. I’ll probably um you know, go through that again uh with you so that we make this as interactive as possible. All right. Okay. Excellent. All right. So now let’s do that right now. So let’s go to the nitty-gritty details. Let’s talk about the master plan application and stuff like that. I’m seeing some people joining in right now. Uh so for those of you who are just joining in, uh I see you see quite a few are joining in right now. So those joining in,

    hello everybody. Welcome to the Massfluence uh live customer training webinar. Now in this webinar we’re going to discuss specifically how to use the mass lens application to the fullest potential so that you can actually get results with it. Okay. Now in a nutshell what is the mass lens application? So as you can see in my screen right now what is it really? Well to summarize it basically creates little communities of people and websites around them. Right? So think of it like a membership site but with an internal community. Imagine like a you build a membership site but you also have the Facebook group interactivity component to it. Now why this is so powerful is that we are venturing into communities now right building communities building a bunch of people that um can interact together bunch of people who can actually work together and have their questions answered and that sort of thing. we are moving towards a community-based selling and a community-based um internet infrastructure so to speak right and the more you understand that the value of it the more sales more traffic more revenue you’re going to get because if you look at platforms like a Reddit or a Facebook group or if you look at even say for example lot of the influencers out there were very successful they all have communities right discord groups and all these other things that are out there and in a nutshell what that means effectively is that if you have a bunch of customers, it’s much more harder to reach them now than it ever was, right? People have so many distractions out there. They have so many choices out there, like so many options as well, right? So, the reason why they have to come back to you, come back to uh engage with your content, come back to actually buy from you is that they need to have a community of feeling like it should have a feeling that you they are all together going into an end result. That could be in any industry that you can uh imagine. That is the power right of mass flex. It allows you to do that in a really really fast and an easy way without any technical skills or any of that mumbo jumbo stuff. Okay. So that’s the goal. That’s the uh basic idea here. Now to do so right let’s talk about what you had to do before and what you can do now because that’s quite important. So before you needed to have let’s say a Facebook group, you needed to have multiple pieces to make this whole puzzle work, right? And the other problem is you have to have control over that group. So for example, if Facebook decides, hey, look, we don’t like your group or whatever, they might disable it because it’s in Facebook’s control. Like if Discord has that feeling, they’ll disable it. For example, you have a community of people that you have on a Reddit page and Reddit decides, hey, look, this community is not worth it. uh it’s not good for whatever reason let’s say and they can disable it or more the worst part even disabling is one thing you may not get the reach right meaning in other words you may not get the uh rankings or you might not get the traffic because it’s so sort of kind of shadowbanned as it’s known as right you get shadowbanned meaning in other words like it’s as good as dead right so we want to have control over it now let me give you an example of what we mean by this so that you understand in a bigger picture um uh way So historically right when we used to get started back in the day like I’ve been in this business for over 15 years now. So when we used to get started back in the day the secret to success right was not Google rankings because Google could change rankings very quickly right it was not basically having a beautiful website or it was not even for example whether you were uh using WordPress or you’re using some blog platform or some secret esoteric system. It was you having control over your customers, right? Which effectively meant you having control over an email list, right? A person who built an email list could control that particular database of customers they have. So if one email autoresponder says, “Hey, look, we don’t want you deal with your business or uh whatever the case might be, you just migrate over to a different one and get started without losing anything, right?” But on the other hand, if Google changed their algorithm, you lost all the traffic right away. So having control over your customers, right, is the biggest way you can succeed. So that’s what Mass Influence allows you to do. Okay, does that make sense? All right, let me know. All right, so now let’s get started with set setting up a campaign with Mass Fluence, right? So that will allow you to sort of understand how we can navigate through the process. So as you can see to the left, you have a community, you have groups, you have events, integrations, and some other tabs right here. But let’s actually go to the key uh stuff right here. Okay. So as you can see here in the app application itself when you log in you can build pages like this. You see? So where for example this could be a membership site like a straightforward membership site like what you’re seeing right now. But the beauty that beyond that as well it could go a step further. It has interactivity involved. Like imagine like a Facebook group. And the beauty here is that when they’re all into one ecosystem, people want to keep coming back and Google rankings will improve because Google’s main metric is right now and has been for the last few years more people staying longer on our website or memberships error page and they’re coming back to it again and again, right? So that’s why we’re trying to aim here so that we can get better ranking and we have control over the members because now we can message the members, we can post and it’ll send them notifications. All that stuff is ready to go. You see this right here? we have uh like let’s say a pet uh based products or a community right for golden retrievers maybe or maybe it is for uh whatever it might be right so as you can see here we can set up events right so puppies day out type of an event like you see here you click register as you can see we can create channels right which is basically where you could sell different courses and on top of that it could have its own little community built in so for example if I built um you say for example, a golden retriever uh based membership site. Well, that was going to lock me in. But if I say pets specific training like what you see here, I could have individual mini communities for that for many courses as you can see here. Right? So I can say dog training. I could say for example uh cat food. What is the best way to have your cat uh get the nutrition that it needs? Right? So things like that, right? And how do you deal with getting your puppy to sleep or potty training? You get the idea. So you can do it in different ways uh using this community uh platform right that you have right here. Now as you can see here you can take payments right out of the gate from the community. So it’s all in one ecosystem. Before you needed to have a Facebook group for the actual for example community aspect of things then you needed to put uh be there be available there pretty much all the time. Then you have to have a checkout platform right to take payments and all that. And then you need to have a membership platform which will basically manage the members, right? It’s three or four different platforms to come together. Here it’s all in one place which makes it a big big big uh difference for you in basically making sure that you can get your customers to keep paying with uh paying you again and again and again. Right? So as you can see here when we log in step by step into the dashboard, how do we create one of these membership platforms with the community aspect? Right? That’s the key thing you have to look at. And again, my goal is to show you straightforward step by step how to do it, but not delve into too much about this nitty-gritty because you can do that in the tutorial section, right? So, the first step you would do is click create a community like what you see here, right? In there, you have a whole bunch of templates that are ready to go that you can utilize. You have fitness, fashion, hair care, dating, and the beauty is you see something like fitness, right? It’s a very broad market, but you could utilize fitness for weight training, bodybuilding, you could use it for yoga, you could use it for, say, for example, Pilates. You can use it for different types of subniches into fitness, right? Um, so that like CrossFit and that sort of thing, right? So, you should not be thinking, oh, look, I’m in yoga, so this fitness thing might not work for me. I need a yoga template. No, no, no. It will fit across the board for all the templates that you’re trying to do. Okay? It simplifies that. You can also use the blank template option that you see here and basically create from scratch as well. I mean it all depends um how much you understand how to use the application because then you can use the blank template and build something from scratch. Right? So are you following along with me on this so far? Right? So that I can I can uh so basically go along here because I don’t want to miss uh some important information that I want to share with you here. Okay? Let me know in the chat box. All right. So you want to start off with a template to make it easier for you when you’re starting off. Now does that mean that that’s the only way? No, you can start out from scratch as well and do it that way as well. So that’s all good. Now the secret here is to understand that we are trying what we’re trying to do here. What our goal here is that we want to make sure that we build a community of people. Now why do we want to build a community? Because even if you have 50 members in there, it’s more valuable that you have those 50 people around you and paying attention to your content, coming back, typing in, interacting, and all that rather than just getting maybe thousand visitors to a website, but you don’t have any interactivity, right? Or even for that matter, an email list of uh basically 50 people or whatever it might be because they may not be opening up your emails because they’re getting bombarded with a ton of emails. Maybe they’re uh not getting your emails too. Maybe it’s going somewhere else like uh their junk folder promotion stab or somewhere else they’re not. See here it is an ecosystem where people want to go back right and you might think of yourself like and have you has it ever happened to you before where you’re part of a little community let’s say a Facebook group or let’s say a Reddit group or let’s say a forum or group where you know you want to go back and check it again and again because there’s some community post. Has that ever happened to you? Let me know. Right? where you instead of you checking emails, you want to go see what other people are posting, what other people are talking about because you want to have the same type of people in the same journey as you, right? That is what we are trying to do. It’s like a a psychology of humanity if you will, right? Which is basically where people will love to engage with other people going through the same thing that they’re doing. Whether it’s basically uh for example dating like they want to see what other people are going through with dating or let’s say travel or let’s say for example even fitness or wedding planning or whatever it might be. Always people are willing to actually interact with people and then thereby give you their attention. And when you get their attention on a consistent basis you win the game. You’re going to get people to pay you because right now the way the world works is the more attention somebody gives you the more money you’re likely to make. Okay? just the fact right uh based on research been done across the board. All right. So once we pick the template that we wanted to do right we can then go in and start working with it. Okay. Now the way it works as you can see here you got edit groups visit and launch a community. Okay. So basically in this case we have the gym um for example niche. So for example fitness niche here. Now we can basically go in and edit any of the templates or any of the actual websites or membership sites that you’ve built and it’ll dynamically change that in the end result. That’s another beautiful part. Uh so that basically anything you change in this community description or community name or uh basically anything that you change here will dynamically change as well except for the community URL. You want to watch out for that one. You don’t want to change that because then people will have to go through a different URL. Let’s say for example, right? So basically here you can even change the color customization. I’ll get to that in just a second. Right? So you can change the theme and all that. Now next thing is creating a group. Right? Now what is a group? A group is similar to like a Facebook group. Right? Where people can come in, they can interact, post comments, uh give uh maybe sign up to events or any uh live streams that you have or anything like that. Right? So the idea is that that’s where people congregate and also basically join in. Right. And in the centralized dashboard for the group, you’ll be able to see here what are the posts being made, uh, who’s commenting, who’s liking, who’s sharing on a centralized way. It’ll even show you how many channels you have. And I’ll get to that in just a second, what a channel is. And also basically be able to see in one simple section everything you need to know. How many posts are being made, how many people, how many members, and all that. You can even write your own post here as an administrator or as a moderator and that sort of thing. So that you know you can actually keep getting that interactivity. The beauty is the notifications that are sent out and all that. It gives the exact vibe as a Facebook group. But you have the entire control over this, right? So you don’t have to rely on other people. You don’t have to rely on uh for example Facebook giving you the reach and all that. You control your destiny here, right? Which is very important if you want to build a long-term business uh where you have full control over things. Right? Now in the settings you have gamification which is basically where you can give badges and activity points. So more people to make posts you can create a leaderboard of things. So uh for example and give them badges like this person is a prolific poster, this person is uh the most active poster and all that. This gives people more of a reason to come back and keep posting as they ascend over into different uh badges. This is a very common way for a lot of different groups to continually keep getting people to come back. Right? It’s not about monetary. Even if you give money to some people, they’re not going to come and post. But if you give them recognition in the community, they’re more likely to come back and post, interact and all that. So here you can assign the points you want to give, you want to assign the badges, you can assign a lot of different things uh this way, right? Very very powerful as you can imagine. Now what you have to think about when you’re doing these is you you have to have achievable amount of points and stuff that you’re giving away. You cannot be unrealistic where I need thousand posts to give you something, right? You understand what I’m saying? So you need to have something more realistic. Okay, 10 posts we’re going to give this 50 post this 100 post this and you could have something very high up which is 500 post or something like that right but you don’t want to put something where you want thousand to even begin with because people will not want to aim for that to begin with right now in the actions when we go in and what we can do to a group we can clone it so effectively you want to create a pets group and then you want to put a dogs group sub subgroup you want to put a cat’s group puppies whatever you can do that too and secondly what you can do is you can actually go in and you can launch that group. So maybe it’s in draft right now, you want to launch it, you can create email notifications. So every time somebody responds back to your comments or post for the members that are in there, uh every time somebody likes something, there can be notifications sent out to people. So they can go back again and then see, oh, this person replied to my question. Okay, great. Let me go check it out. Right? You can share this on Facebook, right? So you can get that social media juice, if you will, of traffic where you post on u Facebook and then people, oh, okay, there’s a discussion happening here. Let me go in and chime in and make my points here. You can assign roles. Assign roles is basically can give moderator access. You can do all that kind of good stuff. And you can also approve members. You can automatically approve or you can do manual approval. Uh where depending on what your goal is, you can do that too. Now the goal here once again we are trying to build an email list. Yes. But also we want to migrate them over into a community where they engage with us. Right? That’s always something you want to keep in the back of your mind because once you understand that overarching goal, it’ll make up a lot more. Like in this case here, if you reply here, right, it’s going to ask you to sign in. Once somebody replies back, it’s going to send notifications to them. Again, every person will sign up. They’re going to give you their email and other details. You can also integrate this with autoresponder services. So, you don’t even have to have somebody join an email list and then the group. they can join the group and automatically get all the details their email and everything synced to all these autoresponder services that are in here as well which is very powerful right because that way you don’t need two different pages two different forms two different uh things right so you can do that too you can connect it to any autoresponder tons of them that you can integrate with or even you can do click on the other integration button on the top right there you see that other integration button right here you can click on this as well and add other autoresponders as well that maybe are not in the list you can also integrate webinars okay so meaning as soon as they join the group, you can give them into an onboarding uh welcome webinar or something like that, right? You can integrate with payments. So, you can integrate with Stripe, PayPal and all the other payment processors out there. You can do that as well. So, the integrations tab is where you find all these uh things that are out there. Okay. So, everything is laid out in a very straightforward method here as you can see. Now, again, as you can see, we have muscle VIP, muscle mania, and muscle mania. These are basically related to fitness. Right? Now you can set up the actual event. You see that right there we have events there. So you can set up events where you can send people to. This is something that made Facebook groups famous. And you can do that too internally here where you could have everybody congregate and when they join that group and they’re interacting with people, they’ll see a message saying, “Hey, there’s a group only live event happening.” You see this in the events tab and if you have any questions, register here, join in here and all that. And it automatically integrates with you know systems like go to webinar zoom and these other things out there so that you can actually start just clicking on the register and have the users join in right out of the gate and you are good to go. Pretty pretty powerful right as you can imagine. Now what is super super awesome here is that you have to understand that you can even use channels. Okay. So what what is a channel? Let’s let’s talk about that. So a channel is basically where you could have a if you will inside a community different subsections almost think of a channel like a sub community right so in there you could have a blog you could have a resources section you could have an assets section say for example PDF documents people are downloading off of you or maybe even courses that you can sell so imagine it’s this way you have an interactive community like a Facebook group but Facebook group does not have a system where people can order right away things they can go in and download some things that you have for them to download. They don’t have a blog built in right here because the ecosystem is built into mass fluence where it’s all into one dashboard. What you can do is you can have tabs within that membership platform where people can come in buy some courses and all that. And these are editable and you can create multiple of these. So you don’t have to create only one course. You can have multiple courses you can sell. You don’t have to have one product. You can have multiple products for sale and all that kind of good stuff. So that allows people to continually come back and consume the content that you have to offer, right? Or even your clients have to offer by the way. Right now, as you can see here, how do you create a channel? Just go in, click create a channel. What is the channel type? You want to have a blog, you want a resource section, you want an asset section, or you have a course, right? As I mentioned before, it depends on what you’re trying to do. If you want to sell something, then courses probably make sense. Uh maybe you wanted to give resources, right? Then that could be that. That could be for SEO and all that kind of good stuff for traffic to Google. Now, as you can see here, this is the payment choices. You can, you know, offer Stripe, PayPal, and some of the other platforms out there. And people can order and buy right out of the gate. So, you could have, say, for example, a resources section which you can say, hey, 10 ways to uh, you know, build muscle and lose fat. And then you can say, hey, you want more advanced training? We created a course for you. Go buy it here. Right? You could you could have it in a setup like that so that it’s naturally transitioning a person from a general user into a buyer. Okay? Now again as you can see here we have healthy uh habits um uh basically channel here where you can have videos like this you can set up and stuff like that and you can connect it and once they buy they get instant access to those videos which are hosted within the platform so that they can you know users can go in and basically buy and those are all the payment options you saw razor pay flutter and some of the other uh platforms out there. Now in actions you also have the other capability of going in and changing things. You can change the course modules. You have add more modules. You can change resources. You can edit things and all edited on the fly. So you don’t have to worry about you know any of the edits you’re making not uh changed right out of the gate. In the resources section this is where you can give a resource go create new resources. So resources could be in the form of instructions manual resources can be in a PDF document. It can be a external URL where you’re sending them over into an article or something like that. It can be in the form of a video or even just in the form of an audio. This is basically useful because you know members don’t come immediately, right? Like say for example, you’re not going to get 1,000 uh members completely right on day one, right? You might get 50 on one day and then another 100 next week and it’s going to slowly pile up. So instead of you going and doing welcome calls with every single one of them or uh you know basically resource list right out of the gate here everybody knows what they need to do once they join the group. What are the first five things that they need to do to get up to speed and then you don’t have to waste time training and doing more and more webinars and all that kind of stuff to train people and that kind of thing. Right? So it’s very straightforward process in that sense. Okay. Now as you can see here uh in this particular case we have a blog with a bunch of content here. As you can see, pretty powerful, right? And this is the course, right? The training course as well that comes in at the very end. So now the idea here is that the more content you create, the more money you’re going to make from mass influence. Okay, that is the key thing I want you to take off from this live event today because content can be for in the form of a course. Content can be form which you can sell and make money, right? uh content can be in the form of a blog post or resources section where people can come back and consume it whenever they join and that’s going to keep them engaged. They will get value from it and they’re going to buy in the future and it’ll also help you with Google rankings or search rankings as well because when people are interacting with content Google loves that and gives rankings because they want to have people also get questions answered and all that because why are people searching for something on Google? They’re searching for an answer to a question, right? Mostly. And so when you’re asking a question, what is the most likelihood that’s going to get the top rankings? It is basically these platforms where they’re getting a uh question and answers and interactivity out there, right? That’s why Reddit ranks so high on Google many times. That’s why some of these platforms rank so high, right? There’s a two-way answer like Kora and that sort of thing, right? There’s a two-way communication happening. All right? So, as you can see here, pretty pretty powerful, right? And you can change the price, you can put free, paid, you can do all that kind of good stuff right out of the gate as you can see here. And all right, you see that right here. Right now, the cool thing is, as you can see here, once you change, you can change the price again. The 299 bucks could be changed to 199 bucks. It doesn’t matter. Once you do so, you should be good to go, right? Because once you change the price, it’s automatically reflected in that page as well. Now, you can even add lessons. So, lessons are in the form of video. Remember I was trying to tell you content is king or queen when it comes to your mass mass fluence websites. Yeah, this is what you’re doing. You’re creating more and more lessons. Content you can add in here as well because you have the membership site component as well where in the ecosystem you have all these videos out there. So you can add multiple lessons and these lessons could be paid, could be free, could also be for example as a part of a blog post or resource section and that sort of thing. You have multiple choices and options that are out there, right? Um, so as you can see, you can go in and edit this. You can add uh URLs here. Um, and I have the Vimeo URL here, for example. You could put like a thumbnail for that. And you can also enable giveaways where you can give away uh stuff as well for uh people collaborating or interacting and that sort of thing as well. And again, as you can see, your weight collection kit, you can even uh sell uh for example, physical products and that that sort of thing as well uh with the payments plan integrated into the system here. Right. So again, the beauty here is that you can set up all these, right? And this is the asset section right here where you can go in and add assets as you can see here where you could have people for example buy a physical product or they could buy uh say for example a particular product or a toolkit or something like that. You have the flexibility here that they can come in and buy. So this could be guides, it could be physical books, it could be anything that you have to offer and that goes in there and you can track the sales that you’re making under the my sales section. This could work channel by channel. So you can track where you’re getting your sales from, which channels, uh which sections of your membership site, who is doing it, who’s buying, and you’re going to get all the data of the members here as well. Like you see here, you can even import members so that you can get them onto your group without them even having to join the group. So you want your email list to join a group and interact, you can do that as well, which is again very powerful, right? And that allows the inter interactivity to come into play. And you can do all that in this one dashboard. Pretty pretty powerful as you can imagine, right? Now, the other cool thing that you can do, right, is the fact that you can even have clients that you can manage here. So, if you’re managing client websites, you can even go into the client section and go to add client like so and add a client name and email and upload and put a password uh in and then a client website could be or a membership site could be built as well from the dashboard like what you see here, right? You can upload the logos for that client’s business and membership site and all that kind of stuff. And again, that’s also right there right out of the gate that you can do pretty pretty easily. Now again we’ve covered a lot of the topics here but in a nutshell right really speaking I mean you want to simplify you want to have the end result in mind right everything we do you want to have an end result in mind and what we do and so let’s get to that and let’s answer some of that points here that we’ll go back here so when you’re here my my point was trying to tell you was when you’re going to watch tutorial videos here right you have all these tutorials ready to go so you have the walkth through you have how to create a new site and a group like that’s interactive you have how do you create events, right? Uh how do you create uh gamification, adding resource channels, creating site channels and all this other good information that is out there, creating and selling courses, right? Adding leaderboards. This is basically where you can uh reward people for posting and you know uh have some kind of uh a leaderboard of how many points that they get for posting and all that kind of stuff like social credit, right? Uh credibility that they get and people love that, right? And manage your members and all that kind of stuff here as well. So my goal again is not to just go over every little detail here because you can get this right here. But let’s talk about something important here. Okay, which is uh critical for you to understand how to utilize the platform that you have at your disposal. So we have Mass, right? So now what is the key thing that we need to succeed with the platform? Now a lot of people are going to say traffic. No, it’s not traffic. Actually, what you need for a membership site and specifically a community is content. Okay? No matter what people will tell you, that is a fact because this content could be in the form of courses, right? Let’s talk about that. One piece of content is courses that you can create that you can sell, right? Somebody’s interested in losing weight, they might be interested in buying a product, right? That is related to that, a guide book or a book or a course, whatever, right? uh and generally speaking this also will be in in terms of consistent content right so basically in that group the people are coming in there to interact they need consistent flow of content right so that they can see oh okay today I found this let me discuss about this right let let me have interactivity there so you need to have consistent content as well being posted it’s very very important okay so am I making sense so far let me know here so far so that uh we’re both on the same page here and I’m not losing out on you here okay So that it makes sense because we need to understand everything that we are doing should have one goal and one purpose. When we have that and we work backwards then it’ll make our life easier. So when you’re trying to build a mass website, your goal should not be right, your goal should not be, oh okay, I’m just going to go in there and I’m going to go in and uh find some traffic from some magical place. It should be okay. My goal is I’m going to create content because everything is reliant on that aspect. All right? So that’s something that I’m going to be uh teaching you today as well. How do we solve that? Okay. So that we don’t go in there and then we say okay my success is just because I know how to create a mass website. It doesn’t matter right people what people want to do right is basically they want to make sure that they are actually getting value and consistent basis. Okay. All right. So now let me show you one thing here. Okay, when it talks I’m talking about niches here. Christ I promised everybody you coming on this webinar a brand new application for market research. So every one of you is going to get this for free. So you just have to go in I’m typing the uh link in the chat box. You just go into that link and you’re going to get this. And by the way I’ll send an email out with access to this to everybody who’s attended this live webin. So don’t worry. So basically the idea is this one for the niches that we go into. Everything comes into keywords right at the end of the day. Market research is all about keywords. So what this will do is it will automatically go in and with this tool and you can get it for free. There’s nothing to buy by the way. It’s free for uh you just for attending this webinar. It’s going to give you hidden keywords for every video on YouTube. Like say for example, if there is a video um like this one, how to and then when you’re going to type in morning routine or some YouTube URL, it’s going to give you these hidden keywords that you can go after and you can create the sub channels in master. Right? One of the biggest questions people have is okay, how do I create a sub channel? Like I know weight loss is one, but how do I go deeper? Well, same thing in this. You could say weight loss for men, weight loss for women, right? You see this right here? Morning routine for men, right? Morning routine for kids is a subniche, right? Um morning routine for boys, morning routine for girls, right? So, you see that, right? Uh morning routine for work. You see this? These are sub channels. So, you’re going to get this. You take this. I gave you the link, but anyway, I’ll email it to you afterwards as well so you get access to it. Don’t worry about that. Um but the point is that with this you can get all those sub channels right that you can work with right right out of the gate. So when you create these channels you see this there’s 52 channels you can create more of these using that niche research that we just did with that free application that uh you got right I posted a link the chat box so you can click on it and go there but anyway I’ll give you that link later on as well so you don’t uh have to get distracted there. All right. So now let’s go back here. We were discussing basically about content, right? See the the key thing is you have to understand if you’re talking about content, right? About 85 to 90% okay 85 to 90% of all content is video right now. Okay, it is a fact. Okay, you can go in and search. So in other words, if I’m creating a group and I only have a bunch of guides or I only have a bunch of text and I only have a bunch of uh say for example audio or whatever I’m not reaching more than 10 to 15% of the audience that I could potentially reach, right? So the fastest way to 10x your or 20x your revenues would be to create content in the form of video. Now the problem with video is you cannot really create right if you think about it right the problem with video is you need to be in front of the camera right you got to be in front of the camera you have to also figure out uh basically how to keep that video engaging so I mean have to add animations and uh text effects and blah blah blah right and you have to also have a branded figure uh doing the selling for you right because people buy from people at the end of the day people are not just going to buy from uh a 2D animation or whatever if they don’t have any relevance to that individual. Right? So, you have to think about this, right? We have to solve that. If you’re not going to create content and you’re just going to create um you know, masculine, you know, community, people are just going to keep waiting for you to post something and then after two or three days of you seeing no post from you, they’re going to move on to somewhere else where there’s more engagement, more content being posted, right? So, you have to solve this issue. You have to if you don’t solve this issue, then you’re going to be stuck. you’re going to be feeling well you know uh I I wish I could do this I wish I I could get more content or whatever and not get the kind of results that you deserve right so over the years what I realized is that content has two types of things that are quite critical okay and content also has a couple of key elements involved here okay so I’ll show you an example of this so that you understand what I’m trying to uh tell you here okay so the idea A is that when you’re trying to sell a product or a service or something else out there, right? Whatever it might be, the secret always comes down to, right, is it’s basically having a, if you will, a spokesperson or a branded figure to do the selling for us, right? So, that’s where I want to solve that issue for you because in the past, right, we’ve tried we’ve we’ve done a lot of cool things in the past and I’ve done a lot of cool things in the past. You’ve probably tried to do things. one of the things that a lot of people always struggle with trying to put themselves in front of the camera, trying to create content, create animations and all that kind of mumbo jumbo stuff. So, let me ask you a simple question. Okay? So, I I’ll I’ll show you this stuff so that you can understand this in greater detail and understand this and also use this in your uh business and in your life and you know basically that sort of thing, right? So, uh let me show you here actually uh real quick so that you understand, right? So, that makes a lot more sense to you and all that stuff. All right? So I want to show you this. All right. So this is a particular video that we created for a product. Okay. Um and I want to show you. So this is uh basically me a spokesperson speaking something right here. Uh let me mute this by the way. So now like you see this right? Uh somebody’s speaking, somebody’s doing the selling here like so. And then it animates and showcases that product with animations and and all these other uh mumbo jumbo stuff like what you see here, right? Uh so what I wanted to specifically talk about is this. You see somebody’s speaking here and somebody has an animation here. Should you actually explain the things that you’re trying to teach right now? This particular video, right? This one video just uh you know in the last few months made about $1.4 million in sales. Okay, this one video did about $1.4 million in sales. Okay. And now why is that? Well, when people are consuming content, people need to see who it is that they’re getting that information from and also uh people need to see who is uh you know how engaging is that like can they go and finish the whole video from start to finish right? So that is the secret when it comes to even your master’s websites or whatever the case might be. That is basically how to get it. So now let me ask you a way to think about this. What if you get this guy right here, right? or somebody like him and this guy right here who animated this to create all the content meaning all the content like any amount of content unlimited right unlimited the same type of content by the way that generated well over 1.4 for million here in the last probably 10 years done well over hund00 million in sales right you don’t need an animation team to do this by the way you don’t need to have freelancer you don’t have to pay any monthly fees or that mumbo jumbo stuff all this stuff is automatically done for you and how what if you could do that would that be a big game changanger for you let me know in the chat box would that be a big game changers for you because you have to understand you got to do what people are doing not what they’re just talking about right you got to understand that so that way you have the same systems in place and same methodology so you do the same thing. So that means in effect you have somebody on hire at any time creating that content for you and putting it out there unlimited amount of them every single day, every single week, every single month forever literally. And you don’t have to pay an arm and a leg and even have to manage that and do all that mumbo jumbo stuff. That would be a big game changer, right? Because I want you to understand, you go back into the mass influence application. Let’s let me ask you a simple question, right? You’re selling a course. So, let’s say for um let’s assume you’re selling it for $97, right? Not that expensive. You can see yourself right in any market, right, that you’re looking you you’re selling that course. Let’s say you get 50 customers for that, right? For that course, that’s right there about $5,000, right? Straight out of the gate, right? $5,000. Now, if you could get $5,000 on a consistent basis, right? and you just had to let’s say for example in in in your case or even your client’s cases, right? You just have to put in maybe say for example, I don’t know 997 bucks. Let’s say you you invested 1,000 bucks and you got that 5,000 bucks back in a very short period of time. You would take that every single day of the week, right? You you agree with me on that? So the same thing applies with your clients as well. Wouldn’t you agree? Like if some if you’re offering them say for example right the ability where if they if it’s a fitness product let’s say you’re selling right let’s say it’s a weight loss or fitness product the gym membership right plus trainer right if they were to do would cost them an arm and leg right a gym membership or a trainer and the supplements and all that stuff right give or take would cost them at least $1,000 a month right I know it sounds uh a lot to you but you have to understand a personal trainer charges about $50 to $75 per hour, right? Per session. So you go five sessions right there, it adds up to like 500 bucks, right? So the bare minimum will be a,000 bucks a month. Now you come in and say, “Look, in my training course, you don’t have to spend,000 bucks a month. All you have to spend is $1,000 one time or let’s say a payment plan that uh that comes in that is maybe only three payments of 350 bucks or something, right? Whatever it might be, it’s more doable and much a better of a deal, right? It’s a no-brainer. So that is why you have to understand that when it comes to content creation, people will get bits and pieces of value from you with the branding and then from there they’re going to keep buying from you long term, right? Do you see yourself like does that make sense? Let me know in the chat box at all because you have to understand to succeed with a membership site and all that you got to create content the form of courses form of basically consistent content that you can keep producing and you don’t and if you can do that in an automated fashion that’s even better, right? So let me show you how you can use the latest technologies and latest next generation stuff that have come in into the picture where you can create all the content you’ll ever need in one place and you never have to be in front of the camera or you don’t have to do any of that mumbo jumbo stuff. Okay. So, let me show you the kind of content that you can create and then we’ll go from there, right? Because that’ll be a big game changer for you. And you can have an AI virtual spokesperson just like me or anybody else like the ones I showed you uh earlier as examples. They can speak any language you desire. They can basically do the selling for you and you can create unlimited amount of that with no monthly fees, yearly fees, any of that mumbo jumbo stuff. That would be a big game changer, right? That way you can fill your membership sites and your courses and all these mass websites with unlimited content automatically and you never have to basically, you know, spend a single penny on animators or any of that mumbo jumbo stuff, right? So let me show you an example of this so you understand it and you can utilize this in a greater way, greater fashion. Okay? I’m talking about people like these, right? real human beings acting as your virtual sales agent, virtual content producer where they will actually speak anything you type and on top of that they will actually you know basically convey your message your content and all that and you can create unlimited amount of these uh basically where you don’t have to pay any monthly fees and that mumba stuff. Let me show you an example because that way now you understand how you can fill up things and you can create your own branded person as well. I’ll show you how that can be done in just a second. So that these branded people can actually be your own branding, your own basically, for example, company mascot, so to speak, and then you can it’ll be yours, right? You don’t have to rely on other people as well. So let’s talk about that as well, real quick. Ultimate freedom. Now, let me show you some type of videos that you can create with human pal. First thing I’m going to show you is how you can create a standard green screen video with perfect lip sync in any language and in any accent as well as with full HD 1080p quality and you create unlimited videos like this that you can export and then put it into any other application like video editing applications of ours or something like an Adobe Premiere or Adobe After Effects or Final Cut Pro with Apple whatever you want to edit it further and do all kinds of other cool things because you can create unlimited videos. potential is unlimited as well. Upgrade your at home coffee game with this sleek machine that can brew a cup of coffee or express with just a single push of a button. Whether you are grabbing a quick cup of coffee out of the door or service coffee to a crowd, this has you covered. With multiple brew sizes and a strong brew feature, you can enjoy a perfect coffee anytime. Now let me show you some other types of videos you can create such as a video inv video template, a mockup template and as well as a virtual studio template that is very unique that only Human Pal has which gives you professional output every single time. Looking to buy or sell a home? No problem. Most realtors only want to sell your home. We go beyond that. We offer full service leasing, property management and selling. So whether you want to sell the property now or keep the property as a long-term investment, we give you the option to choose what works best for individual financial situation. Are you constantly bothered by back or neck pain? Were you in a car accident and just can’t get rid of the constant aching? Do you frequently get headaches, nerve pain, or numbness? If so, you’ve come to the right place. You’re looking for a quality bakery for your next event. You probably have a lot of questions such as do you create baked goods for the type of event I am having? Are you available for the date of my event or even do your baked goods taste good? No matter your question, we have the answers. So when we go into any application, right, let’s say even human pal here in this case. So let’s go to create new video here. Now we could have just let’s say just some text in front of the video, right? I mean that would have been really awesome. That’s what you know applications uh which sell for a huge monthly fee and a lot of um money out there which don’t even have that perfect lip sync or anything like that do but or we could have even gone ahead and done something like this with underlined box text which is perfect right I mean beautiful looking videos here you have uh you know kinetic animations right like so right we could have had the typewriter effect like so isometric text effects like so right so you can see that right you can see yourself you can create videos like what you see right now on your screen and you can create any amount of them just by typing a single text, right? Just type in any kind of text you want. You can go and grab articles of 10 ways to lose weight or whatever and these virtual spokespersons will speak with perfect lip sync in any language you desire and most importantly have all these animations as well that you can create effectively. That means for your mass fluence membership sites and as well as a community, you can create hundreds, thousands of these videos and have them up and we can have them queued over so that they can be posted on a regular basis without ever you having to create the content. Now the beauty with this process is right I’ll show you today basically where effectively how you can get this technology pretty much for free. Okay? And I’ll show you that what you watch out for because I have a special for mass customers that makes sense. Now this technology right here that we used as I show told you earlier one video made $1.4 million. some of the other ones here. This is a platform called ClickBank. 3.379 million here as you can see the last year and just one platform. Uh some other platforms as well that I’ll show you in just a second. We’re doing about $300 400,000 a month regularly. And this all comes down to the content, right? Because if I’m creating a course, I’m creating a product, right, which I need to to make some revenue from the members that I have, the only way I can do that is first I got to give them a sample of the good content and what they can achieve, right? with my weight training course, maybe it’s my gardening course or whether it’s my whatever it might be, right? The community that I built and then it has to make sense to them. Then they’ll go buy something, right? Here’s an example of JVZoo, one of the top platforms that are out there like made over 11.641 uh million in sales and this is affiliate stuff is 5 million or so. Um um probably the number one in the last few years. Nobody’s even come close to this kind of uh revenue there. Now the reason why I’m showing this to you again is not to brag but I want to show you the highest level how you have to think right the way you need to think is not oh where is my traffic oh how do I get free traffic or how do I spend 10 cents um you know to get thousand visitors it’s all a waste of time you got to think about how do I create unlimited content to fill my membership sites in an engaging way when people get engaged whether it’s baking goods whether it is gardening or whatever in an engaging way And effectively right out of the gate, right, it effectively makes it super super easy for you or anybody else to succeed with it, even when your clients for that matter because then now they’re like, “Okay, I watched the whole video. I know what to do.” Instead of them skipping and going to YouTube and watching it or instead of them basically getting disengaged, right? So this is how we need to fill unlimited content over into our mass lens websites. Okay. Now, how easy is it to set up? Well, you pick the template that you like. There’s tons and tons of templates. And then once you decide which one you like, you go in and then you okay, you set it up like this. Like you see this, you have laptop mockups to showcase a product or service. You have like all these other ones. You have website demos, life coach. You see that life coach template there. So you can go in and just put a bunch of URLs or some articles and converts that into beautiful looking animated video with a virtual uh sales agent or your own virtual uh you know if you will um mascot or virtual uh salesperson if you will actually acting as your own personal assistant to create all the content for you in video format because 85 to 90% of all content that is created out there is video. You click next and you choose who you want to do. And by the way this is just some of them. You can even create your own spokesperson, right? We’ll talk about that in just a second. Using a little nifty little feature so that there’s always uniqueness to it. You don’t have to ever rely on the ones we have right here. Right? You can convert a photo into a human spokesperson. I’ll get to that in just a second. Right? So now, as you can see here, you can just type in anything here. Anything. You can type in an article. Let’s say, for example, uh, you know, for example, you have some existing audio files that you have here. You can even upload that audio file. Let’s say you can even for that matter even bring in here and and add more content into the mix as well by getting some resources or assets that you already built and then copy paste them in here and then automatically that PDF document or whatever could be converted into a beautiful uh looking HD video as well similar to what I showed you earlier right they translated into multiple languages using that auto translate so you can create multiple variations of that same video and on top you can pick the voices as well tons and tons of realistic voices all the video demos I showed you earlier for the content are all human sounding text to speech voices, you can create unlimited amount of these voices uh and voiceovers. So we have tons of them in different accents and different languages and all that. So I hope it’s making sense to you that if you can create unlimited content with engaging videos stuff a freelancer would charge $300 to $500 a minute, right? Because animations cost a lot of money and time to create and you can create unlimited amount of these. Then effectively you can create unlimited content for unlimited amount of your mass websites and membership sites and communities right which effectively will keep them engaged and they you can even create courses with this right you can do all kinds of good stuff. Now when you click on import audio you can even convert any podcast that you have any audio content that you have or even for that matter upload any voice over of your own and it’ll perfectly lip sync create the subtitles and the transcriptions and all that kind of stuff as well. So that way when the content is in there and people are uh you know for example they need closed captioning it’s automatically done no need for you to do anything extra no need for you to do anything uh additional on top of that. That would be a big game changer for you wouldn’t it? Right. I I hope I hope it’s it’s basically giving you some ideas, right? You can add background music and you can do all that other good stuff. But now with this tool, which I’m going to be giving away to you today, I’ll show you how you can get it and you’ll be blown away by it and you can start using it. And the beauty is you can just go click next. Automatically, it’s going to create some slides like PowerPoint slides kind of system where you can merge slides, move slides around, change things over. So in effect, it’s the newest and easiest way to create videos, right? No need for any complex video editing systems with timelines and all that mumbo jumbo stuff. You can arrange things, rearrange things. I’ll show you that in just a second. And you can manage things as well for punctuation and all that. You want to change things over uh and make sure that they are spoken in an easy way, you can do that as well. So that the syncing is always perfect, right? And you can do that as well, right? What you see right now. Now the thing is when you understand that you can create unlimited amount of these it simplifies your workflow as well because when you’re trying to create courses one of the big things we get stuck on I’ve created courses over the years one of the problems I’ve always felt is the lighting has to be perfect my voice has to look good I should not have any sore throat that day or whatever uh and all that here you don’t have to worry about any of that stuff right um you can have your own virtual assistant creating the content for you in perfect lifelike HD quality and you know sounding good every single time. There’s no off days for them, right? You can enable subtitles and this is where you have your own scene system which is a drag and drop easy video uh creation uh system. So that means all those scenes that was text was created into a video. You can go ahead and you can you know easily upload media and then you know replace the placeholder content to whatever you want. This could be logos. This could be um educational images. This could be for example uh any kind of a video as well that you want to showcase. Maybe it’s a royalty-free stock video. You can search them from the media library where you have unlimited stock videos that we have that you don’t have to buy any extra stuff to use. Uh we license this from, you know, high-end uh platforms out there that charge $15,000 a year or so. Uh you can create unlimited amount of these, right? And then you can even upload your own media. You can only you even do all your own stuff automatically. So before you’d have to use a timeline editor like this, right? You have to you have to go make sure that the syncing has to be perfect and you have to drag and drop things. So you have to crop things correctly through the millisecond to ensure that what is being spoken has to be done properly, right? You don’t have to worry about any of that stuff. So you want to select this. Let’s say um you want to create it for how to get good teeth or how to do programming. That’s a good course you want to create. You can just put it in there automatically gets added in and you can see that right out of the gate. And you can even do some other cool things here. You see this how it’s showing there in that little placeholder. It’ll automatically readjust the sizing so it fits that screen. It’s automatically going to do all that shading and that uh if you will that 3D effect and all that the animations and all that stuff are done as well. And if you want to add an extra scene like a PowerPoint slide, you want to add a PowerPoint slide, click on that plus button at any point in the scene section and you can add it add a bunch of text or whatever. It’ll create a brand new scene for you. Or you can do that in the beginning like an intro. You can do that in the very end as an outro. You can do that in the middle as well. or you don’t like a particular text in a particular location or a particular uh scene, you can drag and drop it around and move things around. So scene seven becomes scene six and stuff. Simp similar to PowerPoint like it’s a video creation. It’s as easy as a PowerPoint, right? Um and very very straightforward. You see that I’m dragging and dropping things over. Straightforward simplifies your workflow, right? And once you’re happy with how things are, right? You if you’re good to go, you can do that. Now there’s one important thing though when we come when it comes to creation of membership sites or video content and stuff like that. One of the key things that you’ll always notice right is that you need your own brand and mascot right so that’s unique to you and your brand. So you can use this custom human pal option here, right? Which again you’re going to be getting as a master’s customer access to. And then what you can do, you click on that, you can create your very own spokesperson where it can actually convert any photo into a talking breathing real AI spokesperson for you. So in a nutshell, you can have you can choose from over 100,000 of um copyright free uh people. So these are people where we’ve licensed from some technologies out there where corporate uh fortune 500 companies out there where these are people who don’t kind of exist in the world. So in other words you can create them use them. You’re not going to have a Brad Pitt coming after you saying hey you used my face or you’re not going to have some other uh lovely looking uh fashion model saying hey look this person is me you should not use it. No these are all people who don’t exist. So you are good to go. You don’t have to worry about copyright issues or whatever. You have your own brand mascot right so to speak. So this person can be yours. You can keep them, use them, and you’re good to go. So you can pick whoever you like from this 100,000. You have genders, ethnicities, you have the ages that are different. You can pick basically people with beards, with no beards, people with different um, you know, eye color. U for example, you know, diversity like Asian, African-American, and all that kind of stuff to brand. And anyone you pick here becomes your virtual spokesperson like this. You can choose from young to old like what you’re seeing right now. You can change the hair color and you can create your own person right out of thin air so to speak and that person becomes your brand mascot effectively which is important because again you’re trying to put your videos out there you want to have some uniqueness to it. So you see that just with a photo you can have a real unique human being that’s created out of thin air which gives you unlimited possibilities. Let’s say for your fitness program, you need somebody younger, somebody uh maybe it’s a female if it’s Pilates or yoga or something. Maybe you need a male fitness trainer. U and you can you want to have that person look a certain way to reach a certain demographic. Well, that makes sense, right? So, here’s how it’s done. Okay, in a nutshell, how does the technology work behind the scenes? Well, what happens is we uh basically work with a company who got real people and created with paying them a lot of money some variations of their face. So in other words, there’s another not another person who looks like them cuz it’s different, right? And that is how the technology kind of behind the scenes works, right? So this way you get hundreds of thousands of possibilities. So you can have your own content created out of thin air without ever being in front of the camera hiring, you know, high-end videographers or film crew or even for that matter audio engineers and voiceover artists and all this other mumbo jumbo stuff. That would make a big difference for you, wouldn’t it? Right? So that’s basically uh how powerful something like this is it really really you understand it and you implement this into your business it’ll make a big big big big difference for you right as you can imagine now the other cool part about this right is that when you create the project right when you create the project you can go in and you can actually finish that project and clone that project and create multiple variations of that same project okay this is very very important right very very critical Because one of the problems we have right when it comes to content creation I you tried it before where you you create that content piece you’re happy with it it took you some time but now you cannot reuse the elements of that right does that make sense so let me explain to you how that works okay so so now we chose that person right we chose that custom um uh person that we wanted to be our brand mas mascot going to that custom human pal and then as you can see here we go in and we can choose that person who we like and boom in just a few seconds, it creates that unique person for us right out of the gate. Isn’t that powerful? Right, that should be giving you a ton of ton of ideas here, right? Hopefully that’s giving you a ton of ideas here on how powerful something like this can be. And I saw some people saying that they couldn’t see my screen for a second. So, let me show you real quickly how powerful something like that is, right? So, you see that, right? I created my own spokesperson out of thin air. You see that? I created my own person out of thin air. Isn’t that cool? So pretty pretty powerful as you can imagine. Now the beauty here is that you can pick whoever. Let’s say I want to change this person, right? Let’s say that you see that I can change let’s say I want to change that person like so. I can go in and automatically have that person be created out of thin air. So in effect when I’m trying to create a person for different industry, I don’t want one person, right? Because my groups and my channels in mass fluence has one problem which is I cannot have the same person talking to the same type of audience because every person is different right if I’m trying to reach moms I want to have somebody who’s a mom I don’t want somebody who is like you know 80 year old male right now you create it you can create in 1080p full HD and you create uh the video here and once you create it as you can see here on my screen you just can clone that project as well while this video is being created does that make sense does that make sense So effectively let’s say we want to create a course right we want to create 10 chapters for that course right we don’t want to wait while one is getting rendered that we have to wait and then create another one no you can clone this project take the same attributes the same spokesperson that we created before right that custom person and just change the text and while this is being created because it’s all in the cloud we can create a brand new video as well isn’t that cool that means you can create 10 of your chapters or eight of your chapters at the same time That means effectively it say it’s going to save you a ton of time. Right? In your desktop computer, you open up Adobe Premiere. It’ll only allow you to render one video at once. Then you have to go sit and wait and wait and wait until it finishes and then now you have to go back. You know, that’s the problem. Even with a freelancer, you hire a freelancer. The problem is a person said, “I can only do one at a time. Don’t ask me to do 10 at a time, right? I’m I’m a human being.” But with robots and automation these days, they’re so good. You don’t have to worry about all that, which simplifies that workflow for us, right? I hope that’s giving you some ideas here, right? I mean, of course, there’s some other things like you have dark mode and some other things like that, right? Like what you see right now on my screen, but that must be giving you some ideas here, right? Hopefully, it’s giving you a lot of ideas on how to make things work and how to how to make things really really powerful and and and that kind of thing. But the cool thing here is that anybody including you can be a video creation expert or video creation juggernaut uh here right out of the gate, right? Must be giving you ideas, right? And this is what I was trying to get at. And this is what I was trying to explain to you, which is you need to understand that the beauty of something is in its simplicity. If you can see yourself doing it, you’re going to get success doing it. Right? Because otherwise, you’re going to be like, you know, I see it, but I I’m struggling. I’m struggling. I I cannot get this to where I needed to get to. Right? So, this is why I wanted to simplify this for you so that you understand and and make sure that you succeed. Now, let me ask you a simple question, right? And we’ll we’ll get to this in just a second as well, which is very straightforward. If we are to accept that we can create any person out of thin air that we can use as our own brand mascot like so, right? Effectively hundreds of thousands of that. And we have to we have to accept and we accept the fact that to create something like this would take us $300 to $250 a minimum per minute of video content. You can create unlimited amount of this. And we accept the fact that when we’re creating courses and for mass influence and mass fluence and stuff like that, we need to basically stand out from the competition, right? And we have to get that content to keep turning out revenue for us. If we accept these facts, then don’t you agree with me that what we need to think about longer term is how we can basically make get it to generate us revenue. So now how do we let it generate revenue? Let’s talk about that real quickly here so that you understand and this can uh basically give you some ideas here. So now here as you can see on my screen so these are the spokespersons I can create any ethnicity and all that stuff right you can create unlimited amount of these right so you create that own person out of thin air perfect lip sync and all that I’ll show you some demos in just a second but anyway we created let’s say 100 of these videos right this could be 100 uh videos which are courses or content or whatever now don’t you agree with me when we go back into the mass website like so we go back here right we have channels here right so we go into any one of these channels or the community here that we have right let’s say we have diabetes to help uh for seniors right if I create content that is consistent right this could be converting articles into videos could be PDFs into videos or whatever and also create courses out of it solves the biggest issue that I have when it comes to creating a community right do you agree with me on that let me know in the chat box if that is making sense to you and you understand what I’m trying to get at here because that’s the big problem right I could throw like today Right? I could give you 1,000 visitors, right? We give you 1,000 visitors, but when there’s no content, these visitors aren’t going to come in and I don’t see any value from it and they’re going to leave. Right? So, what we are trying to do is when we can fill these membership sites and these masculance websites with unlimited content on a consistent basis automatically where I can create 10, 20, whatever at a time and then not only do that, but I get my ideas which I have, you know, in my head into a video, in a beautiful animated video, right? that really showcases what I’m trying to tell my message that becomes a big game changer isn’t it so that is what we are trying to do here does that make sense now how much of a value would we put for something like that right how much of value would you put on something like that where you can create unlimited content we try to charge 250 bucks per hour right and you can do that and let me ask you a question here right if I gave you this technology where you can create unlimited amount of them right and your membership site generated just 50 customers at $97 Right. Right. 50 customers, that’s about just around 5,000 bucks, right? So, you get 50 um we get 50 customers, right? That’s about $5,000. If you could generate $5,000 because you can create unlimited amount of them, right? Would you be willing to spend say 997 bucks for that? Let me ask you that question. Would you or your clients be able to do that? Because you got to understand once it’s paid off this 997 bucks is going to keep generating you revenue out of basically you’re getting paid to use that application or that automation isn’t it? Wouldn’t you agree with me on that? where where for example where this 9997 bucks is risk- free anyways for you where you know you don’t have to pay a single penny if you don’t actually get a return on your investment right it’s basically effectively use it for free for a period of time right that’s basically a no-brainer for you isn’t it because if you were to have somebody hired somebody they’ll pay they’ll charge you 250 bucks right for every single minute and then after that you’re creating 10 of these videos or whatever it’s going to cost you 2,500 even at the least 1,000 bucks And basically you have to keep paying that again and again. You’re going to give up on your membership site dreams, right? Because at the end of the day, who has unlimited money to keep paying for content that we don’t know will generate us revenue or not right out the gate, right? So that’s the way you got to look at it. But now I get your point. Now that is one way to do it. The other way to do it is you can create this content, put it up in a membership site, fill it up, and you can sell that business on websites like flipper.com and stuff like that because the content is king or queen, right? We got to you have to value that content. Let me show you that in just a second how you could go about doing it uh in just a second. But that’s giving you some ideas hopefully, right? So what we wanted to do, I wanted to do something special for you as a master lens customer, right? Effectively, what I wanted to do is I wanted to simplify the process of trying and getting results, right? The process of getting results it diff it differs with different people. So instead of putting a bunch of upsells, downells, and all that stuff, I want to simplify. You don’t have to pay 9997 bucks. You don’t have to pay 497 bucks. Any of that stuff is a special link that you see here. You get this humanpal technology that’s only for masculine customers at humanpal.io/de. You’re going to get it for just 199 bucks, right? With all the upsells, the upgrades and downells and um you know like high ticket whatever stuff. All of that stuff is included including all the future uh updates we’re making for free as well on this special link. Okay, that is only for mass customers. Now, on top of that, I have something else that I’m going to do for you. I’m going to show you a couple of things in just a second. I’m going to be doing 10 live training sessions, okay? 10 live training sessions exactly on how to succeed with Mass Fluence and some of your membership sites and all that stuff that similar to what I’m doing right now. 10 sessions live to ensure, right, this going to spread out over 10 weeks, by the way. And I’m going to give you access to these 10 sessions for free. It’s a bonus. So, you can come in and you have different ways to succeed. So that way you’re not stuck where you’re feeling I have this powerful technology I get it but you know I’m I’m kind of struggling here right I I don’t know what to do like how do I get uh results right so what I’m going to do is I’m going to give you this 10 training sessions I’m also going to give the availability of my team on Skype to troubleshoot any issues that you have okay that could be integration issues with our human pal technology with for example uh putting embedding the videos that you create or duplicating the content that you create or whatever I’m going to get you on Skype oneonone access to my team, right? So that they can troubleshoot things for you, so you can implement things as well, right? But the only catch is once you get in here, you got to push a transaction ID so I can give you these two bonuses and some other bonuses that I have for you as well uh today because I want you to understand this technology cost us a million dollars to create. Okay? And you might be saying, “Oh, wow. That’s crazy. I don’t believe it.” Well, the reason is that it requires a lot of machine learning, artificial intelligence, and some other things out there to be able to do that. And the only comparative technology which does this right now raised over $und00 million. I’ll show you that in just a second uh in venture capital funding that uh they could do something like this. So you’re getting a technology that you don’t have to pay a million dollars to create yourself and maintain and give customer support and uh do the training and all that. You get for just 100 bucks all the bells and whistles included and of course 10 training sessions on how to succeed with Mass Fluence, how to get traffic with these, how to create courses with this uh content, all that stuff. and also have my team help you in these trends sessions where we’re going to answer your questions and onboard you basically ready to go right now. I want you to understand I’m super excited about this technology. I’m sure you saw examples and you’re like, “Wo, that’s crazy, right?” But I want you to understand the only other technology which comes close to this level quality, I’m talking HD level quality and lip sync and all that stuff is a company called Cynthia. As you can see here, right? So, uh, as you can see here, right, this this is the company which does this. And, um, it’s called Cynthia, uh, which raised $50 million. And I’ll show you that. I mean, you’re going to be uh kind of you’ll be chuckling a little bit when you see this, but they charge for every video that you create. Every video could be a 10-second video, whatever, 1 minute video, whatever. They charge a monstrous, would you believe it, $3 for everything you create. Even if you made a mistake, let’s say you made a mistake, you’re like, “Oh, shoot. I made a mistake. I I I got to redo this thing.” They’re going to be like, “Oh, too bad. Three bucks it goes.” And so, literally, you create 10 videos. It’s 30 bucks. And that’s Let’s say you made mistakes. You want to redo it. Too bad. and this and and to even do that you have to buy their monthly membership program which starts at $500 a month right and you know just the way it is costs uh that kind of money right now so you that that is what the alternative is out there right I mean I would recommend you if you want to go get it go get it with them I mean it’s totally fine but this is the only competitor that we have where they for personal use only which is not for commercial use like creating courses and stuff it’s $30 per month and that gives you 10 videos per month to create and that’s for personal use you corporate use, commercial use, the plans start about $500 a month or more. Um, and that’s what you’re dealing with right now. And here with us, your unlimited videos and integrate this unlimited videos with our training to your master websites. And you can use sell those videos as well to clients and and all that kind of good stuff. So that way you can generate a revenue stream as well with that. And as I mentioned before, the beauty is with that 10 training sessions and also that one-on-one assistance my team can provide you at any time when you’re stuck, right? we can just give you a calendar link so you can book an appointment and we can troubleshoot things for you that allows you to simplify the actual workflow of getting results, right? Our goal is to within that one training session or whatever you can get results, right? So, here’s an example of what I mean by that. You can create videos, right? And tag it all in with the membership site where 150 bucks for a selfie video, natural selfie video, 75 words, which comes to just about 15 to 30 seconds long. It’s 150 bucks. Here it’s 190 bucks for a 30 secondond video, 100 bucks for like I think a 15-second video. Um, and so the point is these videos sell right now. Um, here’s another example with animations and all that. Uh, you’re looking at a Tik Tok video which is uh, as you can see here uh, two 15-second videos uh, for 185 bucks. Okay, straightforward. Just a human spokesperson speaking and selling a product. Now, you can create an exactly this kind of video, right? That I’m just showing you right now. You can go in. All you have to do, right, you go into that human palletde deal um that I posted link in the chat box as well, so you can click on it. All you have to do to create that kind of video and again as a master customer, you got the special bonuses. You go into the aspect ratio here to create that kind of video that I was trying to tell you. Go in here and then click mobile. Boom. This is what I was trying to tell you. You can drop in any video here in this green screen. You can create anything for these vertical videos. And then we have subcategories within this uh tons of templates like this one. You can create you can create multiple different templates here. And then you can create that same type of video that I was trying to show you earlier that people are charging on uh Fiverr and upwork.com tons and tons of money uh for it for every minute of footage. That’s what leap of innovation and that’s what technology really is allowing us to do. I mean we couldn’t do it before you can do that. But as I mentioned before, you have to look at everything in life. How can I automate myself? How can I remove myself out of the equation? How do I solve the biggest issue that I’m going to face? Right? That’s why I was saying go to this link at humanpal.io/de. /deal deal. There’s also a payment plan option just slightly more expensive. It’s $69 spread out over 4 months. It comes to $276 or so. The there’s a special coupon that gets applied for this $199 plan that doesn’t get applied for that payment plan. It’s about I think $75 bucks more expensive or whatever, but you can do that. You can use that $69 payment plan option. Now, the other cool thing is you can use PayPal credit as well if you’re in United States or United Kingdom. Uh so that bas effectively means for six full months there’s no payments, no interest. All you have to do when you log in to your PayPal account after uh for purchasing uh if you’re in the United States or United Kingdom, it’s going to have an option come up like this called PayPal thread in the checkout page. Um it’s going to say, you know, do you want your credit card on file, your bank balance here on the top or your PayPal balance or uh another option is going to show up in the United States or United Kingdom called PayPal credit. In the United States is six full months. In the United Kingdom, four full months of no payments, no interest. But effectively that means no payments, no interest for six full months. will basically that means effectively there’s nothing for you to worry about, right? Uh by then you should be getting results, right? So that uh it will allow you to really take your business to the next level, right? And take your business to the next level unlike anything you’ve ever seen before, right? So we’re giving you this as an option as well. Obviously, you can use Apple Pay, Google Pay, Discover, all these other options that are out there. But PayPal credit, definitely try to use it. Uh because by then you should be getting results. It didn’t cost you a single penny. Uh PayPal is giving you the credit basically if you’re in the United States or United Kingdom. If you’re not in these two places, hey, still 190 bucks is super cheap uh to get in where one video will make you a profit. Literally, I mean, just one video, what is being sold right now for 250 bucks or so, uh without the animations and all, just a green screen video, you could be basically in the red, right, in profit right out of the gate. And that’s what makes automation so powerful, right? Now, the other thing as well that I want you to understand, I know you might be thinking, okay, this platform, how long has it been in there? what is so great about it and all that. So, we’ve actually uh been live with this particular version just about a last couple of weeks and I want to show you uh so that it give you some idea here, right? We’ve uh already been here and look at this one, right? We we’ve had some software platforms like capterara.com and stuff. We’ve had five almost five 4.9 uh reviews here. Everybody else that are getting putting these reviews here are paying somewhere around $69 a month uh for that plan uh to get in. You’re going to get a lifetime access for onetime payment. Look at this. Like we’ve had 14 reviews already in the last couple of weeks. Look at this, right? See this pretty pretty powerful, right? See that? You have five star reviews across the board. So many of them, right? And this is what I wanted to explain to you so you understand that these are people, you know, who are very very um you know, pertinent and how things are basically should be and all that. They’re very critical and they’ve given us this uh review score as well. So you you can understand that we’ve spent a lot of money, we spent a lot of resources and you’re getting a technology that is proven that is has my 15 years of experience here. So I’m not going anywhere. So when I say you’re getting unlimited access and you get lifetime access, it’s not like something that’s going to die after uh like a few years or even a year or 6 months or something like that. Okay? I hope I’m making sense there when you understand. Right? So uh you’re getting a technology that’s worth it. So now some bonuses I have for you on top of what uh I mentioned already. So I want to talk about those for you uh right now so that you understand the value that you’re getting access to. So uh basically as I mentioned before you got to post your transaction in the chat box after you’re getting in to get these bonuses because my team has to uh enable that in the membership uh members area. I’ll show you where that is located as well by the way. So as you can see here right you get 10 days stepby-step success training right this is basically spread out over 10 weeks. Uh the reason why I have to do that is because every topic is different. Okay. So, one of the topics would be, hey, you have a membership site. How do you get results? How do you fill that membership site? Right? One of the me one of them is these videos. Can you post them on YouTube or YouTube shorts or whatever to push traffic to your websites, your blogs, your offers, and that sort of thing? That’s one specific train. One could be, hey, hey, you’re an agency or you’re a consultant. How do we actually use that agency or consulting business that we have to basically get traffic to businesses, create content for businesses, right? Uh create courses for businesses, right? So every topic is different, okay? Every topic is focused on how you can get results and they all build upon each other. You don’t have to watch all 10 of them. You can go to what applies to you. If what applies to you is just that one session, which is okay, you have membership sites, you have a community, how do you get more traffic? How do you get more engagement for that? How do you fill that membership site so that that courses that you’re selling relate to the free content that you have? Stuff like that, right? And it’s going to be done by myself and my team. So, you know, you’re getting it from the very best in the market. But you have to get it from that special link gum pal.io/deal. I post the link in the chat box. It’s only for master’s customers and you get it right now and you don’t have to pay 9997 bucks. No monthly fees, no upsells, no downells, no pesky little cross sales or anything. You you get it. You get instant access to log to this technology. Okay? Nothing more, nothing less. Uh very straightforward process. Okay? You also get the mockup video creator technology which allows you to create more videos. You see the green screen video template I showed you, right? You can create videos here that where with mockups of devices and all that and you can import them into the application. Does that make sense? You can import them into the application and then you can do all kinds of cool things where uh as a green screen you can change that background and all that, right? You also get the niche dashboard app. This is probably the most powerful application we’ve built to integrate and help you out because imagine right you have let’s say mass fluence you have a weight loss one you have let’s say DJ services one you have gardening you have all these niches you’re not an expert in all these niche markets right you’re not so how do you become an expert without going and researching for days and days well with this you get a the biggest library of ready-made voiceovers readymade scripts readym made copyrightiting frameworks so in other words, you just copy and paste these or upload the voiceovers into the application and have these human AI spokesperson speak all these in different languages uh in different accents and all that kind of good stuff, right? You can do this with this because it’s the biggest library in the world that will create that scripts for you. It will create that content for you in other words, right? So, you don’t have to worry about sitting there in a blank screen thinking, okay, what do I type? I know I can get the human spokesperson to speak anything I type, but what do I type? That is basically uh the beautiful part here right now. It allows you to basically simplify it and basically makes it more more uh faster and better for you to get results, right? Uh very very powerful. All right. Now, the other thing as well that a lot of people always uh ask us and this is something that I wanted to cover as well, right? Is this aspect of really getting confusion in what you need to do. So, in terms of templates and all that, right? So instead of actually creating templates what we like, we’re actually going to be taking your template request and we’re going to give you that free access as well because that’s the goal. So we have a road map as you can see here where you can actually type in whatever you want, what templates you want, uh what ideas you want, what optimizations you want and stuff like that and basically use that and you’re good to go. And we are only improving things all this time. So you can you have this request club here and we’re going to give yours as a priority because we want to create what you like, right? templates based on what interests you have not on what I feel is good based on that. So we have a full-time team working and developing that. So you can create animated videos um and all the other stuff there. Now you also get our vid editor application which is sort of like a Camtasia Adobe Premier type of editor on the cloud. So you can create multiple videos with AI human spokespersons and merge them together to create a longer length video. You can have multiple human spokespersons conversing with each other. Let’s say you can create multiple clips and add them together. Uh you could even record your screen like what I’m doing right now. Share your screen and add a human spokesperson on the top. Uh you can do that as well. You can do all kinds of cool things like that, you know, and that allows you basically to get unlimited flexibility, right? In what you can achieve, unlimited uh potential in what you can do, right? Hope that’s giving you some ideas as well, right? And on top of that as well, because of this fact that the editor is built in, you also have the flexibility of uploading your own music files, uploading your own, for example, videos from YouTube or wherever. Or maybe you already have a bunch of courses you want to add into it and put a human spokesperson on top there. You can do that because you can export them in green screen and come here and remove that green screen. So, it gives you unlimited layers, right? But you got to post a transaction in the chat box to get these bonuses by the way. Okay? That way I can congratulate you for getting in and get my team to uh enable these bonuses because you get instant access to these bonuses. You don’t have to wait for uh weeks or days or uh whatever it is, you get it immediately. Okay. Now, I’m seeing some questions. I’ll be answering them as well as we go along. U so that all your questions are answered. Now, I did mention that they’re going to be giving away three people $100 each for attending the webinar. All I need you to do to win that $100, right, is post your questions in the chat box because I will be going in and I’ll be answering every single question that you have here. And from that chat box, I’ll be picking winners randomly. So, you don’t have to even, you know, get this. You just have to post the chat box so I know you’re paying attention and you get three people will be picked. I’ll announce those winners. paypal.org in the next 24 to 48 hours. Okay, cool. Uh, straightforward. So, keep posting your questions because it’s important. I want to know what your uh feedback is and we’ll reward you for just posting in the chat box to make things fun as well, right? Um, so that way you have flexibility. All right. Now, the other thing is that I want to do is vid resizer. You’re going to get this application as well. So you can create vertical videos and you can create uh portrait or these uh if you will uh anamorphic videos as we like to call them right these Hollywood styles uh rectangular videos but the thing is LinkedIn has a different format of videos like you can upload this on YouTube it’s fine but LinkedIn has a different format for their sizing right uh Facebook has a different for stories they have a different for their timeline is the same thing so with this vid resizer what you can do you upload the videos you create with any application or even the human pal application you’re getting today and then you can resize them vertical square um make it for LinkedIn specifically make it for WhatsApp particularly or Twitter and then you can reach these audiences you just click a few buttons and automatically resize them into that which gives you more traffic potential right it’ll also resize it for your mass fluence uh websites and membership areas because they you know a vertical video might not look good for all devices when you’re uploading it there here you can do a vertical or even a rectangular type of video as well up to you can do landscape or portrait, right? Uh it’s up to you what you wanted to do. And you also get call to action scripts where for example, you’re getting all of these um scripts that we created professionally uh internally. So you get these call to action like okay, call us today or maybe if it is an appointment booking system, you can do that. If your call to action is buying your course, you have that. You have different things like that, you know, set up, ready to go, ready to rock. uh basically and you also get our marketplace uh technology as well which is really powerful because you’re building membership sites with masculinence and you’re also building say for example the ability for you to if you will get Facebook groups and the community element here right but what if you want to create a marketplace where you can list right hundreds of your products and services your videos what you can do as a agency or consultant not just a physical product maybe maybe even sell a physical product a marketplace where you have let’s say your own Amazon or your own eBay. So when you’re sending traffic over instead of it it being only one area where they can buy courses you can send it into one link and it will do all the selling right with notifications, hosting, all that stuff done for you. It’s free as well. You’ll get this as well uh as well right out of the gate as a special bonus. Okay. Now I just want you to understand this technology we’re spending right now as we speak anywhere between 20 to $30,000 just on the hosting alone. meaning on Amazon where we’re rendering the videos, we’re ren uh creating these websites and hosting for you and all that kind of stuff. As you can see here, uh last month was 16,000. Right now it’s going to be another 17 18,000 just on Amazon. At Google, it’s another five 5,000 bucks a month uh just for this one technology, right? Because it’s very very expensive to handle, very expensive to do because there’s a lot of work that goes behind the scenes uh for uh to basically understand this. Right? Now let me show you here another cool thing you can do uh here because of the fact that you can actually pick any photo and convert it into a video. You can even create videos for a specific client in a specific language. Like let’s say for example a client is from South Korea. You cannot really have a British speaking accent there, right? You could have somebody speak Korean and looks like a Korean. You can use that and create your own Korean uh AI spokesperson. That’s the beauty here. And you can create unlimited amount of these as well with just a few clicks. Okay, very very powerful uh in in what it can achieve because of that. Right. And the other thing as well that I want to mention here and I’m seeing some questions come in and I’ll do that and I’ll show you a couple of demos and samples of this so you get an idea. So one of the questions was where do I get it? Well, this is the special link only for mass customers. Okay. Now the other question is is there limit on bandwidth uh that we can do in terms of hosting and all that? No, you can create unlimited videos and you can upload them anywhere. You can do whatever you want with it. there’s no worry there. Um, now the question is, is there training on how to create a Fiverr account and all that? Yes. So, as I mentioned before, a training is 10 sessions you’re going to get on top of what our tutorials already have like we tutorials are like okay how to use the application, how to create a video, stuff like that. Here you can go beyond that. You can actually for that matter you can actually create right different types of business models. One would be creating videos to sell to clients. One would be for example to uh for instance even go a step further than that and maybe create videos that generate traffic to your membership sites and master’s websites or maybe one could be to fill up your membership sites right so we have different business models that we have that we’re going to cover in the training session. So yes uh the easiest one uh lowest hanging fruit of course creating videos for clients and selling them on Upwork Fiverr super straightforward right I mean nothing really complex there. Um now the other uh question as well is that uh can we uh create a mass plan site as an influencer and then add videos and all that to sell? Yes. So this is what I was trying to get at earlier on. It’s a very good question Brad was asking. So Brad, how it would work, right? So if you go back into the um Masser website uh the platform, let me show you here. So think of it like this, right? every community that you build, right, is yours and can also be sold in the future to somebody who’s interested in that members. So, you see how you have sales um you know, for example, a sales section here and you also have the members, manage members, these are the two value ads here, right? But to get members, to get that traffic, to get that sales, as you can probably imagine, the difficult part is creating content. So, we’re solving the content creation part. Now, you have a consistent flow of content being posted. people are engaged, people are buying from you, you made those sales. Like you see the sales section here, you made some sales, then you can go in and this is what I recommend you to do, right? You can either directly sell this to a client where you build it for for that client. Let’s say that’s a dentist, right? You want to do it for the dentist or you want to do it for a plastic surgeon, you want to do it for whoever, you can do that. That’s fine. But the other cool thing is you can go into this platform, right? I’ll show you this platform is um called flippa.com. And I’ve sold websites here many times over myself for six figures or more. Um, you can go in and you can sell your businesses here. Okay? So, you can sell a membership site that’s already generating money. You can go here. You see this websites, right? You can go in here and you can sell like your website right here like so. Okay? You see this all these websites here? You can sell it here as well. Like this one’s selling for 48,000 310,000 and all that. So, you can do that. That’s an exit strategy. We do discuss this in in our training sessions. So the different topics not one is better than the other. It all depends on your goals right. Uh so yeah to answer your question hope I I was clear in answering that point which is yes you can definitely do that. Okay now the uh second question was is there a way to get uh more information France Felicia was asking on how to upload courses into your community. Oh yeah so it’s super easy. So when you go in um to your um you know your uh platform here you go into dashboard. Okay. So you know you have a whole bunch of your groups and you have your old um you know bunch of your stuff. So all you have to do is go into the watch tutorial section. Okay. And your question was basically how to add videos, right? So well you basically do adding resource channels. You can add that in here as resources the videos or you can even go in here and go to create and selling courses. You can do that by adding videos there. So these two tutorials will cover that. Okay. Um so basically in the in the app look let’s say you go into tutorial section. This is the basic two areas. The adding channels and the second one is creating and uh selling courses. This is where you uh you can upload your videos and all that. Uh the other way to do it which I would recommend also is upload them into Vimeo or YouTube as well and link them as well. You can do that. put them unlisted on YouTube or Vimeo and you should be good to go for courses. Um, and Vimeo has free plans as well. So, if that’s something you’re worried about, you can definitely do that. Uh, for sure. Okay. Um, the other question is, oh, by the way, before I get to the other question, let me announce the first winner. Okay. All right. Congrats to our first winner and that is Tony Peterson. So, Tony or I guess it’s Anthony. Tony, last name P R S O N. So, congrats to you Tony. You are first winner. We’re going to get to in the next 24 to 48 hours. We have two more winners to be given away for folks just for posting in the chat box. That can be a question or whatever. We’re picking more winners uh from the chat box. Okay. All right. Excellent. All right. So, let’s see here uh the other questions that are coming in. And by the way, I just want to mention that you got to post a transaction ID to be eligible to win the bonuses. Okay. I I have to be very clear on that uh because it’s only for the live webinar here. Nobody else gets access to it. Only people who get it at humanp.io/deal uh will get access to it and that special pricing as well. There’s also a payment plan option, as I said, slightly more expensive. Uh uh at $69 time 4, it comes to about 75 bucks more expensive. But this one is just onetime payment. No upsells, no down cells, any of that stuff. Everything included in this one price. You get unlimited videos, unlimited everything. Commercial license as well to sell the videos you create as well. Um so just really really powerful and you get all the features I mentioned. Nothing is hidden or or anything like that. You get all of them as well included. Right.

    All right. All right. So the question was um what are you working on in terms of the updates that you’re making and stuff like that for this cuz uh I want to know where where you’re headed. Right. So we have something called a road map. Um so you can go in like you can go to road map at human pallet.io. You can do that. You can add your own features here as well. So you see this we have a road map public road map. You can add in features. You just go in here click on this uh button here and you sign in or you register for your email address and you can add in um your you know your uh own features here. Okay. To this road map. Pretty powerful. Now the other thing as well that we have which we did recently is we follow the road map and we add features in based upon that. So what I mean by that is one of the things that people requested quite a bit if I go into the application here whereas um let’s say for example pick mock-ups right we have circle videos you see this these are like loom style videos that you see here you see these like these uh loom style videos you can do that for every single type of video that you create okay you can pick the sizing like you want a bigger one you want them on the right bottom left whatever we have that added in as well recently uh a few days ago so you get stuff like these as well that you see right We made updates like this. We’ve added new spokespersons as well uh just a couple of days ago literally. So if you go in to create um let’s say you create whatever and you picked any uh template here and you go into next. So you can actually go in and you can use any of our spokespersons that we have uh available as well. So we have tons of these uh spokespersons added in. So let’s say for example you want to do circle video like this one. Okay. So we have new people added and again customize your own person. So, it doesn’t really matter if you will. So, you see we added yoga instructor. We added uh Kate here. Uh we’ve added um who who else have we? Yeah, we had Sebastian here as well. Uh fitness uh brand. So, bodybuilder and all that kind of stuff. So, it meets and and you know, you’re creating a you know, a fitness based mass fluence membership site and makes sense to put a fitness guy or fitness gal, right? That’s why we’ve added that in. And of course you can change the face and also the person to be customized using that AI human uh generator here. So you can go in here and use any one of these people and it can generate any one of these people like so let’s say and you can do that as well. So if you want to use this beautiful lady here you can do that make her uh the spokesperson right. So that is also available as you can imagine which is a huge leap in innovation if you can imagine right. Um now the other thing as well right is uh basically another question is which really good question I saw right uh can we add b-rolls and stuff like that into this uh so yes so how we’ve done the B-roll system which is a good question that you added uh you can do this when you upload to YouTube but the other one as well is when you in in the video creation process itself when you’re creating the scenes right in the last step in the scene step you can actually add uh an intro or an outro based upon on let’s say the uh say for example if you have 10 scenes you can add 11 scene with a new mockup like like what you see here right you see this right here like a uh new mockup and stuff like that so you can do that so that effectively you can create intros and outros and stuff like that and you have that video editor application so you can have let’s say for example you create one video with this you create one video with let’s say these billboards mockups right these billboards like the subway station uh one you have these billboards like this or this other billboard like You put that and you have a spokesperson. You can merge these videos and create different types of videos in one too with that merging application uh that is out there. Right? So now as I said you were asking like uh when when I post a transaction in chat box what am I getting really? So when you go into the application so you’re going to be getting uh this you see this we’ll enable that into your account almost instantly once you post a transaction. My team is here to do that. You see this join like weekly training session. So you can do this right here. This is basically where master classes like what I mentioned to you. So, it’ll train you on how to get up and running and all that and different strategies. And here, as you can see here, these are the bonuses that I mentioned. This is basically stuff like our niche dashboard application, which allows you to basically create those beautiful looking uh scripts for the videos you create and even ready-made voiceovers and all that stuff ready to go. So, you look like an expert in any market regardless of whatever it is. You also have our Facebook group and stuff like that. And of course, we have our updates that we’re adding in all the time that you have here. So, pretty powerful, right? And um that’s basically where you’re going to get these bonuses available, okay? Right way into your account. So you don’t have to wait for days or weeks or whatever it might be. Now uh the other question that I saw which was a good question is uh um basically uh which is a really really good question is that how many French voices are there? Uh Pier was asking let’s actually check it out. I I I don’t know. I haven’t counted. Um so Pier so let me actually check. Um so let’s see here. So we can just pick uh by the way. So these are all human sounding voices by the way. I just want to be clear so you understand. Uh these are as good as they get. I mean I’m talking human voices. We actually um hired a crew to record their voices and like use their voices and all that. Look it’s very powerful technology and um you know perfect lighting and all that kind of stuff and perfect voice in annotations and all that. Uh so if you go into French and there’s different types of French too, right? So let’s see here. French. Okay, perfect. So we have 1 2 3 four five French um uh in male and another five in French female. It’s about 10 noises in French. Okay. Um and you know we can you know basically extrapolate that and if your language is not here you can go in and you can see you can upload your own uh audio file in all these languages that are out there. You see this? So we have you know just in English different types of English uh accents here and all that stuff. So you can use this as well if you wish. Spanish to see how many different Spanish are here. Right? So hope that’s giving you some ideas here. All right. Um the other question that came in uh which is a good question by can you posting a transaction in the chat box by the way. Right. Uh so that we can go in here. Now the other question is I’m getting some information overload. Can you kind of summarize what we need to do? Right. So it’s very simple. Right. I’m going to not complicate it too much for you. I understand sometimes things get very overwhelming uh for you. So all you have to do is think of it this way. All right. So, let’s imagine you can create any kind of a spokesperson video like where anything you type, they will speak and you can have animations like mockups and all this other stuff. Right? Now, once you create that video, you export that video, they’re going to show up under uh your my videos tab, right? So, like so you’re going to have uh my videos tab like this. You’re going to have all those videos in here like so, right? So, let’s say this is the yoga studio uh system that you’re working on. It’s going to look like this. Let’s say you can then download this right right out of the gate. You click on this download button right here. And then what you can do is go to master and you can create unlimited content for your groups and your community. That is the use case, right? That’s that’s how you would do it because you can create a beautiful community but with no content, no there’s going to be no engagement. If there’s no engagement, you’re not going to make any money. If you’re not going to create any courses either, there not going to be any sales. Like you go into the sales tab right here, you’re going to see zero sales, right? You’re going to go into channel sales, you’re going to see zero sales because your content that we have here, right? All these communities that we built, they need courses, they need content, they need video is the best form of content cuz 90% of the people out there consume it, right? So that’s how you have to think about it. Okay? Hope that is making sense. Now the other question that came in is uh can you show me some other examples on on what we can do with this and stuff like that? So I’ll I’ll show you that a couple of other ones in just a second for you. Right now the other one uh is basically where uh I was seeing right which is a really good question too by the way right is if I create these videos it’s kind of mine right to keep yes so these videos when you upload them into your mass fluence dashboard this they’re yours to keep I mean you don’t have to do anything extra they are yours to keep so basically it’s almost like a white labelled video uh solution for you because nobody knows who use the application to create it because there’s no watermarks uh there’s nothing like that stopping you, right? Hope hope that makes sense. Now, the other uh thing that I want to show you real quick because a couple of people are asking and then I’ll announce the other two winners as well um live is a couple of people were asking, can you show me some demos of the voices? Like how good do these voices sound? How how realistic are these uh really uh so that I can get some ideas and I can, you know, basically create it myself like I can I can uh create stuff uh as well, right? So, let me show you real quick how how uh how they look like. I’ll give you some demos here. Uh my the audio might not be perfect because I’m playing it like as a as a a video format. So they might not be as perfect, but I just want to show you how it will look like. Okay. Uh but in real life, it’s going to look 100% better, like 100 times better even. Uh cuz there’s no lag or anything in a live uh streaming uh situation like we are in right now. Uh so let me show you that. Then I’ll announce the other two winners as well. Okay, so it’s going to be fun. And then also talk about some bonuses and some stuff like that. So it’s all in all it’s going to be fun. But this is your last chance though because that pricing that I was mentioning to you earlier, uh we get lifetime access, we’re going to be removing that very soon. We’re going to be having like a credit space system where just like anybody else because it’s not sustainable long-term for us. So it’s a almost like a founder special for you because you’re the early bird customers who got in. So we want to help you folks out. We give you lifetime access with unlimited usage. It’s not something that we can sustain longterm, but you’re going to be getting, right? Okay. No monthly fees, no yearly fees, no upsells, no downells, by the way, as well. Just want to be clear, which is crazy, right? So, okay, let me show you here

    in just a few minutes. That would be a game changer, wouldn’t it? That’s where Human Pal was born. After years of development and testing, Human Pal comes with breakthrough features like human sounding texttospech voices that are the world’s best readymade video templates. On top of that, where we’ve hired the world’s best production crew, animators, and designers to create and craft these video templates that’s so easy to use where you can create blogbuster videos that I personally spend tens of thousands of dollars each over the past few years, well over hundreds of thousands of dollars. These designers have put together the best elements that are designed to convert, that are designed to actually captivate people’s attention and yes, designed to get you more leads, more sales, and more revenue without any extra copywriting skills or design skills or any of that mumbo jumbo stuff. And on top of that, it comes with our revolutionary drag and drop video editing system that was so awesome that when you actually use it, you will think this is the easiest video editing system that was ever built. And the reason why behind this is that it simplifies the video creation process and you never want to go back to the old way of creating videos or editing videos when you see it. also comes with subtitles and caption generator which is automatic meaning the syncing the subtitling and captions are automated and automatic for ultimate flexibility. You can also create your very own digital human pal. That means you can create somebody out of thin air that you can utilize in your videos. These are copyright free people who do not exist. And this makes it really powerful because you don’t have to worry about it using any celebrities videos or anything like that. And the beauty is you can transform these people or any photo into a real live human spokesperson or a human pal in just a few clicks. And it’s so easy that you can have unlimited human pals at your disposal because of the ability to transform your human pals from a simple photo. Meaning you just upload a photo, it’ll transform into a human pal and it just takes a couple of clicks. Super easy and gives you ultimate freedom. Now let me show you some type of videos that you can create with human pal. First thing I’m going to show you is how you can create a standard green screen video with perfect lip sync in any language and in any accent as well as with full HD 1080p quality. And you can create unlimited videos like this that you can export and then put it into any other application like video editing applications of ours or something like an Adobe Premiere or Adobe After Effects or Final Cut Pro with Apple whatever you want to edit it further and do all kinds of other cool things because you can create unlimited videos. potential is unlimited as well. Upgrade your at home coffee game with this sleek machine that can brew a cup of coffee or express with just a single push of a button. Whether you are grabbing a quick cup of coffee out of the door or service coffee to a crowd, this has you covered. With multiple brew sizes and a strong brew feature, you can enjoy a perfect coffee anytime. Now let me show you some other types of videos you can create such as a video inv video template, a mockup template and as well as a virtual studio template that is very unique that only human pal has which gives you professional output every single time. Looking to buy or sell a home? No problem. Most realtor only want to sell your home. We go beyond that. We offer full service leasing, property management and selling. So whether you want to sell the property now or keep the property as a long-term investment, we give you the option to choose what works best for individual financial situation. Are you constantly bothered by back or neck pain? Were you in a car accident and just can’t get rid of the constant aching? Do you frequently get headaches, nerve pain, or numbness? If so, you’ve come to the right place. You’re looking for a quality bakery for your next event. You probably have a lot of questions such as do you create baked goods for the type of event I am having? Are you available for the date of my event or even do your baked goods taste good? No matter your question, we have the answers. So when we go into any application, right? Let’s say even human pal here in this case. So let’s go to create new video here. Now we could have just stopped. I just want you to understand, right? We could have just done it like okay it’s a video green screen export blah blah blah right but here because of the animations that are there these are very high-end animations and because of the fact that they’re very high-end animations very very difficult for you to do it on your own without a bunch of expert animators and all that sorted that out for you solved that issue for you in a very very big way okay that makes a big big difference as you can imagine now the other thing as well that I wanted to show you is some attention to detail that is in there okay and I want to kind of explain to you about this idea of understanding the true power of having some high-end technologies do the actual thinking for you. Right? So let’s talk about that in just a second so that you understand and I I can explain this to you what’s happening behind the scenes. Okay? So let’s talk about that. So let’s say for example uh let me actually uh show this to you in real time uh so you can see this in real time. Let me show you. Okay. So the cool thing that happens here, right, you have a HD person like what you see here right now and they’re speaking, right? So what we’re doing is every single point of that lip that you’re seeing there right now, right, is being actually synced in real time. That that that’s very very expensive to do because you’re effectively putting that person to speak any language, right? because of the fact that they can speak any language and because of the fact that they can convey your message in a very neat fashion with perfect lip sync with no flickering, nothing in full HD, fully zoomed in. I mean, it’s not like somebody who’s hidden uh and is low quality or whatever, but it’s full HD. Like, look at this. Covers the whole screen like a real human being. So, that effectively gives you unlimited flexibility. This is a technology that cost well over a million dollars to build and will probably cost us millions to maintain in the long run. Since you’re getting in right now in the early bird stages, you’re going to get it for no upsells, no downs. So, you’re getting it at cost basically because we’re not going to make any profit off of it uh at the price we’re giving it away to you. But because of the fact that you’re getting in in the early stages and the fact that I’ve been in this space for 15 years, you can be rest assured that even if this project is a loss venture for us, right, I’m still going to maintain it because I I have a rotation to hold and also because the fact that I’ve been in the space for so long that, you know, at the end of the day, I have other businesses that generate revenue streams anyway. So I don’t even rely rely on just this one. So I just want to be clear because when you see some technologies like this next time around you’re told human pal 2.0 3.0 buy this again. Well no you’re going to be getting the updates for free. It’s not going to be sold separately. Secondly if you ever make this into monthly subscription you got in at the early stages. So you basically helped us out in the early stages. So you don’t have to pay monthly fees. If you change into credit space system you got in early. You don’t have to pay anything extra for that. That that’s something that no amount of money can buy. that peace of mind that okay I’m not going to be asked to buy a version 3.0 or something later on and pay extra money for it. I’m not going to be uh in a situation where okay the person I purchased from is a no-name person who’s going to be gone and you know nowhere to be seen thereafter. Right here the difference is the fact that you’re getting somebody who’s been in the game for so long that you know it makes a big difference for you. Right now let’s announce the second winner just for posting then I’ll I’ll talk about a couple other things. Okay, the second winner is congrats to Okay, here we go. Just for posting in the chat box once again. Just want to be clear is it is

    it is Curtney

    Lemonto. So, it’s a K O R T N E Y Curtney. And then last name is Limanto. L I M A N T O. Congrats to you. Uh, and then let’s see the third winner. My team is sending that over to me. So, it’s going to be fun to see who that is. Um, um, now the other uh, question that I’m seeing is I’m having some issue with PayPal credit. Uh, was what uh, Craig was asking. So, Craig, just email us at support humanpal.io. We’ll see what we can do. The only thing is it might take a couple of seconds to activate for you if you’re in the US or United Kingdom. Uh, if you’re not in these places, hey, just get it and, you know, later on if that uh, PayPal credit works out for you, we’ll take care of you. we’ll we’ll we’ll we’ll make it happen for you. Don’t worry about that. Okay. Now, the other question is uh basically what template do I select for a background of a set color or gradient color? Can I center the impact and leave them centered? Yeah. So, what we’ve done to make this possible uh which is a good point is what you’re saying is basically I want to set like one gradient color for a branded theme or whatever. So, if you wanted to use that uh the easiest one we recommend is just scroll down, scroll down, scroll down. Here you see this green screen wide you can use this. So effectively what happens with this is you can put any video background within the application here or any image background here alternately you can even export this into another application like the video editor application we’re giving you as a bonus and you can add any background yourself okay that gives you that option that flexibility and the human pal centered like this uh so what you’re asking is that flexibility right yeah you can use this template uh you were asking so hope that answered uh your your question right um I basically answer that question all right now the other question is uh uh which is basically um the one we are creating is that unique to us so in many cases they are uh Janico you’re asking that question so when you go here right so you see how you’re going in you’re clicking female let’s say you create age right you click adult you create ethnicity uh let’s say um black let’s say we uh add hair color we so these are all these elements here right short medium long so when you generate somebody the person is because we’re using from a library of almost more than 100,000 people. Generally speaking, it’s going to be very unique. Uh very rarely do we find that the same person is used from people because you got to understand it’s just math, right? Like if I have 100 people using at a time and then there are 100,000 there are thousand different variations for each person, right? Um so generally and these get added every time. So we’re basically updating these and adding new people into this mix every single day. So there’s always new people that you can work with. Okay? there’s always new people that uh uh gives you more flexibility and stuff like that and so you never have to worry about like you know uh running short and they can be unique because the other thing about uniqueness is the person that you pick when they’re actually added into creating your own character they have their own character traits as well based upon who you picked right initially. So in other words, if you going in here and you picked um I don’t whoever let’s say you picked uh say for example the traits of a bodybuilder here let’s say or traits of a yoga instructor here with the glasses and stuff like that. So the person you pick will have that different variables because now you’re adding it to a person with glasses let’s say for example right so you’ll always have some uniqueness to it because of that. Okay hope that uh sense uh that makes sense. Okay. Uh now the other question uh that I’m uh seeing is that uh okay that sounds great. I’m excited about it. I’m only worried about it where you know a technology like this I know it’s expensive to maintain and all that stuff. Uh you know what if you change the pricing later on you’re asking us to pay more for it or what if you uh basically you know charge us for rendering uh every video or something like that. Look, I just want to be very clear so you understand, right? In life, you got to look at everything in terms of perspective of track record, right? Like, so I’ve been in this business for 15 years. So, you know, my name is Paula. We have the Facebook group here, right? Like, we can go in here. I just want to show you this. So, you see that join our Facebook group, right? So, there’s a group here, right? You have a problem, you know who to complain to, right? There’s 38,200 people here. You know who to complain to, who to actually uh talk to if you have any issues. You know who to go after, so to speak. Sometimes you have these nameless faceless brands out there. They go away. You don’t even know who you purchase from and all that. There’s that problem there. So when there’s some reputation to uphold and somebody’s very um you know serious about that and they’re concerned about that, they’re stressed out about that which I am. Then of course you know what what is being promised is being delivered, right? And every single feature is in the application right now that I mentioned. There’s no need for you to wait. It’s not like it’s it’s far away. It’s in their application. Like everything I’m showing you right now is in there. Like the AI human generator, that mockup ones, they’re all in the application right now. I mean, even this video invido template like this one, they’re all in there and we’re adding more of them all the time. So, what you’re getting is already there and anything new we add is a bonus on top, right? I mean, it’s icing on the cake, so to speak. Uh you don’t have to wait for months or years uh for some stuff that might come in, might not come in kind of thing, right? So, I just want to be clear on that so that we’re both on the same page. All right. So, the last winner just for posting in the chat box. Okay, I’ll give another 10 seconds for you to post any questions, uh, any chat, any comments, and then I’ll get my team to randomly pick that winner. Uh, here, and then we have to call it a day. I just want to be clear. Sorry. U, this is it. This is your last chance, and this is it. Okay. All right. So, uh, the question was, okay, when we save a person, where do they go through? So, uh, it’s a good question to access them. So, they are in the custom human pal option that was there. So, uh, very very good question, by the way. But I’m glad you asked me that question. Um, so they would be like this. So if I go back into the dashboard, I’ll show you where it is located so that you get a better understanding. So when you all you have to do is you you go for a person, you save that person, right? Uh using what I showed you earlier. And then once you save that person, there’s an option in the dashboard, right, called custom human pal. Okay. So uh let me show you where that is located exactly in the applications. It gives you some ideas, okay? Uh on how you can go about doing it. All right. Anyway, so in the dashboard in in one of the steps that you see in the application, there’s an option called custom human pal. You can go in there and you can basically um add them at, you know, add that person in that you chose. Okay. So, um yeah, here you go. Let me show you here. All right. So, perfect. So, you see that you have a person you saved, right? You just go in here into the app in the custom human pal. it’s going to show up here and then you click on the upload button here and then it’s going to replace this person that we had here. Okay, I hope that is making sense. So in step number seven or whatever in the application once you’re going through the video creation process, it’s right there. Okay, uh hope that is clear. Um so again as I said everything that you want is there. It’s not hidden or anything like that. You don’t have to buy an upgrade or whatever. It’s all the features are there. You don’t have to wait for it. Okay. Now the other uh thing as well is um what are the plans for this one? So we hired actually uh we have a team like almost full-time team of almost uh 25 people on this one project and total with other projects involved who are going to be working on this are 40 people um involved and we have two people who are like um PhDs gold medalists in machine learning physics artificial intelligence and all this kind of stuff who are working on this project. So we have a lot of big plans for this one. Uh we’ve already seen the great potential of it. I mean I’m seeing the comments in the chat box. People are so excited to get in. So where we headed? Well, the goal is uh basically to make this as big as the other uh companies that are out there. The big one is Cynthia, which raised $100 million. I put a million plus of my own money into this. So, obviously, I’m more invested into it than them. So, the goal is to beat that, become the number one. Uh they’re the number one right now, but they charge a lot of money. They charge $500 a month for their commercial plan. And that’s not even unlimited usage. That’s $3 per video um that you have to pay. And if you didn’t use up for that one month, there’s no rollover credits or anything. it it is what it is, right? Um and it every month it renews. So we don’t want to do that. I want to give it to you at the lowest possible price. All right. All right. So perfect. I saw some questions here. Let me announce the third uh winners. All right. So congrats to our third winner here. And it is it is

    Mkos Toli. So sorry, Miklos. M I K L O S T O L N AI. Congrats to you, Miklo. You are our third $100 winner. Congrats to you. We’ll be getting in touch with you in the next uh u 24 to 48 hours. I’ll PayPal over that winning studio. I’ll get in touch with you. You don’t have to get in touch with me. So, don’t worry about that. I already have your details. So, I’ll be in touch with you. So, congrats to you. Um now, the other uh question is, can you use your custom background? Yes. Okay, that’s for sure. You can use that. Now, the uh the other question as well is how many custom human pals can you create? You can create as many as you want. Um there’s no limits on how many you could create human pelvis. So there’s no limit there as well. Yeah, just want to be clear there. U the goal was not to limit you on those things. What we do basically want to focus on as I said beh is that we want to get as many users in the beginning to give us feedback and give us our roadmap of updates and stuff. Later on once we charge people more money like corporations or enterprise users we’ll we’ll limit people let’s say for example on the seats right so for example we are creating collaborative uh video creation in the future because it’s cloud-based because you can clone multiple products at the same time. So what we would say is okay right now human pal can be used in three computers at once right uh for you for corporations or like companies who want to create training content what we will say is every user will charge a recurring subscription right that’s how we’ll probably make money we’ll probably create an enterprisegrade API system um that would probably be somewhere we make some money so when we make it as good as pos with your feedback it’ll only help us grow in the future that’s the basic idea here okay all right so pretty exciting stuff again to summarize here real quick uh today’s webinar thank you so much for everybody attending here. Now, real quick, let me summarize uh what we went through today. So, as a mass fluencing these communities, you’re creating these groups, uh you’re creating these uh membership sites where you’re selling your courses and content. Like, I have diabetes for seniors, I have hair care, I have paleo diet, um you know, I have uh you know, lucky pets, I have fitness gym, like I have these different membership sites, right? And also content. Now the problem is every single one of them requires a certain type of content to engage the community and the groups right and if we are to accept the fact and it’s a fact that 90% of all content that is consumed online is video then the only way we’re going to succeed with the communities that we built the membership sites that we built the courses that we’re potentially going to create the products that we’re going to create the content that is going to be there is has to be video right and the more engaging the video with animation effects and uh you know for example the ability for you to even use your own custom backgrounds and even have your own custom mascot or custom spokesperson to convey your message to your end customers, the bigger and the more powerful it becomes and the more money you’re going to make, right? Because when you get 100 users, they’re going to expect content from you on a day-to-day, week- toeek basis. if you’re not creating any content and on top of that you’re very shy in front of the camera or maybe you know you cannot you know we’re all not perfect right like as I’m speaking to you right now you know I’m not in the perfect shape to be in front of the camera or maybe I don’t have the special lighting equipment or whatever so not everybody has the best equipment best timing uh best uh let’s say for example reasons for being in front of the camera I mean it’s a fact there might be health issues there might be other issues we deal with from day to day we cannot be perfect so by using artificial intelligence We are creating the content for the users. Now this is very different from creating articles or something like that or texttospech audios. People will consume the content when it’s video and when is a spokesperson. Okay, creating articles is easy. Creating say even an over is easy. When you actually have an person with emotions and animations beside them, that is when you can charge big amount of money from the content that you create. Okay? And I want you to understand that. And that’s the power of something like this. And it allows you to create the same type of videos that I’ve used. Like if you go into humanpality.io/de, right? And I want to explain to that last point I’m going to make is you go to humanpal.io/ uh deal the main website um that uh you can go. All right. And I’m going to show you that when you go into that page, let’s go here. All right. So you’re going to that page. Let’s see here. Right. The videos that you see here, right? Let me uh do that. So let’s forward this. All the animations and effects that you’re seeing right here, these are the kind of stuff that you can create in in human panel. You see this? So the point is having a spokesperson speak and having animations beside them like this, right? What you’re seeing right now, like animations like this. Um that is where the game changer is because people just don’t want to see people speaking. They want to see that explanation of what it is that they’re showing beside them, right? That is what the mockups and the billboards and some stuff like that that you’re seeing perfectly lip-s synced and showing because you will need to read and also watch. That’s the most uh powerful way to convey a message for a brand or business that you’re doing, right? And because there’s no upsells, there’s no downills and stuff, you can be rest assured as soon as you get in, you log in to the application and you should be good to go. Okay. Now, uh I I also wanted to mention one other thing here real quick. I appreciate everybody giving us giving me your time here for being here. If you appreciated this type of training, right, and you liked it, like you enjoyed going me going into mass fluence, me showing you how to integrate it, how to create content and all that, and you like this type of content, then wouldn’t you agree with me if I created 10 sessions like this where it’s more of a close-knit group, right? Where you have your questions answered live in an interactive fashion and we can walk through different um case studies of different businesses doing it successfully, even interacting with you in a live environment where you can even let’s say I’m troubleshooting assistance. you need my team to uh personally look into some stuff for you, we can even help you with that. Now, in that kind of a scenario, don’t you agree with me? For just 199 bucks, it’s going to give you an ROI right out of the gate. Now, imagine this. If you got this back, this ROI, this 199 bucks you put in today, you got the ROI back like you you made 250 bucks, let’s say, from just one video or whatever you sold to a client on Fiverr or Upwork or whatever other ways we have different ways. Don’t you think even in affiliate marketing like let’s say you sent an offer on YouTube, you did a YouTube shorts video or whatever which we teach you and you got a sale then it becomes free forever, right? Effectively got paid for itself and then now you can patiently use it for other projects of yours and stuff. That’s the beauty of having unlimited projects that you can create with no monthly fees, no credits, no yearly fees, no mumbo jumbo, no confusion, right? Straightforward. what you see is what you get and it’s only going to get better with the road map that we have and u the reviews that we have and all these platforms and the fact that you have the ability to only make it better and better with your feedback. Right? So that’s the goal here and then appreciate you for doing that for being here to understand that as well because I know for a fact because I’ve been one of the early beta testers for mass fluence and I can tell you with 100% confidence when I was beta testing it one thing came across again and again and again was how do I get the content? Okay, I understand I can get the membership site built. I can send some traffic over, but where do I post the content? Because people who are going to be in that group, the channels that I create and people I build a community with, they need content. They need some way to interact or comment over. And if I don’t have that content in an engaging fashion, they’re going to leave. They’re going to be a much more exciting things to watch, right? People attention is very low these days. So, that is the biggest problem you’re solving. I can tell you with with clarity that traffic is not going to solve your mass uh sales problems. Let’s say you’re not getting successful with mass. It’s not because you’re not getting enough traffic. It’s not even because you know you’re not getting targeted people, right? It’s not even because you’re not so technically skilled or not skilled or whatever. It is because your content has to be engaging. People who are there, they have to engage with it. Comment, like, share, right? These are the things that make Facebook groups so powerful. People comment and then goes viral. And even with Google when somebody’s searching for eight ways I want to lose weight feedback or what are people talking about new trends of weight loss or something like that people want to see other people’s comments but the original content will always be key right people are searching for a solution on uh Google or YouTube or whatever it has to be in the form of a video that explains and solves that problem for them right so that’s the basic goal we’re trying to solve here so go there right now humanpal io/deal if you got in appreciate you you’ll be super excited our next training session is coming up shortly, the 10 live training sessions. Uh so you can go check it out. Uh it’s going to be a lot of fun. We’re going to interact in a smaller group and it’s going to be a lot more fun that way. And of course, you’re going to have all the replays and everything like that. And even if you didn’t get in, it’s totally okay. No problems at all. Um you know, it’s it’s totally cool at the end of the day. You know, we want to have people who value this, who see the deal they see here. If you don’t, hey, that’s totally fine. Maybe in the future you can buy a monthly subscription or whatever in it. Uh that sort of thing. Totally fine. No worries there. But I just want to be clear so you understand that technology will only have to assist us, not confuse us. Right? The more it confuses us, the more harder it is for us to succeed. So I’m trying to solve that confusion issue with you by giving the training and the assistance and all that stuff um in a more personalized basis. And on top of that, I’m also solving the confusion stuff by actually simplifying the content creation process for you for masculine. So you’re not struggling for content. Okay? So that um is hopefully very very clear on this aspect. Okay. Now I’m seeing a couple of questions coming about order issues and stuff like that. If you have any order issues or anything like that, please email us here support at humanpal.io. We’ll do our very best to save the bonuses for you because you came in live here. And also the same pricing here because a special coupon gets applied and reduces it to 199 bucks. Also it’s 29 uh 79 bucks or something like that. Um so uh basically that coupon too will make sure that we’ll uh save up for you. But please let us know, okay? because the pricing might change at any time without notice. I just want to be clear because u you have a small group of people here but we are regularly having thousands and thousands of people hitting our website. So the end of the day we have to change the pricing in the near future for sure. Right? So um that I’m going to guarantee for everybody who’s live here who emails our support team saying you have any order issues or whatever. I’ll guarantee this price, guarantee those bonuses and make sure that you’re taken care of at the highest possible level cuz you’re already here. And if you’ve not made a decision just yet, totally fine. Not a problem. Maybe you want to check out the page and see the demos, how the quality looks like, how the voiceovers look like, how does the lip sync looks like. I totally understand. I understand you. You want to also see cuz there’s no upgrades or anything. What’s all included in in this uh uh in this project and this offer, it’s totally fine as well. So, what I’m going to do, give you one more hour after this webinar is done to get in. If you do, just you’re going to get all the bonuses. Support at human pal. You can let us know. I’ll try to even make it automatic for you so you can get the bonuses right below the um uh you know right below the actual um welcome video in the application so you get instant access to it. But I’ll do my best there. But in all in all I appreciate each and every one of you for being here. Hope you find some great value here. Uh and I wish you all the best. I’m here to answer your questions next few minutes chat. But uh that said take care, good luck. I appreciate you for getting in and I’ll do my best to make this the best ever investment you’ve ever made. And you have 30 days to test drive it. of course, no risk at all for you. So that’s a good amount of time to start getting results with it without training and assistance. Right? So thank you once again. Take care. Good luck. And I’ll talk to you very, very soon.

  • ContentReel Customer Training

    Hello, hello, hello everybody. Give me a one or yes. Uh if you can hear me loud and clear, if you can uh see my screen, if you can see the content real dashboard. Cool, cool. Lots of ones and yeses coming in. Guys, it’s 5:00 a.m. in the morning for me. I’m just waking up, but I’m super pumped up for for what we got in stock today. And now Adil did an incredible welcome, but I just want to jump in and uh give you a quick idea on something that we’re going to be sharing in this training today. And why there’s not going to be any replay on this cuz we’re we’re literally going to be sharing something that we do ourselves. And this is something I don’t think anybody is teaching out there. Um and I think if they are, they’re charging upwards of 25 to 35 grand in mentorship. This is exactly what we’re going to be showing you today because I was like, “Yeah, heck it. Let’s let’s do it. It’s just a fun uh session.” And um sadly, I know a lot of people are not going to take action on it. So, if you are one of those people who going to take action, you’re going to make a lot of money and it’s going to change your life. It’s going to be the defining moment of 2023 for you. So, what the heck am I talking about? I’ll give you a quick case study sort of an example. Um back in 2022 last year we launched a product called Reper uh with my partner. Uh I think we launched it in April 19 and we reached out to a lot of people to promote uh reached out to a deal, reached out to Paul Pana, a lot of Todd Grass, a lot of big affiliates to promote our product and everybody did. But what we also did, we started reaching out to some other people, content creator, influencer people on uh Tik Tok to promote. A lot of them did. One of uh those people, somebody who creates videos and publishes a lot of videos promoted uh Repar. And let me show you what what happened. Um let me go to my JVZU sales page so I can show you how much. So if I go here in custom, let me know if you can see. So if I select my date April. So we launched on the 19th, right? That’s when the software went public. And for a week, let’s say, right? If I search it

    now, you see this interesting name, Paul James, right? Who is Paul James? Now, Paul James was able to do $6,000 in sales in 7 days alone. And actually, it’s not 6,000. It’s it’s more than 6,000. Let me show you the total he did. Paul James.

    Yeah. Let’s search him so we can just get his name and remove everybody else’s. Okay. So, if you see Paul James, this is all he did. So, he did about $16,000 in what? 7 days, right? And did you know what he do? What he did to promote this? Let me show you what he did. Let me go to YouTube. So Paul James has a YouTube channel. Right. And let me show you his channel. Uh if you search Paul James. Paul James. There you go. This is Paul James. Brilliant dude. Very cool guy. But look at this. He publishes one or two video every month. But he records the intro, he records the outro, and then mostly it’s just green stuff. But look at the videos that he has.

    Tons and tons of videos. So he’s been consistently posting one or two video, I think two video every month. Now if I search, let me show you the video that he did promoting uh Paul James

    Reptor.

    Yeah, there it is. It’s about 9 months ago. So, this is the video he did just reviewing the software. He had about 3.6,000 views. From this 3.6,000 views, he made $16,000 from just 3.6,000. 3,600 views. That’s it. A lot of people commented. a lot of people bought. He put a link to the um to the affiliate offer. People clicked on this link, went to the sales page, purchased the product, and he got paid commission. Right? So, he he he sent about $16,000 in sales from just 3,600 views. Now imagine this was 9 months ago when Tik Tok was still picking up but not that crazy good as it is right now and YouTube shorts weren’t that popular. Now imagine if you could get 3.6,000 views every week. Every single week without you being on camera, right? Without you recording um your screen or writing script and all that stuff. That’s what content really let you do, right? Content really lets you create a lot of good software, a lot of good videos in any kind of niche. You don’t have to promote software like Paul did. You can go to ClickBank and find a lot of different offers in different niches, weight loss, real estate, anything and everything in between and promote those. But what Paul did, Paul put in a lot of work because he shoots his own video, right? And he publishes just one video. But with content re what you can do now is you can create short multiple videos and you can publish more than Paul right and you can publish on Tik Tok you can publish on Instagram you can publish on YouTube you can publish on YouTube short you can publish on Facebook right so there’s so so much that you can do more than what Paul did and it’s very very easy for you to get 3,600 views. It’s not difficult at all. It’s super easy to create a couple of videos. Even if you sit down today and you create five videos and publish them on Tik Tok, you will very easily um get 3,000 4,000 views. Now, in this session, what I’m going to show you is the other few things that Paul did to number one, get this kind of view, and number two, convert these views into sales to actually make money out of it. Because a lot of gurus and marketers would tell you, “Oh, just put a video on YouTube, you’ll get 3,600 views and just put a link and that’s it. That’s all you have to do and you’ll start making money.” That’s not true. There’s a little bit of hidden secret inside this. There’s a little bit of thing that goes behind just posting a link on YouTube. So, that’s what we’re going to be covering today. That’s what we’re going to show you. We’re going to be showing you how all these videos that you’re creating using Content Reel, how you can turn them into profit. All the traffic that you’re going to be generating from these videos that you publish on Tik Tok, on YouTube, on Instagram, on Facebook, how you can actually start making money with it. So, make sure you get away from all the distraction. Turn off your Facebook. Close the tab. Grab a paper and pen and listen to the cool stuff that we’ve got sharing. We’re going to be sharing today. And I’m telling you, if you take notes and if you take action today, this is going to change your life. 2023 is going to be a very different year. 31st of Jan, it’s a brilliant day. 31st of Jan, this is going to change the way you do online marketing or how you do affiliate marketing or how you make money online. All right. So, without further ado, I’ve got an amazing friend of mine, Adil Chowry, on the session today who’s going to be running some case studies, some training, and sharing a lot of cool stuff with you. So, a deal. Um, thank you for doing this for my peeps. Over to you. Thanks, man. Thanks. Just give me a second. Change your screen. Hold on one second. Abs. Abby, man. You sounded dead there. Guy probably just woke up, got out of bed, and stumbled into one of these webinars. Hold on. Let me switch the screen. And we should see Aby’s sexy face on the screen right now. Let’s go.

    Welcome to this webinar session. Can you hear me?

    You know what? It’s like the bloody the middle of the night where I am right now. So, hello everybody. Welcome wherever you are in your part of the world, whether it’s morning, night, afternoon, or sunrise. That’s right. Here we go. That’s the I don’t know. Can you hear me? Okay. I mean, Abby was just totally opposite right now. The guy is just playing with himself. Just got out of bed or he’s getting into bed. I have no idea. But I don’t care because yours truly is here. I don’t know. James James Fanning just put a one in the chat box. Why Why is he putting ones in there? Oh my god. Can you hear me? We’re going to get warmed up. This is a great session that you’re going to get today. Okay. Jokes, laughs, and money in your pocket. What more could you want? Fantastic. Someone keeps talking about the sound going out. We starting with the Michael Jackson. Can you not hear it, Mr. Friend? I mean, you know, if you signed up and registered, don’t know why would you name yourself friend. Anyway, listen. Elizabeth says she’s not hearing anything.

    All right. Ania says, “I can hear you, baby.” Friend says, “More money in my pocket.” Obviously, if you’re responding, you can hear me. So, for those that can’t hear me, well, you know, just don’t know what to say. Like, just do a few roly polies, a star jump, and then miraculously maybe your speakers will start working. Is Michael, is it the Michael Jackson coming through? Okay, for you folks, you need the volume turned up. Let me know right now. Raymond says, “I sound a little far away.” F Stanley, a case of a Red Bull demonstration happening right now. Oh, listen. I’m sweating in this chair right now. It was freezing earlier. I went downstairs. I turned up that radiator and I kind of regret it now. I’m all just sweaty. My pants are just going to have to rinse it out later after this webinar. Fantastic. Friend says, “I think I need to turn my my uh my microphone speaker thing down.” Okay, listen. Woo! Here we go. Listen, if it cuts off, I don’t know. You’re going to probably regret it. Um, re Abby, is there any replay? Oh, shoot. Abby said there’s no replays. Listen, you better be glued to your desk. You better not go anywhere. If you’ve got a dog, I don’t know. Well, leave him outside. You’re not going to feed him. There’s no time. Uh, we have We’ve got more important things to do. If you got a wife, put her in the shed. If you got a husband, you don’t know any you don’t know him anymore for at least for the next two hours. Woo! All right, here we go. Come on, Harvey. Harvey says, “Can you please move move on with it?” like Harvey. I mean, talk about putting a downer on us. No, Harvey. See you later, my friend. See you later. Yes, it is midnight here where I am. Um, yeah, you’re not getting any replays, David. So, yeah. All right. So, there we go. Anyway, let’s move on. Courtesy of Harvey Valos. Woo. All right. So, let’s let’s begin now. Just going to do a few little press ups and a couple of squats. Right. I’m in the zone now. So, this is an exclusive content reader special workshop. for the one and only Abby Devidi. I can never never pronounce his name right. Abby Dividi. Right. What we’re going to do today is show you how to use Content Reel and what Abby just um shared with you at the beginning there with the intro and how to turn the content that you’re able to generate with Content Reel into massive affiliate paydays, okay? Into massive affiliate paydays so you can make really big affiliate commissions. You know, when I started out, folks, when I started out, the first thing that I discovered how to do was to sign up for affiliate programs for products that pay a commission in return for you promoting them. Okay? And I didn’t really know what what it was what it was and how to do it, but I kind of stumbled my way online and figured out how to get this thing called an affiliate link and start promoting products to make a bit of kaching. And I’ve been doing it for over 15 years now. I make a good seven figures every year from it. Uh, even though I’ve got other things going on, affiliate income, it brings in at least half of my half of my money comes from affiliate commissions. So, would you like to do the same thing? Yes or yes? Absolutely. Fantastic. Okay, good. Uh,

    okay. I can see all your comments coming in. I’m going to just get through and share this content with you now without delay. Please do not go anywhere. Remember, this is you’re going to get no replay for this. So, it’s important for you to pay attention and stay tuned and focus. All right. So, I’ve got some new affiliate soft AI software that makes me $1,000 a day by looking into the future and it allow you to pick winning products. So, looks into the future using certain algorithms because AI, as you know, is is is really in right now. It’s trending. People are going crazy about it. So using this powerful technology, you will be able to look into the future to pick winning products to promote as an affiliate. Now, what is an affiliate? For those that don’t know, quick definition of an affiliate.

    Um, some people saying, is there a video to go with the audio? Yes, you want to be, Listen, you want to make sure you’re on a desktop. I’m not I’m not going to I’m not going to talk about this again. I’m going to start and get into flow now. So, there’s a video on the screen. You can see the video and my audio at the same time. I recommend you jump over to a laptop if you’ve got issues. Right. Anyway, definition of an affiliate is someone that promotes third-party products in return for a sales commission. An affiliate is someone who promotes third party products in return for a sales commission. You just saw Abby mentioned guy called Paul James promoting what was it? Raptor repertoires rep something like that. One of those products with those weird names and making 16,000 smackaroos. Okay, that’s what an affiliate is. So there’s my sexy little cartoon face on the left. I’m going to give you an example of what an affiliate is, okay? Cuz I know while you think you know, you don’t really cuz if you did, you’ll be making money as an affiliate and getting rich by doing it, just like me, okay? So rich I can afford to make little cartoons like that anyway. That cost me $5 on Fiverr. But there’s me on the left. Let’s say I sign up to promote Aby’s content reel, which is why I recommend that you do too. Um, and let’s say content reel is selling for $100. I would promote content reel, a product like Content Reel for for whatever price it is. Let’s say it’s $100. And let’s say I promote it and I get Susan there on her nice little sofa to go check out my link, click on my link, open up the sales page and make a purchase. Now that money then goes to the creator. Oh, there’s Abby on the right hand side with those specs. Okay, half asleep. Um, so the money will go to him and then me as the affiliate on the bottom right gets a commission. Let’s just say I get 50%. So $50 out of that 100 of that sale goes into my big brown pocket. Okay, does that make sense? You with me so far, folks? Making sense? Yes. Yes. Or or what? What? Let’s go. Yes. I need I need interactivity here. We are live, folks. Come on. Let’s go. Let’s go. Let’s go. Good. Good. Good. And make sure you’re alive and you’re understanding. Now, have you seen me or Abby or others promote products as an affiliate? Let me know right now in the chat box. Fully interactive, fully live on Red Bull. Let’s go. Yes. Yes. James says yes. Paul says yes. Friend says yes. Richard E says yes. Frederick says yes. Samuel says yes. Good. Good. Good. Good. Good. Fantastic. I love it. So, everybody’s on the same page. You all understand affiliate marketing. You’ve seen me promote products. You’ve seen Abby promote products. You’ve seen people spam you and promote products. Right. Good. Now, here’s why you need to be an affiliate and how this is going to all tie in and make sense with content reel and our secret solution here today. You don’t need to create a product with affiliate marketing. You don’t have to worry about competition. You don’t need to do customer support. You don’t need to have any employees. You don’t need to have a website or even hosting. There’s zero running costs or any product maintenance costs. You can promote anything you want whenever you feel like. You know, some days I wake up on a Sunday feeling like I want to make a bit of money and I and I activate my secret my buttons and I make some money. Okay, you can promote pretty much anything that you want in any type of niche or industry, whether they’re videos, courses, software, all kinds of stuff, even dog food. And if it doesn’t sell, you just end up moving on to something else. Okay? You can stop whenever you want. You can start whenever you want. You can promote different different products to the same audience that you may already have every day, week, or month. I mean, just check your inbox. How many times a day are you being slammed by Tom, Bob, or uh I don’t know, Derek. I mean, they’re all kind of white. I was trying to think of some Jermaine or Iran. Some, you know, it’s all inclusive here. I don’t know. Trying to think of some Chinese names, too. I don’t know, Lu Wing. Right. Everybody’s trying to spam me, promote products, and get their message in your face in your inbox every single day because why? Because they want to make a commission, right? And being an a being an affiliate is easy money. It’s all profit. That’s why I love it. Everybody loves this. Okay. Now, I make 10,000 10,000 bucks in affiliate commissions in just one day. And for me, this is a typical type of thing. It just goes. It varies obviously day by day depending on the product that you’re promoting, how well it converting, the product market list fit. Okay? But hey, this is not unusual for me to make $10,000 in a single day as an affiliate in commissions. There’s a screenshot from one such network, folks. Yes, that’s what I feel like when I see money like this in the mornings when I wake up. Just like Abby when he woke up today, half asleep or I don’t even know if it’s going to bed. That’s the music done there. So, $10,000 as an affiliate and I’ve been doing this for the last over 10 years. There’s I logged into my account the other day and looked at my balance and I made $224,457

    in a year in affiliate commissions. I get excited when I see money coming in like this. Uh here’s another one. $290,000 bucks with just one affiliate campaign. I’m all over the place. People can’t get away from me. Uh Warrior Plus. Now, you can actually make money as an affiliate from any network. There’s so many networks. I’m sure you’ve heard of maybe some of these. I’m sure you’ve heard of Warrior Plus. There’s me there making 1,440 bucks there on that day uh yesterday. $5,835.64.

    The 64 is really, really important obviously cuz you could buy half a cheeseburger with that. Yes. Well done. There we go. Oh, yeah. I love cheeseburgers. Um Yeah. So, here we go. is another network, affiliate network that I use. Uh I also use ClickBank and make thousands of dollars every single day. And this is all passive income. 1,000 bucks there on a lazy Saturday afternoon. Sunday made $1,34 on the Monday $1,099. Tuesday 1388.38 on the Wednesday 2,000 bucks. And it goes on and on. Thursday was looking a bit pathetic at $194, but that was just because the day was just getting started, right? Real screenshots, folks, for you. You can take as many screen grabs as you want, print them out, stick them on the wall, and let them know. Let yourselves know, your family know that it was a deal chowry. He introduces introduced you to this incredible new world. So, listen, this goes on and on. I’m not going to bore you with all these delicious looking screenshots. I just feel like licking the screen right now again. emotional damage. All right. Yeah, there we go. So, this just goes on and on and on and I make thousands of dollars every single day. But listen, this is not about me. I could I don’t really care. I’m bored of money here right now. I want you to be able to do these types of figures. I want you to have a kickstart and a head start. I want you to explore this world and start making your first commission. Hey, if you’re already making a little bit bit of money as an affiliate already, I’m just going to help you take it to a just a completely different level using my powerful secret solution and techniques that I’m about to reveal today. Look, this just goes on. I’m just going to Oh, is that $9,000? There’s $9,000 there on a single day on Tuesday, November the 23rd. Okay, this is from January to December. So, if someone’s thinking in their head, well, there’s November there. Well, yeah. I’ve got January, February, March, like Mon, you know, every single day, every single month, even when the moons are aligned and the moon is not aligned in the sky, right? Okay. This goes on and on. $9,000, $3,000, $4,000 in a day, $11,000 in a day. You wouldn’t even believe this is possible unless someone like me showed it to you. And when I started out and I saw other gurus showing these types of numbers on the sales page, I was like, how the hell are they doing these things? So rather than being jealous or envious, I was like, I was inspired. So you’re going to be one of two types of people here, you’re going to be like, you’re going to be either thinking, who the hell is this guy? This rich bastard just like what the hell is he showing me? I don’t care. Just show me the system. Like why are you bragging? And then you’re going to have the other type of person here who’s going to be like, wow, this is actually incredible. I wish I could do something like this. How is he doing this? Please teach me. So whichever bucket you fall in, just carry just carry on watching. I don’t hate you. I love you folks. All right. So, here we go. So, again, again, again, it just goes on and on. $4,000 in a day, $5,000 in a day, $3,000 in a day, $2,000 in a day. I’ve got awards. I’ve got so many awards. I use them as doors stops. I don’t really care. Okay. But I’ve got a bunch of them. There’s me there. There’s another one there. Oh, wow. We all right. There’s another one there. I get kind of bored of these. Number one super affiliate. There’s one with ClickBank, top performer leader, affiliate with the CEO of JVZoo. I’ve won hundreds of competitions as an affiliate and dominating leaderboards for the last 10 years. I’m always number one. I get so many prizes and laptops and gifts and movie players and discmen and do you remember discmen? Did I say discmen? Yeah. Okay. Uh Robert says, “How long does the how long till the actual training start?” So, Robert, I mean, just like, you know, I’m just I’m just building up the foreplay here. It’s all about the foreplay, Robert. Come on. Come on, man. All right. Anyway, listen. Here we go. Here’s the training. Robs. Robert, do you want to know my secret for making huge affiliate commissions? You I already know you do. All right. So, here we go. Write this down before it moves quick. Remember, there is no replay. Secret number one to being a super affiliate and making a lot of money is intelligence. Okay? You need to have intel, knowledge, foresight. That’s secret number one. Okay? And remember, I’m a number one super affiliate in the world right now on these platforms in my market. So, I’m telling you this, this is some real raw stuff here. Secret number one is intelligence. Knowing we’re going to get deeper into both of these. Secret number one is intelligence. Knowing what to promote, how to promote, where to get that data in Intel from. Okay. Secret number one, intelligence. Secret number two, timing. It’s knowing when to promote, and getting this knowledge ahead of time. Okay? So, knowing what to promote, when to promote, and before everybody else is key. Okay? Knowing what to promote, when to promote, and before everybody else is key. All right. Now, my advantage is that I’ve got proprietary software which I’ve developed that tells me what the current and future products are out there for me to promote. That’s my leverage. That’s my secret weapon. That’s my edge. Okay. Now, I’m not a gambling man, but how much money could you make if you knew what winning stocks to pick ahead of time were, what they were going to be, or even what the lottery numbers coming out for that next big one are going to be. I’m sure there’s a billion dollar power ball like last month or something. Something ridiculous. Right now, the software here that I’m going to show you has complex algorithms that compute a multitude of various signals across the internet and it’s called SI and I and it’s the secret affiliate index. Now, nobody knows about this so please keep this private and confidential. It’s called the secret affiliate index. Now what this software does, it taps into various sources and algorithms across the internet and picks up things like private calendars. It it taps into private networks, online chatter, trending conversations, uh social media posts, groups, Facebook, on Twitter and Skype as well as underground channels that I can’t reveal. Okay? So just keep a note of that. It’s the secret affiliate index. Really, really important. Now, here are the three steps. Here’s a three-step formula for super affiliate profits. Number one, you need to discover the best products to promote before release. Say before, okay, it’s important that you know, you don’t want to be um jumping onto something that’s already out now that people are just finding out about too late once something’s gone live. Okay? So, you want to discover the best products to promote as an affiliate before they come out. Okay? Okay. So, type in before into the chat box. Okay. So important. Before. Can you spell before? B E F O B. B E F O R E. Before. That is key. Okay. Great. Good. Good. You’re following. You guys are good students. I don’t believe it. Some of you are bad boys in here. Bad girls. But hey, listen. Okay. Good. Discovering the best products to promote before release. Number two, creating affiliate reviews for them. Okay. creating affiliate reviews for them. U and these reviews could be just like Abby shared at the beginning. They could be some kind of presentation or a little video and now you have content real. That’s what you’re going to be using. And then you can just put that content on a like a landing page or you’ll be able to upload those. And number three is get traffic to those reviews in and the offers. Okay, these affiliate offers. And you can do this and push the traffic using email, blog, social media. Uh YouTube though is the easiest one especially if you don’t have a list which I don’t think many of many people do. So YouTube is the easiest way and I’ll show you how to do this. Um as people actually search for reviews on new products first before purchasing. Okay you with me so far? Yes. Good. Okay. Do you want access to this software? Um if you say yes, I’m going to do a live demo and show you live. if you’re going to be able to witness this right in front of you right now in the next 60 seconds. If you say no, well, I’ll bid you farewell. Okay. Uh Raymond says yes. Paul says yes. James says yes. Uh J friend says yes. Uh John James Eert Lorie Stevens. Congrat. Okay. Thank you. Thank you very friend says f yes. I guess that’s a yes. Okay. Right. You know what? I’m loving it. You know what? Uh you guys have swayed me. So I’m going to show you right now. Let’s just cut to the chase. Um, time is money and I value you being here. Now, this is called Profit Studio. We’re talking about picking products, promoting products, and profiting massively from this solution. You can’t touch this. That’s what I’m talking about. Can you touch this? It is the all-in-one affiliate software that reveals winning products to you. It creates your reviews and gets you traffic. And I’m going to show you this live. Okay, so let’s quickly go through a quick few features uh features on the screen first and then I’m going to jump live into the software. Now, Profit Studio is the all-in-one affiliate software that reveals winning products, creates reviews, and gets you traffic. It gives you everything that you need to quickly find bestselling affiliate products to promote and gra get traffic to them fast. Right, so let’s go through some of these features before I jump into the software. It gives you an incredible live feed of the latest products in a whole multitude of categories, niches, networks, and industries. Okay. Oh, where’s my mouse gone? There we go. Up up up upcoming products. This is the secret live feed. So, it will show you and reveal all of the upcoming products for the next year, two years. Okay, remember we said the the key was to know what’s coming out before they are, you know, before the products are released. Um, you know, one of the best examples I can give you, uh, is in the crypto space. Like, I’m not a crypto guy, right? But there’s many people that do. So, just for the understanding and analogy, um, the minute you’ve heard about the next best winning crypto coin, it’s too late because the people that have made money from it have already tapped in and siphoned it and leveraged it and squeezed out all the profits. So before the general public finds out, it’s too late, baby. Okay? So you want to be ahead of the curve, ahead of the g, ahead of the news, right? Cuz once it’s out there, it’s too late. All the all the juice and the money and the has been squeezed out. Okay? 20 affiliate reviews. There is me there are many done for you reviews already preloaded into the system to cut away any potential work that you have to do. We want to minimize the amount of work that you have to do, right? uh you’ll be able to use this in conjunction with content re which I’ll get to. But there’s already lots of reviews inside of the system done for you. There’s promotional material. There are articles done for you. There are graphics. There are banners. There are swipes and more all preloaded into the system for you to use and post out there with your affiliate link so that you make 100% of the commissions. Like we get nothing from this. So we just spend a lot of time and money putting this together for you. Okay. Lots of banners, graphics, media across different types of products, different commission structures. There are tweets in there. Now that Elon Musk has taken off Twitter, this really popping. So, it’s a great way for you to siphon and get traffic from for your affiliate offers. Okay. Any products that you promote as an affiliate. There are lots of Facebook posts as well preloaded into the system. Lots of bonuses as well. Okay. Now, there’s also readymade instant affiliate reviews within the software that you can customize with your affiliate link. And then you can also use content reel. Now, have you ever tried to sign up to promote a particular product as an affiliate but being rejected? Is anybody here right now? Has anybody tried to maybe sign up? Maybe you haven’t got any history. Maybe you’re a newbie or intermediate and you kind of sign up to promote a product but you never get approved. That really sucks. Robert says yes. James Fin says yes. Steven Barrett says, “Yes, I’ve tried.” Uh Alick says, “Yes, absolutely.” Do you know why? because you’re a nobody. Like vendors look at you as a nobody. They look at your reputation and history because it really matters to the vendor. If you’re coming in as a nobody with no track history, no sales record, you are actually going to damage their sales stats, which in turn uh prevents them having a really big impact in the marketplace because you actually mess up the algorithms and their numbers, right? It just doesn’t look good if you try and come in because newbies come in spam. itu changes up the EPCs and the conversion rates and things like that. So anyway, I will be able to get you a FastTrack VIP approval through the software for any product out there. Okay, that’s Yes, I’m going to say that again. I will give you a secret code that will give you and get you VIP fasttrack approval for any product that you try to sign up to to promote as an affiliate. Absolutely 100%. Okay. It’s a it’s basically like it’s it’s like a secret handshake. Um and the minute they see that code in the box, like when you try and sign up, they’re just going to they’re not even going to ask you any questions. They’ll be like, “All right, come in.” in. They’ll open up that red ribbon that, you know, behind the railings, that secret uh rope. Move that out the way, let you in, and close it again. All right, so this is real, real deep stuff here. We’re talking about Illuminati level here, right? Amazing features continued. We’ve got affiliate reviews in there, instant website templates. There’s no hosting required. You don’t need any funnel builder. Not going to send you try and sell you any fun funnel builder or anything like that. These are templates already in the system that you can customize to promote any product that you want. Whether they’re digital products, uh products on JVZoo or ClickBank or even physical products or even products outside of the scope of the system in the training today, any type of product you can you can promote by using these instant review websites. Okay. Now

    you also get a trusted cloak cloaked URL. This allows you to look like a trusted body. You know when you create a review and you go to a particular website, you want to kind of p be perceived as a neutral authority, someone who is giving an unbiased review of a particular product as an affiliate. Okay, does that make sense? So that’s why you we’re also going to give you here with this software a trusted review. So the URL that you will have access to is trusted reviews.app. Okay. So if somebody come to this place, they’re going to see oh this this thing looks legit and they’re going to see read the review and the links will be yours your affiliate link so that you get all the credit. So it creates that air of trust and authority. Traffic generation. I know this is a biggie with everybody. Okay. How the hell do you get traffic? Well, we’ve got that covered as well. You’re going to be able to blast your affiliate reviews using Content Reel and the content that you create with Content Reel and blast it across all of the internet on on various platforms like YouTube, Daily Motion, Facebook, Forcing, Twitter, LinkedIn with one click of a button. Absolutely getting started already. Okay. Now, one strategy is to blast it using that um that feature here and you’ll be able to blast it across the the internet, especially YouTube. Now, YouTube is great for traffic. We all know that. Okay? I mean, Abby showed YouTube earlier on uh for like Content Real Raptor. Now, this is the strategy and technique that I like to use. It’s very easy. All you need to do when you post and create a video with content reel and post it on on YouTube and upload it is to in the keyword title use the name of the product. So any the name of the product you’re promoting, let’s say it’s content reel or in this case let’s say it’s scribble. So you put in the name of the product and you add the word review at the end. That’s it. I mean that’s straight clearcut. So simple. That’s all you really need to do. Okay. You can always add a little bit extra onto it if you wanted to. But as a base, there you go. product name plus the word review. So you could do scribble review or you could use a title like content reel review. Does that make sense so far? Yes. Uh somebody says, “Do we have to make the video and talk about the product?” You can literally use content real and no. We have ready made reviews as well inside of the software. But if you want to go beyond the software and make a lot more money, then you should create more videos and reviews using content reel and many other tools that we have available including AI voice generation that can actually speak as well and you there’s many tools online that you can use. Okay, the point is go ahead and you upload the videos to YouTube to get lots of traffic using that simple strategy. Now, we also have a link cloaking shield inbuilt here that gives you anti- theft protection because you know what’s happening in the marketplace right now? People good standing law- abiding affiliates like you and me are having our commissions stolen. This is becoming an epidemic, a real big disaster because affiliate links are being hijacked. Our rightful commissions are being taken over by bad bad affiliates. They need a good spanking. Okay? And we are going to be the ones to do that. Unless they got a hairy butt, then I’m going to leave that to you. But this new software feature here gives you anti- theft protection. You’ll be able to use and cloak your affiliate links. Okay? That means your commissions cannot be stolen. Think about all the hard work that you’re doing. The videos that you might blow put out online with that you create with Content Reel or with Scribble or whatever software that you have. Okay? You want to protect your commissions. You’ve worked hard for it. It’s rightfully yours. Now you never have to worry and you can go to you you go to bed as a happy baby. Okay, good. Now, oh, we’re at the live demo stage, folks. We are at the live de Are you still awake, folks? Remember, there’s no replay, so I wouldn’t go anywhere at all. Okay, stay tuned now for the live demo. Are you still alive? Awaken? Are you excited? Let me know in the chat box. I’m just going to take a quick sip of water. Let me take a quick sip.

    All right, let me switch the screens over to the software.

    All righty, let me switch my screens and we’re going to bring up the screen here on the left. Lindsay, thank you very much for your comments. Thank you so much for your comments, guys. You guys are actually going nuts in the chat box. All right. So, here you are witnessing for the first time in your lives this incredible masterpiece, this AI technology, the future, the revolution is finally now here. Okay, we’re almost at the stage where you don’t even need to use your keyboard. Uh, but yeah, very soon I I’m sure that we’ll be able to just speak and talk into our laptop pretty much and even use the software to make the money for you handsfree. But for now, you’re going to use have to use your hands. Unfortunately, folks, you’re going to have to use your hands unless you want to use your feet. And some of you have got big toes. Um, okay. So, good. So, I’m going to go through the software right now. Okay. Here we go. On the left hand side, there’s various parts to the software. Now, if I just grab my pen real quick. Okay, so up here we have the affiliate reviews. Now, these I’m going to go into these. Okay, here we have the done for you affiliate reviews. This comes with pre-made material, so you don’t even need to do anything. This comes preloaded with affiliate reviews for JV Zoo products, ClickBank products, and we’ve got Warrior Plus, Warrior Plus products available as well. Then you have the marketplace. This remember we talked about the live feed and how the software looks up looks into the future. Well, you have that there in the upcoming menu tab here. I will be going into these in just a few moments, but just give you an overview here. So that is the marketplace tab here uh where you have the top sellers revealed to you at any time. This is all real live data being fed into the software. I call it crystal ball profits. Okay, especially the upcoming uh feature here. I know this is starting to look like a mess, but it’s very scientific. Okay, then we have the traffic generator right here. This allows you to generate traffic. Okay, traffic there. And then we have the instant review website templates available here for you. You can use these to promote any product that you want, including products that are not in the system and out and outside of the software in various niches. You can you can use it for anything. It’s like a kind of think of it like a a scientifically crafted funnel builder website page that has a formul formula on it spec specifically crafted for reviews like to position it as an unbiased review for any product that you wish to promote. All right, so that’s in there and then you can also save that to your library here. And then we have the link cloaking anti- theft protection down here. Okay, because we want to show the baddies the finger, right? We want to protect your affiliate commissions. So, that’s right down there. Okay. Good, good, good. Someone says they’re getting vertical with all those strokes. Woo. All right. Anyway, you know, I need to I need to clear I need to clear my screen. Emotional damage. All right. There we go. Let’s Let’s put that back up there. Uh, where were we, folks? Let me get rid of my pen. You guys distract me. Uh, right. So, there we go. Okay. So, let’s uh move on to the JVZoo products. I feel this kind of music now. Appropriate elevator music. Can you still hear me okay over the music though as we go through the demonstration?

    Samuel says, “Yes, Samuel, thank you for your input. I really appreciate that. Nobody else did except for Samuel.” Now, this is there’s hundreds of people in the room right now. All right, so let’s move in. So, inside of the JVZoo products section, we have all of these ready-made products that are the best sellers. These products have made millions of dollars, like more than half a million. So, that’s why they are inside of the system because if you’re looking for something to promote straight away, these are the ones just to start making you hundreds and even thousands of dollars in commissions because they’ve proven to convert. And it’s all about stuffing your empty pockets right now with wads of cash. So you can go ahead and blow it on cocaine, CocaCola, and I don’t know, your kids education. So there’s lots of different type of price points in here. There’s products in there you can promote uh that are recurring. So it’s just up to you really what type of product and price plan here, type of commission structure you want to go ahead and find and promote. It doesn’t matter. Okay. So what you would do, let’s say you wanted to promote Video Robot by Paul here. It’s paying out $67 and you get 50% commissions. You can go ahead and get your affiliate link like so. And you would click on get affiliate link and you can do that. Okay. And there’s my affiliate link. Okay. It’s as easy as that. And if you need to get approval, you can click on get approved. And you will also get access to a secret handshake and a code. Remember that’ll bypass you over everybody else. Even if you’re a newbie, even if nobody likes you and your breath smells and you’ve got no history. this secret code. Once you enter it in the box, once the vendor sees that, they’re going to rush to approve you. Okay. All right. Good. Now, the promotional tools here, if I click on promo tools, lots of money has been spent crafting those tools. So, oops. Stay on that page. We have lots of swipes for you to use like so. And you can use these. Just copy and paste and use them. There’s banners,

    Facebook posts, as well as videos, video presentation. Now, if you want to use a video presentation, this is what you would do. You click on We can view it first. So, let’s click view. All right, let that load up. So, here’s a well-crafted review that we spent $5,000 on to create and design these scientifically proven with a blueprint. It’s all psychological, folks. It’s all based on emotion and conversion. You don’t need to know how it works. It just hypnotizes people, sucks people in, punches them in the face, and extracts money. That’s all you need to know. And that money goes to you as an affiliate. And you’re going to be able to customize these. So, I’m going to go inside and click on use. And we have a whole entire editor in built into the software. Okay. So, look, you can drag things around and drop them if you want to, but you don’t need to do anything. They’ve been written professionally by someone who can speak English. Okay? And it definitely wasn’t by me. My mom can’t even understand me. She wonders who I am sometimes. At the end here, you would add in your affiliate link. So, you can say my affiliate link uh buy through this link.

    Okay? And you would just just go ahead and pop in your affiliate link. But remember, you want to add in your clogged affiliate link. So, you know, whatever your affiliate link was. Uh, what is it in this case? Affiliate link.com. Um, let’s put Lindsay. Okay. So, you do that. And you can also add a button if you wanted to. So, you go to shape,

    customize it just to make it look like a button. And you can add your text over the top. You send that to the back.

    Okay. You can spend more time doing that. I’m just going to go ahead and click on save. And then you’ll download this as a video. Okay. So, this is one way to create a different type of content with the readym made content we have inside of the system. The other way is to use content real to generate lots and lots of content and mass blast that using the software here, Profit Studio, into YouTube and various other places on the internet with your affiliate link. Now, I’m going to go ahead and click on exit to save time here, but then you would able to download that. Now, if I go to ClickBank products, the same thing applies here. You can download and access lots of done for you material across various different types of products in the system. I’m just going to show you one more here. If I click on promo tools, okay.

    Uh, somebody’s asking a question here. Uh, somebody says, “Won’t there be an issue if hundreds of us start promoting the same product with the exact same review word for word?” No, you want to change it up a little bit. That’s a common question that people have. It’s a misconception. Number one, not a lot of people like to take effort. Uh I know I know there’s going to be a big percentage of people that just lazy bums and then never do they’ll never do anything, which is great for you if you’re willing to push a few buttons and blast this out. And then you change things up. I’ll show you how to do that. You all you need to do is just change some text in your title and a thumbnail image. That’s it. Okay. So, lots and lots of different swipes here. There’s articles here as well. Look at that long article. There’s banners, there’s tweets, bonuses as well, Facebook posts, and another video presentation as well. So, that’s that. Then we have also have Warrior Plus products you can also tap into. Do do you know about Warrior Plus, folks? Are you aware of these networks, JVZoo, ClickBank, and Warrior Plus? Just let me know in the box. Uh, somebody asked, do you have step-by-step training in the app? Yes, we do. Very detailed step-by-step training. In fact, all you need to do is click on this little hat. Everybody’s saying yes, yes, yes. Uh, somebody says only ClickBank. Okay, we have lots and lots of training as well. Listen, do you know what it is? The more networks you have um at your disposal, the more money you can make as an affiliate. So, it’s good to have all these various options available to you. So, have a look at the training right here. Look at this training overview, signing up to affiliate networks, setting up your affiliate ids, setting up traffic networks, finding the products to promote, crystal ball profits. This is the one you want to look at. This one’s made me millions. It really has. Okay. Uh, link cloaking affiliate review website. So, they’re very, very step by step and they’re short videos. Look, 5 minutes, 20 minutes, 6 minutes. That’s all you need, folks. That’s all you need. 1 minute 55 seconds, 2 minutes. That’s all you need to start making thousands of dollars as an affiliate. Okay. So, let me close that down. Now, I’m going to go to the marketplace section. Now here, marketplace. Check this out. This now will reveal to you all the top sellers right now in real time. Let that load.

    Okay, check this out. So this these are these are the top products right now, this very day. If we go to number three here, do you recognize this? Content reel, right? So content reel is number three in the charts. Think of this like the music charts, right? I’m sure you never we all know about the music charts. Yeah. But did you ever know about the digital marketing industry and that these products that we have that come out? There’s actually top I don’t know what you call the top 10 charts, the top 10, the top 20. There are charts for these launches that happen. Okay. Um yes, Melvin, you can hook up your your PayPal account so you can get paid instantly. Okay. you’ll get paid your commissions instantly by PayPal or straight to your bank account and you can start promoting these these products that are in the charts right now. The fact that they’re hot allows you to make and capitalize on the trends and the buzz that’s happening right now in the marketplace. So, we got Commission Gorilla right now number one uh Pitch Kickstart uh studio agency. You can go ahead and get your affiliate link and click on uh visits as well. So, you got JVZoo, you have ClickBank Network as well. Look at this. You got a lot more here. You see all these different products. There’s so many different products and these give you different stats and metrics that you can use to analyze. The number one right now is this one at the top. Then you got Red Boost. Then you got wealth manifestation, get paid to use Facebook at number four and so on and so on and and ac across a wide variety of niches and industries from smoothie diets to weight loss to uh social media, digital marketing, uh law of attraction and so on and so on. There’s even erectile dysfunction which Tony here might need to use. And uh yeah. All right. That’s that’s hilarious. Uh, Warrior Plus, you can also tap into that as well. Some incredible products. I use all three networks. So, I promote products on JVZoo, ClickBank, and Warrior Plus. You can start off with one, but remember, the more networks you have um access to, the more you’re earning potential. Does that make sense? Good, good, good. Fantastic.

    Uh, Hal says, “Are we pre-approved with these affiliate partners?” No, unless you use my secret code that you will have access to. Remember we talked about the secret handshake. Okay. Uh let’s have a look at promote. If I go to the promote tab here, check this out. Let that load up. This gives you another live feed. Now, this gives you access to thousands of products in the database across all of these networks. You’ll never run out of things to promote, folks. This will go on for years. Look at this. This will tap into the database of products across all these networks that have ever been released. So, not just the top 10. We’re talking like the thousands of products that have been released over the years. So, if you want something to promote

    and you’re looking across to span across either entertainment, gambling, health, fitness, smartphones, publishing, writing, self-improvement, writing, uh business, finance. Here we go. Look at this. There’s gold in these hills, folks. There’s gold in there. So, you can carry on and start loading and loading and scrolling and scrolling to find something that fits the type of audience and thing that you’re looking to promote. Okay? Does that make sense? Yes. From education to fitness to gambling to all kinds of stuff. Trillions can be made, folks. Trillions. Let’s go to ClickBank again. Look at this. So many different types of products from Forex to business repair, credit repair, rapid results, DIY, home, spirituality, coaching, options, bots, warrior plus, art, arts, enter can’t even speak. I need to take a drink,

    arts and entertainment. All right, now this one. Check this one out. This is my favorite one. The upcoming Crystal Ball live feed, folks. Now, this is where it gets interesting. This is the one that you need. This one has made me so much money. Now, this is a This taps in to a secret live calendar. Okay, this taps into a secret calendar and networks across the whole of the internet and live chatter to bring you upcoming products. Look at this. You will have never have access to this. So I know that these products are upcoming from on the 2nd of Feb, 7th of Feb, 8th of Feb, 9th of Feb, 11th of Feb, 25, and it just goes on for the whole entire year. This is key. Let me actually go and find one. Okay, let’s have a look at one person here. Let’s pick somebody at random. Let’s say we wanted to promote this product here. I’m going to click on view. That’s coming out today or tomorrow. Anyway, I’m going to go to the page and this is a secret page called the JV affiliate partner page. The general public does not have access to this. Okay, they do not have access to this. Going to turn that music cost because we have to really focus right now. This is very important. The general public does not have access to these types of type of pageent information here. What you have is secret information that speaks to the affiliate only. Okay? There’s lots of private information that’s given away here. And what you would do is you can find information like how much money is given away in prizes

    as well as the funnel. So if I go down to a page, normally vendors have a a a bit of information on the funnel and the price point. So if I’m going to just scroll down, this is all talking about the product, okay? Blah blah blah blah blah d I’m going to scroll down to find a bloody funnel. Where’s the funnel? Okay, here it is. Look at this. the funnel. Okay, the funnel. Now, this has probably come out already. Somebody’s saying they already received emails about this. That’s true. Uh because that’s just come out today. If we go back here, look at this. It’s come out on the 31st of Jan. All right, it’s come out then. So, that’s why people you’ve already started to receive emails about it. But we’re talking about looking to promote products ahead of time and knowing when they’re coming out. So, let’s go back to that page. Look. So, here we know that the front-end product is $67. So, I would normally get half as the affiliate. Uh, they’ve got upsell number one. Then they’ve got upsell number two at 197. And bloody hell, this is adding up to quite a lucrative promotion once you start adding up all these price points. Upsell number three. Upsell number four. Upsell number five. Woo! Look at that. How juicy is this? Bloody hell. And they’ve got a they got a bundle down here. Full bundle deal. 297. And if I open up my calculator right here, right now, um, let’s say I’m promoting the bundle as an affiliate, 297 divided by two. What is that, folks? What is that? That’s 194. That means I’ve got a potential of making $194 on every single sale. And if I make just 10 sales on that, what is that? That’s $1,940 in my pocket. Wow. Wow. If I Let’s do that again. I like maths. Even though I was never a good student, but when it comes to trying to calculate how much money I can make, I’m great at it. Uh oh, what did I do? 297 divided by two, that’s 50%. Um, let’s say I I refer 50 people. That’s $7,425 in my pocket in commissions. $7,425 in commissions in my pocket. How great is that? Most people don’t even make that in uh I don’t know in 6 months but I I can make that in just one promotion in a week by promoting a product and making that kind of money with just referring 50 people. Okay, this is absolutely huge. Um yeah, I got the math wrong at the beginning there, but hey, listen that I somehow end up making millions of dollars. Who knew? Who knew? Now, there’s something else that you don’t know, folks. Um, and that is um, vendors give away money in prizes. Yes, they do. They give away money in prizes. So, if you end up making the most amount of sales for them, they’ll give you an additional $3,500 here in bonus cash. If you end up second, the second biggest affiliate, you’ll get $2,000 cash. Uh, if you make the third and the fourth and so on and so on. You see what I mean? Did you ever know this? Most people don’t even know this. Yeah, that’s absolutely true. Okay, and there’s a lot more secret information on here. All right, so let’s go back to our page. So remember, the key is to knowing what’s coming out ahead of time so you can prepare your campaigns. You can create your videos with content reel, okay? And also within the software here at Profit Studio as well and start uploading them into uh YouTube, right? Does that make sense? Like content reel, look at this. Look at all the videos in content re of content reel. All these affiliates here right now have promoted content reel and have uploaded their their videos into there into YouTube using the um the keyword strategy. Look at this content reel. Content reel review 940 views easy. Do you know why? It’s because once the buzz is created in the marketplace, people the customer the prospect the uh potential prospective buyer goes to YouTube to have a look around and see what others are saying. it’s a review, you know, it’s human nature. You know, when I go and buy something from Amazon, even if it’s five bucks, I look at the reviews. We all do that. It’s just human nature because we want to save mental energy. We want we want to see what other people are saying, other humans are saying just to help us make a a buying decision. Same thing on YouTube. People go to YouTube to have a look at a review, to see the demo, and D. Okay, look at this. That’s all you would do. So they’re uploading content here which you can create with content reel itself and just blasting it onto YouTube. This guy’s got so many thousands and thousands of views. Okay. Uh let’s go back to the software. And again, look, this just goes on and on for months and months and months. And this is key because it allows you to create content posted on places like YouTube, be indexed in the search engines, be indexed into YouTube. All right? It’s about the weight and the algorithms. You don’t want to be the guy coming in last minute posting on the day or after they’ve launched because you’re not going to get any real you’re not going to get any real views, right? You’re going to put a lot more uh favor and wait in your corner by doing things early ahead of time. That’s the key here. All right, so now we go over to the traffic generator. Let’s go to the traffic generator module here. Uh Clayton says, “Will will faceless videos work to promote anything?” Yes, absolutely. They work. You don’t need to put your face in everything, you know. So, it’s great news if you but ugly. I’ve been making money for years doing this and never put my face on. It’s probably a good thing. Now, to blast out your video, this is what you do. You go ahead and click um add video and then you can upload your video here that you create with content reel. Um I’m just going to upload this one here that I made earlier. Um you know what? You could also download a video that’s already on YouTube, by the way. So, let’s say I’m promoting a product called Oh, well, let’s just go with content reel. Uh, I want to find a generic video about content. Let’s say it was this one here. Okay, let’s just say it was this one. What’s going on? This is Darius and welcome back to another video. I’m going to go ahead. I can copy this URL and I can go to tools online that download these videos. Does that make sense? There’s many tools online that download YouTube videos and then I can download it to my computer and then I can I can go ahead and just upload that video. All right, but you want to make sure that you know it’s I’m not going to get into the debate of if you can do it or not. If you can share your videos, if other people are allowing their videos online to be used and shared like using the share mechanism here, then you can do that. I’m going to show you how to do that later actually um in about 15 minutes from now. So, don’t go anywhere. Um, and that you can perfectly use with no problems whatsoever. But you you don’t need to do that. You can use Content Reel and other software. You can make your own videos and upload it into the system. Then you upload a thumbnail. Click on next. Now, here you would enter in I’m just going to put in what what was I promoting here? Blaster. Okay. Thumbnail blaster. Thumbnail blaster review. Enter in keywords. Thumbnail blaster. Again, just the name of the product. So easy to do. Enter in a description.

    Okay, you can click on next and then select all the affiliate networks that you want the video to be blasted out to and click on save and distribute and it’s going to blast that video across the whole entire network. Okay. Uh, we’ve already done that here. So, I’m going to go over to uh reports. Let me show you some of the networks here. So, we’ve got Twitter included, Reddit, LinkedIn, Forsync, Facebook, YouTube, Blogger, and a whole lot more. Okay. And then if I go to reports, I’ll show you some of these. Yeah, there’s a lot of networks. People are going crazy on on uh the chat right now. Uh, somebody says, “Are we going to get a replay?” No. Sorry, Rebecca. Uh, we did say no replay. So, let’s have a look at this one here. If I go to reports, let me find out where the reports are. So this particular video, I blasted it across all of the internet in a matter of seconds. So if I go ahead and click on open, let me just open some of these real quick. And they will stay evergreen, by the way, across the internet. So that you can generate passive traffic and passive affiliate income uh for as long as those videos are out there. Here we go. Look at that. Okay, check that out. Thumbnail blaster review right there. We got another one there on Reddit. How amazing is that? Incredible, eh? Look at that. Fantastic. Oh, LinkedIn as well. There we go. Fantastic. Thumbnail blaster on for shared. Look at that. See that review? I actually just downloaded that from YouTube and I I uploaded it. That’s all I did. I didn’t even make it. I didn’t even spend no energy. In fact, it’s Yeah, that’s all I did was downloaded, downloaded, and uploaded. There we go. It’s on Facebook as well. Imagine that, folks. Isn’t that easy to do? Yes. Yeah. Can you touch this? Uh uh easy money, right? Shortcuts. I like using lots of shortcuts. So there’s another one there. Daily Motion, YouTube. So as long as the videos stay out there, they can generate you money. I mean, how long did that take me? What, like 3 seconds. Really easy to do and you can keep on doing it and blasting your content and videos uh all day long. Okay. All a day long. Now, let’s go to the review website. So if you want to create a re a review, you can use one of these pre-made review templates. There’s no hosting fees. You don’t There’s no funnel charges or anything like that. And this allows you to set these up for any product that you want that’s out there even in the future, okay? Or even outside of the software for any type of product that you want. So, let’s just go into the first one here. Let’s go inside and remember this the trusted reviews domain. Let’s go inside. Let’s say we’re promoting um uh content reel. Let’s do content real uh review. Okay. In this here, this section here, I’m just going to put content real content reals review.

    Click create. Uh, somebody says, “Do the videos ever get banned or removed?” I mean, they’re out there on the internet. If they do, they do. Uh, I would say 20% probably would just because, you know, the algorithms or the platforms monitor it or whatever. But hey, it didn’t take you no effort. You just keep on getting those videos out there. Now, this is just a quick uh six, sevenst step process. Watch this. Look, my review of content reel. So, if you want to promote content reel, you can do that. Check this out. You can customize this like this.

    Okay? You can customize this to your heart’s content. You can change all the colors. Now, you want to add a video. I’m going to go over to YouTube. I’m going to use this guy’s video here. Look, he’s already made one. You want to edit this video? And I don’t care uh what anybody says. You can actually grab they’ve made, you know, when the minute somebody uploads content like this on YouTube, you give the permission to not only YouTube, but individuals to grab the embed codes and share videos like this. Watch this. All right. So, I’m going to go over to our page here. Let me close some of these tabs down. I don’t know how people operate with like 9 million tabs. I can’t. All right. So, yeah, that’s just maybe OCD or something. I don’t know. Uh I’m going to pop in the video URL here. And you can change the button on the uh the text on the button. Sorry. I’m going to put buy uh content real. Check this out. Button link. This is where you need to grab your affiliate link. Uh so I need to go ahead and create my affiliate link down here. Uh which I should have done, but I’m going to come back to that. So remember, uh just just make a mental note of it. Okay, a mental note here to add in our uh affiliate link. I’m just going to put affiliate link.com content real. Just pretend that was your affiliate link. Okay. And then I’m going to go click next introduction. I can upload a cover. Uh what is content reel?

    And here you can add some description content reel.

    Okay. You can obviously type in as much content as you want to your heart’s content, whatever product it is that you’re promoting. here. Again, I would replace all I need to do just replace certain bits. That’s it. Okay. Scientifically proven. So, you can actually go ahead and I’ve been doing this for 15 years. I remember having a membership club where I would create um review website pages for different products. And I was charging $47 a month in 200 like 9. Um and people were just loving it. They just worked and they still work now. Um anyway, listen. I’m going to add in some features here. I’m just going to make some up on the fly. Auto voice creation. Um, auto content generation and so on and so on. I’m not going to fill out the rest. Save time here. Images. You can upload some images here. Okay. Like so. Images of the particular product review overall review of content real. Okay. We’re nearly at the end now. I give product name. I give content real.

    I give content real. Um, how many points should we give it? Let’s say 4.8 out of five. You don’t want to do five out of five cuz that’s unrealistic. No, you know, no, no product really gets five out of five. You want to create a little bit of an indentation to make it a bit realistic. Uh, okay. Um, and then you could obviously just replace other bits here. I can see lots of questions coming in, but let me just get through this. We’re nearly at the end. uh not too far off for some great more uh things I want to share with you actually and give you a download link to this. You can access this content reel is a really powerful product. Uh I love the fact you can d whatever it might be. Bonuses if you want to add any bonuses as well worth 497 or 597 or 5 million you can do so. Uh, if you purchase content reel, a lot of these vendors, they actually give you bonuses. By the way, you know the secret links I gave you in this um tab here, the upcoming one, if you go and access those JV vendor pages that they provide affiliates, there’s bonuses normally that are given away. I would say 60 70% of vendors give away bonuses. We can you can just take those bonuses and put them here. Okay. Um, and title of bonus number one worth 297. We can just call it I don’t know. Let’s see what what my title. Okay. Uh, what can we call it? I don’t know. We can call it amazing

    video amplifier blaster 5000. If I could spell amplifier blaster. It probably exists. Hey, listen. I’m trademarking this name right now. So, that’s where you get as bonus number one. And then you can go out and do that for the others as well. I’m going to screw down to the footer and instructions to claim your bonuses. You listen, you’ve seen me do it. Abby do it. We offer bonuses from time to time. This is the exact same thing. Why? Because it works. All right?

    And then you would embed your link like so. Click on bold underline and add in your affiliate link. Okay. And then you could also add in your email if you if you’re offering bonuses. And here you can add in some button text like get product now. And then the button link here, your affiliate link, whatever it might be. 1 2 3. And then click on preview or save. Uh somebody says, “What bonuses can we give away?” You can give anyway. Anything works as a bonus. It really does. Oh, I didn’t click save. Let me click on save. Please add please enter a valid link. Oh, thank you very much for doing that, Mr. Software. Okay. Okay. There was one more place where I had to add a link. I think up here somewhere. I can’t remember where. Was there a button? Yeah, here.

    H. It’s not even a valid link.

    Who types https these days? I wonder if it works if I take that out.

    Validation checks. This that’s what it’s called. Validation checks. Soft is just making sure that you know you’re entering things in correctly. Not like me right now. Huh? What? I don’t know where I’ve missed something out. Can I delete anything? Can I delete it? Let me delete it real quick.

    All right, let’s just pretend I’ve added the link in here right now. Maybe I’ve Did I miss? Oh, yeah. Someone pointed it out. Anyway, listen. I’m rushing right now. So, let me hit save and show you that on the preview. so I can show you how it looks.

    Okay,

    time for a bit of hip-hop, I think.

    Good. Good. We’re nearly there. We’re nearly there. And watch this go up in the air.

    It’s still loading. Let it load.

    So this is what it will look like anyway if I go to the top. So this is the structure of the page. Okay, maybe I need to refresh or something. Uh my review of content reel and then here you have the video that you embed from YouTube or anywhere else and the button is here which you where you embed the link. Okay, so that would be your affiliate link right there. And then further down you talk about the particular product and the amazing features that you might have added in a few images from the software. Here come down here is the rating that you can give the software. Remember we did that in the in the flow any bonuses that you wish to add. Title of the bonuses one, two or three. Somebody asked about where they can get bonus from. Normally the vendor gives them to you or you can just find some PLR to give away. And it’s not necessary that you do that all the time though. Okay. Oh,

    somebody says turn up the music.

    Okay. I need to give a link here. So, let me see if I can grab this link. I just put that in there for now.

    Somebody’s saying turn up the music. Yeah. Okay.

    Somebody says, “Can I use my own domain?” Yeah, you can add in any URL, but you want to use an affiliate link, obviously, because when somebody clicks on the button, they’re going to go to the page, aren’t they?

    Oh, I know what I should do. I should just show you this one here earlier.

    Okay, let it load.

    Internet is a little slow right now with almost 1,000 people on. Kind of does that when I’m streaming with media, video, and audio.

    All right, it’s coming up now.

    Lindsay says, “Can you start singing?” I don’t think you want that. Hey, Lind. Oh, did it end? Oh, we got another one. Should we go another one?

    My page is loading right now. Come on, page.

    Okay, you know what? It’s a bit slow there, but anyway, when it loads, I’m going to show it to you. Let me just open up my pages. I’m going to show you where to add in the links. If I click on a new link down here,

    bear with

    Things got just a little bit slow there, folks. Bear with me, please.

    You know what? When that decides to load up, there’s too many people hitting the page. I will share that with you. Okay, let me turn the music down and bring up the slides again. Right. So, here were the pages. All right. There’s lots and lots of pages. You can see all the templates there. Now, where are my slides? Oh, that’s the link cloaking finally. So, here’s where you create the link. So, let’s say you want to create a link for content reel. And here you actually have to enter in your actual link for the uh affiliate offer that you’re promoting. So, let’s say it was um you know what, I’m going to go and grab a link right now. Otherwise, we’re going to have issues cuz it the software knows where you’re just trying to make stuff up. So, if I just go here and quickly grab any old link. So, let’s say we’re promoting this product here. Let’s just grab a real link rather than make it up like I was trying to do and click on new link. Now, imagine it was content reel promotion. I’m going to add in the affiliate link. And here, this is going to be cloak now. Okay. So, I’m just going to put let’s just say it was content real 123. Okay. Check availability. Click on save. And that’s my link now generated. You see that right there? So this is now the cloak link that you would want to use everywhere in your emails, online, on social media, on Twitter, wherever you want. All right. So that’s how you’re going to protect your commissions. And you can just go ahead and cloak and you can view all the clicks and the stats that you’re getting. You with me so far? Look at this one here. You see this thumbnail blaster one? You can see how this one’s got 48 and I blasted it out on um well within the software and it’s already got 48 views. I didn’t do anything else. I didn’t spend a penny in traffic or to get any eyeballs. I just literally just hit it out and that just continues to grow. So imagine doing all these different types of campaigns over weeks and months. Each one will be getting different types of uh traffic views and counts as and when like some are going to obviously take off more than others. But the more you start doing it and the more you have out there, think of it as lots of fishing nets. The more fishing nets you can throw out into the ocean, you’re going to catch different amounts of quantity of fish with me so far? That’s right. Money, money, money. That’s what I’m saying. That’s what I’m talking about.

    All right. That’s it. So, right. So, we’ve covered pretty much everything. Here are some of the pages from earlier. Okay. Um, here’s one from, let’s say, Thumbnail Blaster right here. See that? The title, my review of Thumbnail Blaster. We had a video embedded that we just found on YouTube. Welcome to my Thumbnail Blaster review. In this video, I’m going to be showing you what is Thumbnail Blaster. And I literally just found that from uh YouTube. Okay. And I can share it because I’m just using the the legal authorized embed feature. That’s it. And once I click on this, you can see it goes through to our cloak link and we can read more about it. The features, the images, the the rating. And remember, it looks like an unbiased review. Look at the URL on the top left. You see that? Trusted reviews. Trusted reviews.app. Look how it adds an air of legitimacy to the whole campaign. Right. So, let’s go back to our slides. So, let me go back to switch my screens real quick. Was that a good demo? Yes, absolutely. You love it. You like that, folks? You like that?

    Um, somebody says, “Can I use my own domain instead of trusted reviews?” Um, right now, no, because you what you’re asking um is something more complex that most people just don’t want to do. Do you know what I mean? Like, we’ve designed this with a complete newbie in the and somebody just wants to quickly make campaigns and get them out there. So, that’s a bit more technical though if you want to use your own domain. Fantastic. People are saying, “Amazing product. Uh, incredible.” I did answer your question just now. Um, how to track the commission income that you can track inside of your JVZoo account. Yeah. Let me see if I can bring up a screen real quick for you. Um, give me one second while you’re looking at the I can see what you’re looking at.

    Okay. So, you would log into your account like this. Okay. Okay. And this is the kind of money that you can make. And you just log in and it gives you like real in-depth data and recording.

    Yeah. If I actually show you um one of my accounts here.

    Uh where are Okay, here’s one of my accounts. I’m actually logged in right now. See that? Uh commission to earn in this account 388,00070

    uh commission pay 385 and 12 grand right now in some balance. Okay, that’s there right now and I like I don’t even need it. Like whenever I need it, I can just withdraw it from my account here in JVZoo. You can see this is live. Look, look at this. I’m in here right now. All right, so let me close that down. Um, somebody says, “I’m still confused about the blasting. Do I have to have a social profile with each of the socials first?” Yes, but it’s really easy to make a free account across the board from within the software. Okay, now let’s get to the good stuff cuz you guys are dying for access to this right now. Okay, now Profit Studio, first of all, nobody knows. Let me turn that music down. First of all, nobody really knows about Profit Studio. I’ve already mentioned it to my own private audience once. Okay, it’s worth $1,500. It’s too powerful to release out there publicly. That’s why you haven’t seen anybody talk about this before. Right? Remember this is it gives you a live feed of every single product out there on the internet, including into the future weeks from now, months from now, years from now from your bank account. Like you can withdraw money from these products straight to your bank account. We don’t take any commission whatsoever. It’s a $1,500 product. Okay. However, we’re selling it right now for somebody said, “How long in development?” 2 and a half years. Um, and probably spent like $250,000 developing this. Okay. It it wasn’t easy at all. So, that’s why we have to charge accordingly. However, I know that it’s quite out out of reach for most people. Um, so we’re selling it for $492. $492 is what I sold it to my own private audience for. But, okay, listen to this folks. Don’t go anywhere. Listen to this. But for the first time ever, because I know Abby, uh, I’ve known Abby for many, many years, Aby’s like a deal. Like, listen, we need to give our guys an edge. Please, can you do something for my subscribers? So, what I’ve decided to do is give you an incredible coupon code. Okay? They give you an incredible coupon that’s going to give you $197 off. It’s going to give you lifetime access to Profit Studio. Not for $1,500, not for $492, but for today for just $295. That’s what I’m talking about. Yeah. For just $295. They’ll give you lifetime access. There’s no monthly fees whatsoever. You’re going to get full support and software updates. Plus, if you order today on this session, on this live workshop before we end, I’m also going to give you a free copy of my own software called Scribble, which is the world’s number one ebook creator in the world. And listen, if you already have it, I’ll give you something else. So, there’s something there for you. It’s a free bonus. I’ve never given it away like this before, ever. I really haven’t. Never ever have I given it away. Okay? You’re going to get lifetime access to my own software as well. There’s no monthly fees either you will ever have to pay. You’re going to get full lifetime access. And to claim this bonus as well, you need to order Profit Studio today on this live event here that you’re with me right now. Okay, good. You good so far? Uh, somebody says if you if you already have it, somebody says I already have it. I’ll give you a different substitute, something more powerful, something that you don’t have. And I have many, many products in my Swiss knife. Right? Remember, you’re talking to a pro here. I’m Superman. So, here is a special offer today for Content Real members. I’m going to give you the link right now in 5 seconds in a Are you ready for this, folks? Yes. Let me know. Yes. If you want the Oh, the coupon code, by the way, was content real. Let me know if you want this right now. I’ll give you the link in the chat box. Yes. Let me know. Go on. Do you want the link to access this software at a onetime price?

    This is more important than winning a million dollars. This is actually like winning a million dollars. You can ask the audience. You can ask your mom or dad or the neighbor or you can or you can talk to yourself. The correct answer is yes. All right. Good. Good. Good. I’m going to give you the link right now. Uh, somebody says, “Any money back guarantee?” He says, “Rich Richard, yes, it is. You get a money back guarantee as well.” Listen, do you really need to ask that? Like, that’s like standard. Yeah, you get a money back guarantee, but you’re not going to want one. Okay, you’re not going to want one, but there is a money back guarantee. So, listen, go ahead and try it right now. Make money with it. And if you don’t make any money with it in the in the next 30 days, just get a refund. So, here’s the link right now coming up on the screen. Ready? Yeah. Here we go. contentreal.io io/profitstudio.

    Let me put it into the chat box right now for you

    and I’ve just put it into the chat box for you folks. So, go ahead right now. Click on that link. You get full lifetime access right now to Profit Studio. Use the coupon code. That’ll give you $197 off. Yeah, $197 off today, right now. But you haven’t got long. You’ve got until the end of the session today. Remember, there’s no replays. There is no replay at all. Can’t touch this. Let me give you a quick recap of everything. You get access to You get full access to the new Profit Studio software worth $2,000. You get the all-in-one affiliate commission system. You get a proven affiliate product dashboard. You get all access to all the top affiliate products that are out right now. You get a full secret live feed. You you get a live feed that reveals the latest affiliate products. You get a hot hot upcoming products as well. That’s the crystal ball mechanism module. Okay, it’s a secret life feed. That’s the That’s worth That’s actually worth I would I can’t I can’t even put a value on that because I’ve made millions from that. Hot upcoming products right there. You get readymade product reviews, fully customizable. You get instant review templates that are fully hosted for you. You never have to spend a penny on hosting or getting funnel builder. All right. You get the auto video distribution uh distribution system to get traffic. The anti- theft link cloaking is also included. It’s very easy to use. There’s no experience required. You’ve seen me do it on the screen right in front of you right before your very eyes. You know, most other people, they fake it. They they show you uh fake videos and pretend they’re they’re not live. I’m doing it live right here right now. Look, I’m doing a handstand as well and I’m exposing myself. Oh, did shoot. I didn’t say that, did I? And you get tutorials and support included, too. It’s just a one-time payment here today, folks. Just a onetime payment. contentreal.io/

    uhprofit studio. It’s in the chat box right now. Use the coupon code. I’m going to do it right now in front of you. Use the coupon code that gives you 197 off. Okay? Use the coupon code. Let me go over right now to the link and show you how to check out. So, let me open up the link. and up will pop a page that looks like this. Don’t use this coupon code here on the box. That’s the general public. That’s not you. You are special. You get a massive bigger discount. So, I’m going to go ahead and click on the button like so. Okay, watch this. I’m going to click on this button, let it load, and let me just select my currency. I’m going to go ahead and collect uh select uh US dollars. Obviously, you want to select your location, fill out all the other good stuff. Enter in the coupon code here. Look at this content reel. Watch this. It’s selling right now for $492. I’m going to go ahead and click apply. Watch this. Wa! I’ve got an incredible $197 off, bringing it down to just $297. You get full lifetime updates. There’s a 30-day money back guarantee. Go ahead and make money within the first 30 days. If you don’t make a single penny, go and get a refund. Okay? That’s how confident we are in this software and this technology using AI and the power of our secret algorithms that we spent two and a half years working on quarter of a million dollars invested in development. This has just made me so rich. Okay, look at check it out. Look at that. A massive discount. You know what? Nobody’s ever had access to Profit Studio like this at this discount. The minimum you ever sold it for is the $500 here. This is worth $1,500. So, you need to go over right now to contentreel.io/profitstudio.

    Can’t touch this.

    Okay, the link is in the chat box. You’ve got 10 minutes, folks. You’ve got 10 minutes. The time is going to start now. Let me just set my timer. I’m going to give you 10 minutes. Okay, you’ve got just 10 minutes. When you actually go ahead and buy, let me know in the chat box. So I can give you a shout out and support so the support team can sign you off there and acknowledge your purchase and make sure you get your login and you get access and everything is just good and dandy. Okay, so go ahead and get instant access right now. The clock has started. You’ve got 9 minutes 55 seconds. Go ahead and get instant access to Profit Studio right now. You can get access to Profit Studio at contentreal.io uh/profit studio. Wow. Friend friend said I just bought it. Damn, thank you so much. That was fast. I don’t know what your name is cuz it’s friend friend friend friend friend friend friend friend friend friend friend friend friend friend friend friend friend friend friend friend friend friend friend what what is your real name thank you very much well done oh wow thank you Hal Hal just purchased as well fantastic Hal well done you also now in uh thank you very much to Tanya thank you very much to oh bloody names are coming in right now thank you very much to Emmy

    okay uh Paul Tillery congratulations questions. Paul, you’re also in. Let me just give you a congrats in the uh in the chat box. Uh somebody says no PayPal. Yeah, there’s no PayPal in there. You can use your credit card or your Visa, your Diner. Um you can even use pound coins. Okay, congratulations there, Tanya. Well done, Richard. The coupon code is content real. Okay, you get a full money back guarantee. Congratulations to Lawrence. You’re also now in. Well done, Gabriella. Uh well done, Phoebe. Well done, Matthew. You’re also in right now. Nvaia, congratulations. You’ve also got your copy. Brooks, you’re also in Brooks. Congratulations. Well done. Well done. Like, nice, nice, nice. You should get your login. My support team are making sure that you get your login. So, let me know once uh once you grab it, let me know in the chat box. You you’ve got it. Uh friend says, “I’m in.” Uh I don’t know who. Well done. Fantastic. Thank you. Anthia is also in as well. Uh Ed says, “You need to use PayPal. PayPal sucks.” No, they they don’t like it. We made hundreds of thousands in PayPal. Um they they just shut you down. I mean that’s another story. Um PayPal are crazy. If you go online and type in like PayPal sucks, you’ll find so many vendors um that this kind of thing happens to. So screw PayPal. Um Stanley says, “I’m also in.” Wow. Stanley, get a get a round of applause there, Stanley. Well, Danny, also in as well. Uh let’s see who else is in right now.

    Satchin, congratulations, Sachin, you’re also in. Alexander’s also in. Ollie, well done. Uh, Kira John’s, well done. Bilal, Bal, my friend, thank you very much. You should get your login as well. My support team are taking VIP uh good VIP care of you right now. You’re going to get a first class experience. Let’s go through some FAQs at the same time. Folks, folks, folks, you’ve got just seven 7 minutes 52 seconds left. 7 minutes 52 seconds left. Uh, somebody says, “I will not get my credit until about 7 to 10 days from now.” Um, please message support and we’re going to we’ll lock you in. Okay, friend. Friend, you see that email is on the screen. It says [email protected]. If you message there right now, my team are on standby. And if you message them right now, we will lock you in. Okay? But that’ll be valid if you message them right now. You’ve got 7 minutes and 1 second left, folks. 7 minutes and 1 seconds left. Okay, absolutely. Thank you very much to Lul Lula. Lula Huba, congratulations. Miriam, you’re also in. Jasper, congratulations. You’re in as well. I love it. I love it. Cecil Hughes, nice one. Bonjour, Cecil, I love it. You are also inside the program. Uh Miriam, well done. Monica, congratulations. Tommy, you’re also in as well. Wow. Sounds like a big old boogie here tonight, folks. Nicole, congratulations. Robert, you’re also in. just purchased. Uh James says, “I got it plus the upgrades.” Congratulations, James. Fanning. Anthia says, “Go in, going, gone.” It will be in 6 minutes and 41 seconds. Uh Eevee Kane, well done. Well done, Eevee. Congratulations to you as well. You’re also now in. Lori says, “I’m almost in. I’m just checking out the upgrades.” That’s fantastic, Lorie Stevens. Guys, this is going super. I’ve never seen anything go so fast in my entire life. Josh, well done. Lacy, well done. Uh Jesse, well done. Aya Sha, well done. Sabrina, congratulations. Ruben, York, well done. You all said Marik, thank you very much. You also got your copy as well. Rex, you’re in as well. Leo, well done, Leo. Oh dear. This go so fast. I can’t keep up. I see the money dollar signs are coming in. Going to be making bank. You know what I hear? Money, money, money. Abba. That’s right. Somebody else is also looking in. Mark uh Paso Quinn is also in. Congratulations Mark. William Fuge also. Congratulations. You are in as well. Steven Barrett is also in. Well done. Fantastic. I want to give another one to Stephen there.

    Listen, you’re going to be singing like this too. Even if you can’t sing once you start making all these affiliate commissions. In fact, I think you can start rubbing that genie and asking for

    I love it. That’s it. Rub that genie, folks. All your wishes will come true. Uh, where was I? Oh, yeah. We were talking about the money. Um Um, somebody says, um, can you give me the webinar offer for 247? Um, no. It’ be a little unfair, but we can actually do something for you, though. Um, we’ll help you spread it over some cards. So, could you please message me support right now, friend? Friend. Um, yeah, you really need to use your name next time, but you you signed in as friend. Friend, uh, yeah, message support and we can get you in right now and committed and we can work out something for you. Uh, Steven Bar is perfect companion to content real. It absolutely is. Can’t touch this.

    Can’t touch this. I’m twerking right now, folks. I’m twerking right now. Uh, okay. Michael Johnson, how many Otto’s are in this offer? Just the one. Okay. Uh, oh, Mita. Oh, so your name is Mit friend. Friend, your name is Mita. Oh, well done. Congratulations, Mita. You’re also in, I think. Did you say you’re in? I can’t remember. Anyway, yes, you are. Uh, somebody says, “How do we use other videos from YouTube?” You know, it’s too late to go into the training. The training’s in the members area. Really step by step, easy to do. All right. All right. So, what is Profit Studio? Profit Studio is an all-in-one platform that helps you earn commissions by promoting proven affiliate products online. It contains handpicked affiliate offers to promote readym made review websites and promo videos to help you drive traffic and convert it into clicks and sales. Yeah. Oops. What did I press? I wanted to clap. Congratulations, too. Congratulations. Yes. Yes. Yes. Lindsay says, “That’s the singing I was meaning.” Thank you. Ad deal. Always wonderful webinar as always, mate. I would love to get in. Um, and I love all you guys. Seriously, you are the bees knees and the ducks nuts. I didn’t know ducks had nuts, but maybe we should check together. Fantastic. Uh, somebody says, “Can I pay in bits, too?” Depends what kind of bits you’re talking about. Yes, but please message support right now at scribble, sorry, at supportscribble.com and we will get you locked and loaded and allow you to pay in bits and pieces. Okay. Uh, okay. We can do that. Hannes Jordan is also in. Well done. Well done, Hans. Woo. Well done. Clayton says, “I’m transacting right now. I’m going to hold that spot there for you.” Well done. I really appreciate that. You are also now in. We’re going to take great good care of you. Uh, Alexis, did you purchase? Alexis says, “What do I do right now?” Did you go ahead and check out and purchase? Um, Rebecca says, “Can I pay in four payments?” Um, we we’ll work something out with you, Rebecca. Uh, Rebecca Jacobson. Rebecca, shoot us an email right now. [email protected] and we’ll do something for you right now. Um, why do I need this? Uh, okay. I’m going to I’m going to shut that sound effect up. That’s annoying. So instead of paying thousands for design tools, website builders, landing page software, link cloakers, hosting, domains, video editors, apps, and all the other stuff you need, Profit Studio has all the technology that you need to start earning affiliate commissions today, okay? Without learning new technology or taking more dumb courses. Contentreal.io/profitStudio is the link that you need to go to right now. This is directly and specifically and exclusively through Abby Devetti right here today for content reel. Okay, use the coupon code. That’ll give you a whopping $197 off today. The coupon code is content real. Go over to the link right now. I’m going to put it in the chat box once again for you. You go ahead and click on that. You’ve got 6 minutes and 25 seconds left. Alexis, yes, you can buy the upgrade later. Uh Lindsay says, “A deal. Did you say there’s a payment plan? I will email Veronica and or Jeff.” Lindsay, email. Yeah, email them right away and lock yourself in. Samuel says, “Uh, can I get a copy of Scribble? This is my purchase.” Yes, you can. I’m going to promise you that you get your copy of, uh, the Scribble Bonus as well, which is my own particular software. All right. So, that’s Yeah. Well done. You get that as well. Can’t touch this. I’m that kind of guy that likes to give everybody good stuff. Yeah. Yeah. All right. Fantastic. Um, yeah. So, message support and let them know that you purchased Profit Studio and that you want to claim your Scribble free bonus from a deal. And if you already have Scribble, we will give you something else. And support will let you know what other things we have and you can pick and choose. All right, that’s the kind of guy I am. Oh, right. Let me give some shout outs. Uh oh, Raymond Xin. Raymond Xin, well done. You are now also is a famous you are now famous and a part of the profit studio program. Well done. I don’t know why I went French and Jamaican and Rastaphiran all in one go. I I just don’t know how that happens. Um all right, let’s see. Uh uh Alexis says, “What about the bonuses?” What bonus? Alexis, you mean the scribble? Okay, I think I answered that hopefully. Anthia says, “Thanks for staying up late.” U you get me singing to you. How about that for a bonus? Um, Raymond says, “Please give me some alternative choices for Scribble.” Raymond, support my support team will give you those bonuses. And we’ve got a long, long list. Well done. Uh, meter is also in. Congratulations. Well done. Well done to Moses. Well done to Hope Levens. Well done to Watkins as well. Well done to Dennis. Congratulations. Uh, Donna, you’re also in. Jimmy, Jimmy, you’re also in right now as well. Macy, you’ve got your copy of Profit Studio. Karen, you also got your copy of Profit Studio. Uh, let’s see here. Uh, we have Leighton also grabbed a copy of Profit Studio as well. Kaden, you’re also in. Rehan, congratulations. Giovana, you’re also in. Aurora Fisher, you also got your copy. Wow, this is going so bloody fast. Uh, Harold Hafner is also in. Sounds like Hugh Hefner. Harold Hfner, you playboy devil, you Harold. Um, friend, what’s the secret handshake key that’s in the members area? Basically, you let them know a deal sent you. Okay. Uh, you can also message me support. Message support for any clarifications. Raymond says, “I am from the Netherlands.” Well done, Raymond. Congratulations and thank you once again for tuning in all the way from the Netherlands. Uh, Alexa says, “Yes, Scribble.” Yeah, support. If you mention support, they’ll give you access to Scribble if you want Scribble. Um, if you if you already have Scribble, we all can we can also give you another software called Presenter or one of the many other ones we have. We’ll also share the links with you, okay? So you can pick and choose if you want to. Lori says they are also now in Lori. Well done. I need a drink.

    Oh yeah, that was so good. Can’t touch this.

    Can’t touch this.

    Right. Oh, I needed that. Any questions, folks? Oh, there was a few more FAQs on the screen here. Uh, what products can I promote? The software shares the latest, the most profitable products and what they are. It’s also going to tell you all the new upcoming products and what they are, the links for them. Um, and it’s going to help you prepare your promotional campaigns before the public finds out, giving you an incredible edge. Now, I can’t reveal how it does it, but it just does it. Okay, what networks are these offer offers on? JVZoo and ClickBank, and we also have Warrior Plus in the upsell as well. Do I need to be an experienced affiliate? No, you do not. This is perfect for complete beginners. You saw you saw me do this live in front of you. Okay. Uh and it includes readymade reviews. Do you offer support and training? Absolutely. I pride myself on our training and incredible great support team that are supporting people and you uh 24 hours a day, 7 days a week, all year round. Okay. So, whenever you have the urge, you want to talk about the software, your love life, how I don’t know how sexy, whatever you want. Like if you need therapy, message us at support and we’re happy to help. You have about 4 minutes and 21 seconds left, folks. 4 minutes and 21 seconds. You need to hurry if you’re on the fence. This is a 4minut warning. Please hurry right now. The link is in the chat box. I’m going to paste again another final time for you. Um James Franon is in. Congratulations. Lorie Steven is also in there. Congratulations. Um Liz Les Nisbet. Les uh message support. We’re happy to help you out with a secret plan. Um okay. Uh James says, “What’s the email for Scribble?” James, um the support link is on the screen. Just take a quick picture with your phone. Okay. [email protected]. And that’s where you can contact my support team to help you make your payment. So, if you got a payment issue or you need help to spread this across your cards, like multiple uh credit cards you may have, go and do that right now. lock yourself in over the next you got 3 minutes and uh 40 41 seconds. Go right now. Okay. Go right now before the time runs out. Now, do you have a refund policy? Of course we do. We also we we’re so confident in our products and the success and the results uh that we can offer our customers that we offer you a full 30-day money back guarantee. Okay? So, go ahead and use this. You’re going to love it. Otherwise, you can just get your money back. contentreel.io/profitstudio.

    There’s no risk to you. There’s no hoops for you to jump through. Just one simple email and you just say, “Hey, you know, your breath smells. I don’t like the color of my screen or my computer. I’m having a bad just give my money bit my money back.” And you get your money back. It takes us one click. Super duper easy to do. Uh, can I buy later? Yes, you can. But you’re going to be paying $492, right? You will, this coupon code is going to expire. It’s going to be eliminated. And I can’t have this out have this out there um online. In fact, if I go to let me open up another screen and show you something. Yeah. If I go to Profit Studio right now, look at this. You can’t buy it. This is not for sale. Like look, look at this. I’m going to hit refresh. You can’t buy it. This is not available. This is only exclusively through Abby right now. Only for you as a VIP content reel member. Look, you can’t buy it. I’m I’m not interested in having the public access this even though I would make a lot of money. It’s just too powerful to have out there. So, I can’t have it out there. It has to be by private invitation only. So, so if this Aby’s link is available at sometime in the future, that coupon code is being eliminated. It’s going to go poof into the air and you’re going to be crying like a baby.

    All right.

    Oh, that’s hilarious. Yeah, I’ll be you if you don’t hurry up right now. Oh, let me have a look at the chats. One second. Um, okay. Wow. We got more orders coming in. We got Wilmer. Well done, Wilmer. Congratulations, Wilmer. Well done, Ross. Well done, Shane. You’re also now a Profit Studio customer. We’re going to give give you VIP treatment. Your login will be automatically sent to you via email. Make sure you also check your spam. HSA, you’re also in right now. Cynthia, you’re in. Arjun, congratulations. Sonny, you’re in. Elsie, yes, you’re in as well. Poppy Mora, you’re in. Pauline Dixon, congratulations. Yes, yes, yes, you’re in as well. Fantastic. I love it. I love it. Well done. Well done. Applause for you as well. Congratulations for all the people that coming in right now. Uh let’s see have a look at some other questions. Do you take a cut of my commissions? No, we don’t. Every commission that you generate is 100% yours. We simply provide you with the tools and help you promote the affiliate offers the easy way. Folks, the link you need to go to is on the screen. contentreal.io/profitstudio. You have 3 minutes and 21 seconds. Okay? You get full access to Profit Studio today, right now. Within 1 minute from now, you could be inside the software using it, picking the pro uh products that you’re going to be promoting and profiting. Pick, profit, and promote. You can see that slogan and the tagline on the e- cover here right now on your screen. Pick, profit, and promote. What did I say? Pick pickity pebbles. Pickled Peter Piper picked a bloody pe of pickled peppers. Pick profit. You know what? I’ve had enough. I’ve had enough. I need a drink.

    Pick, promote, and profit. Ah, that worked much better. Uh, somebody says, “Do we get a recording of this session?” No, Hans, we said there’s no replay. You’re not going to get a replay of this particular session. Uh, Anthia says, “I want VIP treatment.” Anthia, um, you know, who do you want around? You want a big muscular guy coming around or a nice little blonde? Uh, Alrich says, “Clickbank is fine.” Yeah. To give you a massage. Um, uh, somebody says, “Just wrote into support for the affiliate link.” Okay, that’s fine. Friend, friend says, “I’m in. Congratulations.” Anthia says, “No.” Are there big ticket offers in there? No, Alexis, there isn’t. Um, I need a password. Uh, what for, William? What do you need a password for? Uh, can I get terms for what? Uh, woohoo. Uh, I got it, says William. Congratulations, William. You’re also now in. Tara, you’re also now in as well. Um, uh, Angus, you’re also in. Uh, Damon, you’re also in. Congratulations. Uh, Connor, you’ve also grabbed Profit Studio. You’re going to get VIP treatment, too. Remember, you get instant access today. You got 2 minutes. Oh, by the way, you got 2 minutes left, folks. Just 2 minutes. You need to hurry. You really do.

    You get instant access today to the Profit Studio software worth $2,000. This is just a onetime payment today. You get full lifetime updates. You get a full support. There’s full training in there step by step. There’s no experience required. You get a proven affiliate products dashboard. All the top affiliate products are going to be available for you in the live feed. You’re going to get the latest affiliate products displayed to you inside of the live feed. You’re going to get our crystal ball secret live channel that will display hot upcoming products to you. That’s made me millions of dollars. You’re going to get readymade product reviews at your disposal which are fully customizable. You get instant access to to the ability to create affiliate reviews using our review templates which we fully host for you. You get instant access to the automatic video distribution system that’s there to help you to get traffic. There’s the anti- theft link cloaking software built in. It’s easy to use. There’s no experience to required and I might even come around and wax your legs too. contentreel.io/private

    studio. That’s the link that you need to go to right now, my friends. Well done. Yes. Can’t touch this.

    Emotional. Yeah, especially if you want me to come around and wax your legs. Uh Ola, congratulations. You’re also now in and you grabbed your copy. Uh Kadus of Goodus is also now in. Well done. Well done. Type chat for Diane Yang is also now in. Well done. Well done. Well done. Uh questions, questions. Um shoot me some questions. Whatever questions you have. Uh Anthony says, “Good service.” Uh good service your team a deal. Thank you so much. Friend Fred says the port has has not sent a reply to lock me in. Um I mean you can give them maybe 10 20 minutes. Uh they they’ll get back to you. Just send send in the ticket. I guarantee you. Don’t worry about it. We’ve locked you in. Okay. Rebecca says, “Is there an Otto?” Yeah, there is one. It’s It’s optional, but that um Otto gives you access to Warrior Plus products. So, Warrior Plus, you remember the software? If I show you here, let me just bring up my um software here uh the screen again. Uh remember this here, the Warrior Plus. So, that’s the Otto, the first Otto is that one. So, I recommend you get that because it’s just a onetime cost. It’s a small cost. It’s a tiny cost. And that’ll give you instant access to the Warrior Plus product as well. Remember, the more uh the more networks that you have access to, the more your potential earnings will be because you’ve got more products to promote there. All right, so that’s what I recommend. The link you need to go to, you got about minute, two, minute, 2 minutes left, team. Yeah, a minute and a half left, guys. The time really seriously is running out now. There’s no replays either, unfortunately. It’s what Abby said. Fan, congratulations. You’re in now as well. Somebody says, “Can I get a payment program?” Yes, you can email support right now. Anthony says, “Very good software.” Thank you so much. Clayton says, “I got my email from support back already.” That’s fantastic. Samuel says, “Thank you, your deal. You’re as usual. You’re awesome.” Thank you so much. I’m going to pay you $5 after the show. Uh Clayton says, “Is there anything else that we need to know?” No, you don’t. Clayton, you’re going to get you’re going to get your login and your email. If you got an appointment, you go, my friend. You you’re you’re good. We’re going to take good care of you anyway. And if you need anything later, just shoot us a message. Um, Richard says, “Login to profit link does not work.” Uh, Richard, I’m not sure what you’re looking at. Mark says, “I cannot log in. I’m not sure what you’re seeing.” Um, just message support. The link is on the screen. Support scribble. Oh, let me bring up the right email. Supportscribble.com. Take a quick snapshot with your phone. A quick picture on your phone. I’m going to leave that screen on the screen there for you. Take a quick picture of the email address. And any issues that you’ve got, payment issues, you can’t find your login spam, your mother-in-law’s giving you headache and or you’re hungry and you want a sandwich made, just email [email protected] right now. If you want to lock yourself in or maybe you’re a few pennies short from purchasing, email the link right now and we’re going to help you make that payment. We’re going to spread your payments over credit cards. We’re going to work out on a payment plan. Whatever help you need right now, now is the time before we leave. Okay? There’s no replays, folks. I can’t stress this enough. This is the most incredible thing that you’re ever going to get your hands on. You’ve seen me do this in front of you. Other marketers share automated recordings and webinars with you. I’m here right now in the flesh. Run out of Red Bull. Still surviving in my knickers. I don’t know how, but we’re just getting and pulling through. Contentreal.io/profit studio. That is the link that you need to go to. I’m going to go ahead and paste it in the chat box for one final time. It’s that make or break moment in your life right now. It’s the time where you decide what’s it going to be. Am I going to follow along? Uh start skipping and s and start singing hippity dudah hippity day. I don’t even think those are the lyrics by the way. But hey, let’s just imagine that they were. Or are you going to just going to think, you know what? Nah, I’m I’m okay and happy being broke and making the $5 online selling my soul on Only Fans. But it’s it’s totally up to you. But I’m showing you the right direction and the future. The golden ticket. I didn’t know what to say there. I slipped. The golden ticket, the yellow brick road. You are the Dorothy. All you need is some red ruby shoes. Collect those shoes, Dorothy, and you can come see the wizard. And I am that wizard waiting for you on the other end. Now, let me have a look at the questions coming in right now. Um, Rebecca says, “I got my email back from support.” That’s really See how quick they were. They were really fast, weren’t they? Richard said, “I think it was busy. It was just loading.” Okay, that’s great. Uh, Michael says, “It cleared after a second try.” Rebecca says, “How much is the Warrior Otto? Only 47 bucks, Rebecca. Onetime fee.” Uh, Mark Pquin says, “I’m in.” Well done, Mark. Yeah. Well done. You got a minute left, folks. You got a minute left. Um,

    Larry says, “Does it come with all three networks?” It comes with two networks. One of the upsells is the Warrior Network. Okay. Um, Larry says, “One of the upsell pages will not pass the offer.” Oh, that’s a bit weird. Maybe there there should be a bypass link on that page somewhere. I’ve seen it before, Larry. Um, just have a quick look on there. It’s there somewhere. Um, it should be at the bottom usually. Uh, Olrich says, “I I sent an email to your team. Thanks. This will, I believe, get me and my family out of the ditch financially.” Stanley says, “Will To-Do be there, too?” Will Toad Oh, not Toddu. Will Toto, listen, Toto will be there. The wizard will be there. The scarecrow is going to be there. Michael Jackson might be there in body, soul, or spirit and mind.

    I mean, do you want me to sing Thriller? I mean, that might not be a great That that might bring on the apocalypse if I attempt Thriller. Oh [ __ ] It’s more like bad. I’m bad. You know it. I’m bad. Um, okay. Raymond, if you want an invoice, just shoot us over an email and we can get you an invoice for your tax purposes. Um, Larry says it does not work. Larry, just close the browser. That’s the last upsell anyway. And then just check your email for the login. Um, Lindsay says, “Ad deal. I never got the chance to apologize last year that I was finally unable to get in with Income Genie. Um, okay. Hopefully this year we’ll be better off follow.” Lindsay, that’s absolutely fine. Listen, we in life go through ups and downs all the time. It doesn’t matter who we are. If we’re famous, if we’re a celebrity or the average guy, we are human beings and we go through ups and downs. One minute we can be on the highest high, the next minute we can be on the rock button. Rock bottom. Persevere, my friend. Persevere. We can get through this together. Okay. Um, uh, Mita says, “Support have messaged back already and awaiting on the exact process of a payment plan.” Freaking awesome support. Very excited. That’s how we roll, baby.

    Okay. Yeah, enough of that. Definitely a bit of emotional. I’m sorry. I don’t know how you’re going to sleep tonight, folks, after me singing or attempting to sing. Uh, Lindsay says, “Thank you, Deal. That’s why I love you, mate. Absolutely. I love the feeling is mutual.” Mita says, “When I can when can I expect the login um email?” Uh, within 3 minutes. Uh, yeah, within 3 minutes and a totickle that check your spam. If you don’t get it after 5 10 minutes, just shoot us over an email at supportscribble.com and we’ll make sure that we personally handd deliver your login to you on a goldplated plate. Did that even Listen, that’s all I got for you. That’s all I’ve got. Okay, deal with it. Um, Lindsy says, “Don’t puke when I say I love you.” This is disgusting. You’re getting all sppy, man. You’re getting all sloppy. Uh, Stanley says, “Are you Russell Brand’s twin brother?” I don’t know about that, but I’ve got that chest here, Stanley. I have got his chest here. Woo! All right. Uh, meter says, “Thank you a deal. I own Scribble. Can I please have presenter?” Yes, you can. Yes, you can. I promise you I’m ready to go above and beyond for all of you. Okay? And if you have that bonus already of Scribble, I’ll give you something else. Even if even if I lose money, it’s okay. Listen, I’m here to serve you and humanity in the best the best way possible. Listen, I’m here trying out here in the hood. Like, these streets are dirty. They’re hard. They’re sweaty and grimy. My darlings, I’m here for you. But listen, meet me in the middle middle with you here. Meet me in the middle. Go over to contentreel.io/profitstudio.

    Meet me in the middle. Abby wants you in the program. He begged me a deal. We really need to get everybody into the program. They they’re going to benefit massively by using Content Reel in conjunction with Profit Studio. They are going to transcend mountains and peaks and valleys and hit goals and figures that they never dreamt possible. Today is the day, my friends. You only have a few moments left. There is no replay. Take a quick picture right now of the link on the screen. And if by a miracle it remains there after this session today, then you need to jump with both hands. Go in right now into the deep end and grab it. But I can’t promise you that that coupon is going to be there. Now is the chance. If you need to split this over multiple cards, a Visa, ax, a Master, Discover, or I don’t know, one of those dodgy ones that you found off the internet, go ahead and message my support team right now and we’ll help you split it over those credit cards. Even if you have to go and nick your granny’s one or take one from Bob next door, we’ll help you do that. Okay? We’ll help you with a pay plan if you need one. Okay? Go ahead right now. My support team, I have VIP of the elites. We are the Alfreds that every Batman has. Okay, go ahead and message me [email protected] if you need to. We are waiting on the other end of the line. Um, let’s see. Lindsay says, “Yes, presenter for me, too.” That’s absolutely fine. You can get that as a bonus instead. Uh, Ash Davidson. Oh, okay. So, you were Ash. Really appreciate that. Ash is also in. Well done. Marissa, congratulations. Jacob, Cyrus, Astrid, Alma, Lewis, John, Husse, Nain, Exal, Maria, Christine, Donna, Nick. Congratulations, Gracie. You’re also in. Wow. Wow. Wow. Damn. All these orders have come in front. I’m sorry I missed giving you a shout out, but we we’re Listen, we’re going to take good care of you. I applaud all of you. You know what? You deserve a sex.

    Okay. Wow, that that was kind of short. I wanted I wanted a longer rendition of that. But hey, that’s all you get today. And a hairy chest. Do you know who sang that song? Does anybody know who sang that song? Listen. If you get it right, I’m going to give you a free copy of Presenter. Go let me know who sang this. Let me know in the chat box right now. Go on. I’m going to give you a free copy of Presenter.

    Yes, it was George Michael. I’m going to pick somebody at random right now. Somebody says, “I can’t make it out.” Oh, well, hey, listen. Everybody else got it right. Did somebody just say Barry Manalo?

    No, no, it wasn’t Barry Manalo. It wasn’t Michael Jackson as the laista, baby. Um, who’s going there, Danny? Where you going, man? You can’t go anywhere. Um, it was George Michael. So, let’s have a look here. Somebody wants it louder. Hey, it’s too late. It’s gone. Bonnie Langford. Bloody hell. Where did I find you folks?

    No, it was George Michael from Wham. Um, let’s pick somebody at random here. Um, let’s see.

    Um, there’s so many comments coming in.

    Rebecca Jacobson. Rebecca, you said George Michael, you get a free copy of Presenter. Okay, there we go. Well done. Well done to you there, Rebecca. Woo! Hey, you like you like I like you get a free copy of present. Uh Rebecca, just shoot over um a message. You know what? Let me know what your email is here actually before before people start emailing us and saying they won. No, no, you didn’t. It was Rebecca. All right. Um support team, can you see Rebecca’s email coming through? Just take a quick uh snapshot of Rebecca’s email. It’s twin dgmail.com. Uh, friend, friend, meet me. I know you said wham as well, but there’s so many that said wham. We just had to pick somebody at random. But hey, I might do another one. I don’t know. Let’s see. We still got a lot of people on. But listen, I want you to meet me in the middle. Come on. Abby wants you to go over right now. And he might even have a secret bonus for you. You need to go right now for the final time here today to contentreel.io/profitstudio.

    That’s contentreel.io/profitstudio.

    Um, I’m going to put the link in the chat box right now. This is your final warning, folks. The final warning, final chance.

    Okay, you may never see this again. There’s no recording at all. You’ve got your final I’ll give you one minute, folks, and then we’re going to call it a wrap. Okay, I I’m ready to help and serve those are willing to take action. If you’re just sitting on the fence, if you’re doing thems and the Rs and the doubts and the feelings are getting in the way, then I I’m I can’t really help you. But but if there’s an ounce of energy, of excitement, of anticipation, of hunger, maybe you’re motivated just a little bit and there’s something there inside of that eye of yours and that twinkle. I want to help you, okay? Whatever it takes. contentreal.io/profitstudio. ProfitStudio is the solution that you have been looking for. You know, being an affiliate is the best way you can start making money online. That’s how I started out. That’s how I know everybody started out because it requires no real investment. No, you don’t need to create a product of any kind. There’s no commitment. You don’t need staff. You go ahead and you grab that damn bloody affiliate link and you post it out there on the internet. And and if you make just one sale, that’s all it takes for you to start believing, turning your life around, just that one sale. And most of the products out there right now give you 50% in commissions. So promoting a product for 50 bucks will give you $25 in commissions. Promoting something worth $100 to give you 50 bucks in commissions. Does that make sense? And then obviously you have the upsells as well. And you get a massive cut of that as well. So if I bring my calculator open right now. Okay, let me do that right now. Let me find my calculator. So let’s say you got the front end and you got the upselles and normally you you know the bundle is like around 297. No, let’s let’s go bigger. Let’s say a product including the the upselles tally 400 bucks. making 50% of that ma means you bag $200. That’s in pure commissions, folks. Do you not understand how lucrative that is and juicy that is? People work a whole entire week to make $200 or $300. You could do that with just from one customer cuz it just takes one customer coming into a funnel buying all the products and you know the upsells and the downells and you for you to cake and clean up with $200 in your pocket. What would you spend 200 bucks on? In fact, I would go beyond that because $200 becomes easy. It gets more interesting once once you start bringing in more customers. So, let’s multiply that by 30 sales. That’s $6,000. If you think that’s too high, okay, fine. Let’s say you’re walking away with $100 uh from the funnel. Now, bring in 30 customers, 3,000 bucks. Do you think you can get 30 customers in a month to promote various affiliate programs through you? What do you reckon? You want to go lower? All right, let’s let’s say a 100 bucks for those that are really skeptical on the fence. Let’s say make a 100 bucks throughout the whole funnel from a customer and you only only only can manage to stumble and refer 10 people in a month. That’s a,000 bucks, folks. Thousand thou $1,000. It’s really, really easy to do. That’s on the low end. And you saw me show you my own account, some loads of some of my screenshots, some of my accounts. Okay, so the link is on the screen. Gives you instant access to the Profit Studio software worth $2,000. Okay, so last final chance. We’re going to close up now. Um, somebody says, “Your support has not messaged me for locking me in.” Go ahead and check. They will get back to you. Raymond says, “Can I become an affiliate for a profit studio?” The answer right now at this point of time is no, just because we can’t have this out there on the internet. It’s too powerful. Samuel says, “Why? Time flies. We have been here for over 2 hours and it’s been great.” Really? Are you serious? 2 hours? Samuel, you should see me when I go for 6 hours, my friend. I’m swinging my pants in the air and everything on those ones. And I have my webcam on. I charge extra for that. An extra dollar. Right. Okay. So, you know what? We’re going to wrap up now, I think. Any final questions? So, the link is on the screen. We’re going to leave the link up. There’s no replay right now. The coupon code you want to use is content real. Let me show you on the screen. If you’re watching this later on, maybe in a recording, if there is, you know what? There’s no recording. So, let me show you right now. That’s something that I would say in most webinars that if you want to watch it later on in a recording, then go to this link. Anyway, you know, I’m going to do it right now cuz this is your last chance. to write down the link. You would click on the button. Don’t use the coupon in this button cuz that’s a pathetic coupon. I’m going to give you a bigger discount. You would click on the button and you would type in your details, your credit card number, currency, you know, wherever you’re from. And you can see it comes up as almost $500. And enter in the coupon here. Click on apply. WA almost 100 almost 200 bucks off. Look at that, folks. You get instant access to the software. It give you lifetime access. There’s no monthly fees. There’s no h there’s no hosting fees. There’s no uh dodgy small print. There’s no secret terms and conditions. You get lifetime updates. You get full customer support 24 hours a day. Prior support all year round. There’s step-by-step training. There’s step-by-step tutorials. We’ll even sing you a song if you want. Uh if you want me to sing you a song before you go to bed every night, you can also put in a request to support to have that done. Okay? And happy to do that for you. But for me to do that for you, you need to go over to contentreal.com. Sorry, contentreal.io/profitstudio.

    Somebody says, “Why taxes charge for?” That depends on your country. Um I’m not sure who asked that. Somebody asked that, but that just depends on your country. There’s nothing we can do about that. Uh yeah. Uh, Lindsay says, “Abby, thank you as well.” Lindsay says, “Thank you a deal as well.” Uh, Lindsay says, “Yes, please. I love it when you sing your songs.” You need You need to help, Lindsay. You You need some therapy. You know what? I am actually a good therapist. Let me see if I’ve got a therapist song. I need a quick drink.

    You know what? Yeah, I needed that. Ah, good. All right. So, hello. Hello. All right. So, you know what? Oh, yeah. Okay. I heard you. I heard you enough. All right. So, we’re going to close down now. I don’t any Nobody wants to go. You’re still here. We’ve got hundreds of people still here. You know what? I’m going to do another quiz. Should I do another quiz? You know what? Let’s do another quiz. I’m going to give away a copy of Presenter. Oh, by the way, congratulation Mo for buying. Well done, Ola. Uh, well done Anna for grabbing the copy of Profit Studio for those that missed. Sorry I missed giving you a shout out earlier a few minutes ago. Uh, Damon, well done. Thank you Johnson. Thank you Far Mister. Thank you Neil. Thank you Galvin. Thank you Yang. Thank you Steven. Okay, well done. Well done. Well done. Make sure you check your spam folder, your inbox for your login. Um, Alexa says, “What does Presenter do?” uh presenter creates presentational slides, it creates ebooks and videos. So, you know, that’s actually useful for creating your affiliate uh reviews for profit studio. So, when you use presenter in conjunction with even um content reel, it just gives you a lot more firepower. Uh it’s really, really powerful. It really is. Uh Lindsay says, “I have a doctor’s appointment in an hour and a half or so, but would rather be here with you guys.” Listen, Lindsay, I am a doctor, part-time doctor. Obviously, I got my PhD from YouTube, but I am a doctor nonetheless. Rebecca says, “How much does a present hole cost?” Uh, the front end cost $47 and the upsells are like worth $400 or something like that. But Rebecca, I think you won you won a free copy anyway. So, yeah, there you go. You got your free copy. Um, uh, yeah. You know what? Let me do one more giveaway. I’m going to do another giveaway. Yeah. Do you want another giveaway? Would you like another giveaway? What do you reckon, folks? Should we wrap up or give give you another giveaway? Lindsay says, “You have you have me feeling absolutely wired, fired, motivated, inspired, picked up, turned around, and sat back down to get a deal.” Woo! I love that. I love that. Okay, you wanted another giveaway. All right, I’ll do another giveaway. Um Okay, I know. Um can you tell me can you tell me the the name of this artist and the song? Okay, the name of this artist and the song. Go

    in the chat box it goes.

    Somebody says you can’t hear it. What? Lindsay, you can’t hear anything.

    All right, we got the right answers coming in. Somebody said, um, Lionel Richie, are you mad? Okay, you need you need somebody to help you with therapy. Yeah, it’s not Lionel Richel.

    This is so fresh.

    Rock the night away. All right. Yeah, it was Michael Jackson rock with you, I think. Or wasn’t it? I don’t know. That That’ll do. Anyway, I’m going to pick somebody at random here. Um

    Somebody says, “Yeah, it was offthe-wall album.” Yeah, it was. Did somebody Samuel it was Samuel says Michelle Jackson. Well, you’re you’re you’re banned. Samuel, you’re banned. I mean, I knew what you meant anyway. But you said Michelle. Hey, listen. Unless they transitioned, but he’s no longer around anyway. Um, no. Let’s pick somebody at random. Um, eeny miny. Let’s pick somebody at random. Uh, Millie Evans. Millie, you know what? You’ve got yourself. Well done, Millie Evans. Congratulations, Millie, that’s yours. Millie Evans, could you give me your email? Well done. I’m going to share that in the chat. Uh, support, could you grab Milliey’s um email, please? And we’ll get you over a free copy of Presenter. All right. So, Millie, we’re just waiting for your email and then we’re going to wrap up for the for the day, morning, night, wherever you are. I don’t know. It’s like I don’t know where it’s like 2 o’clock in the morning where I am, but I don’t care. half naked singing Michael Jackson songs and scaring the cat. In fact, the cat’s probably died now after hearing my incredible lyrics and vocals. Uh, Millie, we’re still waiting for your email. Millie Evans, are you there? Otherwise, we may have to give up and forfeit your copy if you don’t respond. Where have you gone, Millie? Millie, hello. Hello. Yeah, Milliey’s got I don’t know where Milliey’s gone. Millie, you got you got 10 seconds. nearly 10 9 8 7 uh Hans Jordan says I still haven’t got my login. Hans, could you please email support and we’ll make sure we’ll get that to you. Okay. ASAP. Hans. Um so can you see the support email address on the screen? Hans supportscribble.com. Just take a quick picture or write it down on a piece of paper or a sticky note or tattoo it to your thigh. Um, I I find that just taking a photo with your with your phone normally is great because then you can have the URL on the screen on your phone and the coupon code, even even the email. Okay. If you want a picture of me, I’ll give you that, too. Okay. Okay. So, you’ve already emailed support. That’s fine. Just give them some little time. They’ll get back to you for sure. 100%. And if they don’t, if they don’t, I’m going to go around with my baseball bat and break their kneecaps. Sorry. Can’t touch this.

    Emotional damage. All right. Uh Millie. Okay. Millie, you’ve sent your email in. Thank you very much, Millie. We’ve got your email support. If you can grab that as well, that’s fantastic. All right. Yeah. Good, good, good. Okay. Right. You know what? You guys just don’t want to leave me. I I I mean, I can just sit here for another three hours if you want just singing songs. Listen, no. I will sing to you if you go ahead and purchase ProfitStudio right now. contentreal.io/profitstudio. Go ahead right now. The link is in the chat box. It’s on the screen. The coupon code for the final last time now is contentreal. If you need support, if you need a payment plan, if you need help spreading payment over multiple cards, remember it’s just a onetime purchase. There’s no monthly fees at all, which is incredible. Okay, really, really big. That’s a real big plus. You can’t find this online right now anywhere. This is exclusive through Abby only. This is not for sale publicly. If you go to the the official website profitstudio.com, there’s nothing there, okay? Cuz we’re hiding it. We’re not letting people buy this. We’re using it for ourselves in a small select number of people through select partners through private invitation only. The support email address is supportscribble.com. We can help you with a payment plan. We can help you split it over multiple credit cards. your moms, your dads, your brothers, your sisters, your aunties, your cats, your dogs, your neighbors, your I don’t know some someone’s car that you stole, whoever. Like, we’ll we’ll help you get this sale in and lock you in. That’s the most important thing is to lock you in right now. Right. Lindsay says, “I never want to leave you when I’m in the same room as you, Lindsay.” Thank you. Thank you. Thank you so much. Thank you. Thank you, Lindsay.

    Right. Okay. Michael says, “Great presentation. Lots of comedy. Thanks. I’m in. I really appreciate that. Michael John uh Johnson, thank you so much from the bottom of my heart. It’s beating profoundly right now. You know what? I’m gonna call it a night for everybody or an afternoon or a morning wherever you are right now watching this. I really appreciate you and your time, okay? Hopefully, you’re going to remember me in your in your prayers, in your dreams, and print out a picture of me and Abby and stick us on the wall. Screen savers. When’s the last time you even had a screen saver? Back in the day, we all had screen savers, didn’t we? Do you remember those screen savers with the pipes and the things and then the little virtual woman and the girl and Yeah. Yeah. Maybe I’m revealing too much here right now. But guys, thank you very much. I really appreciate you. Go ahead and purchase Profit Studio once I leave if you haven’t already. And I want to thank you today for everything. Okay? I wish you all the best and that you turn up to another future webinar. Abby thanks you. I can he’s in the background right now laughing his head off. He thanks you and he he’s basically saying a deal make sure they go ahead and buy Profit Studio straight away. Okay. Thank you so much everybody. I really really appreciate you all and until next time it’s Adal Chowry signing out.

  • 08/13/2026 – Alliant Webinar – THE GOOD, THE BAD AND THE UGLY – ANNUITIES

    Well, we’re going to go ahead and get started. I have no, so we’ll get going. My name is Malcolm Horn and Kim Kennedy was unable to join us today, but we’re both financial consultants with Allian Credit Union. And a common question that gets that we get is, “Are you employed by the credit union?” And yes, we are. We’re both part of the retirement and investment services division of the credit union. We’ve both been with the credit union for over 10 years. And today’s topic is going to be very educational. We’re we’re going to be talking about annuities. You know, people say, “Oh, annuities are bad. You shouldn’t do it.” But really, it does they do make a lot of sense for certain people. I’m not saying everybody should own an annuity, but it it’s it’s important to know what it is and how it can be beneficial for your situation. So again, today’s going to be very educational. We’re not going to be talking about any specific products, just kind of the high level of what annuities are, the good, the bad, and ugly. Over the next week, we are going to call everybody just to kind of touch base, see if there’s any additional questions you might have had for us. Both me and Kim are located in Denver, Colorado with offices in DTC and Lakewood. For anybody joining from out of state, we are happy to do virtual meetings. Anybody that lives in Colorado, if you’d rather do a virtual meeting, we’re happy to do so. I will answer questions at the end of today’s webinar, make sure there’s a Q&A box or a chat box that you can put in there to say, “Hey, I have a question regarding this.” And happy to answer that at the end. Um, we do have some upcoming webinars that I want to make you aware of. We’re going to be talking about Roth conversions on Tuesday, September 1st. Roth conversions is when you’re moving money from a traditional IRA to a Roth IRA, you pay the taxes on that conversion. Doesn’t make sense when it comes to your situation. We’re going to go through the pros and cons of doing Roth conversions. And then we’ll do social security on Tuesday, September 22nd. Um, what you need to know before you apply for social security. And then, of course, we’re the we’re we’re not the only ones that perform webinars. There are other financial advisors that are doing webinars. You can go online and look at those specific webinars and feel free to attend any of those. We do produce a podcast on various financial topics that you can listen to. And then our website has a lot of financial information if there’s a specific topic you’re looking for. So browse around when it comes to our website. Um there might be some information that you’re interested in finding more about. Also I want to make sure that you’re aware of for any existing clients of uh we do we did add a trusted will feature that that’s available to you. So, if you still need to get your will, trust, power of attorney, living will, HIPPA authorization forms completed, please make sure to reach out to your current financial adviser that you’re working with, financial consultant, because this is a service that you’re able to utilize now uh at no cost. So, with that, I’m going to jump into the good, the bad, and the ugly when it comes to annuities. So, I’m going to go off video and we’ll go from there. So, And [clears throat] so this is our agenda today. This is what we’re going to be covering. You we’re going to first talk about, well, what is an annuity? What are the different types? But I heard they’re bad. Are they really bad? How does taxes work when it comes to purchase an annuity? What’s in it for them? You know, there are financial advisors that all they do is sell the annuities. And what is why are they doing that? What’s in it for them? You know, but I get a free meal. Like you might be for anybody that’s over 65, you’re probably getting quite a bit of advertisements in the mail like, “Hey, come get a dinner and let’s talk to you about annuities. Um, you know, if you have an existing annuity, is it good? How can what can I get out of my existing annuity? And who can benefit from it?” This is today’s agenda. This is what we’re going to be covering. So, we are going to be covering quite a bit. So let’s first talk with let’s first start with what is an annuity. An annuity is simply a contract between you and an insurance company where you contribute money upfront and then receive payments over a period of time. You can receive payments in variety of ways including a lump sum or inventory. So when annuities were created this is what the annuity was kind of what was there for. You put money in, you get an income stream you can’t outlive. Now, annuities have changed quite a bit over over the last 60 years. But some of the reasons why people buy annuities is they want to protect their principal. They want a fixed rate of return. They want long-term growth with some downside protection. Maybe they do want income for life. And also maybe they want some tax deferred growth. So when it comes to what is annuity, yes, annuities were gen created originally to create income, but they’ve evolved so much over the last 50 years. And now when it comes to different types of annuities, you have immediate annuities and deferred annuities. Immediate annuities is when you’re coming in and saying, “Hey, I’m going to go to an insurance company. I’m going to give them a lump sum. They’re going to give me a monthly income for the [snorts] rest of my rest of my life. So, your income now, you choose how you want that income. You want that income to be paid out over your lifetime. Do you want that income to be paid out over a 10-year period or 15-ear period? That’s really your choice. You can use money from money they have in savings or you can even use IRA assets to do this type of immediate annuity. There’s also even something called a qualified longevity annuity contract, a QAC. What the QAC does is it comes in and says, “Hey, I’m going to put money into this QAC and this money that I put into it, I get to defer my RMDs until I turn 85.” So, it’s a way to say, “Hey, I don’t want to take my required minimum distribution. I’m going to delay until 85.” And then at 85, you have to turn on an income. So, that’s another form of immediate annuity where you’re coming in and say, “Hey, yeah, give me an income, but I want to defer that income till a later date.” But most immediate annuities, you’re coming in and getting a specific amount of income for the rest of your life. Think of as a personal pension. Another type of annuity which we see more and more of that we’re using for our clients is deferred annuities. This is more of an an accumulation investment vehicle where you’re coming in and saying, “Hey, I want to invest in a certain way, but at the end of that term, I want my money back.” So, there’s different types of annuities. There’s a fixed annuity, there’s a fixed index annuity, a variable annuity, and a structured annuity. and we’ll go through each of these types. Let’s start with a fixed annuity. [clears throat] Fixed annuity is almost kind of like a CD where it’s a term um you have a specific term. The insurance company comes in and says, “Hey, we’re going to give you a specific interest rate for a specific term and then at the end of that term, you take your money and do whatever you want.” Just like a CD, you buy a CD, they’re going to give you a specific interest rate. And once that term is done, you decide, hey, do I want to renew it for another term or move somewhere else? And the terms right now that you choose from are three, three, five, seven, and 10ear terms. Meaning that this is the term that you’re going to get that interest rate for. Kim and I usually use a 5year term. Right now, you can pick up a 5year term and get a guaranteed rate of 5.6%. 6% over that time. Your principal’s protected. If you’re using money that you have in your savings account, that interest is deferred until you withdraw the money. It is a little bit different than CDs because with CDs, you might buy a CD and let’s say you get 4% interest. Well, at the end of the year, you’re going to get a 1099 that says, “Hey, you earned this amount of interest and you have to pay taxes on it.” With fixed annuities, that interest is deferred until you take it out. With fixed annuities, there’s no annual fee. You can use IRA money or nonIRRA money to put money in. Um, and also most fixed annuities come in and say, “Hey, you can take up to 10% out without any penalty.” Yeah, interest is the first to come out. So you you would have to pay taxes on that interest, but you’re usually able to take 10% of your account value out within that first, let’s say 5year term. If you’re choosing a 5-year term, you can take up to 10% out within that first 5 years. Now, the thing to watch out for when it comes to fixed annuities is if you purchase this before 59 12, let’s say you’re 50 and you buy a fixed annuity, you’re not going to get be able to access your money until 59 and a half really. Because if you take money out, that interesting that’s been deferring, you’re going to have to pay taxes not only on the interest, but because there’s something called a early withdrawal penalty before 59 and a half that the IRS imposes that says, “Hey, you took money out before 59 12. We’re going to penalize you for early withdrawal penalty.” So, just be aware of that. But like you once you’re over 59 and a half, like let’s say you’re 60 years old, purchase a 5-year term. At 65, you take all your money out. Yeah, you’re going to be paying taxes on the the interest you’ve earned, but that’s it. So, this is a fixed annuity. It’s just, you know, it’s a specific interest rate to a specific term. So, you can see on this chart, like, let’s say you purchase a 3-year fixed annuity, earns 4%. Well, you know how much interest you’re going to earn at the end of that term. Now, there’s something called a fixed index annuity and you time horizon usually is 5, seven or 10 years. We like the five years, you know, 5, seven years is kind of the the term that we like, but your principal’s protected, meaning well, one, your principal’s protected. You earn interest based on what the market does. So, the biggest index out there is the S&P 500 index. So, it’s a way for you to invest in the market and have your principal protected because if you come in and say, “Hey, I don’t know what the market’s going to do.” If the market goes up, great. You’re going to earn interest. If the market goes down, well, you’re not going to lose anything. You’re not going to earn any interest, but we’re protecting your principal. So, you earn interest based on the return of the market. There’s no annual fee. Also, you can use money in IAS or nonIRAS to purchase this and knowing if a yeah, every year your interest is going to be based on whatever that indexes you choose. So again, if you choose a S&P 500 index, it it’s always a one-year look back. Here’s a good example of this. Let’s say in year one, the market was up, you earn interest. Year two, the market was up, you earn interest. Year three, the market goes down. Well, the market was down. You don’t lose anything. Your principal is protected, but now we get to restart at that lower point. So, as long as the market goes back up, we’re going to earn interest. We don’t have to wait for it to get back to its previous high water mark. So that is one benefit of the FIA, the fixed index annuity is that again you’re earning interest when the market’s up, market goes down, you’re not losing anything. Yeah, you don’t earn any interest, but you don’t lose anything. And there’s no annual fee for this type of contract either. So it’s another way to invest in the market, but protect it. So if the market goes down 30%, again, who cares? You’re not losing a penny. There’s also something called variable annuities. Variable annuities, you can usually choose between a 3 to 10year time horizon. You have the ability to invest in the market. Um, your risk to principal is based on the performance of the market. So, if the market goes down, well, you’re going to see your account go down. With variable annuities though, what you’re paying for is something called a mortality and expense fee. and this expense is saying coming in and say, “Hey, if I put $100,000 in and the market goes down 40%.” And I die that same day, the 100,000 you put into it is fully protected. So there’s a death benefit. The death benefit with variable annuities is whatever you usually put in. So you put 100,000 in, you know, your beneficiaries are going to receive 100,000 regardless of whatever happens with the market. Um, with variable annuities, the fees can range. I’ve seen variable annuities from anywhere from 2 and a half all the way up to 4 and a.5%. Because it all depends on what you’re purchasing for that variable variable annuity because the investments usually have a 1% fee. The emin usually is 1%. Maybe you’re purchasing a another type of rider that’s another 1%. I mean all that starts to add up and that’s where it comes into a very expensive contract. So we don’t like expensive contracts. But anyways, you can also purchase variable annuities with IAS and nonirra assets.

    The next type of annuity that’s out there that’s become a little bit more common over the last 10 years is something called a structure annuity. A structure annuity usually time frame of 6 years but you have the ability to invest in an index just like the variable variable annuity but now you have the ability to invest in an index like the S&P 500 but you might get better rate returns than investing in a fixed index annuity and you have some downside protection. What that means is oh so let me let me again gains are tax deferred there’s no annual fee money can be used with IAS and non nonirra assets with the structured annuities again kind of how this works is that you invest in the S&P 500 and you have bigger cap rates than the fixed index annuity. So for example like with the fixed index annuity like cap rates are around 9%. meaning that’s the most you could earn. But with structured annuities, they’ll come in and say, “Hey, you can earn up to 16% interest.” So again, you’re tied to the S&P 500, no fee, and depending on what the S&P 500 does, you’re going to earn all the way up to 16%. So if the market does say 12%, you’re going to get 12%. If the market does 30% per se, well, you’re going to be capped at 16%. Now, on the flip side of it, there’s some downside protection. With the fixed index annuity, they come in and say, “Hey, you’re going to be capped at 9, but we’re going to protect your principal.” With structured annuities, they’re coming in and saying, “Hey, look, we’ll give you a higher upside, say 16%.” But you’re still have the ability to lose money if the market goes down more than 10%. So you come in and say, “Hey, I want the 10% protection bucket.” Meaning that if the market goes down more than 10%, that’s what you could possibly lose. So in an example, let’s say the market goes down 15%. The first 10% you do you do not participate in, you only participate above that 10. So you’d be down five. So that’s how they’re structured annuities. You can come in and choose a 10, 20, or even a 30% protection, meaning that you choose how much protection you want to have in place. So, if I chose the 20%, you know, they’re happy to give you 20% protection, but your cap rate might go down. It might go down to 12%. They’ll come in and say, “Hey, on the upside, we’ll give you up to 12%.” And of whatever the market does, but then downside, you’re only going to lose money if the market goes down more than 20%. So, with these structured annuities, they’re they’re interesting vehicle where it’s like, “Hey, let’s invest in the market, but I want more than 9%.” But you have to go with, you know, the ability, you go with the option of, well, if the market goes down more than that, you could still lose money. [gasps] There’s also with these structured annuities something called a particip participation rate where you come in and say hey I want a participation rate meaning that if I invest in the S&P 500 and the market does 20% they might come in and say okay the market did 20% and we’re going to give you 130% of whatever that index did. So that means that hey the S&P like I can go out and buy a Vanguard S&P 500 index and if the that index does 20% well my participation will actually outperform that by 30%. So my return would be 26%. So that’s what a participation uh rate is. You come in and say hey participation could range anywhere from 80 down to 130%. depending on what index you choose, but that’s what a participation rate is when it comes to these structured annuities. Now, remember with the risk of the risk of the market, you know, think about it. If I’m down 20%, I have for for the market to break even, I need the market to go do 25% the next year. So you can see where these structured products or even fixed annuities can be beneficial because it’s think about it this way. If I chose the 15% if I chose the 10% protection in place and the market’s down 15%. Well, no, let’s do let’s do it a different way. Let’s say I chose the 10% protection and the market’s down 20%. verse someone that just bought the S&P 500 index. [clears throat] They’re down 20%, I’m down 20%. But remember, the first 10%, I don’t participate. I only participate if the market’s down more than 10. So, I’m down 10. So, that means the next year for me to break even, I only need 11.2% rate of return where versus that other person that invested in the S&P 500 index needs a 25% rate of return just to break even. So, it’s a different way to kind of think about investing in the market where you have protection. Remember, if you’re down 50, if the market’s down 50%. The market has to do 100% rate of return for you to break even. So, having some downside protection is sometimes important. Now, there’s all types of different annuities and all types of different kind of ways you can invest. And you can see from this chart like the lowest risk like you can just put your money in savings cash you have no risk besides inflation risk. And then the highest risk is going out there and buying individual stocks. So when you think about fixed annuities, they’re just right in line with like CDs. Fixed index annuities are a step above that because there is a possibility that you couldn’t earn no interest for the year. And then variable annuities structured products are kind of well structured products are even before variable annuities on this kind of risk line in regards to how much of my principle is at risk. Okay, the good, the bad, and the ugly annuities are bad. We hear it all the time. Annuities are bad. Well, why? Why are they bad? Well, one probably because of the fees, the holding period, and they keep all my money. Those are common things that we hear. Well, let’s talk about variable annuities because we hate variable annuities because of the amount of fees that you pay. Again, as I mentioned, mortality expense fee 125, sub account failures, which is the investment fees are one, writer charges, you know, maybe you’re buying a a lifetime income 125. So your total fees is 3.5%. On that variable annuity. So again, you know, 15 20 years ago, variable annuities are very, you know, very popular and they’re very expensive. And so this rationale like, hey, they’re bad. Annuities are all annuities are bad. Well, it depends on what type of annuity it is. a variable annuity that has a very high fee, you can categorize as yeah, it’s bad because you nowadays you can buy an annuity at no fee or even much cheaper fees and get the same type of benefits. Well, what about the holding period? I never get my money. Well, again, you choose how long your money is with them. As with fixed annuities, you can choose a 3, five, 7, or 10 year time horizon. Just like CDs, I’m going to choose a four-year CD. That’s how long your money is going to be there. Now, during that time, if you needed to access your money, you can pull up to 10% out without any penalties. But if you pull more than that out, you’re going to be penalized. And again, with a holding period surrender charges, they can range anywhere from 3 to 15. I’ve seen some annuities that have 20-year surrender charges that it’s ridiculous. So ridiculous to have that long of surrender charges on annuities. But you you just have to watch out for like when you purchase annuity, how long is the surrender period? You know, there’s annuities that I’ve come across where they they give you a bonus. They’re going to give you a 30% bonus, but even though it’s a 10year surrender charge, with you getting a bonus, they add another 5 years on the back end. So when you are purchasing an annuity, just watch out for the holding period, the surrender charges. You know, that’s where people come in and well, I don’t want to hold my money there for 10 years. Yeah, I don’t blame you. So it’s really important to kind of understand like, hey, depending where you go into, what type of annuity you go into, look to see what is holding period, and if I need to access money, how do I access access it? Because sometimes you can access your money if you have terminal illness, nursing home or even, you know, death. This money goes to the beneficiaries and they get to do whatever they want with it.

    But they keep all my money, deferred annuities, walk away value. Well, that’s not the case. You know, maybe 30 years ago, 40 years ago, you purchase an annuity and a lot of times people would come in like, I’m just going to choose a single life. So, well, single life annuity, you put your money in, you’re getting income, and in 2 years, you die. That insurance company that set up that single life comes in and keeps all your money because you chose a single life. Nowadays, I have I mean, I’ve been doing this for over 20 years. I don’t think I’ve had one client annuize their contract. But nowadays, if you’re coming in and saying, “Hey, I want lifetime income.” That’s great. you put your money in will create a lifetime income. But if something would happen to you, let’s say, you know, something happened to you within two years. Whatever you put into that, there’s this benefit this there’s this there’s this value that your beneficiaries are going to receive. So nowadays, these annuities you put money in, even though you create income, your beneficiary is going to receive something if you haven’t lived kind of a this long life expectancy. So yeah, people might come in and say, “Well, they’re just going to keep your money.” That’s not the case. Unless you unless you chose a single lifetime option, which most time nobody ever does anymore. Okay, let’s talk about taxes. And this really has to do where if you’re taking money out of your savings account or non-retirement and putting money into this. So let’s say you have money in savings. You take money into savings and put into a fixed annuity. That fixed annuity earns interest and that interest is compounded. And when you take that out, that’s when you pay the taxes. So again, the earnings compound, the principal compounds, and you don’t pay taxes until you take the money out. Now, if you purchase a fixed annuity with an IRA, it’s still an IRA. whatever you put into it when it comes out, you have to pay taxes on it. So, also there’s something called a 1035 exchange. If you have a fixed annuity, you’re like, “Hey, I don’t want to pay the taxes on this. I want to continue deferring the taxes.” You can do a 1031 and move that money to a new annuity and still have that interest deferred. I’m working with an individual owner right now. He’s working. He’s in a 24% tax liability and he had this money in CDs and it continued to add to his tax liability each year. We’re able to put this money into a fixed annuity. He’s going to retire in 3 years. When he retires, he’s going to be in a 12% tax bracket. So, we’re saving almost 10% 12% in taxes on deferring this interest until he retires and takes it out. So, there is this tax planning angle when it comes to you know these annuities. If you’re trying to defer taxes to a later point, especially if you’re in a 32% tax bracket and you know you’re going to be in a lower tax bracket of retirement, it might make sense to go down this path. Okay, what’s the name for the insurance companies? Well, just like a bank, if you purchase a CD with a bank, they might come in and say, “Hey, we’re going to give you 4%.” They turn around and lend that money out and get 6%. So that 2% difference is the profit that they’re making. Same with these insurance companies. They might come in and say, “Hey, we’re going to invest give you 5.6% for a 5year term, but we’re going to turn around and invest it in very high quality individual bonds. Maybe we’ll invest in lend it out or invest in stocks. Our goal is to get more than a 5.6%.” And that’s the profit that they get. So if they’re able to get, let’s say, 7% on your money, their profit is 1.4%. 4%. There’s other ways to to there’s other ways that the insurance companies make the money. For example, with variable annuities, the me fee, the rider fees, the investment fees, all of those are part of their profit. I used to work for a company called Valick. Valick primarily dealt with variable annuities. And there’s a lot of times I’d see, okay, you put 100,000 in it and it’s worth $400,000. You’re paying an M& fee for nothing because at the end of the day, your beneficiaries will get $400,000 unless the market drast.

    There’s never going to be a situation where the 100,000 that account is is going to go below $100,000 because it’s worth 400. So, you know, these are other ways that these insurance companies make profit on investing with the annuities.

    Ultimately, you know, there’s no free lunch. You know, when you talk about these, there are these advisors out there and all they do is sell annuities and they do these expensive dinners and they do these demoners and they talk about annuities and a lot of times those annuities they’re they’re getting anywhere from 10 to 12% commissions on those annuities that they’re selling. You’re also buying an annuity that has anywhere from 10 to 15 year time horizon. Meaning your money is locked up for 10 to 15 years, but that’s how they’re paying for that dinner. That dinner is not cheap. That dinner could be $1,000. But if they’re able to come in and sell one annuity that pays for the dinner. So, and sometimes there’s annuities out there that are just too good to be true. You and it’s how it’s presented. Oh, I will give you a 30% bonus, but that 30% bonus that you’re get, the only way that you get that money out is you have to create a lifetime income. So, it’s understanding the details of that specific annuity. And sometimes those annuities have very high fees, long surrender charges. So, when it comes to this no free lunch, just know like if you go to a dinner seminar and you’re like, “Oh, this this annuity sounds great.” We’re happy to review and show you what’s the good, the bad regarding that. Now, at the end of the day, there are people that have annuities. I mean, if you currently have annuity and you’re like, “Well, I really don’t understand this annuity that I have. I want to know more about it.” Kim and I are happy to review it with you. No obligation review. Kind of show you what’s good, what’s bad, you know, would you turn on the income? you know, if you want to try to unwind it, we can unwind it. You know, is there a way to reduce costs, you know, increase some of the benefits, you know, whatever the case is, we can look at everything when it comes to that annuity and see show you what’s good, what’s bad with it, if you have one. So, who can benefit from these types of products? Well, if you’re looking for tax deferral, maybe you are in a high tax bracket, but you know you’re going to be in retirement in a low tax bracket. Maybe tax deferral would be beneficial. Maybe you’re looking for a higher fixed rate. Right now, a 5-year CD is paying around 4.1 4.5 where we know with fixed annuities we can pick up 5.6. Maybe you want growth potential, but you want to protect your principal. You’re concerned about what the market’s going to do. Well, if we’re wrong and the market does really well, you’re capizing capitalizing on it. If you’re right and the market goes down, well, your principal was protected. Maybe you need guaranteed income. You know, maybe you’re single, no kids, and you’re looking, hey, when I want to retire, I want to get the most income possible. So maybe creating more of a guaranteed income or personal pension is important to you. Maybe a death benefit is important. You’re coming in and saying, “Hey, look, I want to invest in the market and I believe in the market, but if anything happens and something happens to you, I want to at least have this principle protected for my beneficiaries.” And also, annuities can avoid probate. Again, with annuities, you list the beneficiary. You list who you want this money to go to. So if you want this money to go to your son, you can indicate, yeah, this money will go to my son. And if something would happen to you, this money goes to your son. And then your son decides if he wants to pull it all out or kind of stretch it over his life expectancy. So is an annuity right for me? Annuities aren’t right for everyone. At the end of the day, they’re not. There’s been times when I I look at an annuity I’m like that does not make sense. What’s the point to do so

    if annuity might be a good choice if you’re looking at creating more lifetime income for yourself and also a way to say hey I don’t know how long you’re going to live. It’s a longevity contract. You’re going to get this income for the rest of your life. No matter how long you live, you lived 105, you’re going to get this income. So that could be right for you if you want to reduce your risk when it comes to your portfolio. Maybe it makes sense for you. But again, it’s what what is your specific goals? And that’s kind of the questions you have to ask. Facts versus fiction. They’re too expensive. Well, some annuities are very expensive. Some h have no fees at all. They have hidden fees. Well, I by federal and state rules, they’re required the fees to be transparent. Now, I can tell you with variable annuities, you may not see all the fees cuz when it comes to the investment fees or maybe even the mortality and expense fee, you necessarily don’t see it, but there’s fees there. And we can happily show you what those fees are. They have high commissions. Yeah, there are there are annuities out there where the advisor that sold it to you gets a very high commission, but most of the time it doesn’t come out of your pocket. Meaning that if you put 100,000 in, that’s 100,000 that’s invested. That insurance company comes in and says, “Well, you just signed up for a 15-year time horizon on that annuity. So, we’re going to give this advisor, whoever sold it to you, a very high commission for doing so.” So, just watch out. Again, it’s all tied to the surrender charges. Um, but most, if not all, annuities, the commission does not come out of your money. Meaning, like, let’s go back to that 5.6%. 5.6 is what you’re going to get. You put 100,000 in, 100,000 is invested, that’s what’s earning the interest. that the FX annuity does pay a commission to the adviser whoever sold that to it, but it’s not coming out of your money. I can’t touch the money. Well, nearly all annuities have some kind of withdrawal feature. Meaning, if you needed to withdraw some money, there’s a certain amount that you can withdraw without any penalties. But if you do withdraw more than that, then that’s possibly when you could lose some of your principal or lose most of the interest you make. They’re too confusing. Well, sometimes they are. Some of the availabilities are very expensive, but that has to do with maybe the riders you’re signing up for or what you’re trying to accomplish with them. But we try to make them as simple as possible when it comes to what what makes the most sense for your situation. Now, let’s talk about some of the planning that Kim and I do for our members when it comes to does annuities make sense or not. So, Richard and Deborah came and saw us. Richard’s going to retire at 67. Deborah’s going to retire at 65. Richard has some health issues, so he’s going to we’re using a shorter life expectancy for him. They’re both contributing to the 401k. They’re maxing that out. receiving a match. We have their income coming in. We know what their social security benefit looks like. And Rich is going to receive a PBGC. They want to live on about $90,000 a year. Their healthcare is about 6,000 per person and they’re going to travel spend about $12,000 a year for travel. And we’re looking at federal and state taxes. So when we start putting these pieces together, you know, the first thing we want to look at is, hey, based on your assets, are you able to replace your income? And so you see the blue, that’s the income that they have coming in from working. The dark blue is social security they’re going to be receiving. And then the teal is the PBGC. Yellow is them taking money out of their investments. And the red is required minimum distribution. So when we look at this, it tells us that when it comes to kind of 49% of their expenses are covered with guaranteed income.

    Well, if they if they wanted to consider some of the assets, if they wanted to look at an annuity to increase their guaranteed income to pay more of their expenses, we can consider that and say, okay, if we came in and purchased an annuity that’s going to provide you a lifetime income, does that increase your covered expenses? So by buying an annuity actually increases 60 now 68% of their expenses are completely covered with guaranteed income. Meaning that you have guaranteed income coming in for the rest of your life and it’s covering 68 to 80% of the expenses that you have. So retirement is about climbing a mountain at times. You might climb the mountain. You work save work save. Once you get to the top of the mountain you’re like yeah I did it. But sometimes going down the mountain is the most dangerous. And in retirement that is true too because there are certain things in retirement that you don’t really think about while you’re working. You don’t really think about longevity. You know, you don’t really care about sequence of returns because you’re contributing to the 401k. If the market goes down, you’re just buying more shares. But in retirement, it’s really important because you don’t want to be selling those shares at a loss. you know, housing might change, more volatility in retirement. I don’t know. These all these different types of risk that you have to face be faced with and these are things that we can help you with when it comes to your situation. So, I know there’s more information that we be could be covering regarding annuities, but I think this is a good 101 class on annuities. Um, again, I’m going to answer any questions. Let’s see if we have any questions to answer when it comes to annuities. I will put a poll out there in the poll. If you’d like to schedule a meeting with us, please indicate that on the poll. So, I’m going to get that out now and let’s see what questions that we might have. All right.

    See where? Give me a minute. This way. Oh, first question. While discussing deferred annuities, fixed and fixed index, you mentioned liking the 5-year terms. Is there a reason that you and Kim like the 5year terms verse the other options?

    There’s not necessarily Well, think about this. We things change with it. 5 years is always a good time horizon because quite a bit of things change within that 5year time horizon. Um, so it’s just we like that that horizon verse a 7-year. Now, I’ve definitely provided 7-year terms to clients because with where the caps are right now, like in the 5 years, those caps are going to drop and we’re going to have to move the money and do something else. With going with a 7-year, you at least know for 7 years, you’re going to have those higher caps. So at times it’s just kind of a preference in regards to which one you want. So there’s not really a um a reason just because I think 5 years 5 years is a good time horizon to say hey we’re going down this path for 5 years 5 years we’re going to reassess what’s happening within the the economy. um fixed annuity withdrawals 10% total one or per year. It’s 10% per anniversary year. So for example, going back to that 5year term, you put 100,000 in first [clears throat] year, you can take 10% out. You you have 10% of the account value each year that you pull out without any penalties. Um can a trust be the beneficiary? Absolutely. The trust can be the beneficiary. So if you set up the annuity, you can name the trust as beneficiary. So if something would happen, this money goes into the trust. Uh trust. Absolutely. The beneficiary can be in the trust. Let’s see

    what other questions you have. It looks like those are the questions I have for right now.

    Give it a couple more minute. I’ll give it a minute if no additional questions, I guess. [gasps] Again, t thank you for taking the time to to do this. Oh, here it is. I’m considering a bridge strategy to refrain from taking social security till age 70, but what product or annuity would be good to retire at 65 and provide income only for 5 years versus lifetime income? or is there another way to do it? Oh, that’s kind of interesting. Um, so yeah, you could bridge it. You So you could ladder it. So when I say like maybe put some money into a money market that you access in a year, you can put some additional money into you just ladder it out. I mean, you could purchase a three-year and a 5year annuity. And then uh in between those you could ladder it with just money markets. So or even like a 4 year you could come in and say okay for the first two years I’m going to use a money market that’s going to pay about 3.4. Then you could do a three-year term and then a 4-year term and a 5year term to kind of get you the income that you need during those 5 years to bridge you until age 70. It’s just a matter of kind of how much risk you want to take. if you don’t want to take any risk at all. I mean, it’s just a combination of those two and building a laddered approach out and getting a higher interest rate for those 5year term for that those 5 years for an IRA annuity. Should I should a trust be beneficiary? Should should a trust be beneficiary? How does the death affect withdrawal requirements for beneficiary? Okay. So if you name the beneficiary, if you name the trust as the beneficiary, it it’s you have to it’s important to understand how does the trust interact? Meaning that if you put money into the trust, is the trust there specifically to to kind of hold on to money and disperse it out over a certain amount of period of time? or is the trust there just to say, “Hey, it’s bypassing probate.” When it comes to an IRA, you know, I guess it just depends on how how you want this money to be passed on beneficiaries. If you if you’re concerned how the beneficiary [clears throat] will receive this money, how they will spend it, a trust is important. But if you’re coming in and say, “Hey, my kids are responsible when they inherit it, they they’re going to know what to do.” you you may not necessarily want to name a trust, but I know there’s other ways to why you would name a trust and maybe name a trust to make sure that the money stays within the kind of the the family. So, it just depends on what that trust is there specifically to do. Are annuities FDIC insured? So, annuities are not FDIC insured. Annuities are insured by the state. So every state has their own insurance insurance. So for example, I can speak on Colorado. Colorado insures up to $250,000. California will come in and insure up to $250,000 also, but it’s 80% of whatever that account value is. So if you have an insurance company that fails, the state steps in and says, “Hey, we will insure up to 250,000.” So every state is a little bit different when it comes to that bunny being insured with that that annuity is an espia among the type of annuities you describe. Yes. So subsia is an immediate annuity where you’re coming in putting money in you’re going to get this lifetime income. Is a QAC required to start at age 85 or can it begin payouts earlier? I believe you can. That’s a good question. I believe you can pay it out earlier, but most of the time you delay till 85. I personally do not like the QAC. And the reason I say this, every time I’ve looked into QAC, so for example, if you’re 70, put money into a QAC, like the the point of it is to delay till age 85 and then turn on the income at that time. But if something would happen to you, let’s say something happens to you at age 80, the beneficiaries, yes, get the money you put into it, but for 10 years that money’s been sitting there, they earn no interest at all. So, it’s really hard to come in and say, “Hey, let’s put money in the QAC.” Yeah, it’s going to help you reduce some of your RMDs, but in regards to the earning power that you lose, it doesn’t make sense. What are other questions that are generally asked during these seminars that we often that we haven’t thought of? I think at the end of the day we covered a lot of ground when it comes to annuities and annuities are a you know it’s a individual by individual basis. It’s not like everybody should own this type ofity. No, it it just depends on what you’re trying to accomplish when it comes to this. Bonds, for example, have been a fixed annuities have been a great alternative of bonds. If you look at bonds today, year to date through the end of July, they’re at 0%. Meaning they’re down or or basically zero. So, and when you start looking at the the capital assumptions of what bonds are going to do for the next 5 years, it’s like under 4%. So, it’s kind of like, well, if I can pick up something that’s going to pay me 5.6% over the next 5 years, why would I invest in bonds? And again, kind of, you know, investing in bonds like year to date, like they’re at zero. Well, you might as well just put your money in savings. So there is some questions when it comes to bonds and how they’re performing and is there a better alternative to invest to get you the same kind of the diversification diversification when it comes to bonds is a way to protect principle and offset when the market’s going down. But where where interest rates are I mean the Fed’s talking about raising interest rates at the end of the year and then they’re look looking at maybe cutting it next year. So, we’re still going to see interest rates, a little bit of volatility with interest rates through the end of the year, meaning that bonds are probably going to do nothing for the year. So, it’s just another way to kind of provide a diversification from a traditional asset class. That was a lot. I apologize. [laughter] Does each annuity insured up to 250 are total annuities? Uh so again annuities are issued by different uh companies. So again um nationwide is let’s use nationwide as an example. So if well let me let me back up. So the state insurance up to $250,000. So you would have to be in the boat of seeing multiple insurance companies fail for you not to get your money insured. Now, what happens with all these insurance companies? If an insurance company kind of fails, the state steps in and says, “Hey, look, we’re going to go to Nationwide. Nationwide, if you want to continue doing business in the state, you need to buy the assets of this insurance company.” It happens all the time. It happens with banks, too. You they come in and say, “Hey, this credit union is failing,” which Alliance has had. It’s happened to us. not necessarily failing, but like the NCUA coming to us and say, “Hey, this bank is failing. We want you to purchase it.” Now, we’re going to review it and say, “Hey, we we’re going to do it or not.” But that’s what happens usually with insurance companies when they start to fail is this state steps in. He says, “Hey, if you want to stay, you know, it’s kind of like a if you want to stay, if you continue want to do business in the state, you really need to look at purchasing these assets.” So there have been insurance companies that have failed in the past, but when it comes to our platform and the insurance companies that we’re able to offer, we’re only a rated or better. So you have to watch out for those insurance companies that are A or below or B and below cuz those are the insurance companies that could fail. Uh

    would you suggest an annuity versus high savings account? You know, it depends on what you’re trying to accomplish. With high interest savings, you have access to the money at any time. Any annuity you purchase, you’re looking at a certain time frame, 3, 5 years down the road. Yes, you have access to 10%. But that’s the downside. you know, you should always have money in savings for you to access if you need it. But if you have this other layer of money that you’re like, I don’t see myself needing to use it, that’s when you can kind of add a little bit more duration on uh that type of investment. So, [sighs] all right, I think I answered all the questions. Um, what are the main or primary insurance we offer for annuities? We have access to pretty much anybody and anybody in the marketplace as long as they’re A-rated or better. So lately, Nationwide, um, there’s a company that we’ve been working with quite a bit. Nationwide, Athen Global Atlantic, Pack Life, you name it. Some of these big insurance players, we have access to their their platform. So, it’s not it’s not going with one company. It’s saying who has the best rate or what a reach. It’s a case- by case basis. It’s who in regards to this client who has the best opportunity and going to that specific company. So, I don’t necessarily have one company that I go to for all my needs. No, I go to what makes the best sense for my client. Do what’s in the client’s best best interest. So, all right. Well, again, thank you for taking the time. Um, I think we’ve hit our hit our hour almost and uh again we’ll reach out to everybody and uh go from there. So again, thank you very much. Bye.

  • 08/12/2026 – Alliant Webinar – The Fragile Decade – Preparing for retirement happiness by turning apprehension into anticipation

    Okay, let’s uh let’s share.

    I hope everybody is doing well. Let me uh it’s one of those days. So, it is a first day uh back to school here. So, in in Houston, so a lot of our school districts. So, I guess this is part for the course that uh that things weren’t exactly working. Hopefully, you can see the screen. Let’s open up that chat. So, if there’s any questions as well as that. All right,

    perfect. Thank you so much. Screen’s good. Sounds good. All right.

    Okay. All right. So, that was a fun start. So, uh we welcome everyone and I appreciate your patience. Uh we will still have plenty of time. We’re going to start a few minutes right here and it usually gives us time for people to uh to join and people are still joining as always. It is great to see uh some familiar names in [snorts] attendance and a lot of new ones. So, thank you so much for joining me. It is my pleasure to share some of the insights with you and information about retirement planning. Uh if you’re joining us for the first time, an extra special welcome. I’m Michael Mark, certified financial planner and a financial consultant with Alliant Retirement and Investment Services or AIS for short. I live right here in Houston, Texas. Uh, and most my family has worked for United Intercontinental since the early 60s. So, you know, my family has been tied to Alliant longer than I have been alive, actually. And again, I’ve say this before. Uh, so for those of you who may not know, Alliant is the, uh, original credit union for United Airlines. And, you know, last year we celebrated our 90th anniversary. So whether you’ve come to us through United or Continental or Google or Tesla or CVS or Susie Orman, welcome.

    So there we go. So before we dive in, just a quick housekeeping item. So today’s session is for educational purposes and it includes proprietary material. So protect to protect the content and everyone’s privacy, we ask that attendees please do not record or capture the presentation uh whether that’s by video, audio, screen sharing or AI tools without prior consent. Thank you so much for your understanding on that and your cooperation. [snorts] Uh I’m not sure if you join this webinar via an email that you receive directly from us or signed up on the credit union’s website. Uh you may be familiar with the line credit union but not so much about ARIS. So I’d just like to take a couple of minutes and talk to about talk to you about ARIS. Uh in addition to the weekly seminars that we host, we are the fullervice wealth management and investment planning division of uh of the credit union. So we have a broad base of planning structure strategies, full plans, the full range of choices there. Regarding our webinars, you can find a list of our weekly webinar topics right on our website at aeris aris.allcreditun.com.

    [snorts] Um, you can also access our podcast which is investsavvy, our blog, and some other financial resources. You can also find us just right on the credit union website. We’re up in the upper right hand corner under the retire and invest tab. So each of us tries to do a couple of webinars a month. So I usually host one in the evening um and one in the afternoon like today. So my next webinar will be August 25th. That’s a Tuesday back in the evening. So it’s 6 o’clock central, 7 Eastern. Um and we’re going to be talking about creating a good life in retirement. Right? So, we’ll be talking about monthly income and how you structure that, some taxation penalties, things that you might want to know, some of the strategies on that. Uh, and then after that, social security, right? Uh, a fair share of our income in retirement. So, more of a practical session on security and its role in your retirement plan. We’ll look at spousal, survivor benefits, etc., and claiming strategies and some of the impacts on that. So quick disclosure uh these are this is for educational only uh it is not a recommendation. So today’s storyboard right what is the fragile decade why it matters and how to make it work. So what’s the fragile decade? So, and we’re going to take a step back on the fragile decade concept and how this came together. So, the company that worked on this, they worked on this for a year and they sifted through every retirement article, survey, research document, etc. Literally thousands of pages of research on retirement planning. And they basically laid this out in front of us so you can see it from the titles, right? The 10 things you need to retire, the 10 biggest mistakes people make in retirement. um happy retirees do this etc. So there’s a commonality and and actually this is a person who put this together. This is one of the doctors. Uh but so the commonality is there are huge disconnects too and that we needed to find it to synthesize and make it productive. Right? So whether the major life transitions or retirement, divorce, widowhood, inheritance, so business etc. The foundation is still the four phases of transitions and those transitions are It’s anticipation, ending, passage, and your new normal. Right? So, this is a very very normal cycle in every major life change. So, and and the timelines will be different depending on on what that that transition is. So, anticipation in this case, it’s really the moment you become aware of the possibility of the event. Your personal narrative, right, begins to shift. That’s where you’ve entered the man I’m getting close to retirement. And this is usually in your 50s is when this when this starts happening. The ending is is is obviously when you’re there, right? When you’ve really turned that page and the passage is there’s usually a bit of a transition. It might be a shock, right? Trying to adjust to your new normal or maybe not accepting the fact that you sleep in. you might have lost your purpose. Uh I’m used to getting up at, you know, 5:30 every morning to go to work and now I don’t have to. I don’t have to set my alarm clock. Um but once you go through that and you settle through that, and again, the time is different for everyone. You’ll adjust to your new normal. So these phases are really important to understand and know that they’re part of the normal cycle. So don’t fret too much. But part of this is prepping before that in the upcoming years. And what that does is that helps your transition to be much smoother.

    So the transition we’re going to talk about today is one of the biggest transitions people experience and that’s retirement, right? Um and it’s really not just a destination, it’s a journey. So when you look at it this way, this is what it looks like when you align the four phases of that transition. So welcome to the fragile decade, right? It’s the 5 years before and the five years after retirement. So the reason why we titled it the fragile decade is because all the research and studies and investor interviews that we’ve discovered that this time period is where people feel the most financially and emotionally fragile. Right? As we enter that anticipation patient age or phase there’s a commonality, right? And it’s the cause of anxiety. So that’s the fragile mindset. So this decade program will kind of help you prepare for that transition.

    Why this matters? Uh I would say understanding this from perspective matters. Make sure there’s no questions. Okay. Um so this is a fragile transition for all involved, right? Not just the person who’s retiring. It’s your family. uh spouse, children, grandchildren, friends, some of your co-workers. You know what caught our attention about this is depression, the depression stat, so clinical depression goes up 40% after retiring. And yes, we’re going to talk about strategies, but really just the mental health aspect of it, right? the years before getting all of your ducks in a row so you can feel more comfortable with being prepared as well as how you transition into that retirement. So these years are very precious, right? So from a mortality table, you’re entering into retirement today, you could expect to live 20, 25, 30 years in retirement. You think about it that way, you know, that’s a third of your lifetime. So that also means that twothirds of your lifetime has passed. So to put that in perspective, if you were 65 years old and retiring in the 60s, uh do you know on a how how many years on average you would have lived in retirement? The answer to that question is four and a half years. I wish this were in person because I’d love to see to get the feedback on what those numbers were. Right. So now our life expans expectancy is much longer 20 30 years. And the funny thing about that is now that we’re living longer, right, our pensions have really gone by the wayside for most of us. So helping you plan your lives for retirement is really beyond just the money aspect of it. And it’s just as critical.

    [snorts]

    So what we try to do is we talk a little bit about well it’s really purpose right but it’s adopting an experience ccentric approach with our clients. So you go from being in or I go from being the investment consultant to more of a life coach right because I can draw on the experience of the many other the thousands of clients that we’ve had and that we’ve been able to talk to. So if you don’t know we can say hey look I understand your situation this is what others have done maybe that interests you and then we can kind of work on a path so we’re not in the business of just a product right it’s a business of people right we want those 20 or 30 years to be quality years so obviously we want to make sure you’re financially ready but we want to make sure you’re emotionally and mentally ready for this transition as well. So for example, [snorts] one of the things that we do and that we recommend for clients who are a few years out, you know, 5 years out to say, “Hey, you know, have you maybe come up with a bucket list or what you want to do?” And frankly, your bucket list might be to do nothing. I’ve had clients who, well, they were oil and gas cuz I’m here in Houston and they were like, “Look, I traveled my whole life. If I never see a plane again, that’ll be the best retirement ever. So, there isn’t a right or a wrong to what’s important, right? So, maybe you want to go see the Northern Lights or visit the Hoover Dab or just go trace your ancestors, right? Whatever is important to you. You want to make sure that we’re on the same page or your advisor is on the same page as you are. So when you stop working, you’ll already know what your next step is. Right? It’s like when you uh when you left a job and started your new job, you already knew when you were going to start and what your plan was.

    So, one of the things that you can talk about is is maybe doing something if it’s not going places, right? Blogs, writing a novel, designing furniture, whatever, whatever that is. Um, discussing things like this, they kind of help make your dreams into reality. And the importance of that once you start doing this and you want to do this a few years out is that it’ll help you silo a goal, right? If it’s I want to travel the world. I’ve always wanted to live on a cruise ship for a year. Well, that would be a separate financial goal where it’s, you know, I’ve just wanted to write a novel. You know, outside of research, depending on what type of novel, that might be a relatively low cost. And especially as far as publishing those things, everything’s online now. was much much much less expensive to do this or you know your top priorities might be something like helping others right you want to start a new charity or you know I didn’t want to actually start one maybe I just want to do more volunteering than I already do or I’ve never been able to do because work and family have always gotten in the way right they’ve taken all of my time or just mentoring someone [snorts] in a certain place again there is no right or wrong, but I will say these they always tie. When you look at your goal, there’s still something that we call pillars of happiness. And I would say I don’t know if one is more important than the other, but I would say they’re all very important and vital. So, we’re going to talk a little bit about money, specifically income, right? Health, staying connected, and purpose. So people in retirement who have protected income are happier, right? Because they have to worry less. So whether that’s social security for sure, um if you’re fortunate enough to have a pension or some type of annuity, and I understand pensions have really gone by the wayside for most, but if you are fortunate enough to have one, that is a fantastic thing to have. You’re already ahead of many people there. Um the Wall Street Journal did had an article they they talked about the secret to to retirement to happy retirement is that being surrounded by friends and family and having protected income for life, right? And the reason why that’s significant is that we kind of view it as hey this is our nest egg on what we’ve been saving. This is our 401k, our IRA, our Roth IRA, our brokerage account, our cash, and then at some point we transition some of that into income. Well, studies show this. So, people with assets, they gain, they lose, they gain, they lose, right? They might lose money in oil or gas, um Tesla, Bitcoin, AI. Those people I’m going to jokingly say are miserable. That was that’s what the article said. But because of the stress, right? And the reason is that they focus on the loss or what they don’t have. So assets can cause stress. And don’t get me wrong, not having assets cause you a lot more stress, but really the focus should be more on the income, not the asset. Because when you retire, your regular paycheck stops and you’ll want a source of income that you can’t outlive, right? And it doesn’t mean that you turn everything into a source of income, right? You’ll still have growth and there’s still some bucket strategies. Um, but that’s kind of the general the general idea on this. So, the second pillar is health. So the better a person’s health, and I know this seems obvious, um it’s more likely to have a happy retirement, right? So 80% of people who rated their health as excellent said they were very satisfied with their retirement compared to 26 who said their health was poor. And and frankly, [snorts] the poor health could prevent you from doing those things that you’ve worked your entire life to be able to do. Um, now here’s the good news for a lot of people. Retirement offers an opportunity to refocus on health and wellness. And yes, I understand that some of those things are irreversible, but maybe starting before retirement where we work a little bit on nutrition and exercise or some kind of activity, maybe living a little healthier lifestyle. Um, or not if that’s your idea of retirement. Uh, the other thing is staying connected. And you know, the reality of of this is that humans, we are social creatures for the most part, right? At least it’s on our terms. Um, I don’t know if you ever watch a show alone, but they put these people out in the nothing. It’s like not a fake one, it’s a real one. And whoever can last the longest, they pick so much equipment, food, hunting, fishing, etc., etc., some kind of shelter they have to build. Whoever can last the longest wins the prize. It’s like I think it’s like 500,000 or something like that. But when you talk to the people who these interviews, they say, you know, the biggest challenge wasn’t, you know, the the danger of the animals or or the weather. It was being alone. It was being alone out there by myself that it was just overwhelming. So staying connected is important. I would argue just as important if not more because it’s part of your mental health and it really isn’t just social media, right? It’s getting out there and doing things. That’s one of the things about volunteering, right? You have people who you have something in common with just from the jump, right? Um health-wise, right? If you have low social interaction, right, you have greater risk of heart disease, um increased risk of cognitive decline and dementia. So staying happy and healthy in retirement, you want to focus on developing new relationships, nurture existing ones, especially as you revolve around work. I know there is a huge misconception for a lot of people that we talk to is that hey, you know, I I have a lot of friends from work and when they retired, those friends that are still working, they just kind of lose touch with them, right? So they were really your work friends. They weren’t real friend friends. So and it doesn’t mean they can’t be, but it does mean you want to make an effort to try to convert them from your work friends to your friend friends. So purpose. So retirement frees your schedule and for some unstructured time can be a little overwhelming, right? If not careful. That sense of purpose can lead to or the lack of purpose can lead to boredom, depression, maybe relationship stress. I know that was the case for my in-laws that he traveled a lot and then suddenly he was home all the time. So that was an adjustment in themselves. Um, so and this can be really true for those people who really identify closely to their careers.

    Purpose is really the reason that we get out of bed. So you want to find a new purpose. So let’s talk a little bit about something for the stages here. So let’s start this five-year countdown, right? This is your conversation blueprint, right? And it’s designed as a year-by-year countdown in in a checklist form. So since people live their lives by checklist, it makes a little bit easier, but these checklists aren’t set in stone, right? It just gives you kind of an idea of of what. So it’ll help you feel organized and and it’ll give you allow it allow you a sense of completion, right? When you create it, an accomplishment, and then you’re done. So once you enter the anticipation stage, which is about 5 years to go, right? And as you can see, that ranges from age 50 to 65 depending on when you are looking to retire. So you’ll start your income plan conversation. And this is really, really important as far as where your income is going to come from, how that’s going to be structured, maybe starting that conversation sooner than later because there might be tax benefits to setting these things up earlier than waiting until near retirement or after retirement. So, um, you’ll you’ll need to start planning the sequence of your income and what type of accounts you would use, right? So, whether this would be a Roth versus a non-retirement account versus your traditional IRA or your 401k, there are traditional orders in which you take that money, but I would tell you that is probably not the best. oftent times it’s a combination of those things depending and that way you can make the adjustment for current taxes current tax laws um as far as your plan you know whether that’s the traditional 4% of your assets the bucket which is you know my immediate money my 3 to five longer than five interest only a hybrid which is a combination protecting profits as well as hedging against loss So protecting your downside is extremely important because nobody wants to go back to work at 70 because they had to. Working because you want to is actually a fantastic idea. It gives you purpose. It keeps you mentally sharp. So you start your annual spending audit and your spring cleaning checklist, right? So what that does is that just says you you you look at how you’re actually spending money. What we find is that people think they spend a certain way and then [snorts] when they track it, they usually end up spending a lot more than they thought they did. So, and that can really upend a plan, right? If you’re thinking about how much income I need. So, a few years out, you want to start assessing your long-term care needs, right? Whether it’s traditional long-term care insurance, whether it’s a hybrid plan, whether you self-insure, there’s a lot of things to discuss on that. um at least to begin that conversation. Now, frankly, hopefully you already have that in place, but if not, that’s one of those things we can another one of the things that we can help. You start looking at your life and disability insurance needs, right? Obviously, you’re not working anymore. Disability maybe not so much. Um life maybe, depending on what you’re trying to do here, this is where you’re going to start thinking about your health care options, right? And not just the options, your location. Are you going to move out to the country where like in the country country where you know the nearest hospital is an hour an hour and a half away? Um are you just going to live in a big city where health care is readily available? So all of these things need to be discussed. And if you’re married, you really want to make sure you and your spouse are on the same page. So, [snorts] you’ll also start your pre-made planning at this point, right? What are we going to need? Do we travel? What are our goals look like? What are those goals expected to cost? We can do a little research now in today’s dollars and see what those costs. Um, your estate plan checklist. So, you know, do you have your power of attorney? Do you have your will? Do you have your trust? Do you have your medical directive? And I hope you already have that in place. Um but if not again and then you keep doing that spring cleaning. [snorts] So

    you’ll also look at new ideas, right? What you want to do. So this is where you design your next phase, discuss where you want to live, maybe do a little bit of recon and visit those places if it’s out of state um or out of the country. Hopefully that cuz that can certainly take a little bit longer. Consider your home upkeep. And you know, is it is it um maybe we need a new roof? Do we want to do that before we retire? New AC units. Maybe you need to take care of that foundation. Um cuz I live here in Texas and foundations cracking is a very common thing because we have clay uh in the ground here. So, and those can be big expenses, right? So, what I would say is even three years out, it’s a good idea. Do you need a new vehicle? Are we going to go down to one vehicle? Um, the home upkeep, your mortgage, what that looks like, and you just keep doing your spring cleaning. And then you’ll run and review your retirement income plan to make sure you are still on track. So, we’re getting closer, right? You start looking at your tax strategies, right? And I would tell you your tax strategies probably should have started in in in year one, right? Not two years ago and 5 years ago because some of those things you want to have as much time whether you’re going to do conversions, whether you’re going to set up for an income stream or something like that. They are advantageous to start earlier. Practice your retirement. And this is really important, right? What does it look like? What do we do on the weekend? What would that be doing every day? You might even look at a phase retirement if you don’t think you’re ready because not everybody’s ready for retirement. People love working. It gives them a reason to get out of bed every morning, right? So maybe where you’re at, they allow you to consult or they allow you to to reduce your hours. Talk to your employer about that. Or if that’s something you want to do and your employer doesn’t allow that, maybe that’s something that you start looking for. What kind of part-time work would I do? And what do I need to be able to do that? [snorts] Again, keep doing that spring cleaning.

    Now, we’re getting closer the final year. I love this. Get ready for seven days of Saturdays, right? So, this is where you start finance finalizing your health insurance needs, right? So, if you’re 65 or older, you would have already set up for Medicare. Um, you’ve already signed up for that. Uh, you will have looked into your um your supplement, your Medicare supplement.

    So, this is where you start enhancing your emergency fund, right, for basic needs for that given time because that transition can be a little weird, right? You don’t really know what to expect. you have an idea that since it’s such a major transition, I would say it usually takes a year or so for people to really settle in what they want to do and you just keep doing your spring cleaning. Look at your budget, see if your budget is in line with what you thought, and then rerun and review that retirement income plan. [snorts]

    So,

    over the next five years, right? You throw yourself a retirement party because you’re there. And I would say the finish line, but I don’t know if that would be the case. This is the ending phase, right? But it’s really more the ending of one chapter and the beginning of another. So now it’s about the next 5 years and it’s about the touch points and navigating that passage phase and continuing to look forward and getting ready and adjusting to your new normal. Now this one is important, right? Track your spending.

    How was your estimate? Talk about spending changes in retirement right [snorts] with your spouse. Are we on track? And I can tell you this. So, generally spending kind of looks like an S-curve, right? It doesn’t it doesn’t just go like this. So, you normally spend more in the very beginning because you have this time and you have your health hopefully and you have your goals that you want to check off. I want to travel, etc. I want to whatever you might want to do. So, you’ll see your spending increase and then once you start checking those off, it’ll usually come back down and then it’ll fall and then it’ll usually go up. And that’s usually because of health reasons and things like that. Um or or maintenance on the house, right? Just like just like us, houses and cars need more maintenance as they get older as well. So, start your idea jar. So, this is one of those things that you know, hey, what are these things I want to do or what could I do? So start that retirement happy journal. Um and I would say this is a good idea. Now whether people journal or not normally I understand that. But that journal is your thoughts and you’re talking to your people, your family, your [snorts] friends about how you feel about retirement. If there’s any struggles, what are those struggles? What it allows you to focus on the good and the happiness? Because I know as people, as a species, we tend to focus on the negative. We affect, we are, we feel the loss more than we feel the gains. Um, volunteer, right? Find something that you’re passionate about. It gets you out of the house. It keeps you engaged in society.

    So at this point we’ve entered this ending phase, right? So every relationship requires, right? Transitions take time. So start talking to your advisor, your accountant, your friends, your family, what your plans are, right? It might be, hey, we’re going to go spend time more a lot more time with the grandkids. Well, do your kids know that? Are they okay with that? Right? You want to make sure I would say don’t leave those types of the things. If it involves other people, don’t make the assumption. Talk to somebody about that. [snorts] So,

    we are happy to help with those things. Every relationship requires a little TLC. Uh we can start working with you early to ask to help you ask questions. We can also help answer questions that you did not know that needed to be asked. Um, how we can help. So, if you need a little help with budgeting, we can we can help you put pencil to paper, right? Remember, you’re trying to plan for the next 30 years, but it’s certainly not set in stone. Uh, consider this like sailing, right? where you’re you’re in a rough direction, a general direction, but you might need to make some adjustments along the way. Uh, and and as life changes, you’ll be prepared for that. We can help you maybe manage some of those accounts, determining your budgets. I would say probably the biggest thing for us are the the income strategies as well as Roth conversions, when you draw social security, right? when when you would try and maximize that income based on your longevity, bases on your spouse longevity, your family history. Uh trying to look at the gap, assessing your income needs. [snorts] Um

    these are some of the things that we can do, but I will tell you the tax implications before and during retirement, income structure, protecting that downside, right? The worst thing to do would be for those of who remember the 2000s. You’re everything’s good going into 1999 and you’re going to retire in 1999 and then 2000 happens, right? The Y2K, the dot crash, 911, then we go through the financial crisis. Are you prepared for that? Um we’ve a we’ve been asked about this before. So one of the things that we can do now is we are able to uh is your legacy position correctly right your basic trust wills etc. We offer some of those basic services to our clients uh a lot of which are free if it’s uh if your client’s of Aerys or discounted if it’s not. So, with that said, we’ve come to the Q&A part. So, if you have any questions, please type those in that Q&A box or in the chat. I’ll give you a couple of minutes. And while you’re doing that, I will put up um so this is my contact information also. So, that QR code will take you to my calendar if you want to schedule time specifically for your situation. Um, and there’s my contact information directly. If you haven’t looked at your time frame out on there, I suggest you do. We can definitely be really helpful on that. Uh, let’s see when we’ll go for questions while we’re doing that. Um, do we provide worksheets? Yes, we do. Um, so do we provide worksheets for the initial uh for the initial planning? we do in the sense that it’s usually a budget and then we kind of will talk about it. So the initial call is is just kind of talking about the general high level understanding your situation and then we go um then we go from there basically um as far as the fee for our services. So the planning part it’s something that we do at the end of the day we are a fullervice uh wealth planning division of the credit union. Uh the question is do you get a type of discount for your service if you are an allian customer? We do. Um but we are alliance. So [laughter] I’m actually an employee. If you go on the website you’ll see me. Um but yes what other questions do we have? Hopefully I answered that question. There are discounts. Oh, and as far as pricing goes, so there’s a lot we are cognizant of costs. So if I find I’ve always made the assumption that people really familiar with credit unions, but credit unions are a nonprofit or a not for-profit um financial institution. Doesn’t mean we don’t generate revenue, but we use that revenue in turn for higher interest rates on CDs, higher interest rates on savings accounts, lower interest rates on loans, etc. some of the discount discounted services through through the investment side. Um there are many things that we do that are uh no fee. Uh there are no commissions. You know, we we do everything from the traditional managed money. We can help you structure some of your tax structures on that. We are a frankly we are an underutilized resource that we don’t get marketed much. for very niche um and very boutiquey division. Um so what else? When should we start looking? So so obviously when you should start planning this obviously says 5 years but I would say prior to that the question so someone said am I fiduciary? Yes I am a fiduciary. I’m a certified financial planner CFP. you been doing this 30 years. Um, and I am used to working with people who are brand new to investing, who are just very unfamiliar about it. Um, to people who are much more comfortable with more complex trades and structures, things like that, and everywhere in between. Uh, I consider one of my strengths as far as making the complicated less complicated. Um, but planning as soon as you can and obviously you won’t take care of everything in the beginning, but I can kind of help you as far as your timeline goes that hey, you know, these things should probably be in place. These should probably be in place and we can kind of help you as far as resource uh

    what allocation should we look at? So, oh that’s an interesting question. Okay, so we had a question on what your retirement portfolio should look like. Um, there isn’t a an exact right answer on this because every person’s risk model is different. So, I’m just going to give you this general general general. Um, a lot of people have talked about that 60/40 portfolio. I don’t know if you’ve heard about that, but basically it’s a 60% stock 40% bond portfolio. um the world’s kind of changed on how you can manage risk. So you don’t necessarily need to do that and also the bond side really hasn’t been paying. So we look at a lot of those portfolios and they’ve really kind of underperformed [clears throat] over the last decade or so. Um so it really depends on the person. If if that’s if you haven’t um change that to just just change that to one of the yeses and we’d be happy to help you kind of look at where your structure would be because your structure does change from working into transition into retirement and how you look at assets. Um what else do we got that

    [snorts] question about Roth conversion? Should you convert? Um, should you do a Roth conversion? Should you consider a Roth conversion? So, the short answer is you should always consider it. Now, whether it would be appropriate or not, um, it matters, right? And and what it’ll matter it depended upon your particular situation your particular tax bracket your income now your income needs in retirement your expenses through your life cycle like um I’m going to travel for the first 10 or 15 years but after that I’m not but I have children and grandchildren and legacy is very important to me um or you want to look at it because you might be a medium high income earnner and even in retirement retirement, you might be impacted by Irma, right, which is how much you pay for social security, I’m sorry, not social security, for Medicare. So, all of those things matter. So, that’s why doing this a few years out, putting yourself in a different position, how you handle your RMDs, which are your required minimum distributions. So, all of those all of those matter. Hang on, we have a long question here. uh age 72. I’ve been retired for six years. The traditional required minimum distribution. I have x amount of dollars. I’ll turn with a little impact as possible. My spouse will retire. We are reasonably aware of the income streams we anticipate. Um,

    I’m not sure that was a question or maybe that was a statement, but if you’re asking how you would structure that, I would say in a particular one, just go ahead and schedule some time and we can look at that and we can look at those streams and how you would structure. Maybe that might be something on a conversion. Is life insurance considered an asset? It depends on what kind of life insurance. if it is a um if it’s a permanent policy versus a term, it’s certainly considered an asset in when considering your uh your estate calculation. Um I have a caution on using that as part of my retirement income. It depends on the other things that you have. Uh you have two rental homes with no mortgage. Awesome. You live in Florida. How do I calculate how much I can withdraw from my living expenses in retirement? So,

    if if you could schedule a time or actually just have me call you on that and we’ll discuss that. So, rentals, that’s a big question. So, there’s a couple things, right? So rentals are good for income as long as you have a great renter in there who pays their rent. So things can change, things can change over time. There might be a point even if you have rental companies where you’re like, “Hey, you know what? Now it needs roof and and it’s going to cost me 30,000 or I have to put AC units or I got a bad tenant in there and they did $10,000 of damage, which happened to my sister-in-law.” um you know and now not only they have the expense of of actually having to do the repair, they’re out for a couple of months because you can’t have a renter in there. So that there’s a bit of an asterric on how you calculate rental income. Uh and that situation is probably individual for each one. So I would say that’s good to have them. It’s great to have them, but it is a little bit different than some kind of structured uh next question. If I have the flexibility to choose when during the year I retire, is there a best time to optimize taxes and social security? Yes, there is. Um, we have a calculator on that. So, whether you’re single or married and how much income you have um versus your goals, uh there there’s a way to maximize how much total dollars you would take. I would tell you one of the discussions that we have with the members is is saying look you know more money later is a great idea except we’ve had you know you have to look at your health right would I rather have even though it’s less monthly income I rather have it earlier so I could still do those things I want to do while my health allows that I wanted to hike Machu Picchu or I wanted to go see the Grand Canyon and I didn’t want ride the mules down there. I actually wanted to walk down there. Um, that might be better served in your 60s versus 80. Not that it’s impossible, but you know, it might be a little bit easier. So, there’s a little bit of a moving scale on that. Uh, give me a call on that and I can kind of help talk you through that because that’s a very individual thing. And I will tell you what it does look at is it looks at your expenditures, right? how much you are going to be spending monthly for how long of a period of time as well as how much income you have. Uh what else? Next question.

    All right, it looks like we got them all. Thank you so much for the questions. They were great questions. I hope other people got some insight from those questions. Hopefully I answered them. If not, forgive me. Give me a call and I could uh maybe maybe I might have misunderstood the question. But with that said, thank you everyone for attending. I hope to see you on future webinars. Please give me a call if you have any questions on the planning aspect. Until then, take care, be safe, enjoy the rest of the day. Take care. Bye now.

  • 08/11/2026 – Alliant Webinar – SAVVY MEDICARE PLANNING – Managing Health Care Expenses in Retirement – What Baby Boomers Need to Know About Medicare and Long-Term Care

    Well, good evening everybody. Thank you so much for joining me for the uh healthc care and retirement uh Medicare that we’re going to be talking about tonight. Hopefully this will give you a little bit of a taste of if you have not explored this yet, hopefully you’ll learn a little bit about uh how Medicare works, what’s involved, how much does this cost, what am I expected to pay in healthcare uh coverage in retirement. So, we’ll dig into that. Uh but uh before I do get going, I do have to uh say that we are not able or allowed uh we cannot record these presentations um as for compliance purposes. So and we cannot have them recorded either. So we’ve had some listeners attempt to record some of ours and put them out there and we are we cannot do that for compliance purposes. So uh thank you so much uh for that. But uh um if you do have questions after this and you wanted to kind of go back and revisit it, I would be happy to do uh have a one-on-one conversation with you. Uh with that, I will be putting up a survey at the end of this presentation to see if you would like to have a one-on-one conversation. Just select yes on the survey. Basically, would you like to have an appointment with Joe? And uh we’ll get together. Well, whether that’s phone, Zoom, or possibly even in person if you’re local to uh uh the Chicago area here, uh my office over on Tui Avenue over by O’Hare airport uh not too far from there, and we can uh have a one-on-one conversation about whatever in retirement is important to you. Uh so, before I get going, I do want to let you know I do have Social Security presentation coming up. That’ll be at two uh two in the afternoon central time on August 26th. And then September 8th, I cannot believe I’m talking about September already here um with summer winding down, but that’ll be a 6 p.m. Central time on tax planning. uh looking at different types of uh taxable accounts or tax deferred accounts, tax-free accounts when we talk about Roth IAS and things like that and what this all means to the strategy of where are you going to be drawing from in retirement uh to supplement income like social security, maybe a pension, but to do things in the most taxefficient way for you. All right. And then uh you do have access to some some educational resources to see what other webinars are going to be uh presented. I am one of about 10 uh or 11 people that do these presentations around the country. We have people in LA, Denver, San Francisco, Houston, Utah, uh that we’re based out of that we have people there at different time zones doing uh a lot of uh similar topics and I do probably about eight different topics throughout the year. Uh again, I personally do these every 2 weeks and uh with sometimes maybe in 2:00 in the afternoon, maybe sometimes a 4:00, maybe a noon, uh 6:00 uh central time, just like we’re doing right now. Uh so you do have access to see what webinars are going on, our Invest Savvy podcast, and Aerys, meaning Alliant Retirement and Investment Services, the Aerys website and blog. you can check that out too to see what products and services that we do offer. So, three key points that we’re going to cover. Actually, before I get going, I’m so sorry, but I want to let you know that if you do have any questions throughout the presentation, I will be taking those at the end. So, if you think of a question, you have access to the chat box or the Q&A question and answer box. And if you think of a question, go ahead and type it in at any time throughout the presentation. Those will stick to the end. I will take those questions at the end of the presentation and hopefully uh answer whatever is on your mind here. So, and again, if you do have questions further after that, please say yes on the survey after that and you and I can have a one-on-one conversation. Um, I haven’t introduced myself. My name is Joe Gaspari. I am one of the financial consultants here with the Alliant Retirement and Investment Services team. I am an Alliant employee. I do investments, I do stocks, bonds, mutual funds, annuities, and all sorts of different things. One of the biggest things that I do is that retirement plan. Uh that plan is basically if someone says, “Joe, here’s what I have. Here’s what I want. Am I on the right path to do what I need to do to get where I want to be to have the retirement that I desire?” Uh or maybe even saving for education. Whatever that saving goal is that you have, are you on the right path? And am I are you invested correctly according to your risk tolerance in the time period that you’re going to be investing? And am I too aggressive or even too conservative in some of the investments that you might have? Um interest rates uh who knows what’s going to happen. They keep talking about are rates going to start going down. They the Federal Reserve did lower a couple of times and now they’re on a pause. uh with you know with uh world events going on right now, who knows where things are going, but whether things are good, whether things are bad in the markets, whether interest rates are higher or lower or staying the same, are you going to be okay? That’s what that retirement plan will hopefully solidify for you. So again, please say yes at the end of that presentation or this presentation and we will hopefully very soon have that one-on-one conversation. So, three key points that we’re going to discuss. Number one, if you do not enroll in Medicare on time, you will pay a monthly penalty. If you do not get the right private insurance to go with Medicare and some we might call that supplemental coverage or the metag gap uh policy, a couple of different terms, but basically the same thing. Basically, you can have an insurance to cover the things that uh that Medicare does not cover. You may too much in pre uh in premiums or out-ofpocket costs. And number three, if you do not plan for higher health care costs in retirement, you could run out of money. So, or not be able to get the care that you need. So, the agenda, we’re going to talk about uh Medicare enrollment. When do you need to? What is Medicare? Who needs to enroll in Medicare and when? And how do you enroll in Medicare? How much does Medicare cost? What does Medicare cover? What does Medicare not cover? That’s a very important one. And I could tell you right up front, long-term care is one of those. We will be touching on long-term care uh you know, a little bit here tonight. So, we’ll talk about that, not digging into how uh what types of policies, but again, that’s still an important part of uh as people are living longer and maybe needing care down the road. How is that going to be paid for? How does private insurance work with Medicare? How does that supplemental or metagap work? Uh two reasons. Your health care expenses will be higher in the future. Number one, inflation. Health care costs just rising over time. Uh generally health care uh costs do exceed traditional inflation. So as costs go up with inflation, medical costs usually exceed that and go up faster. increased need for services as you age. Uh Medicare does not cover long-term care. So Medicare enrollment uh before the age of 65, who pays for health care? So your employer, maybe your group coverage, maybe you have a retiree health care uh health insurance before you turn uh turn on Medicare. Uh COBRA if you left a job and maybe for 18 months or so is what you get coverage for. you can basically continue the same work policy that you had, but it’s all on your dime now. So, the your company is not uh either paying for a portion or all of that health coverage. Individual health insurance, you can just go out there and shop in the market uh to see what how much uh uh your health care coverage will cost and what level of care that you might be uh covering. after age 65, Medicare pays first, except for if you are working still and you are in a I’ll call this a qualified plan because this will come up quite a uh quite a few times in here. Uh except employer group plans that cover 20 or more employees um or if your spouse is still working and you’re covered by a plan through a spouse. So if typically if it’s a a a company 20 or more employees that you have this coverage, you can still keep your coverage and then Medicare um part B you can defer if you are still working. So, you don’t have to pay for that because and we’ll talk about who pays for Medicare A, who pays for Medicare B, who pays for D, your prescription drug coverage, who pays for the advantage plan, and how does all that work in uh retirement. And your other insurance pays second after the age of 65. So, what this means for you, unless you are covered by an employer group plan, a qualifying plan, you must enroll in Medicare when you turn 65. What if you don’t enroll in Medicare on time? Very important to do it because you will pay late enrollment penalties. Uh, your health care expenses may not be covered by insurance or your private insurance options may be limited. So before it’s typically 3 months before you turn 65 to 3 months after you turn 65 is that uh general initial enrollment period that you have to sign up when you are age 65. If you are unsure of what type of work plan that you have and should you be signing up for something, check with your employer on those and hopefully you have a a person that would know that basically here’s how our coverage works. Yes, you should, you know, start applying for Medicare or no, you don’t need to based on your plan that you have. What is Medicare? National Health Insurance Program for people 65 plus. uh administered by the Centers of Medicare and Medicaid Services and you enroll through the Social Security website. Uh and I believe it’ll come up in a a few slides, but ssa.gov is the website for that. This is where you can go if you want to sign up to see how much you’re expected to receive in Social Security. Uh through the Social Security site, you can kind of navigate through there and get your numbers. Basically, what if you want social security as early as 62 or your full retirement age between 66 and 67 or even defer till age 70 to get the maximum amount monthly income. Um, this is the same site that you would apply for your Medicare. Who is eligible? Basically, everyone over the age of 65 who is a US citizen. legal residents who have lived in the US continuously for at least 5 years. So legal residents, not non-resident. So some people under 65 who are eligible for disability. So if you are on permanent disability, you may be eligible for Medicare earlier as well. There are four parts of Medicare. You can either have A and B. A is your hospital coverage. B is your doctor visits and things like that. Your doctor, your medical coverage. So A, you do not have to pay for. It’s already you and when you’ve been paying into Social Security and Medicare, all of your working years, and 6.2% of your paycheck goes into Social Security, 1.45 of it goes into Medicare. Your A your hospital is uh insurance is covered already. You do not have to pay for A. B is what you pay for. It’ll come up, but that current price is $20.90. $22.90 per month is what an individual pay will pay for Medicare Part B. And that does come out of your Social Security check. Medicare Part C is what you would get if you do not want traditional A and B. It’s uh the advantage plan. I will use this similar to it’s not exactly an HMO but it is similarish to an uh like an HMO where uh doctors are they have to be in network and things like that if you are on the advantage plan and then Medicare part D is your prescription drug coverage. So when you sign up for Medicare, you are signing up for A and B or C. And then D, the prescription can go with both of those uh options. And you could see at the bottom right where on Medicare part C and D is you would shop for those. So if you want the advantage plan, you do not sign up through that through the social security site. you have to go out and shop at through United Healthcare or Blue Cross Blue Shield or Etna, one of the big carriers and use a big name brand carrier for something like this. Um, but uh so Medicare C and for your prescription drug coverage, you are going to be shopping for that. So here’s another list there. So option one is you do A and B together and then you would add your prescription drug coverage on and then you would also get a supplemental insurance to cover what Medicare does not cover. Uh very important. I’ll use my uh my parents as an example. My father was uh in and out of the hospital. He had a lot of heart issues in his younger years too. 49. He had his first heart attack. He had a bypass at 51 and heart attack, heart attack, heart attack, another bypass at 64. When he passed away at the age of 75, he was in the hospital for probably about 10, 12 days. And we’re thinking, so Medicare and all the procedures that they do did and everything like that and pacemaker, defiill, all those things. So he was in the hospital, he passes away, and then it was like, oh my gosh, what are the doctor bills going to be after all this? everything goes to Medicare and they cover what they cover and typically 80% is what Medicare will cover especially on you know for part B uh part A typically and sometimes they will even cover up to 100% of that but whatever they don’t cover it goes to his supplemental which was Blue Cross Blue Shield at the time and every then they pay what they will cover and they pay everything basically we had zero out of pocket for that. Now, I can’t guarantee that will always happen, but basically when you have that metagap or that supplemental coverage paying for what Medicare doesn’t cover, some people might say, “I don’t want to pay for that medic, you know, that couple hundred bucks for a metagap policy or a supplemental policy.” Um, that’s just money. I don’t go to the doctor a lot. I’m pretty healthy. But you never know what’s going to happen. So, some people might take a chance and not have a supplemental. But if you think that there’s certainly that need and I would usually if someone said should I get it should I not get it I would say get it a supplemental. So in the or option two on here is your Medicare advantage Medicare C which covers basically A and B and your prescription drug coverage all in one policy that you would go shop for. Again, you have to go to United Healthcare, Etna, Blue Cross Blue Shield, one of the big carriers, and you shop for your advantage plan, Medicare Part C, and your your fees or your charges. Uh your premiums might vary depending on any pre-existing conditions potentially, if there’s what state you live in, what county you live in. Uh so, yeah, prices can vary depending where you are. How do you enroll in medic in Medicare through the social security site? If you are receiving social security, Medicare A and B are automatic. You can decline B if you have other work coverage. Uh so if you have that qualifying coverage, again, 20 employees or more, uh you do not have to sign up for B because your work will cover that and then uh your A is free anyway. So, some people will definitely sign up for A if they can uh or if they should and then uh because they don’t have to pay for it and then they they can decline B until you retire or stop working. And before you stop working, that’s when you’re going to start shopping and getting that Medicare Part B going. Um so, it turns on immediately when your work one turns off. So, very important to start that ahead of time. Your coverage starts the first of the month um you turn 65. Uh so Medicare C and D are not automatic. You must choose a private insurance company to do that. So um A and B. So you go on the site and you can activate them. And but if it’s C and D, nothing happens until you go on and you shop for uh for that coverage in a um in the advantage plan and then adding your prescription drug coverage. And if you do sign up for A and B, your prescription drug coverage is still through a private insurance company. So you do have to many people will shop for their supplemental policy and then add prescription part D on that, you know, with that same provider or carrier. If you are not receiving Social Security, you must sign up through the Social Security uh website um for Medicare enrollment. And there’s three times that you can do this. The initial enrollment period, if you’re not covered by a group plan, when you turn 65, there is a special enrollment period. That is if you are working still at the age of 65, even if you’re on social security, uh if you work till 66 or 67 or even later, uh you don’t do not have to uh sign up for um for B until that time. So, you might be signing up for your Medicare during the special enrollment period when your group or work plan ends. And then if you don’t do either of the first two, then there is a general enrollment period, which we will cover. Uh, if you sign up before the month you turn 65, it starts the month you turn 65. So, there is a one month delay of when you sign up and then it will start the next month. So you could see that uh the month you turn 60 or the month before the month of 1 month after or two to 3 months after and then if you miss the 3 months after then you’re you could be penalized. So uh you’re going to have 3 months before to 3 months after to sign up for your Medicare.

    Who signs up uh in the initial enrollment period? So pretty almost everyone if you are not working and if you don’t have that qualified work plan uh then you will be signing up for Medicare. Um this is for part A. So you may be advised to enroll in Medicare part A to enhance hospitalization. How the big however is if you have a high deductible plan. Uh so for example, my health coverage here at Alliant is a high deductible plan where I can contribute to a health savings account, an HSA, because I’m contributing to the HSA account. If I sign up for a while, while I have that work plan, which some people can do, but I cannot contribute to my health savings plan anymore, the HSA account. So, uh, for me it would be advised because I’m on a on a high deductible plan to not sign up for part A when I turn 65. So, um, so in that case, but if you do not have a high deductible plan, you might be advised to sign up for A and then sign up for B when you stop working.

    Who signs up for part B? people who are not covered by a group plan, you will definitely stop uh uh start your part B. If you are not working, if you’re self-employed, employed by a company with less than 20 employees if you’re on COBRA, that 18-month coverage if you leave a job. So, let’s say you left a job at age of 64 and you were on COBRA. When you’re if you’re on COBRA, you turn 65, then you would turn that on. You would stop COBRA and turn on Medicare Part B. Uh if you’re receiving retiree health benefits uh employed by a company whose health plan is less comprehensive than Medicare, you will be signing up for part B. So who signs up for part D? This is the prescription drug coverage. People who have signed up for A and B and want prescription drug coverage either now or in the future. Even if you are not on any meds right at this point, if you are turning 65, it’s still recommended to sign up for Part D. talk to your that healthc care provider if you are signing up for any details on that. But you must sign up when first eligible or fa uh face late enrollment uh penalties. So even if you’re not on meds, you still might be have to sign up for it. Two options for part B. Part D is the standalone drug coverage or if you sign up for the Medicare Advantage Part C, then you can include the drug coverage in there. It’s kind of an option on there, but it’s still it’s all in the same policy if you have the advantage plan. But if you are on A and B, then you have to go shop for part D. The special enrollment period is for people who did not sign up for part B and D because they had a work plan and they were still working. So they had this work plan and so they don’t sign up for B and D, but now they’re 67 and they’re now retiring. Now they have to sign up for in the special enrollment period. Basically, it’s a qualifying event that basically said, I did not have to do it in the initial enrollment period. I can do it in the special because of this leaving job uh qualifying event. So special enrollment period for part B uh part B anytime before your coverage ends. You’re going to want to sign up before your last day of working. And the 8-month period starting this month uh of group coverage ends. So there could be up to an 8-month gap. I don’t recommend having an 8-month gap, but uh um but it can happen. Part D is anytime before your coverage ends up to within 63 days after your coverage ends. Why 63 days? No idea. Why 8 months for part B, but only 63 days uh for part D. But basically, if you are leaving your job, start shopping and getting that uh part B and part D going as soon as possible or to start immediately after. you can sign up for it before and activate it based on when your um when your group plan ends. Best time to enroll in Medicare to avoid late enrollment penalties. Sign up during the initial or the special enrollment periods to avoid any gaps. Uh sign up before your coverage ends. Now, if you do not sign up in the initial or the special enrollment periods, you have the opportunity every year to sign up from January 1st to March 31st in the general enrollment period. Coverage starts the month after. So, if you sign up in January, it starts in February. Start sign up in February, it starts in March. Sign up in March, it starts at April 1st. So, um these are the general. Now again, caution, caution, caution. If you are going to be signing up uh not when you should have, if it’s going to be late in one of these, you could have penalties. So, um always do it. You know, the the uh the initial and the special enrollment periods are the two that you should be doing. Hopefully, people are not signing up in too much for in the general enrollment period. So, the review, the initial, this is for everyone. If you are 65 and if you do not have a work plan, you are signing up up to three months before your 65th birthday and your coverage starts the first day of the month you turn 65. special enrollment period is if you do have a work plan and you don’t want to sign up for especially part B and start paying for it, then you can wait until you’re done working at 66 or 67 or whatever age you stop working. Then you would sign up for part B in the special enrollment period and the general enrollment period. If you did not do the first two, then you only have January, February or March to sign up for it. If it’s April, May, June, you will not have coverage April through December if you do not sign up in those three months. How to sign up for Medicare A and B. SSA.gov. Here’s that website that we said. If you uh I’ve heard hold times can be pretty long if people do call. Uh again, the website is probably more recommended. I’ll leave this up for a second. Someone doesn’t want to take a picture of the screen just for that phone number or that website. Uh, I’ll I’ll leave this up for just a moment here. I know we do have some questions right now, but if you do have a question, again, go ahead and type it in the chat box or the Q&A and I will get to those at the end of the presentation. Hi, how to sign up for Medicare Part D. If you decide you want A and B, Trai, I’ll call that traditional uh Medicare. uh part A, your hospital coverage, part B, your doctor uh coverage, and then you sign up for D, the prescription drug cover drug coverage. Uh then you’re going to start shopping for it through private insurers, like I said, Blue Cross, Blue Shield, United Healthcare, Etna, one of those big carriers. If you sign up in the Medicare Advantage plan, then you can add the prescription drug coverage on that same plan. And both of those C and D are through that private insurer as well.

    Medicare and private insurance. So premiums are generally are nearly half of the um Medicare benefits out-of- pocket health uh spending. So uh when we look at some of the what you’re paying in premiums and it’s going to come up again, but $22.90 is what that premium is for Medicare Part B. So you do not have to pay for a you’re paying the $22.90 and then your Medicare Part D, call it aboutish $40 a month for the premium and then any potential out-of- pocket costs you might have depending on what drugs you may be on. Uh so but this is looking at what you’re paying in premiums that 22.94 and then services may and things that are not covered by Medicare. For example, you see on the right side things that are not covered, long-term care is not covered by Medicare. Uh things that are uh not covered like dental, eye coverage, you do have to shop for that separately. So, if you’re going to be shopping for Part D, if you want a standalone eye coverage or dental coverage, you can certainly shop for those, but those are not covered by Medicare. home health or outpatient medical, inpatient hospital, uh things like that. Uh so you could have some out-ofpocket costs, but again premiums are about 42% is just what you’re paying in premiums in your healthcare and then any services after that. So, your premiums uh paid to Medicare and again that if you are on social security that comes out of your social security check or payment direct deposit uh private insurance premiums for uh part D your prescription drug coverage or the uh your metagap policy, the supplemental um are premiums that you’ll be paying or the advantage plan that you’ll be paying that premium. other out- of- pockets uh like there’s could be some deductibles uh portion of uh doctor bills not paid by Medicare traditional things are sent to uh approval to Medicare as many hospitals will do that or doctors and you know they will check to see is this procedure covered can we do this and Medicare still pay for it sometimes Medicare will say that’s not a covered thing maybe it’s an elective type of surgery or cosmetic something like that that’s not covered and there could be more out-ofpocket costs.

    Monthly premiums. So, part A you do not have to pay for unless you have just like when you sign up for social security, do you have enough credits or enough quarters in? So, um you know, you’ve had to have greater than 40 quarters or 10 years of working. If you do not, then you may have to pay for part A. But traditionally, more than 10 years of working that you do not have to pay for a part B. Here’s that 20290 that I said in 2026. And pretty much every year this goes up and not every but uh most years that there is an increase in that premium uh plus any income related adjustments. So Medicare Part B, this is why I do the retirement planning to uh as well. If you make too much money, your Medicare part B, part B premiums can be increased significantly depending on what your total income is. So, it’s one of those cautions so you and I can have that one-on-one conversation if you think that you’re going to be a high income earnner or one of those limits and they call it Irma, IR MAA, income related monthly adjustments of your Medicare premiums. So, it’s certainly something to be aware of. Many people are under that limit in retirement, but many people can be above that. And part D is paid to private insurer. It varies with plan. So, it’s uh um it’s on an average we use about a $40 per month premium cost for that. So, here are those monthly adjustments for B and D if your income is high. So, looking at the top row here, so I’m going to look at 109,000 if you are a single filer. If you make more than 109,000, your premiums can go up. So if you’re at that or less, you’re going to pay the 20290. If you are married filing joint, it’s double that, 218,000 of MAGI, modified adjusted gross income. So this includes dividends, interest, IRA withdrawals. Uh anything that is taxable uh can be added to this. So if you make large IRA withdrawals in a given year, your premiums can go up two years later. It’s about it’s a 2-year gap. If someone takes uh has high income in 2026, 2028 is when their premiums would go up. If your income in 2027 goes back down below the that threshold, then in 2029 your premiums can go back down. So, it’s you earn the next year you file, IRS sees it, Medicare sees it, and then the following year the those go up or down based on that. And you can see based on varying income levels on how much higher for part B when I look at you could be paying as much as $487 a month for your Medicare if you have very high income. Same thing with your Part D premiums if you’re uh at the base. you’re paying uh about $40 a month, but then there’s increases on your Medicare Part D premiums if your income is too high as well. Deductibles. So, part A, there’s an initial uh per spell of illness, 7 1,736 deductible, $283 per year on Medicare Part B. And then prescription drug coverage uh part D, it’s a $615 deductible. So, are you going to pay these deductibles or will you have a supplemental policy that could pay for some or all of these deductibles? So, when you have your amount that you’re paying, so part A hospital is $434, uh for uh you know, for the first 60 days, it’s you are covered. If it’s uh over 60 days, 61 to 90 days, you could have $434. And days 91 to 150 are $868. And then skilled nursing is covered up for 20 days, but 21 through 100 days is $217. These are all per day costs. And if it’s over 100 days, it’s 100% out of pocket then for skilled nursing. So, this is what Medicare pays. This is why you would need either need long-term care and or at least a supplemental policy. Part B, you’re basically Medicare covers 80%. You could be on the hook for 20%. However, your supplemental policy can cover that 20%. And anything that’s not approved by Medicare could potentially be either out of pocket or through your uh supplemental plan. Part D co- insurance. So there’s a deductible $615 thou dollars. Uh the prescription. It’s such a confusing uh mess of when you’re covered, you’re covered, then you’re not covered, then you’re covered again. They call this donut hole, if you’ve ever heard that term before. Uh but 25% of drug costs after deductible have been paid. Um is what could be uh out of pocket. Uh no further costs if you know if you reach 21,00. So that’s the max out of pocket is 2100. And the drug plans vary. So if you even live in a certain state or area and you call United Healthcare or Etna or Blue Cross Blue Shield, you might get three different premiums uh from those. What Medicare uh covers hospital 100% for the first 60 days. Medicare medical services 80% basically for all your doctor visits and things like that doctor bills is 80% and then uh all the varying things from prescription drug coverage and then you can also get uh you know flu shots things like that uh I think shingles they will cover uh there’s many things like that some preventative services what Medicare does not cover first one long-term care uh so that when we saw that skill build nursing up to 20 days. Uh call that short-term care, but uh it is definitely not long-term care. Uh care delivered outside of the US. So many people will need some type of supplemental policy if you travel a lot. I’ve heard of instances where even you know when uh this person was on Medicare but it was in another country and became ill was in the hospital for about 10 days and there was other insurance that covered but Medicare did not cover outofcountry services. They do not cover dental vision, hearing aids, cosmetic surgery, acupuncture, alternative care uh amounts over Medicare approved amounts. So, if a doctor submits a a thing that says, “Here’s how much we’re going to charge for this.” Let’s say it’s a $10,000 thing, and Medicare says, “Oh, no. We’ll only cover $7,000 of that. Either lower it or the the patient might have 3,000 out-of- pocket costs.” So, amounts not covered by deductibles and that co insurance of that 20%. So those so there’s going to still be some out-of-pocket costs, but you can still get this supplemental policy to hopefully cover some of these others. So what private insurance co may cover in full or part. So your deductible. So if you have a supplemental policy, that could cover your deductibles for a uh for your part A deductible. Hospital costs after 60 days could be covered by your supplemental. the 20% out of pocket from your part B that is out of pocket costs could your supplemental could cover that and amounts that any doctors overcharge that Medicare did not approve. I can’t guarantee they will, but many uh your supplemental may cover that. And prescription drugs, um you know, so the deductible and most of the costs. So, you know, when you’re shopping for your part D and your supplemental, see if they will kind of work with each other to have as little out of pocket as you can potentially have. So, different types of policies for metagap policies or supplemental policies. Private health insurance for individuals sold by private insurance companies again Blue Cross Blue Shield, Etna, United Healthcare. Uh supplemental original Medicare coverage uh for A and B. So this is you do not get the supplemental if you are on the advantage plan. This is only if you are signing up for A and B. Uh they follow federal and state laws to that protect you. Uh there are different plans almost every state except for these three states that do not uh they have some different rules but medic um Medicare it’s or Medicaid even are you know their government but their state kind of state and federal government things working together. So each state might have different rules uh does not work with the uh Medicare advantage plan. Like I said, you pay a monthly premium. I would say on an average 200 220 a month is what you might be paying on a uh you know a supplemental policy and costs again vary by plan company and where you live. Here’s all the different plans that you can select from when you’re buying a supplemental policy. They are all standardized. Again, the premiums could c be different depending on the company and where you live. But when I look at F, plan F, you could see 100% 100% all the way down and foreign travel up to 80%. So this is the the what covers the most. You can look at A that covers the least. How much are the premiums on these? A is probably going to cost a lot less than F in this case. So, the more coverage you want. Now, when I talk about my when I talked about my dad, my dad’s situation, uh, he had plan a G, it was G at the time. Um, and it’s kind of one’s phasing out, one’s coming in. But F and G, the only difference between F and G is a, um, a deductible. It’s a couple hundred deductible um, for that. So when you have the full coverage, that’s why we had nothing out of pocket for my dad uh when he was in the hospital for all those days uh because pretty much whatever Medicare did not pay supplemental covered it. So pretty much there was nothing out of pocket. So again, when you’re shopping for your supplemental, they’re you’re going to get all these different options of plan A through N. you know, skipping a few letters in here, but uh um that’s, you know, so typically when I talk to people, well, what should I get? Should I, you know, I’m pretty healthy. I’m just going to get the cheapy one. Now, you can change these each year in in an enrollment period, but uh again, plan F, I figure that 200 to 220 a month. So, when I, you know, we’re going to add these up in a little bit to see how much an individual is actually going to be paying for health care coverage in retirement. So Medicare advantage plan again so advantage plan part C is the um it’s approved by Medicare also called the uh Medicare part C again advantage plan run by private companies you go shop for this uh Medicare pays amount for each member’s care you may have to use network doctors here’s that HMOish uh kind of uh coverage here so there might be some restrictions on who you can see uh plan may uh include clude prescription drug coverage if you add that or not uh may include extra benefits like vision or dental again you have to pay extra for those benefits and cost sharing may be different shop carefully for private insurance so these supplemental or metagap policies again you see choose a policy that of the coverage you need A through N uh choose a reputable company like I said earlier make sure your health care provider processes the billing for the company you choose. Uh drug plan coverage, your part D and your Medicare Advantage plan uh plans vary considerably. So um if you’re going to just get private insurance for your supplemental along with A and B or drug plan part D, advantage part C, those are private insurance carriers planning for higher health care costs in retirement. So as we look at what costs are going to be you know based on age groups and using you know for uh the dark blue is the services the top blue is what you’re paying in premiums uh for different age groups you can see for men for women and uh what kind of potential out-of-pocket costs that you could be based on varying ages obviously as we age it looks like these costs go up typical Medicare budget today. So, here’s that $22.990 that I said earlier. That premium for the supplemental or metagap policy around $200. Your prescription drug coverage I said earlier about $40 or so per month. And you’re looking at $442 per person. So, if you are a married couple, uh you’re still looking at almost $900 a month for health care coverage. And that’s just in the premiums for you. So again, does this cover pretty much everything, your doctor visits and everything, you know, but whatever Medicare doesn’t pay, your supplemental paying. So hopefully that’s the case, but there could be some other costs like dental, vision, uh, and things that um that are more elective that your insurance may not cover. So when we look at on an annual basis that 442 * 12 that’s 5,300 a month plus any out-of-pocket cost for prescription drugs and dental and vision maybe some alternative care and you’re looking at almost $7,000 a year in health care. What can cause your health care budget to change in the future? uh rising healthare health care costs higher insurance premium so if premiums keep going up which they do um health care uh a change in health status uh might mean you mean need more services and then same things that that are not covered by Medicare dental vision hearing alternative and long-term care those could be additional costs uh some scarier numbers here uh showing some just some surveys uh through a few different resources of how much lifetime someone could be paying for men, for women, for couples, uh for a couple, for fidelity, saying 345,000 over a lifetime. Uh that could be uh you know, for a long period. So, what are you going to be paying? Is this all going to change in the future anyway? Who knows what’s going to happen when they talk about Social Security fixing that problem, Medicare, Medicaid, and you know, and uh or is there going to be more uh kind of Medicare for all in the future? Who knows where any of this is going? Planning for long-term care. So, this is the thing. So, no coverage after 100 days uh for that skilled nursing. So, long-term care, we’ll touch on here. Let’s see what time uh I got a little bit of time to still go through that. Uh but when we look at 35% of people aed 65 have some type of activity limitations. Uh you can see some of those what percent on um independent living difficulty, self-care difficulty, ambulatory difficulty, cognitive declines that we see a lot of that. There’s a lot of memory care facilities that have been built over the last 15 years or so. um vision, difficulty hearing and any other any disability. 35% of people have some type of uh you know disability there. Causes of um of activity limitations whether it’s heart disease, uh high blood pressure, hypertension, stroke, asthma, look at all the way to the right higher is arthritis. All of these things that could lead to some activity limitations. Uh don’t need help now, just wait. So, these are basically this is the six things that determine if someone would qualify if they have like a long-term care policy and if they would qualify for earning receiving benefits. If a doctor says you can’t do two of the six daily living things, this is the six uh so bathing, showering, dressing, uh eating, uh transferring, they would call a bed to a chair, chair to a bed, uh walking and bathroom. So, these are the six things to say if someone’s going to qualify for long-term care. A doctor writes an a letter saying that they cannot do two of these six, then you could qualify for benefits from that. So, if you do have a long-term care policy and you would like to discuss that, please say yes at the end of the presentation when I put up that survey and we’ll have that conversation of what type of long-term care policy do you have, what does it cover? I’ve seen many times if you are making a monthly premium. I’ve seen where premiums go up, benefits go down, or a combination of both of those. Uh so, you know, if you have one of those policies and you have concerns about that, I would love to have that conversation with you. So, levels of care. Um maybe you just need help uh just, you know, shopping, preparing food, you know, meals, things like that. uh traveling, you know, using the phone, even uh just in general help is what some, you know, the lowest level of care. Uh custodial care, this is again assisting with those six uh daily living things. Uh so do you need any assistance with those or do you need more skilled nursing care maybe around the clock of uh someone assisting in giving medications, shots, you know, IVs, things like that that you need nursing care. What are the costs of long-term care today? You can see if you’re just going to have um someone helping around the house or private nursing home and how much that could cost. When you look at 350 a day or even like say $300 a day, 30 days in a month, you’re talking $9,000 a month for potential some of this care. Uh but do you need assistance around the house? Maybe you only need assistance 3, four, five days a week. Um you know, certain things. Maybe family members can help other days. Uh so there are certainly how do we cut some of these costs and how do we cover this? Uh long-term care is one of the things that I do um when I shop for different types of policies uh that has changed drastically over the last 10 to 15 years uh based on 20 25 years ago uh John Hancock and GE or Genworth were the big carriers back then. Um but uh you know it’s changed a lot. So, why plan for long-term care? Sparing family members of the burden. Excuse me. Avoid uh having to spend down your assets. Um that’s could be a big asset depleter paying for long-term care, especially if it’s a need of that $9,000 a month. That’s $18,000 a year. And if someone has $500,000 saved, that’s not a long time that that money could be gone. So, it’s certainly something to to plan for. So, three reminders. Enroll in Medicare on time, shop carefully for private insurance, and uh to go with your Medicare and PL uh plan for higher health care costs in retirement. Here’s a list of services and products and things that that I do before I go through the questions here in just a moment. uh just you know so if you are looking for I need I need help planning and again the complimentary I’ll use that complimentary plan that I do uh will very comprehensive of here’s what you have here’s what you want we’re going to take inflation into account we look at different types of accounts that you have is everything going to be taxable that you take out like a 401k um I use the term that many of us are what is called 401k rich, meaning not that necessarily that we’re rich, but most of our savings has been in a 401k uh comes out of your paycheck. It’s one of the easy ways to save that you don’t see it. Um, and but maybe you have a lot of savings. Maybe you have a lot of Roth IRA and different things that are some of its taxable every year like your savings, you get a 1099 every year on the interest that you earn, you have to pay taxes on that. A Roth IRA is all tax-free coming out, but your traditional IAS and your 401k, regular 401k is all taxable when you take it out. So, what types of assets do you have and how are you going to be funding your retirement, your long-term care, your health care, everything that your travel, everything that you want to do in retirement. I hope you and I can have that one-on-one conversation and talk about all of this for you. So, I’m going to go through the questions now. Now, you can see right now my information is up on the screen here. If you want to take a picture of that or if you have your camera handy, you can put it on the QR code there. You can hover over that your camera and then tap on the little yellow thing that comes up and you’ll have access to my calendar. You can do that right the second if you so choose. Um, and then we can uh you can just schedule that time right now. Uh, with that, I’m going to go through the questions. As I do that, I’m going to launch the survey right now. would you like to set up an appointment? Please say yes on there and we can have a complimentary. We do not charge for any of these uh planning services. So, if you would like to have that conversation, click uh click yes or if you’re not ready to um but with that, I’m going to go through the questions here. So, first one, what if uh you turn 65 but are still covered by your spouse’s medical plan since they are still working? that as long as it’s a qualified plan. As if it’s a spouse plan, that is absolutely fine as well. So, it doesn’t have to be your own specific. So, if you are covered under a spouse, yes, that’s absolutely fine. You can defer your part B um with that. That’s still a qualified plan. Any suggestions on how to estimate medical costs when planning to retire at 55? Uh that’s that’s a tough one at 55 because you’re going to be shopping for your own medical coverage. Uh call it Obamacare or just the you know you’re going to be shopping for it on the open market and do you have pre-existing conditions? Are there is there anything that could make it cost more? So it’s one of those with the health care that we have. You’re going to get coverage but you’re going to pay for it as well. especially if there are pre-existing conditions. But it’s something that we can put a plan together. Hopefully, you’re one of the yeses on there that if we can talk about from 55 to 65 and kind of put that in the plan, whether that’s a,000 a month if you’re a single person or up to 2,000 a month for premiums um when you’re shopping and it can be that much. Um you so but uh but we can put that in the budget to see if it’s something that is doable for you. uh in that retirement plan and from 55 to 65 we could assume those higher costs and then those costs would be would be reduced some uh by um by turning on Medicare at that time. Can you switch from option to B to the advantage uh or to option A Medicare if you don’t like uh the arrangement some some people have during the open enrollment period uh that you can change from let’s say A and B to the advantage plan or if you’re on the advantage plan back to A and B you can do that. Yes. Uh if you get the part C plan do you still need to sign up for B separately? No. So, it’s either A and B together, and that’s could be signed up for separately depending on if you have a work uh plan still. A is free, B you pay for, or you get C. You don’t get B with C. So, C is the advantage plan, but you would still add prescription drug coverage in that same plan. So, if you have C, you do not sign up for A or B. So, C is going to be a separate plan there. Uh how does part B get paid if you have part C plan which is supposed to cover A B and D again? Uh so part if you have part C uh everything is it’s all one premium. You’re it’s so technically A and B are in that C uh in that advantage plan, but you’re not paying for B separate. It’s all in your your advantage plan part C premium. You’re going to have your hospital, your doctor coverage, and your prescription drug coverage all in one encompass the one premium in the advantage plan. You do not have to pay for B separate to confirm if uh if I plan to retire at 65, I could wait and do special enrollment plan um at no penalty. But if something happens and I retire before 65, is it a good idea to apply for Medicare before 65 just in case? Depends on how much before. You can only sign up for it up to 3 months before age 65. Um, so uh you’re going to be in the initial. So this whole thing on this one is do. So if you’re retiring at 65, you have to sign up for A and B at 65. If you retire before 65, you might have to get some type of other coverage. And I’m talking at like 64 or 63 or 62. If it’s just a month or two before, you can sign up for Medicare, but it is not going to start until you are 65. So you might need some type of coverage for those couple of months before you turn 65. So if you were retiring at 65, you have to sign up for A and B to start at 65. If you retire before 65, uh you have to get some other coverage until Medicare kicks in at 65. I’m having uh trouble understanding the difference between metagap supplemental and Medicare advantage. So metagap supplemental, so I’m going to call it traditional coverage is A and B. A is your hospital coverage. B is your doctor visits and your doctor coverage. That’s A and B. What is called traditional Medicare that only cover it doesn’t cover 100% of everything. So many people will have a supplemental policy to cover what A and B do not cover deductibles or the the 20% that uh that Medicare part B does not cover. So that’s you’re just going to have a supplemental with A and B. If you are signing up for the advantage part C, you do not sign up for a supplemental plan. A a part C is an all-encompassing one plan uh that you have that covers your doctor visits, your hospital coverage and your prescription drug coverage all in Medicare part C. So they are separate things. A supplemental only goes with A and B. It does not go with the advantage part C. So we got a few more here I’ll try to get to. Uh uh so uh the entire process is so convoluted. Uh is there a difference on the benefits between New York and Illinois state? uh the cost there’s no difference in benefits but the uh costs could be different um in in supplemental but in whether you live in Illinois or New York your part B premium is still going to be two $22.90 that will not change but your supplemental coverage could be priced different in each of those states so but the benefits will be the same if you have a supplemental plan like that plan F that covered everything that Medicare does not. It’s a standardized coverage, but the premiums could be different depending where you live. Uh, can I be on Medicare without collecting Social Security? Medicare 65, Social Security 67. Yes, you will just have to pay that $22.90 out of pocket directly to direct, you know, a withdrawal out of a checking account or mailing in a check, however they do that. But yes, you can be on Medicare without being on social security. Uh so assume you must uh shop for metagap uh like for part D. Yes, you have to shop for uh the metagap or supplemental policy. Uh Do let’s see I am working age 60 and have PO insurance. My spouse uh spouse is 74. It does not have social security when he turned 65. Uh we tried to enroll him in Medicare A and um the cost was 600 a month. So you know what? This one’s a long one. I have your information. I’m going to email you separately on that. That’s kind of a long question there. And we’re running out of time here. I think we’re at the end of the questions. That one long one, I will get back to you on that. I will email you separate. Thank you all so much for your time and attention tonight. I really appreciate that. This is an important topic. Hopefully you and I will speak soon. Have a great rest of the evening. Bye-bye.

  • 08/10/2026 – ContentClaw Customers-Only Red-Carpet VIP Training!

    All right, folks. We’re about to get started uh in just about 20 30 seconds. Just waiting for some stragglers to get in. Give me a one. Yes, if you can hear me loud and clear, if you can see the Concloud dashboard on your screen, if the audio is coming up fine, everything is good. We just type one or yes in the chat box or in the questions box that you see on go to webinar. So, I know we are good to go and systems are up and running. Awesome. Awesome. Lots and lots of ones and yeses coming in. Lots of people on the call today. Really, really excited about uh what we’re doing. Let me plug myself into power so I don’t run out of it. Okay, brilliant. Uh we got some incredible stuff to share with you today uh about 10 different things that I want to talk to you about related to Content Club. Now, before we begin, I want you to understand something very important about this training session. This original welcome training session, the onboarding session. Uh this is not about technical training on how to use content claw, how to technically use like how to go in create a campaign, how growth engine works, how integrations work, how scheduling is done. If you want to learn how to do all of that, what you need to do is go because we’ve already prepared the training for you and instead of just doing it on on a live webinar, excuse me, where you know only a few people uh can attend and some people can’t because of time. We’ve recorded it all and added here inside your app. Excuse me. So, if you go into Content Cloud, click on the top right icon here and go into help and support. You’ll see all the tutorial videos added here and we’re adding more every day. All the tutorials are here and not just videos, we’ve also have like uh tutorials in PDF and screenshot form formats as well that you can watch and translate as well. So, you know, whatever language you want tutorials to be, they will be there. Now, um, if there’s a specific tutorial that you need, if there is something that’s missing or something unclear in any of those tutorials, something that you don’t understand in the open claw, how to use like what the how do I connect my accounts, uh, or how to create video or how to edit a specific video or, you know, how to clone my voice or clone my face. if there’s something missing. We’ve covered pretty much everything in the tutorial videos on how to use it and how to profit from it as well. But if there’s something missing, if you if you need something specific, what you could do is you can email our support team and tell them that you need this specific video, you can email us at supportingsx.com. Just paste, copy and paste it here in the chat as well. So, just email us and what we’ll do is we’ll have those videos added for you. Shouldn’t be a problem at all. But again, the first tip I want you to do today or tomorrow, uh, depending on what part of the world you’re at, if it’s morning or day, I want you to go and watch all the tutorials so you have a very clear understanding of all the features and how Content Cloud works, how you can use this in your business, how you can profit from this business, how can you how you can start an agency with Content Cloud. We pretty much covered a lot of that stuff already. Recorded it, placed it in your account so you can go back again and again and again. Watch it as many time as you want. Now to start with the first thing I want to talk about are these two new features that we are going to be making live. The first one is called Nitro video rendering. So what nitro video render essentially means is currently every bundle user and every front-end user are on the same rendering server. Uh mega bundle users get faster priority cues. So you know you could your videos would be rendered a little bit earlier than other people’s video because you have upgraded. But what nitro video rendering does it just changes the game altogether. It just puts everyone on the same level of highspeed high definitioninition rendering and it’s just instantly instantly uh done for you. And so we’re releasing this feature on Friday called Nitro video rendering. And what this will do is like every video that you render will be rendered super super fast. You don’t have to wait in a queue or anything at all. You don’t have to uh be an upgraded person, upgraded user of the app to it doesn’t matter if you have front end, doesn’t matter if you have bundle, doesn’t matter if you have mega bundle or fastpass or whatever, you will be um you know able to render these videos stupidly fast, like stupidly fast. Now, this feature uh we we’re going to start charging $19 a month uh starting from Friday when we launch. But since you all are founding members, everybody who’s picked up the bundle will automatically be upgraded to Nitro Video Rendering for free. So you don’t have to pay anything. You never pay uh any monthly fee for this. This is going to be included as part of your bundle purchase cuz we want to reward our founding members, members who have um you know joined us when we went live. it it’s only a paid features for our uh new users who are going to be starting to buy after the launch ended on Tuesday. So if you are a bundle member, if you purchase the bundle deal or if you purchase the fastpass deal um you will be upgraded to Nitro video rendering for free. The next feature that we are releasing on Monday coming Monday uh is trending audio finder. Now, one of the important thing about going viral on Tik Tok and Instagram and also YouTube shorts, but like specifically on Tik Tok and Instagram is to find an audio that’s about to go viral. Not something that’s already viral, not something that’s already like we call this feature called trending audio finder, but not something essentially that’s already trending, something that will be trending, right? So, we build an AI that goes out there and looks into all these uh signals that sort of say if this audio is going to trend like you know the audio’s got about like 10 to 20,000 videos being created around it. It’s it’s fairly recent uh within a week and the trajectory is going up, right? So, it finds these audios inside the Instagram app, inside the Tik Tok app. So when you publish your videos, you want to use these audios on your video as a background audio. So when you publish this video, you will start getting a lot more views. Like trending audios can help you turn an average 100, 200, 300 view video into a million views video with massive massive engagement. Right? So this is really really powerful. Now again this is a very heavy resource oriented feature cuz like we have to scrape the data analyze the data and we have to do it every uh every 30 40 minutes right it’s like it costs a lot of money for us not just to build but also to maintain because of the server cost API cost of the uh AI and of course we do not want you to pay any of the API cost. So this is also going to be a paid feature. We’re going to be charging uh $9.95 a month for this on Monday starting Monday for all the new users. But again, same as the Nitro video rendering, all our bundle users get upgraded to this feature for free. You don’t pay anything at all. There is nothing for you to pay. You don’t pay $9.95 a month. You don’t pay $90 a year. You don’t pay anything at all. It’s included in your bundle for free. So, these are the two new features that all bundle users will get for free starting from tomorrow all the way till Monday. Who do you think who who who thinks this is cool? Who thinks this is going to help you create better videos, uh get more views, get more engagement, build a better audience, and who thinks this is just cool to, you know, be upgraded for free as a type in type in yes or one in the chat. I think this is uh this is going to be useful and this is going to be cool for you to build an audience. Awesome. Awesome. Lots of ones and yes is coming in. Love it. Love it. Love it. Love the energy on the crowd guys. This is incredible. Incredible. Right. So, a couple of other things that we’re going to do is we’re going to be releasing a lot more templates. And these templates are going to be um based on some of the viral trending videos, some of the filters, everything that’s doing like really really well in 2020 uh in the current year and the year going forward. And we’re going to keep updating these templates every couple of months. And these will go out to all the users. Uh doesn’t matter if you’re a bundle user or FA users, right? So we’re going to be including these uh for free to all our founding member users, bundle or uh premium. Um again, this is not included uh for new buyers after the uh after the launch. But for all our uh buyers who are part of the founding members team, you will start seeing this in your account starting from next week. The other thing what we’re going to do is we’re going to bump up all the bundle users from 1,000 campaigns a month. So you all have unlimited campaign. You can create as many campaigns up to a,000 per month. Right? So what we’re going to do is we’re going to bump up and double that to 2,000 campaigns a month. Now 2,000 campaign essentially means almost 200,000 videos that you can create, right? So you can create insane amount of content and publish online on your social media platform. So for all the bundle users starting today, your accounts have already been bumped to 2,000 campaigns per month from 1,000 campaigns per month that were promised originally as part of the bundle. So you can create like insane insane amount of um uh videos. And what I mean by 2,000 campaigns, so when you go into the campaign section, right here, you can have 2,00 active campaigns. Now, if you want to create another campaign, like you want to create 20,000 first campaign, right? Just delete one of the campaign and then you can keep doing it. But I do think 2,00 campaign is a lot and I think that will be more than you would ever ever need. Um, let’s see what else we got. We got uh more integrations and automations that we are working on. Lots of new integration, lots of new automations that we’re going to be adding. Lots of new uh social media platforms that we’re going to be adding. Lots of new AI agentic automation just to make it a little bit more smoother for you uh based on the feature request and feedback we getting. A lot of those things will be added, improved, and you will all get access to it for free. Better AI images and video clips. no additional fee. So what we’re going to do is like we’re improving our engine. So all the AI images, all the AI video clips that content cloud generates are now going to be generated at hickfields level like highest highest quality of AI images. And again you don’t pay for any API key. You don’t pay for any other essential uh cost credit nothing. All the founding members going to get upgraded to this for free. Who thinks this is cool? Type a yes in the chat if think if you think this is cool. If you think this will help you make better videos. Awesome. Love it. Love it. Love it. Love it. Love it. Love it. All right. Cool. Cool. Cool. Now, coming back to the training part. So, in just about a minute, I’m going to get uh one of my good friend to jump on the call with us and uh show you guys some incredible incredible method on monetization, how to make money, how to uh build a business using all of this. Uh what I’m also going to do is I’m going to do three live training sessions with you guys uh over the next couple of weeks. So first one will be AI automation agency training. So I’m going to be showing you how you can set up your own AI automation agency. Very very cool, very very powerful. Um incredible thing. Right, the next one that I’m going to do is I’m going to do a social media marketing agency training for you. So I’m going to show you how to start a social media marketing agency. All powered by AI are powered by controlled by agents. And then next one I’m going to do is a digital marketing agency. Again, all powered by AI, all managed by AI. So I’m going to show you three businesses that you can start and operate using AI agents. So agentic AI business like where AI agents, your swarm of AI agents, your team of AI agents will run the entire business. Find clients, close clients, do the service, build websites, do all the work for you. So I’m going to do all these trainings over the next couple of months which are included as part of your um you know package. So these are going to be incredible incredible live training and then after the live training I’m going to add those recordings in the help section here as well. So you can circle back and watch those whenever you want to do that. And uh yeah so these train going to be incredible. We’re going to do I’m going to be emailing you about these um uh every day so you can make sure that you’re signed up and you can show up. If you if you can’t show up, we will try and have a recording for you later this month. So, these are going to be incredible training. But what I want to talk about today is uh and it’s this incredible method of monetization of how to make money um with literally nothing extra from your end. Uh, and then I’ve got my good friend on the call, uh, who’s just sitting in his garage right now. Um, he’s going to be jumping on the call and showing us, uh, this whole process of monetization, how to make money, how to build this new business and get things done. So, without further ado, let’s jump onto this. Make sure you have paper and pen. And I see a lot of people are on the waiting list as well. So, they’re going to in the waiting room, they’re going to jump in in a second as well. So, I’m going to give everybody another 5 10 seconds if that’s okay with you. and then we’re going to get started with the training. Make sure you turn off all the distractions and focus on this because this is going to be incredible, incredible uh monetization strategy, how to make money online process for you and you have not seen anything like this before.

    All right, so I’m going to switch my screen and uh head over uh the screen to my friend and let’s get this party started. Just going to wait just a second and let everybody get checked in here.

    Make sure you have a pen, a piece of paper. Make sure you get some caffeine. I got my my tea right here, ready to rock. My bulletproof tea. All right, guys. Well, welcome everyone. My name is Chan. So excited you guys are here. Um, now I know that you heard something about like the Costco method. Well, we’re going to talk all about it right now. So, let me go ahead and share my screen. Give me just a second to pull it up. All right. I hope you guys are fired up. We have a lot to cover today. All right. Can you see my screen? All right. Awesome. Let’s dive in. So, let’s talk about the Costco method. It’s a way that complete beginners are quietly earning 3,000 or more per week from home while AI does 95% of the heavy lifting without creating products, getting on the phone, or showing your face to a single person. Now, I know that’s a big claim. So, before I say another word, let me just show you something. This is a brand new business I started from absolute zero in September. 5 months later, over $200,000. Now, you can see the money being paid out here into my bank account. 5,554 deposited into my checking and then another 12K payment. And this this is a picture of me climbing in Patagonia with my best friend while money is coming into my bank account. I was completely off the grid. No laptop, no phone calls. The business grew while I was up there. And yes, I did almost fall off the cliff. My buddy still has the video. I’ve asked him to delete it and he has not. Uh but that’s a story for a different time. But here’s why this matters. I’m not the only one. Okay, this is Nathan. 6 months ago, he was a manager in Greensville, South Carolina, worried sick about being replaced by AI, and he decided to own the AI instead. He collected his first payment of $750 in 7 days. And today, he collects $28,000 a month with this same method. And it keeps going. Here’s Josh, Teresa, Crystal, Roxanna, and many more. Crushing it with this system. Now, I’m not showing you these results to impress you. I’m showing you because this is the exact system I’m walking you through today. how to simply plug AI into a proven business model and make your first sale in as little as seven days with minimal out-of- pocket costs, no phone calls, and no clients. But stay until the very end because that’s where I’m going to open up the Costco formula. It’s the H2 AI dashboard live on screen and build a complete campaign from scratch in under 10 minutes so that you can see exactly what your first day looks like. If you leave early, you miss the part that actually makes this whole thing work. And as a thank you for staying, I’m giving everyone who’s here at the end a free copy of our H2 AI quick start guide. And this normally sells separately, but it walks you through step by step through making your first sale in under 72 hours. And it shows you how to earn reoccurring income from sales you didn’t even make yourself. That’s where the real money is. Okay? So, stick around and it’s yours straight into your inbox. So, drop a let’s go in the chat if you’re committed to staying till the end. Let’s see it. Let’s go. Let’s go. Let’s go. All right. The energy is here. Let’s dive in. Now, let me be crystal clear about what this is and what this is not. Okay, this is not another start an agency presentation, cold calling strangers, trying to land clients. This is not your typical affiliate promoting Amazon links, collecting $20 commissions because Amazon only pays you 3%. What I’m going to show you today involves high ticket digital products. We’re talking $500, $1,000, even $2,000 plus on commissions on a single sale and using a system where AI does the work. You don’t create anything. You don’t sell anything on the phone and you don’t need to understand a single line of code. And here’s the thing, you don’t have to show your face. You don’t have to get on camera. You don’t have to tell a single person you know what you’re doing. If privacy matters to you, and I know for a lot of you it does, this works completely faceless. I’ll show you exactly how later on. Now, this is something genuinely new, and I don’t say that lightly. I’ll show you the exact tools that made this possible. Tools that literally didn’t even exist 6 months ago. But before I go any further, I want you to do something for me. Type in the chat right now. If you hit your income goal in the next month, what is the very first thing you’re going to buy or pay off? Don’t overthink it. Just type it in right now. Pay off your mortgage, pay off debt, bills, travel, retire your mom, vacation, like whatever it is. I love it. Keep them coming in. Keep them coming in. Now, here’s why I asked. Because everything you guys just typed requires one thing, more money coming in. And the question isn’t whether opportunities to make that money exist. They always do. The question is whether you recognize them in time. Because every few years a window opens and it stays open for about 12 to 18 months. And the people who step through it build wealth that lasts the rest of their lives. In 2015, it was Amazon FBA. Regular people with no warehouses, no business degrees were pulling in 30 to 50k a month, selling simple products that they didn’t even manufacture. And today, that space is a bloodbath. The window closed. In 2020, it was Shopify and drop shipping. People build stores from their kitchen table during COVID and hit six figures in under a year while everyone else was binge watching Netflix waiting for things to go back to normal. But today, ad costs tripled, margins collapse, and the window closed. Right now, and I mean right now, AI has opened the next window. And I’m not talking about the AI window most people think they see, the one where you start an agency and cold call and email strangers. I’m talking about a completely different window that almost nobody is looking at. But here’s the problem. Nobody’s talking about it. Most people chasing AI money right now are plugging it into the wrong business model. They’re using the most powerful technology in human history to sell a $20 calorie counter app. Or they’re cold calling, trying to land $5,000 a month agency clients, competing against thousands doing the exact same thing. It’s like strapping a rocket engine to a bicycle. It doesn’t matter how powerful the engine is if the vehicle underneath can’t handle it. What changed everything for me and what I’m handing you today is this. The business model matters more than the technology. And when you plug AI into a proven high ticket model where someone else does the selling and you collect $500 to $1,000 plus in commissions, that’s when you stop trading time for money and start waking up to commission notifications from sales you didn’t make. Now, grab a pen and paper and seriously hold it up. Here’s what I want you to write down. Three words. Costco method formula. And underneath that, I want you to write this. Other people’s products. AI does the work. High ticket commissions. That’s the entire model in one line. Costco didn’t invent a single product on it shelves. It built a system that moves other people’s products at scale. And that is exactly why you’re about to learn how to do this with high ticket digital products that pay you $500 to $2,000 from your laptop with AI doing the heavy lifting. So today I’m going to walk you through three things. First, the Costco blueprint. Exactly how this model works. How you use $150 hot dog products to collect $500 to $2,000 per sale. And why this is fundamentally different from anything else in the online space. Second, I’m going to show you the 95% engine, the all-in-one AI dashboard that does all the leg work for you. And third, the plug-in partnership. How to skip the learning curve. how to plug in a done for you system with AI tools, a sales team, a community already in place, so you never build from scratch. You’ll be ready to move. Now, let me tell you why today is different from anything you’ve seen before. The results behind this model are not new. We and thousands of other people have been generating serious income this way for over 4 years. That’s a real proven track record. Here’s some of our folks crushing it right now, hitting 100K streak from Google search to 20K per month. And here’s some more. and it just keeps on going. But what is new is for the first time ever, we can automate 95% of the process. 6 months ago, the AI tools I’m going to show you today either didn’t exist or weren’t good enough to rely on. That changed and that’s what cracked this wide open for beginners. You’re not starting from scratch like I did. You’re plugging into a 4-year-old system with AI handling the parts that used to take months to learn. And that’s why I know there are people on this call right now who are going to look back at today as the day it all shifted. I don’t know which of you it is yet, but I know that you’re here. So, let me show you why it doesn’t matter where you’re starting from. It doesn’t matter if you’re a complete beginner with zero experience. It doesn’t matter if you’re on a tight budget. All you need is less than an hour a day. And I’ll show you how to find that hour. And if you’ve tried other things before, courses that didn’t work, businesses that fizzled out, stuff that felt way harder than the ad made it look, I want you to hear me on this. It wasn’t you. It was the model. The wrong model fails no matter how hard you work. and the right model works even when you’re still figuring it out. The only reason I can make a claim like that is because we’ve seen it. Hundreds of verified people who have made money with this exact system and many of them were earning within their first 7 days. And this is all kinds of people. People like Jed Nancy here. There are a couple with six kids running a farm. Talk about having no time. And yet now they’re collecting over $12,000 per month with this method. Four to five sales a month. That’s it. That’s what high ticket does for you. Then there’s Noren. She was working as a cashier at Whole Foods, making barely above minimum wage. She followed the steps and had her best month ever, $15,000 from just 20 high ticket sales. Think about that. To make $15,000 selling a $15 ebook, you need to sell a,000 of them. Nor made 20 sales. That’s the difference between the right model and the wrong model. And the story doesn’t end there. Her brother Naveiv watched what she was doing, followed the same process, and in his best month collected $27,000. Now, Naveiv went hard and the timing was right. So, his numbers are on the higher end, but even at half that, even at a quarter of that, we’re talking about life-changing money for most people. All right, let’s get into it, guys. It sounds nuts to say it out loud, but today, the process from this H2H method you’ll soon learn about has now helped me do over 20 million in sales. I was invited on TV shortly after I crossed that milestone. I’ve been invited to speak on big stages with hundreds of people. I’ve been featured on Times Square. I’ve been interviewed by celebrity entrepreneurs like Gary Vee and Grant, others like Dan Mortell, and I’ve taught this model to thousands of people. But none of that compares with this. Last year, I sat down next to my mom and I told her, “I need you to really hear what I’m about to say.” She gave me that look that she always gives me, a little bit worried, bracing yourself like something bad was coming. She just turned 60, still grinding out, like 12-hour shift, still driving an hour to work, an hour back. Sometimes she’d come home so wiped out she’d fall asleep in her workc clothes because she didn’t have the energy to change. And here’s the thing. My mom did everything right. She did everything herself her entire life. That’s what she was taught. Well, we were all taught. Work hard, do it yourself, study, get good grades, get the degree, get the job, put your head down, don’t ask for help, don’t take shortcuts. Figure it out on your own. And someday, someday, it’ll all pay off. I call that the do-it-yourself trap. And if you grew up hearing that same message, do it yourself, work harder, grind longer. Type relatable in the chat. I’m seeing them come in right now. Relatable, relatable, relatable. Yeah, every single one of us. My mom followed the DIY trap perfectly for 40 years. Did everything herself. Never asked for help, never looked for a shortcut. And the reward was falling asleep in her uniform because she was too exhausted to change. That’s what the DI trap gets you. Not freedom, not security. Exhaustion with a paycheck. I grabbed her hands and I said, “It’s over. No more shifts. No more alarm clocks at 5:00 a.m. No more coming home so exhausted you pass out on the couch. I’ve got it from here. All of it.” She just looked at me and didn’t say anything. I said, “Mom, I want you at every soccer game, every birthday party, every random Tuesday when the kids just want to make cookies with grandma. You’ve missed enough already. I don’t want you to miss anything else.” Her chin started shaking. You spent your whole life working so I can have a future, I told her. But now it’s my turn to give you the rest of yours. And she just broke. Like not polite little tears, the kind that comes from somewhere deep. The kind of says, “I didn’t think I’d ever see this date.” My kids were standing there totally confused, asking why was grandma crying? Why is she so sad? She wasn’t sad. For the first time in her life, she was allowed to stop. That’s what this business gave me. Not the trophy, not the interviews, but that moment, being able to look at my mom, who sacrificed everything for me, and tell her she never has to work another day in her life. Now, if that story moves you, if you have someone in your life you’d love to have that moment with, type their name in the chat right now. Just their first name. Mom, dad, wife, husband, just type it. Yeah, we all feel like I see those names. That’s your why. Hold on to that because that’s what this is all about. So, if you’re watching this and you’re thinking, Chance, this all sounds awesome, but is it really as good as you say it is? Why are you sharing it? Why don’t you just keep this stuff to yourself and make a whole bunch of money with it? Why you got to tell everyone? That’s the real answer. I want more people to have that moment I had with my mom. Whatever your vision looks like, your parents, your spouse, your kids, yourself. That moment when you realize you are free. Well, let me be straight with you about something else because I believe you deserve the full picture. I’m not up here just out of the goodness of my heart. I am a decent guy, but nobody does anything for no reason. So, here’s what’s in it for me. I’m building a network of partners, people I can hand the system to, run deals with, and build something bigger with. People who go out and win so that we all eat. That’s the game I’m playing here. So, type fair in the chat if you think that’s a fair arrangement. Fair, fair, fair. Come on. Let’s see them. I appreciate that. See, transparency matters to me. And here’s what I already know is going to happen. Most of you watching this, I’d say 99 out of 100 probably, you’re going to take everything I show you today and go build it yourself. And I’m good with that. Like seriously, I’m about to give you the whole playbook, nothing held back. And if you take this and run with it, never give me a dime and completely change your life. That’s a win. I want to see that happen. Like I truly mean that. But there’s going to be maybe one in a hundred of you watching this and think, I don’t want to figure this out alone. I don’t want to spend months piecing it together. I just want the shortcut. I want Chance’s team building this for me while I collect all the income. And if that’s you, stay until the end. And once I’ve shown you exactly how everything works, I’ll walk you through what it looks like to partner with us directly, where my team at AI handled the heavy lifting and you focus on just collecting the income. So, what we’re going to talk about today is first the biggest, most wide openen online income opportunity no one is talking about. This is completely overlooked and how to do it with zero experience or doing any of the selling yourself or even creating a digital product yourself. We’re going to talk about the three keys to building automated income with other people’s online products that anyone can start with as little as a few hundred bucks. And then I’m going to show you how to automate 95% with an easy to use AI. And you don’t have to know a thing about tech because it’s so simple to use as you’ll soon see. And I’m not just going to tell you about it. At each of these three keys, I’m going to share my screen and show you the AI working live in real time. You’ll see it find proven offers. You’ll see it build your landing pages and website from scratch. You’ll see you create viral content for you. Three separate live demos, not slides, not mock-ups. The actual tool running live in front of your eyes. And here’s the through line in all this. You’re not building anything from scratch. At every step, you’re plugging into something that’s already proven, already working, already generating results. And that’s the opposite of the DIY trap. You don’t build it. You don’t plug it in. All right. Now, let’s be 100% clear on just a few things because it’s important you don’t misunderstand me. Now, while this is highly automated, as I said, it is not do nothing, make money, guys. That doesn’t exist. All right? Consistent effort goes a long way. While this can work fast, it’s not this will make you a million with one click. Those are two different things. And while this completely changed my life, my results are not typical results. And while this has worked for tons of regular everyday people, that is not a guarantee to work for you, okay? So, your results will vary depending on what you do with it. And I just want to make sure we’re on the same page there. So, type agree in the chat if you understand results take effort. Come on, guys. Don’t be shy. I want to see it. I agree. I agree. I agree. All right. Keep them coming. Good. All right. We’re all adults here. Now, with that said, this is the only thing online that I recommended to my friends and family. This here is ASR, and he copied this process. You can see he made over 225,000, which is over 250K USD. Don’t worry guys, I’m going to bring him on live here later so he can share it as well. Then we showed our good friend Jason how to do this. Jason never thought in a million years he’d be making this kind of money from the internet like this. So this allowed him to have hope, see a way out of the grind, and it’s been completely life-changing. So let’s first establish the facts that digital products are the best place for everyday people to make money online. It’s just a fact. The e-learning industry alone is over 400 billion, and that is absurd. More than $1 billion a day is being paid out online. That is more money flowing to everyday people selling digital products than every Fortune 500 CEO. These aren’t tech billionaires. These aren’t Wall Street guys. That money is going to regular people who figured out how to position themselves in front of this wave. So, trying to make money online without digital products, I like to say, is like using a banana as a hammer. It just doesn’t make sense. It’s silly. Like, what are you doing with your life? And I know this because I lived it. This was me. Let me tell you exactly what happened. See, I thought going online meant I’d escaped from the trap, but I hadn’t. I just traded one version of it for another. Instead of doing everything myself at a job, I was doing everything myself in a business. Sourcing products, building funnels, running ads, handling customer service at 2 in the morning, more hours, more effort. Built everything yourself. That’s what real entrepreneurs do, right? That’s the DIY trap. It just followed me from my career into my business. Same lie, different building. I was doing everything the gurus told me to do. I was sourcing products, building funnels, running ads, handling customer service, dealing with suppliers in China at 2 in the morning, managing shipping delays, the whole thing, working 10, 12 hour days. And I’m not exaggerating when I say my best month, I basically broke even once I subtracted the ad costs, the returns, the software, and the product costs. I remember sitting at my desk one night. I’d been staring at Shopify analytics for 3 hours, and it just hit me. I’m building everything from scratch. Every single piece of this business I’m personally responsible for. And every time something breaks, I’m the one fixing it. I didn’t have a business. I had a job that I built for myself and a bad one at that. And then something happened that changed everything. A buddy of mine, he was in a completely different space promoting other people’s digital courses online. He casually mentioned what he had made that month. And that number made me sick. Not because he was making so much, because he was barely working compared to me. He didn’t create the product, somebody else did. He didn’t build a salesunnel. It was already built. He didn’t handle customer service. The product creator did. He didn’t close sales. There was a team for that. All he did was get people to look at the offer. That’s it. Get eyeballs on something that was already proven to sell. And I remember thinking, “This is completely upside down. I’m over here building every single thing myself, grinding 12 hours a day, and barely breaking even.” He plugged into someone else’s system that was already working and made more in a month than I made in three. So, I tested it. I found a digital product in a space I cared about. Promoted it with some simple content. And within the first week, I kid you not, I made more in commissions than my entire best month of drop shipping. And I didn’t build anything. I didn’t create anything. I didn’t fix anything. That was the moment the light bulb went off. I’d been lied to. The old way of believing I needed to do everything myself. Work harder, grind longer, build from scratch. But the smartest people in this space weren’t doing any of that. They were plugging into systems that already worked. And that realization, you don’t need to build a business. You need to plug into one that’s already built, became the foundation of everything I’ve done since. That was the moment I escaped the DIY trap for good. I stopped trying to build everything myself. I stopped believing I had to create it all from scratch. And I learned the one lesson that changed everything. You don’t build a business, you plug into one. And how is all this possible? Well, it sure as hell wasn’t physical products. So, what is the digital product? A digital product is as it sounds, a product that only exists digitally and on the internet. things like courses, playbooks, guides, software, coaching programs. And because of that, you can get started with it for practically nothing because you don’t have to buy inventory. It’s just extremely low risk. And the best part of all, in my opinion, is that it can be fully automated. Like 100% automated. I like to call this online income without the BS because there’s no buying products and spending thousands of dollars. There’s no managing inventory. There’s no shipping to worry about. There’s no client calls or customer service headaches. And you don’t even create products yourself. you use other people’s products. Lendon calls it by far the easiest and most profitable income to start with that he’s ever found and how he’s done over $100,000 in a single month. But before I go any further, I need to rewire something in your brain. Because the way most people think about making money online is completely backwards. And once you do what I’m about to show you, you’ll never look at business the same way again. Let me ask you something that’ll blow your mind. Have you ever been to Costco? Okay, type yes in the chat if you ever been to Costco. Yes. Yes. Yeah, we’ve all been to Costco, right? Most of you. Anyways, if you’ve ever been to Costco, you know about the hot dog, the legendary $150 hot dog and soda combo. It’s been a $150 since 1985, 40 years. They refused to raise the price. The founder literally told the new CEO, “If you raise the price of the hot dog, I will kill you.” Now, why would a company lose money? Yes, lose money on a hot dog. Here’s what actually happens. You drive to Costco thinking you’re going to grab a hot dog, maybe some paper towels. 2 hours later, you’re loading a 65 in TV, a lifetime supply of olive oil, and random groceries into your car. Your receipt says $1,288. The hot dog got you through the door, but the TV paid for the building. Costco prints 200 billion a year with this method. McDonald’s uses the same formula. They sell you a burger for a few bucks, but then it’s would you like fries with that and a drink and maybe a McFlurry. That $4 cheeseburger just became a $15 meal. GoDaddy does the same thing. They sell you a domain for 99 cents. Then you need monthly hosting, email, security, SSL certificates. Suddenly, that dollar turned into 100. Xbox sells the console at a loss. They don’t care because the next 5 years you’re buying games, subscriptions, controllers, Xbox Live, thousands of dollars over time. These are some of the most profitable companies on the planet and they’re all making billions every year doing the exact same thing. They get you in with something small, something easy to say yes to, and then they make the real money on everything that comes after. We call this the H2H method. Hot dog to high ticket. Type H2 in the chat if this is starting to click for you. H2. H2. Come on, let’s keep them coming. Keep them coming. Yeah. Okay, everyone’s starting to get it. And once you see it, you can’t unsee it. It’s everywhere. It’s how the big players have always made money. And now you can, too. So, here’s why I’m telling you this. Most people trying to make money online are out there selling hot dogs. They’re grinding for $10 commissions, maybe 27 if they’re lucky. They need a hundreds of sales just to pay rent. What I’m going to show you today is how to sell the $150 hot dog and get paid for the TV. How to be the person who earns 300, 500, or even $1,000 from a single customer, without creating any products yourself, without running ads, without speaking with another human being, and without showing your face if you don’t want to. And notice the pattern here. You’re not building the product. You’re not building the sales system. You’re not building the team that closes the high ticket deals. You’re plugging into all of it. That’s the core of everything I teach. Now, if you’re thinking, “But Chance, I’m not a course creator. I’m not an expert at anything.” That’s totally fine, and neither am I. There’s zero product creation involved. None at all. There’s also no technical skills required. None of the traditional things you might expect to come along with something like this because the way we do it. We sell other people’s products for them and earn massive commissions. And the creation of it, we stay out of it. It’s so simple that even people like Darren here, he merely had no experience with online business, never sold anything online before, and still makes over $11,000 a month with this, and he’s just done this in his spare time. So, when I say truly anyone can do this, I really mean anyone. Because as a faceless digital product owner, your role is very simple. Your most important role is getting eyeballs on proven offers and then letting the sales system work their magic. Cuz we know how to turn simple social media content into reliable passive income machines that can produce huge life-changing monthly profits month after month after you set them up. And they can work in dozens of niches, thousands of different topics, again, without you knowing anything about those topics themselves. And this is what makes our method completely unique from anyone else’s is that all you need is one winning offer to make thousands to even up to $10,000 per month automated online. Like Richard here, with just one simple offer he promotes, he’s making incredible commissions every single week. That’s potentially jobrelacing income from promoting one offer. And of course, you can do more. That’s how guys like Faraz here went from zero to over $100,000 per month with this. And he says his business model has been an absolute gamecher in his life. The freedom it gives you is just incredible and blows his mind. And guys, we’ve been doing this ourselves for years now. Here’s a screenshot from back in 2022 when I was first getting started with this. So, I’ve seen the ups and downs, everything that’s happened over the years, and I can safely say that right now, there has never been a better time to be promoting digital products online, cuz what used to take weeks can now be done in minutes. What used to cost hundreds of dollars can now be done for practically nothing. And a lot of the work you used to have to do now can be fully automated thanks to AI. So this software completely bridges the gap and makes selling digital products realistic for absolutely anyone who wants to do it. Because again, the way we do it, all you need is one proven $50 product and then you get paid $500 to $1,000 in high ticket commissions on the back end. That’s the way our hot dog to high ticket model works. And in a few minutes, I’m going to share my screen and show you this AI building everything live step by step, key by key. You’ll see exactly what I mean. But as you can see, Omar made over $9,500 per month from being an H2H method AI owner. He says, “I can’t believe how quickly this is happening and primarily all off of the core offers that he promotes. So, we’re actually using our own AI tools right now so we can get content made, get it posted, drive traffic, and grow our business faster than we ever have.” Right? So imagine for a second, what if you were just one offer away from creating whatever life you want for yourself? One offer away from, say, leaving your 9 toive job. This here is Crystal. Crystal was working grueling hours at her job, feeling exhausted and overwhelmed. All she wanted was financial freedom and more time with her family. And she was easily able to replace all of her income from the core offers she promotes. And now she says being able to work from home and have this freedom is the most amazing feeling ever. And what if you’re one offer away from escaping the corporate grind? Travis was worried about being replaced by AI. But guess what? He didn’t have to keep worrying like that anymore. He discovered digital products, positioned himself to sell the hot dog product, earn high ticket commissions, and now he’s collecting 22K per month. But listen, maybe all you want out of this is just a little extra income. And it’s really not asking much. Just a,000 to $2,000 a month. Well, here’s Caleb, a regular guy, and he’s thrilled about being able to bring home an extra $40,000 a year working just a couple hours a week. And you know what? Why not? That kind of money covers most people’s mortgage, all of your groceries, car payments, everything just from doing this. It’s pretty crazy, right? So, type enough in the chat if an extra,000 to $2,000 a month would be enough to change your life right now. Let’s see it. Enough. Enough. Enough. Okay, that’s the thing, guys. You don’t need a 100k months. For most people, a couple thousand extra per month is the difference between stress and freedom. Now, for me, it simply meant that I was able to take better care of my family. I remember what it was like staring at the ceiling at night, wondering if I’d ever escape the grind. I remember the fear, the uncertainty. I remember talking to people who’d spent their whole lives doing everything themselves, working harder, grinding longer, trying to figure it out all alone, and they were struggling. And that’s the thing about the DIY shop. You do everything right. You do everything yourself and you’re still lying awake at 2 am wondering if you’re ever going to get ahead. And that’s what digital products have helped me escape. And that’s what it can do for you, too. So, now I’m going to show you exactly how you can start making this happen for yourself using our trademarked H2 method. Now, this is where we make one $50 sale and collect $500 to $1,000 commission payout using this easy AI system. And remember the core principle driving all this. You’re not building a business from scratch. You’re plugging into a system that’s already built, already proven, already generating results, already done for you. Every single key I’m about to show you is designed around that idea. Now, the H2 method works on the idea of less is more. And the perfect example here is Andrew. Andrew was following someone else’s advice who said, “Promote a bunch of different offers. You know, the more offers you promote, the more money you make.” He spread himself thin across 20 different products, made $300 in total. Then he came to us, followed our simple H2H method, and is now making 31K per month in commissions. Okay, that’s the power of this, and I’m going to show you how exactly he did it. It was following the three keys of the H2 method. And those three keys are very simple. Find, build, and traffic. Okay? And at each key, I’m going to share my screen and show you the AI doing the work live so that you don’t just hear me talk about it. You watch it happen right in front of you. So, type three keys in the chat if you’ve got your pen and paper ready. All right, let’s see it. Three keys. Three keys. Three keys. All right, people are paying attention. Now, let’s dive in. So, let’s get into the first key of the H2H method. Find a winning offer. Now, before I show you how we find offers, I need to show you the mistake that kills more digital product promoters than anything else. Because if you don’t understand this, nothing else I show you today will matter. Here’s what most people do. And it seems smart on the surface, but they look at thousands of digital products available to promote and then they think, I should promote a bunch of different ones. More offers mean more chances to make more money, right? Diversify, cast a wide net. Something’s got to stick. Sounds logical. Makes total sense. It’s also dead wrong. And it’s a DIY trap disguised as strategy. Do more, work harder, figure it all out yourself across 20 different directions, and eventually something will stick. When you promote 20 different offers, you’re splitting your time, your content, your energy, your attention across 20 different directions. You can’t go deep on any single one, and you never learn what messaging actually converts for the specific audience. You don’t build authority in any niche. You don’t develop a kind of content machine that compounds over time, and you’re throwing spaghetti at 20 different walls, hoping something sticks and wondering why you’re exhausted and broke. This is the number one reason why people fail at promoting digital products. Not because the model doesn’t work. It clearly works, but because they turn a simple model into a complicated one by spreading themselves impossibly thin. And let me show you exactly what I mean. Andrew came to us after following someone else’s advice. Promoted as many offers as he can. He spread himself across 20 different products, 20 different niches, 20 different content angles, weeks and weeks of effort. Total result, 300 bucks. Not 300 bucks a day, not 300 bucks a week, just $300 total. After months of grinding, he was demoralized. Honestly, he thought the whole model was a scam. He was ready to quit everything. But then he came to us and we told him something that went against everything he’d been taught. We said, “Stop. Drop it all. 20 offers. Pick one. One winning offer, one audience, just one message.” He thought we were out of our minds. How could doing less possibly make more money? But he followed the H2 method. He found our proven hot dog offer with a high ticket backend and he built his system around it. He focused all of his content on serving one audience with one clear message. And Andrew now makes $31,000 per month from one offer. Okay, I need you to actually sit with that. He went from $300 total across 20 offers to $31,000 per month from one. Same person, same amount of effort, completely different results. The only thing that changed was the strategy. That’s the power of key number one. And it’s deeply counterintuitive. The DIY trap tells you more is better. More hustle, more offers, more hours. Do it all yourself. Spread yourself thin. Grind harder. But in this model, one winning offer beats 20 random ones every single time. Cuz when you go all in on one offer, everything compounds. Your content gets better. Your messaging gets better, sharper. Your audience starts to trust you. The algorithm starts favoring you because you’re consistent. One snowball rolling downhill beats 20 snowflakes blowing in the wind. So the question becomes, how do you find the one winner? This is where most people freeze. Analysis, paralysis, thousands of products out there. Which one do I pick? What if I choose wrong? What if I waste months promoting something that doesn’t sell? That uncertainty is actually more dangerous than picking one. Because at least if you pick wrong, you’re learning something. But if you freeze and pick nothing, you stay exactly where you are. And that’s the most expensive outcome of all. We eliminated that problem entirely. And I want to show you how live. All right, guys. You ready? Now, I’m about to show you the H2H software. Are you ready? I have been patiently waiting to show you this because of how slick it is. Boom. Here you go. Check this out. This is the dashboard all in one place. First thing I want you notice is like how clean this looks. It’s nothing overwhelming. It’s very simple. You don’t need a tech degree. If you can click a mouse, you guys, you can use this. Now, look at this tab right here. These are all the high converting offers already loaded into the system. I didn’t build these. I didn’t have to negotiate with the vendors. I didn’t have to set up the affiliate links. They’re already here. They’re already connected all in one place. They’re already proven. These already work. Now, I’ve been in the industry for many years, and I’ve done tens of millions in sales. And my team and I, we know exactly what converts. We know what pays. We know what’s going to last, right? So, you can keep running the same offer for years and years to come. We went through the entire marketplace because there are hundreds if not thousands of different ones out there. And we handpicked the best performing offers, products already proven, already generating millions of sales, already paying out massive commissions to our promoters. And guys, these aren’t theoretical like this might work products. These are documented winners with years of sales data behind them. So see this right here? This one sells for 47 bucks, 97 bucks, 27 bucks. Well, they actually have a back-end high ticket commission where this one’s going to pay a,000 plus in commissions. Some of them can be a,000 bucks. Some of them can be 1,500. Some of them can be 2,000. And they’re already connected on the back end. So, you don’t have to worry about any of that. And the best part is you don’t have to sell these yourself. Like, there’s already professional teams on the back end closing these deals for you. Like, it’s completely done for you. You just sit back and you collect the high ticket commissions. So, let me actually select one right here. Okay. So, I’m going to select this offer here.

    And this one’s going to pay out the 27 bucks on the front end and then about $1,000 worth of high ticket commissions on the back end. So, I just clicked it and that’s it. That’s my hot dog offer. It took 3 seconds. I didn’t have to spend hours finding an offer that wouldn’t sell. And I didn’t even have to create this. That’s the power of what we built. You’re not sifting through tens of thousands of random products hoping that one of them is a winner. You’re choosing from a curated menu of proven success with just one click. And you’re going to absolutely love what comes next in the build. But first, understand what we’re doing here. Remember the Costco hot dog? Lowcost entry product that leads to much bigger purchases. Every offer we promote follows this exact structure. An easy $47 offer, an easy $97 playbook, a $500 miniourse, something priced low enough that people say yes without overthinking it. And that’s your hot dog. It gets them through the door. But behind that front-end product sits a high ticket backend. A 997 advanced program, a $2,000 coaching package, a $5,000 mastermind. That’s your TV. And here’s the part that changes everything. You don’t sell the backend. A professional sales team handles that entirely. These are established million-doll companies that are paying you commissions. You just sell the hot dog and they sell the TV. and you collect commissions on all of them for bringing them the hot dog buyers. This is where the real money gets made and you’re not involved in any of the backend. When someone buys a product using your special link, your name gets stuck to that customer forever in their system. It’s like writing your name on their file and permanent marker. Now, here’s the cool part. the company that made the product, they already have a whole system set up to sell that customer bigger and more expensive stuff over time, like courses, coaching, and VIP programs that cost hundreds or even thousands of dollars. The company does all the heavy lifting, the emails, the phone calls, the selling. You don’t have to do any of it, but because your name is permanently on that customer’s file, you get paid every time they buy something bigger because you’re the one who brought that person to them in the first place. So that person who originally bought a little $47 thing, they might end up spending $2,000 later and you get paid $1,000 in passive commissions from that just because you brought them that person. You literally just get a notification on your phone one day like, “Hey, you just earned $1,000 bucks from a sale you didn’t even know was happening. Guys, this is 100% done for you.” Gordon is a great example. Complete beginner, had failed at e-commerce, no relevant experience whatsoever. He came to us and we helped him find the right offer. One proven hot dog in a niche that made sense for him. And now he’s generating tens of thousands of dollars per month. Not because he’s special, because the offer was already proven. He just needed to find the right one and commit to it. So here’s where you are after key number one. You’re not guessing. You’re not researching for weeks. You’re not hoping you picked right. You’re not spreading yourself across 20 offers and praying something sticks. You’ve selected one proven winner from a handpicked collection. An offer that’s already generating millions in sales, already paying massive commissions, already converting through an optimized sales system with a high ticket backend already connected. You saw me do it live in 3 seconds, one click. And notice what you did not do. You didn’t build the product. You didn’t build the sales system. You didn’t negotiate the commissions. You didn’t assemble the backend team. You plugged in. That’s the escape from the DIY trap. You stop trying to do everything yourself and you plug into what’s already working. The offer is proven. The backend is high ticket. and the sales system is built. Your one winning offer is locked in. Now, you need a way to get that offer in front of people, which brings us to key number two, the build. So, you’ve got your winning offer. Your hot dog is locked in. You know it sells. The proof is already there. Now, let me ask you something. And I need you to be honest with yourself here. Have you ever started something online, a website, a side project, a business idea, and spent weeks, maybe even months, trying to get everything set up perfectly before you actually launched, tweaking the design, rewriting the copy, watching tutorial after tutorial, telling yourself you’ll start promoting once everything looks just right. Type me in the chat if this sounds familiar. Yeah, me, me, me, me, too, guys. I’ve done it so many times, almost everybody on this call. If that sounds familiar, I need you to hear this. There’s a silent killer in the online business world. It doesn’t get talked about because it disguises itself as productivity. It feels like progress. It feels responsible. It looks like you’re doing the right thing. And it destroys more businesses than bad products, bad markets, or bad luck combined. I call it the build mode. And build mode is the do-it-yourself or DIY trap’s favorite weapon because it trained you to believe that you have to prepare everything yourself before you’re allowed to start. Study first, learn every skill, master the tech, build it all from scratch, get it perfect. Then, and only then, you’re allowed to go live. Build mode is that belief eating your business alive. And is almost certainly the reason why most people watching this don’t have an online income right now. Here’s how build mode works. You find an offer to promote. Great. Step one, done. Now, you need a landing page. So, you spend a week learning landing page software. You watch 14 YouTube tutorials. You design something. It looks okay, but not great. So, you redesign it again. Now, it looks worse. You start from scratch. Two weeks gone, zero sales, zero traffic, zero dollars. Then you need sales copy for that page. You’ve never written copy before. So you Google how to write a sales page. You read six articles, you draft something, it sounds weird. You rewrite it. You ask a friend, they say it’s fine. And then you rewrite it again. Anyways, another week gone with zero sales. Then you need a website. You need ad creative. You need email sequences. Maybe SEO too, just in case. Each one is another week, another learning curve, another thing standing between you and your first dollar. Eight weeks in, you’ve worked on your business. Every single day, you’ve been busy, you’ve learned a ton, and you have made exactly 0. Now, here’s the part nobody tells you. Here’s why the build mode is actually lethal. Your belief in this model, your belief that this can work for you is directly tied to how quickly you see results. Every single day that passes without a sale is a day your brain is quietly collecting evidence that this doesn’t work. It doesn’t matter if the model is proven. It doesn’t matter that thousands of people are making money with it. Your brain doesn’t care about their results. It cares about yours. After 8 weeks of building with nothing to show for it, most people quit. Not because the model failed them because build mode ate them alive before they ever got to the part that actually makes money. I’ve seen this hundreds of times. Smart, motivated people who absolutely would have succeeded gone. buried in tech, killed by perfectionism, disguised as preparation. So, here’s the insight I need you to really internalize. If you write down one thing from today, make it this. The single most important metric in your first 30 days, it’s not how good your landing page looks, it’s not how polished your content is, it’s not how professional your website is, it’s how fast you get your first sale. So, type speed in the chat if you know money loves speed. Speed. Speed. Speed. Exactly. speed to first sale changes everything because the moment that first commission notification hits your phone, even if it’s $50, even if it’s $85, your brain shifts from I think this might work to, “Holy crap, this works.” And that shift from hoping to knowing, is worth more than any landing page design or copyrightiting course on the freaking planet. And that’s the moment you stop being a person who’s trying something and become a person who has a business. So, here’s what we did. We looked at every single friction point. Every place where people got stuck, where they gave up, where they wasted time or lost motivation, and we eliminated them. I don’t want you to just take my word for it. Let me show you. All right, here’s the live demo number two. This is the one that makes people’s jaws drop. I’m going to share my screen and show you what killing build mode actually looks like. Now, remember the offer that we selected a few minutes ago? That product that pays you 27 bucks on the front end and pays you $1,000 on the back end? Well, it’s right here already locked in from key number one. And now watch what happens next. This is crazy. Okay, so for the business name, literally you can choose whatever you want. I’m just going to do AI Masters. I’m going to click next. Now, you can choose the theme of your website. You wanted to have a light theme or a dark theme. I’m going to choose dark. And then you choose the color palette that you want for your website. I’m going to go with neon pink. And I’m going to click next. And then right here, you actually put in your payment link so that you can collect money from the leads. So, I’m just going to put in a test link for right now, just for the sake of this demo. And I’m going to go ahead and select generate website. Now, the AI is building the entire landing page right now. The headline, the sales copy, the call to action, the email capture. It’s writing everything. And it’s not going to generate some like template garbage. This is copy specifically designed for digital product promotion based on years of testing and millions of dollars in results.

    And boom. Look at that guys. What that take like 30 40 seconds. Look at this thing. full landing page, professional copy, mobile responsive, beautifully designed, checkout button, everything a customer needs to go from interested in a product to a buyer. And it was all done in under 30 seconds. You can literally send traffic to this right now and start making sales. Guys, type insane if your mind is absolutely blown right now. Like, this is insane. We didn’t need to spend hours doing research. We literally clicked a couple of buttons and boom, just like that. All right. Now, type insane in the chat. Like, let me see them. Type insane if this is nuts, right? Like, you guys are starting to get this. Is this starting to click for you? That all just happened. A complete funnel and website in under a minute. Like, I don’t know how to code. So, we didn’t need any coding. We didn’t need to pay any designers, no tech skills, no build mode. Like we’ve been talking about this whole time. The H2H AI built every single piece of this. And you didn’t pay any designer thousands of dollars. You didn’t write a word. You didn’t design anything. You clicked buttons and the AI did the rest. So, let me ask you, how long do you think that this would take if you did all of that yourself, right? The landing page, the sales copy, the website, the checkout flow. We’re talking weeks, if not months. Some people spend 6 months trying to get to this point and then give up before they ever make a single dollar. And we just did it all in under a minute live in front of you. So, let me put this into perspective so that you feel the difference. the old way. Six to eight weeks of building before you’re ever ready for traffic. Thousands of dollars spent on tools, designers, and software. Motivation bleeding out every day you don’t see results. And most people never even make it to launch. Now with H2H AI, pick your offer. Click to deploy your landing page. Click to launch your website. Your entire system live and ready for traffic in an afternoon. You just watch it happen in under a minute. John is a great example. He deployed his system using the H2 AI back in early 2024. He set it up once, didn’t rebuild it, didn’t go back and tweak it for weeks. He deployed, started driving traffic, and months later that same system is still generating leads and sales every single month. The machine he built in one afternoon is still paying him while he sleeps. That’s what automated income actually means. You build it once and because we’ve already built the hard parts for you, once means minutes, not months, and it works for you indefinitely. And guys, there’s dozens of niches that we can do this in. So, let me give you a few examples so you can see the range of what’s out there. Online education and coaching programs is one of the biggest categories. Programs teaching real estate investing, e-commerce, social media marketing, all generating massive commissions. Business opportunity offers, which is a niche we’ve had enormous success with personally. Investing education and career development, trading courses, wealth building, career coaching, very passionate buyers actively seeking solutions. You got health and wellness, absolutely massive weight loss coaching, fitness programs, anti-aging. The buyers in this space are some of the most motivated you’ll ever encounter. And there’s even more. relationship coaching, personal growth, parenting, productivity, categories so broad you think they couldn’t work, but they’re generating massive commissions every single day. What I can guarantee is that there’s an offer for you. Whatever your interest, whatever resonates, there’s a proven hot dog waiting for you in that space. So, here’s where you are now. Key one, you found your winning offer. One proven hot dog with a high ticket backend already connected. You watched me select it live in 3 seconds. Key number two, you deployed your system. landing page live, website ready, copywritten, all handled in clicks, not weeks. And you watch the AI build every piece in under a minute. No build mode, no three-month death spiral, deployed and ready. And once again, notice what you didn’t do. You didn’t design the landing page. You didn’t write the copy. You didn’t code the website. You didn’t draft the emails. You plugged into a system that was already built. Two keys in and you still haven’t built anything from scratch. The DIY trap says you have to do all this yourself, but you just watch the H2H AI do it in under a minute. So, you have the offer, you have the infrastructure, everything is in place. There’s just one piece left. You need people to see it. You need eyeballs on your offer. So, type traffic in the chat if you’re ready for key number three. Come on, guys. Let’s see it. Don’t traffic. All right. People are still in. They’re still getting fired up. This is one of my favorite parts. All right. So, let’s go. All right. And that’s key number three where we unleash what I call the traffic avalanche. And this one is going to blow your mind. And this is also where I need to address something that I know is on a lot of your minds. Something you might have been thinking this whole time, but haven’t said it out loud yet. I know that some of you are thinking, “Chance, that sounds great, but I don’t want to show my face. I don’t want to get on camera. I don’t want my co-workers or my family or my friends to see me doing this and judge me.” Type me in the chat right now if that’s a fear that you have. Me, me, me. Yeah. A lot of you like, you know, I’m the same way anymore, right? Yeah. Yeah. I feel that. I feel that. Let me kill that fear for you right now because not only do you not have to show your face, for many of our students, going faceless is actually the preferred method. You get all the income benefits with none of the social exposure. And here’s the thing, most people who want to make money online are terrified of one thing. And it’s not the tech, it’s not the money, it’s the fear of being seen trying and failing publicly. They’re scared their co-workers will laugh, their family will judge them, their friends will think they got scammed. That fear keeps more people broke than any lack of skills or knowledge ever could. So, let me be crystal clear. With the H2H method, you can do this completely anonymously. No face, no voice, no real name. You can create a brand new account that has nothing to do with your personal identity. Post simple faceless content and make money while nobody in your life has any idea. That’s not a limitation, that’s a feature. Now, let me show you how this actually works. Cuz this is where I need to challenge something you probably believe about creating content online. If you’ve ever thought about posting on social media to grow a business, you’ve probably had this thought. I need to be creative. I need to come up with original ideas. I need to find my unique voice and stand out. Sounds right, doesn’t it? That’s what everyone says. Be authentic. Be original. Stand out from the crowd. That’s a DIY trap whispering in your ear again. Figure it out yourself. Be original. Work harder than everyone else. Come up with your own idea through sheer willpower and talent. But that’s not how content works. Here’s what I’ve learned from 4 years and tens of millions of dollars in this business. When you’re starting out, originality is your enemy. I know that sounds backwards, but let me explain. The algorithms on Tik Tok, Instagram, YouTube, they don’t give golden stickers for creativity. They reward one thing and one thing only, patterns that keep people watching. That’s the entire game. These platforms want eyeballs glued to screen so that they can sell ads. So, they push content that holds attention. And here’s the thing about attention holding content. It follows patterns, specific hook structures, specific pacing, specific call to action frameworks. The top 1% of videos on every platform share the same underlying patterns, even though they look completely different on the surface. So, when you sit down and try to be original, you know what you’re actually doing. You’re ignoring every pattern that millions of data points have already proven to work and hoping your untested idea somehow performs better. That’s not creative. That’s gambling. Smart marketers have known this for decades. You don’t reinvent the wheel. You find wheels that are already rolling and you build your own version. And that’s what I call the swipe and deploy system. It’s the reason complete beginners are generating traffic and sales from the very first week. And I’m not going to just explain it. I’m going to show you live demo number three. This is the last one. And honestly, this one might be the most exciting. All right, guys. This part is so sick. This is the content radar. All right. Now, I want to show you something. This going to make all this in real time using AI. So, check this out. I’m just going to insert income and hit get results. and it’s going to scan Tik Tok, Twitter, YouTube, Reddit ads, and it’s going to find the most trending viral videos around income. All right, now let’s just give this just a few seconds and your mind is about to be blown cuz the AI is going to scan and it’s going to find the top 1%. Okay, so let’s give it just a second for it to load.

    And these are the videos that are blowing up right now. Like check this out. This is 3.4 4 million views. Uh 169,000 views. Uh so what we’re going to do is we’re going to grab this top one because this is the most viral one for income on Tik Tok. And I’m going to select generate my version. And then what I can do here is I can choose which model that I want. Okay. So I’m going to choose this one here. And it’s going to start generating my video. Uh, it’s going to take the transcript of the previous video we just looked at and it’s going to create the exact same video but with the model that I just chose and it’s going to give us all the data around why this video went viral. Okay, this is pretty nuts and it’s only takes a couple of seconds to load. So, we’re just going to let that load here in the background. Guys, remember these are not random videos. These are proven viral videos. All right, so we come in here um and we look at the transcript. So, what we used to do back in the day is we would get viral transcripts and then we would record that video ourselves or we’d pay somebody to do it. But again, that takes time, that takes energy, it costs money, you got to do so much editing. Remember, we don’t want to get stuck in that DIY trap. So, what it’s going to do now is going to let us create our version. Okay? So, it’s going to take just another minute or so here. And what you’ll notice is it took the hook structure, the script, the call to action. It’s reverse engineering everything that made this video go viral so that we can repeat the same success.

    Now we’re going to go ahead and click confirm transcript.

    And now we’re going to go and click on approve and generate video.

    Now remember, I didn’t hire a content strategist. I didn’t spend hours brainstorming or doing research. I didn’t have to write the script either. All I did was click a few buttons. And AI is doing this 100% for you. And wow, look at this guys. No face required, no effort required, no skills required. Your face isn’t required. This is a completely faceless video that AI created. You didn’t have to record on your camera. Nobody sees you. Nobody knows what you’re up to. And guys, just look at how good this is. It’s only getting better every single day. Now, all I had to do is just download that video. And now I can go and edit it. I can add subtitles. I can add B-roll. I can do whatever I want to that video. I can also just add captions here, download that video, and it’s ready to post on social.

    Side hustles that actually make good money. And look at that. Now, your subtitles are already done and you can just go post this on social media. Nothing that you have to be on a waiting list for. Now, I want to show you something else. I want to show you accounts that are actually making money doing this right now. See this account right here? No face, no name, no personal identity whatsoever. Just simple content with text overlays. This person makes over $8,000 a month promoting digital products. Nobody in their life knows that they even do this. Here’s another one. See these videos? It’s run by a dude that uses Content Raiders viral scripts. They post videos with this AI avatar 20 to 30 seconds long. And look at this. This video got 150,000 views. This video got 1.8 million views. This video got 3.2 million views. No real face, no real voice, no real identity, but loads of traffic. And this is one of our students, Talha. Look at this. He tried posting for years with his face barely getting views. And then he followed our process. He saw this format crushing it on the content radar and posted a video with his hands on a keyboard with a motivational quote on a screen and he got 419,000 views with another one shortly after that getting a 100,000 views. He’s done really well with tens of thousands in sales now and none of these people showed their face. None of them spent hours trying to make content. Nobody in their life has any idea they’re making money online. So, type faceless in the chat if this changes things for you. Let’s see it. Faceless. Faceless. Faceless. Yes, I love it. A lot of you just had something shift, didn’t you? So, let me recap what you just saw. The content raider finds proven viral videos. They copies their patterns. You click one button and it creates your version completely faceless if you want. Script written, format chosen, ready to post. You didn’t have to brainstorm. You didn’t have to be creative. You just copied what’s already winning and let the AI do the heavy lifting. The one-click multiplication. Now, here’s where it gets really funny. That same video, that exact same video you modeled and created works on Instagram reels. It works on YouTube shorts. It works on Facebook. Same content, same file, different platform, different audience. So instead of creating three pieces of content for three platforms, you create one piece of content and post it in three places. You just tripled your traffic for zero extra work. Let’s say your video gets 10,000 views on Tik Tok. Pretty solid. Now, you post the same video to reals, another 8,000 views. Same video to YouTube Shorts, another 12,000 views. You went from 10,000 people seeing your offer to 30,000 people seeing your offer with one video. That took you 15 minutes to make because you weren’t starting from scratch. You were modeling a proven winner. And here’s what’s wild. The audiences don’t fully overlap. Someone scrolling Tik Tok at midnight isn’t the same person browsing Instagram at lunch. So, you’re not just getting more views, you’re getting more reach into different pools of potential buyers. I call this omniresence without the overwhelm, the math. Now, let me slow down and show you exactly what this looks like in dollars and cents. Because once you see these numbers, you’ll understand why our students get so obsessed with posting content. Let’s keep this ultra conservative. One video a day, that’s it. Nothing crazy. 15 minutes of your time using the AI tools we’ve got for you. Now, let’s say that your video averages just a,000 views. Not viral, not explosive, just a thousand people seeing your content. Honestly, that’s on the low end of what our students typically see, but let’s just use that anyways. Now, let’s say you’re promoting a $100 digital training, something right in the sweet spot of our hot dog offers. Industry average conversion rates for this type of content hover around 2 to 3%. But let’s be pessimistic. Let’s say you only convert at 1%. half of industry average. Worst case scenario, 1% of 30,000 views is 300 clicks to your offer. And 10% of those convert to buyers. That’s 30 sales. So 30 sales in an average commission of $85 per sale, which is typical for these front-end offers comes out to $2,550. Almost 3K from one simple video a day at below average conversion rate. But wait, we’re not done. Remember the hot dog formula? Those 30 front-end buyers are now inside the product owner’s funnel. Remember what I told you? The moment they bought through your link, you’re tagged as their referral. Now, the product owner system takes over their email sequences, their follow-up content, their sales team, all working to upgrade those buyers to the high ticket backend. Industry data shows roughly 3 to 5% of those front-end buyers upgrade to the high ticket. So, let’s just say one or two of your 30 buyers gets on a call with a product owner sales team and decides they want the advanced program. At $1,000 commission per high ticket sale, that’s another $1 to $2,000 on top of your front-end earnings. So, your real monthly total closer to $4,500 to $5,000 from 15 minutes a day. Type money math in the chat if you’re seeing this clearly now. The math works. All right. All right. Let’s see it. Yep. Money math. Money math. Money math. You guys are starting to get it right now. Now we’re starting to get excited. And remember, we calculated using just one platform. So if you’re posting that same video across Tik Tok, Instagram, YouTube, like we talked about, triple those views, triple that math. Suddenly, you’re looking at $10,000 a month from the same amount of effort. Now, everything I just showed you works with zero ad spend. You can build the entire business without paying a dime to Mark Zuckerberg or Google. This is the organic path, and that is super powerful. But I know some of you are watching this thinking, “Chance, I don’t want to wait for the snowball to build. I want results.” Now, if that’s you, there’s a $5 speed button. I’m only mentioning this for the small percentage of you who want to move faster. Everyone else, ignore this completely. The organic avalanche is the main event. Here’s how it works. You already have the video. AI helped you make it. You already have the offer. The hot dog is ready to sell. If you have $5 to spare, you can take that same video and run it as a simple ad. Think of it like a vending machine. You put $5 in and views come out. No waiting, no hoping, no praying the algorithm notices you. Just instant distribution, a targeted audience. For five bucks, the platform will show your video to roughly a,000 people who match your ideal customer profile immediately. Day 1 through three, you’re spending five bucks getting views, building data. Nothing exciting yet, but you’re planting seeds. And day four or five, ding, first sale, 25 bucks. You just turned $15 into 25. Most people would celebrate, but not you. You take that 25 and you shove it right back into the ads. And day six or day 10, more views, more leads, more buyers entering into your funnel. The machine is warming up and then it happens. Someone who bought your $25 frontend enters the product owner’s ascension system and a few days later they get on a call with the product owner sales team and they upgrade to the $997 program. You just made a $1,000 commission from a sale you had nothing to do with from a customer who cost you $5 to find. It’s a vending machine. Dollar in, $5 out. You stand there all day feeding it cores. That’s a solid return on investment. Uzi uses the $5 method strategically. He went from 0 to $27,000 per month in just 50 days. But let me be clear, you don’t have to do this. The organic path works. Thousands of people are building real income without spending a scent on ad. If you’re on a tight budget or you’re patient, just stick with organic. It compounds. The paid option is just there if you want to pour gasoline on the fire. Why this changes everything? What I just described, one piece of content modeled from a proven winner, distributed everywhere, the algorithm doing all the heavy lifting, optional paid acceleration if you want it, completely faceless if you prefer. This was not even possible 5 years ago. It wasn’t even practical 2 years ago. The AI dashboard to create content this fast didn’t exist. The short form platforms weren’t this dominant and the crossosting wasn’t this seamless. The algorithms weren’t this hungry for new creators. But right now, all of these forces have converged at the exact same moment. The barrier to getting traffic has never been lower. The tools to create content has never been faster. And the platforms have never been more desperate to find new creators to push. And most people are still stuck in the DIY trap, thinking they need to create everything from scratch, build an audience slowly, pay their dues, figure it all out on their own. And that’s not how this works anymore. You don’t need luck. You don’t need a following. You don’t need a viral moment. You don’t need to show your face. You just need system. And once again, notice what you didn’t do in key3. You didn’t invent the content format. You didn’t brainstorm viral ideas from scratch. You didn’t spend weeks creating a content calendar. You plugged into patterns that were already proven to work and the AI helped you deploy your version in minutes. You watched the content radar do it live. Three keys in three times you plugged into something that already existed instead of billing from zero. That’s not a coincidence. That’s an entire philosophy. Find a winning offer. You watch me select one in 3 seconds. Deploy your system with AI. You watched it build a landing page and website in under a minute. Unleash the traffic avalanche. You watch the content radar create faceless viral content at the click of a button. That’s the H2 method. Three keys, three live demos, no complexity, no waiting, no more following the DIY trap. Type I’m in in the chat if this is starting to feel like something that could actually work for you. I’m in. I’m in. I’m in. Hold on to that feeling. Come on, guys. I see it. I’m in. Who’s in? Are you guys Are you guys with me? All right, let’s go. So, guys, let me take a breath for a second. Sorry. I get really excited. I get really fired up

    because I want to make sure something actually lands for you before we go any further. Over the last hour, I’ve shown you three things that if you really understand them, they put you in a completely different position than 99% of people trying to make money online right now. And they all point to the same truth I told you at the very beginning. You don’t need to build a business from scratch. You need to plug into one that’s already built. People like Andrea, she didn’t think it was possible. never made an online income, but she simply just gave it a shot and now making over $6,300 per month by making this single shift. And now she never has to worry about money again. How nice would it be if you never had to worry about money again? Pretty nice, right? Type never again in the chat if you’re ready to stop worrying about money. Never again. Never again. Never again. Never again. All right, I hear you guys. Now, I’ve shown you the $300 billion per year digital products industry that’s shockingly untapped, and now you can get started with it from scratch using the H2 method. Selling the $150 hot dog, but getting paid for the TV. I’ve shown you how to find proven offers with high ticket backends that convert with certainty. You watch me select one live in just a couple of seconds. I’ve also shown you how the H2 AI deploys your entire system in clicks. You watch to build a landing page and websites in under a minute. And I’ve also shown you the traffic avalanche method using the content radar to create content modeled from proven viral winners completely faceless if you want. Every single step, three live demos, three times you’ve watched someone plug in instead of building it from scratch. And the best part is you’ve only seen a tiny fraction of the success happening right now. The A2 program lives inside something called the AI owners community. And here’s the thing. Instead of being afraid of AI, instead of worrying about getting jobs replaced by it, our tribe of like-minded folks have decided to flip the script. We own the AI. We make money from it. There are hundreds of them making reoccurring income from digital products every single month. This is not your typical online business. And these are just a few of the people from our community and it just keeps going. So now the question is, how do you get access to all this? How do you get the H2 AI, the traffic avalanche system, the proven offers, and a step-by-step guidance to actually make this work? So guys, this is far and away the biggest and best thing we’ve created. And today, we’re opening up 50 spots inside the H2A community. We have to limit it to 50 because of the hands-on coaching and support our team provides. Every person who joins gets access to live coaching calls, offer approval, and direct support from our team. And if we let too many people in at once, we can’t deliver the level of attention that actually gets you results. So we cap it at 50 to make sure that everyone who joins gets the support that they need to succeed. So we can only take 50 people at this stage. So if you’re seeing this right now, that means we still have availability. When you join, you get full access to the H2AI software, the same tool I showed you live three separate times today. The tool that finds proven offers, builds your landing pages and websites in clicks, and uses the content radar to create viral content by modeling what’s already working, including completely faceless content. You get the complete training program to go along with it and unlimited support for every step of the way. So, here’s what you get. First, our brand new H2 Academy program, which is laid out in simple step-by-step training videos structured around the three keys I showed you today. Find, build, and traffic to get you your first sale in 7 days. All you do is come in and follow the videos. So, Uzi here, follow the videos, and he says, “If you just put 50% effort into the program, you’ll create an asset that pays you for life. This month, I did over 27,000. The value and guidance here is incredible.” So that’s what other people are saying about the course and you get lifetime access to it forever. All right. But today, what you get today is a whole lot more than just a course. You also get unlimited access to weekly group coaching calls. So this is where you can connect directly with our highly trained coaches up to 4 days a week. This is going to help you get past any obstacles, whether it’s selecting your first winning hot dog offer, setting up your systems, or unleashing the traffic avalanche, and get your offers converting as quickly as possible. Now, this is normally an extra $195 a month add-on, but today we’re including it for free, and that’s because we want to make this program the most successful one we’ve ever had. So, for our members, we’re not giving you any reason not to succeed. So, we’re just going to include all the support and coaching you could ever want. How does that sound, guys? Type in the chat, yes, if that sounds good. Let’s see it. Come on. The more I see it, the more bonuses we’re going to be releasing here. All right. Yes. Yes. Yes. There we go. There’s some more. All right. So, next, you also get access to our private H2H AI owners community. This is the main hub where you’ll hang out with other members. When you have a community where you’re surrounded by like-minded individuals and coaches that are supporting you every step of the way, your probability of success goes up 10fold. This is why all the software CEOs are in Silicon Valley. All the top actors are in Hollywood. All the top bankers are in New York. The community is also a great source of daily inspiration as well as help from other members like Lyndon here. He’s posting some motivational tips, some things that helped him scale to over 100K a month using the H2H method. Next thing you’re also going to get is what we call our offer approval system. This is actually super important. Remember key number one, finding a winning offer. This is where our team of professional coaches will review your hot dog offer selection, hold your hand, and approve it before you start promoting. We make sure it has the right price point, the right high ticket backend, and the right commission structure. And this is how we really make sure you’re doing it right so that you can be confident and maximize your commissions and ultimately to make you your first campaign a success. And then last but not least, you also get access to our brand new H2 AI. That’s 6 month unlimited access to our tool that’s going to help you automate 95% of the process. The same tool I demonstrated live for you three times today. The one that finds proven offers, builds your landing pages and websites in seconds, and uses the content radar to find viral winners and model them for your own content, faceless or otherwise. And this is why we’re forced to limit the amount of people we let in today to 50. I wish I could take on everyone, but we just can’t do it right now. So, to recap everything you’re getting today, the H2H Academy course with the complete three key systems, 4 days a week group coaching, the private community, our offer approval system, and the H2H AI access. Now, before I tell you the price, I want to put something into perspective because I think once you see this, you’ll realize how crazy the value actually is. If you were to assemble what’s inside this program piece by piece on your own, forget about the years of testing and the community, just the raw tools, services, here’s what you’re looking at. If you hired a copywriter to write your landing pages, your emails, and your ad creatives, and I’m not talking about a great one, just a decent freelancer, you’re looking at $3,000 to $5,000. If you hired a web developer to build your site, that’s another $2,000 minimum. Have you bought the AI tools we’ve built separately? Content radar, landing page builder, offerinder, you’re easily at $200 a month. So that’s $2,000 a year for offerinder AI, then another $2,000 a year for site builder AI, and then another $2,000 for content radar and hiring a business coach for weekly sessions, and ours are available 4 days a week. A decent coach charges $500 a month minimum. That’s another six grand a year. And to add it all up, you’re easily north of $18,000. So let that number sit for a moment. over $18,000 to assemble what you’re getting today. But we don’t charge $18,000 for this. And if we did and all it did was give you an extra $1,000 a month in additional income every month, wouldn’t that still be worth it, guys? And I’m not even going to charge you half that amount. Well, the previous version of the program, we were selling it for $5,000. The one that everyone’s been through was $5,000. You can see that that’s the price. People have been paying this for a long time. But now with everything that we’re adding to the H2H Academy, the live coaching, the traffic avalanche method, the newest up-to-date H2 AI access software, once we sell out of these 50 spots, enrollment into the program will be 6,000. But for these 50 spots that we have available today, you can get in at a fraction of the price. For the first 50 spots, you can get in for just $1,997 one time or you can spend $997 down today and then two more installments totaling $3,000. Now, here’s the thing. I know some of you just heard 1,997 and started doubting yourself. I get it. I want to address that headon because I refuse to let price be the thing that keeps you stuck on the DIY trap for another year. So, let me break this down so it actually makes sense. 1997 sounds like a big number, but let’s look at what it actually is. 1997 divided by 365 days is $547 per day. $547. That’s less than the price of gas that you pay to go to a job you hate. So, type gas in the chat. If you spend $5 a day on something that keeps you trapped, let’s see it. Gas. Gas. That could be riding the bus, taking an Uber, right? Renting one of those Lime scooters to get to work, right? Yeah, we all do. So, the question isn’t, can I afford 2,000? The question is, can I redirect $547 a day from things that keep me where I am into something that could change where I’m going? And here’s what makes this different from every other investment you’ve ever made. A college degree costs $100,000 and takes four years with zero guarantee of income. This costs less than a single university class and can start generating income in the coming days. The math isn’t even close. But I know that for some of you, even 1997 isn’t available right now, and I don’t want that to stop you cuz you are exactly the person that this is designed for. If you had plenty of money, you wouldn’t need this. So, here’s what I’ve done to make sure nobody gets left behind. Okay, guys. Guys, I’m going to share my screen one more time, and this is important cuz I don’t want a single person to miss out because they got confused by the checkout process or ran into a technical hiccup. I’m going to walk you through every option step by step so you know exactly what to do. So, what you want to do first is make sure you enter in your full name, your phone number, and your email and double check to make sure this information is correct because this is how you’re actually going to get access to your account and ensure it’s set up correctly. So, I’m just going to put in some test info here so that you guys can see how this work

    and go ahead and go on to step two.

    And now, let’s talk about option number one. So, this is obviously the best value. It’s a onetime payment of 1997. You pay once, you never pay again. And if you got it, I definitely recommend doing that. This is definitely the move because you’re going to save over $1,000 compared to the installment plan. So, what you want to do is enter in your email again here. You’re going to put in your card information here, your billing address, and then you’re going to hit complete purchase. Okay? So, again, make sure you double check this. Make sure all this information is correct, and you’ll move on to uh the second step. Now, for those of you that do not have the 1 1997 in hand currently, then what you can do is the three easy installments of 997. Now, if you have issues and your card is declining, no worries. All you need to do is flip over your card on the back, call your bank, and let them know that you’re trying to put through um this transaction. Now, that’s not a mistake on your end. It’s just your bank doing their job. This is a new merchant that they haven’t seen before. So, go ahead and approve the transaction, and then you can rerun it and you’ll be all good. Now, please understand that AI and digital products specifically right now is the hottest opportunity on the market. And we’re the first ones to crack it with the age to age method. Remember what I said earlier? Most people chasing AI right now are still following the DIY trap. They’re plugging AI into the same old playbook. We’re doing something completely different. So, I’m telling you, these spots are going to go fast. So, if you want one of these 50 spots, what I need you to do is click the button on your screen. Each one of these spots is covered by a 100% money back guarantee, which I’ll tell you about right now. Here’s our money back guarantee, which means if you don’t absolutely love it, you don’t pay. We don’t want your money. All right. So, this allows you to test drive the program for up to 6 months and you can still say, “Nah, not for me. Can I please have my money back?” And the answer is yes, we absolutely will. Here’s how to qualify for it. While others have long, complicated, confusing stipulation and hoops to jump through, we just ask one small thing. You try the system, and that’s just to launch one campaign and promote one hot dog offer. That’s it. That’s what the purpose of the program is and you’re going to do it anyway. That’s key number one, key number two, and key number three in action. And at that point, if you aren’t 100% satisfied with results or anything, you can get every penny of your investment back. Guys, type risk-free in the chat if that changes the equation for you. Riskree, risk- free. Risk free. Come on, guys. We’re making this an absolute no-brainer because it is. And we are legally obligated to follow through with this. Once you join, you have paperwork that says, “Here’s everything we’re going to deliver to you,” as well as the six-month money back guarantee anytime. You can just send us an email and we will issue you a full refund. So, knowing that you get to try before you buy it, and no matter what happens, you’re backed by a 6month 100% money back guarantee, does that change things for you? Because it should. It should change everything. Now, let’s get into the ridiculous bonuses we have for you. And let’s start the timer. The first 50 people who join today will be getting eight additional bonuses. You heard that right? Eight additional bonuses completely for free or until the timer runs out. There’s no extra charge, nothing on top of everything you’re already getting. Let’s talk about bonus number one, the $500 cash back. All you need to do is get your first high ticket sale with our proven hot dog to high ticket system and we will send you $500 action taker rebate. We’re literally paying you to take action. And remember the math I showed you, even at conservative conversion rates, you’re looking at 30 sales in your first month. Getting to five sales is just the beginning. Jason here got his $500 cash back and says this program pays for itself pretty quick. And by the way, when you factor in the $500 cash back, effective investment drops to $1,497 on the financing plan. That makes your monthly payment even lower. We’ve really tried to remove every possible barrier. So, type no excuses in the chat if the barriers are disappearing. Let’s see in the chat. No excuses. No excuses. No excuses. Exactly. I love it. Now, bonus number two is a resort vacation for up to seven nights. I wasn’t sure if I should include this because honestly, it sounds too good to be real. And I don’t want you to think I’m making things up, but it is real. And when I tell you what it is, you’re going to understand why I saved it for the bonus stack. Remember, at the very beginning of this presentation, I showed you that picture of me climbing in Patagonia, completely off-rid, no laptop, no phone calls. business still growing while I was gone. That image, that feeling is the whole point of what we’re building here. Not just income, but actual freedom. The ability to actually go somewhere and live your life while the system runs. So, here’s what we did. We partnered with a resort network that has properties in over 1,800 locations across 37 countries. These are real resorts, beachfront properties, mountain lodges, city hotels. And here’s how it works. When a resort has empty rooms, they don’t make a dime. Dead inventory. So, they came to us and said, “If you can send us guests who’ll fill those rooms, we’ll comp the stay.” Because even if you never spend a dollar at the bar or the spa, a filled room is better for them than an empty one. And if you do grab a poolside drink or massage, that’s great. Everybody wins. So, as part of joining the H2H Academy today, you’re getting a free resort stay up to seven nights. Your room is completely free. Now, let me pay this for you so it’s not so abstract. You could take a long weekend in Vegas. You could spend a week on a beach in Thailand. You could fly your mom somewhere she’s never been and hand her the room key. You could go to Hawaii. You could go to London or Sydney or the mountains of Canada. There are 1,800 locations in 37 countries. And you’ll see the full list the moment you get inside. Now, there’s sometimes small taxes or local search charges depending on the city. Yeah, sometimes. But the room itself is 100% free, comped, and covered. And here’s why I love this one. Every other bonus helps you build your income. This one helps you enjoy it. Three months from now, commissions rolling in, laptop open at a resort, overlooking the ocean, a $1,000 notification hits. You close the laptop and walk to the pool. That’s what this model produces. This bonus makes sure you actually go live it. It’s yours with the enrollment, but only for the first 50 spots. Once we close it, it’s gone. So, type yes in the chat if you already know where you want to go. All right, now let’s talk about bonus number three. Top 10 proven hot dog offers list. The exact offers that have generated the most commissions across our entire community. We hand selected them and this bonus literally does key number one for you. Bonus number four, done for you templates. Battle tested funnel templates, email sequences, ad copy frameworks, content scripts, the same frameworks Uzi and our most successful students use to generate over $20,000 per month. Bonus number five, zero budget traffic avalanche Kickstarter. It’s a complete guide on how to make your first sale without spending a dime on ads, including a full section on faceless content creation, how to make videos that convert without ever showing your face or using your real name. Richard here says it is by far the fastest and easiest income to start with that he found on the internet. He generated over 18,000 in month one from organic traffic alone. Completely faceless. Bonus number six, one-ear access to the H2 AI software. Not just six months, but a full 12-month of access to the same tool I demonstrated live three times for you today. Bonus number seven, priority access to offers with the lead back-end sales teams. We’ve identified and partnered with the offers that have the highest converting, most aggressive back-end sales teams in the industry. These are the product owners whose closers are proven to ascend the most buyers from hot dog to high ticket, which means more high ticket commissions flowing to you without ever getting on a sales call ever. And we only share this curated list with H2H Academy members. And bonus number eight, this is an extra membership, the two for one. And this is huge. It’s an additional H2H Academy membership included for free. Do this with anyone you want. Your spouse, your friend, your sibling. When you split the investment, it literally cuts the price in half. These are all the bonuses that you get for free when you join today. And guys, this is limited to the first 50 only. So if you’re thinking, “If only this was half the price.” Well, now it is. Split it with someone, redeem your $500 cash back, and the out-ofpocket per person is less than getting your car repaired. Plus, you can spread that out using financing. We’re talking potentially $30 to $40 a month per person. That cost of a pizza delivery to build an automated income stream. So, type no-brainer in the chat if this is starting to feel like an obvious decision. Nobrainer. Nobrainer. Nobrainer. Let’s go. And guys, we’re not even done yet. All right. Now, let’s jump into some Q&A. These are the most common questions people have. And this is a question I get all the time. How much time do I need to do this? Guys, this used to be 5 hours a day. But now, thanks to AI, it’s less than an hour a day. 15 minutes to launch your first H2H campaign. As you just saw in the demo, our AI takes away 95% of the work. Remember, Jed and Nancy have six kids. They’re running a farm. They make $12,000 a month. The average person spends 2.5 hours a day scrolling on social media. What if you redirected 30 minutes of that into building an income stream? A lot of people also ask, “How soon can I get into profit?” Now, first, right off the bat, I can’t make any guarantees, and I don’t even make guarantees about you will make money. That’s really up to you. However, what I can say and promise and guarantee is that the program is structured to get you profitable as fast as humanly possible using the three keys: find, build, traffic. And that’s why we implement things like coaching five days a week to help you move forward as quickly as you can. So, as long as you just follow the course, you’ll actually have your first campaign launched in 7 days or less. Remember the math I showed you? One video a day, 1,000 views each, 30 days, and you’re looking at real income even at below average conversion rate. Another question I get a lot of the times is, do I have to show my faith? And the answer is no. I showed you live in the key number three demo. Faceless content is not only possible, it’s one of the most popular approaches right now. Some of our most successful students have never shown their face or used their real name. Nobody in their life knows they do this. And you can create a completely anonymous brand. Post faceless videos with text overlays and stock footage and make real money while maintaining complete privacy. What if I get stuck and need help? Well, we give you 5 days a week of coaching calls. You have a private community. You have a support widget in your dashboard. You’re never alone. So again guys, you get five days a week coaching calls, private community, support widget inside your dashboard, and you’re never alone. Tall was ready to quit in week two, got on one coaching call. One 20-minute conversation changed his hook structure. His next video got 14,000 views, and his first two sales came in the next day. He also got another video to get 400,000 views just a week later. What kind of experience or special skills do I need? And this is the best part, guys. None. The H2H AI handles the heavy lifting. You saw in all three live demos, I click buttons, that’s it. The one thing you have to bring is just the willingness to stick with something. Another question I get is, I’m a tech dinosaur. How techy is this really? Well, you watch the live demos. I click the button. They built everything. If you can use a smartphone, you can use this. If everyone does this, won’t it get saturated? Guys, the digital products market is a $300 billion industry. Saturating it is like trying to empty the ocean with a teasp. How do I know this is legit? Well, guys, don’t hear from me. Just look at all of the reviews we’ve gotten. You can’t fake hundreds of testimonials, hundreds of reviews from paying customers. Forbes featured me. I’ve spoken on stages. I’ve been interviewed on TV, been on Entrepreneur, and been on Time Square. All thanks to what we’ve been able to do here. And here’s even more, guys. And I could keep going on and on and on. Another question that I always get is, “Money is too tight for me. What should I do?” I walked you through this during the checkout walkthrough, but let me say it again because this is very important. We have the payment plan. You can split this with a friend. Uh I also get this a lot. Now is not a good time. Can I join later? Absolutely, you can join later, but just so you know, it’ll be $6,000 and there’ll be no bonuses and no H2 AI access. And when is it ever the perfect time? If you really think about it, like I talked about early on in this stream, like we’re not getting more time, we’re not being less stressed. we have to make it the right time to change literally our experience and here’s the vehicle to do it. Robert told me the same thing. It wasn’t the right time and 4 months later he had $4,000 a month coming in outside his job and he didn’t care about the crazy at work anymore. The timing was never going to be perfect. He just started. All right, guys. Now, let’s get one of our students in here. Give me just a second while I pull them up. All right, cool. All right, here we go. All right, everybody. As I’ve promised, Mr. Adra is on the call live with us today. How you doing, my man? It’s good to see you. Doing great, man. Thanks for having me. Yeah, right on. Well, can you just tell the audience a little bit about your background? Yeah, 100%. Um, come from normal normal family, normal upbringing. You know, my dad was a taxi driver. Mom just used to close from home. Uh, I’m from a small town in in the UK called Manchester. A lot of people are familiar with it through the football team, Manchester United. I tried everything at that time. um you know coming leading up to this I did try like you know drop shipping uh I remember doing FBA private label Amazon FBA private label stuff uh bit you know trading um tried quite a bit of that stuff actually lost a lot of money um network marketing did it all but then I ended up here and you know what this was like the the breakthrough and the most sustainable thing I did the most sustainable most was essentially what changed my life incredible man thank you so much for sharing and can you tell us like what kind of results you’ve seen with this model. I know you crashed and burned in some other models. I did as well. That’s why I love this so much. Can you just kind of let people know like what you did two years back then what you do this last year and what do you think you’re on track to do this year? 2024 we did 250k. At 2025 we did $550,000. And this year we’re like it’s going to be a lot more than 550k. I think we’re on track to do a million dollars. Like that’s my goal I’m aiming for. But I think still even if we get to those 750, I’m going to be happy to come in 250 or to 550 and on track for that million dollar year. That’s epic, dude. I’m so proud of you, man. That’s that’s insane. And it’s got to feel good. Especially you’re a young dad, you know, you’re bringing a young one into the world. I mean, it’s got to allow you to be a lot more present with your family knowing like you got your stuff taken care of. Like you’re bringing home that bread, baby. Guaranteed. 100%. It’s a It’s generally a good feeling. It’s almost like I hate to use the word but almost like passive, you know? It’s kind of like it’s kind of like passive income because you create the products once and they’re up there now. And so at least what it’s done for me cuz I’ve been in all these other models, you know, like selling services and stuff like that. And what they didn’t give me were like that freedom, but this model it gives you freedom. So that’s the thing I I need that you know with my son being a first time dad it’s wonderful you know having that time having that freedom. I love it man. And so, you know, what do you think made this model different than what you had done before online? Cuz you still had some success. Can you speak at you know, you’re talking about building out products, you know, having to supply the service, having to build a sales team, like what what makes this actually different? Well, you know, one of the key things that I learned from you was um the importance of like having a high ticket, you know, selling premium offers. And the good thing about what we have like what you’ve got here is that here sell the high ticket without actually having to do the selling yourself. So this is something I always struggled with like selling premium offers cuz I was like like what do I create? How do I sell it? I don’t like taking phone calls and stuff. I like to be the guy in the background and what you want your freedom you know you don’t want to be on the phone calls all the time. Um and so that was the best thing about this being able to sell premium offers without actually having to sell it myself. And that’s literally if you ask me like what changed is that’s what changed because one thing I’ve learned in business now is like who like whoever can spend the most to acquire a customer always wins and the only way you can spend the most acquire a customer is having a high lifetime value is your customer being worth more money to you than your competitors and the only way you can do that by having a premium offer by selling high ticket but if you’re anything anyone anything like me you don’t want to get on sales calls you don’t want to create a $5,000 offer take the responsibility of dealing with those clients yourself. And so then when you give someone like me a system like this that is all hands off done for you, that’s obviously going to be life-changing, you know. Absolutely, man. That’s so powerful. And for some of the people that are on this call right now live with us that are a bit on the fence and are thinking, like this is kind of starting to make sense, like I want to do it. I’ve been burned in the past. I want to make this online thing work. Like what would you say to someone that’s like kind of on the fence right now? H I guess um one of the reasons a lot of people stay on the fence is because there’s so many options on the internet, you know. I would just say take it from me. I tried it all. Like I whatever you think looks good right now like drop shipping and the Shopify. And when I say I tried it, I didn’t just like dabble with it, you know. I gave everything six to 12 months at a time. Spent a whole lot of money and this right here like this like first year doing this boom life started to change. And that’s number one thing. Number two thing is this though the time we are in right now the growth in AI the opportunity we have access to today the speed you can create products the speed you can get traffic the speed you can build an audience it’s unbelievable second to none and the thing is the opportunity is still growing people are still learning about it people are still not fully tapped into it um I just feel like the opportunity is so ripe right now and I just feel like if you were to miss out on it um like you know you would you would regret it and I think that’s the biggest pain in this life have a regret. You don’t want to let this time pass you by. A lot of millionaires are going to in this you know coming years and you know you stand on the right side or on on you know the side of regret. Yeah. Absolutely. You want to be on the right side of history when now we have AI to like really go and power this thing. We talked about earlier in the call like guys this is the opportunity of a freaking lifetime. Like do not sleep on this. Like we’re not going to see anything like this ever again in our life. It’s going to be nuts. 100%. Well hey brother I know you got a lot going on. And I know it’s late in your side of the world, so I I appreciate you hopping on and and chatting with us. Um, you know, I know the people Do you guys love this, by the way? Like, let me know in the chat. Do you guys love hearing from this guy? Yeah, we’re seeing it, man. Like, thank you so much. Um, really appreciate you being here. And, uh, we’ll see you inside of the community. I appreciate it. Until soon. All right. Cheers. All right, guys. I’m going to wrap this up. I’ve shown you the numbers. I’ve shown you the method. I’ve shown you the AI building everything live, not once, but three separate times at each key. You watch the offer finder select a proven winner in 3 seconds. You watch AI build a landing page and website in under a minute. And you watch the content radar create faceless viral content at the click of a button. I’ve shown you the proof, not two or three people, but hundred. I’ve answered every question I could think of. I’ve removed the risk with a full six-month guarantee. But none of this matters if you don’t see yourself in this. So, I want to take you back to the very beginning. I asked you to type what you do if you hit your income goal. Some of you said pay off your mortgage. Some of you said travel. Some of you said retire their parents. Some just said get out of debt. I want you to picture that thing one more time. Not a fantasy, not as someday, but picture it as something that’s actually happening. Because the distance between where you are right now and that thing you typed in the chat is not as far away as you think. Remember that picture I showed you at the beginning? me in Patagonia completely off the grid climbing with my best friend while my business grew without me. That’s not a fantasy. That was just a Tuesday. And remember what I told you at the very beginning. The biggest lie in online business is that you need to build everything yourself. You don’t. You never did. The DIY trap told you that you had to build everything yourself. The product, the funnel, the content, the sales teams, all of it. But today, I showed you three times live that you don’t. You just plug in everything. I’ve shown you today was designed to make one thing clear. The most successful people in this space don’t do it themselves. They plug into systems that are already winning. And that’s exactly what’s waiting for you. The offers are proven. The H2H AI is built. You watch it work three times. The sales team is standing by. The community is active. The coaching is live 5 days a week. You can do it all completely faceless. Everything is already in place. The only thing missing is you. Every person you saw today was sitting exactly where you’re sitting, watching something like this, wondering if it was real, and they made the decision. Nathan made a decision and now he collects $28,000 a month. Tonyie made a decision and now she works from home with her family. And Jed Nancy made the decision and now they earn $12,000 a month while raising six kids on a farm. I made a decision and because of that decision, I sat next to my mother, held her hand and told her she’d never have to work another day in her life. The method is proven. The AI tools are built. The offers are ready. The support is there. The guarantee removes every ounce of risk. The only thing left in this entire equation is you. I will stay on for a few more minutes to get any last minute questions answered, but the spots are going and I can see them filling up in real time. So, type I’m joining in the chat if you’re heading to the page right now. Let’s see it, guys. Come on now. I’m joining. I’m joining. There we go. There we go. I’m joining. Let’s build this thing together because a year from now, you’re going to look back at this exact moment and you’re either going to thank yourself for finally taking action or you’re going to wish that you had. So, make today the day that you choose yourself. My name is Chance and on behalf of our entire H2H AI owners team, thank you for spending this time with me today. We don’t take it for granted. Your free gift that I promise you will be in your inbox within the next hour or so, so keep an eye out for it. I really look forward to seeing you.

  • 08/09/2026 – Content Growth Engine

    All right. All right. All right. What’s happening everybody? Getting started a little bit early here. How’s it going everybody? Go ahead and uh comment in the chat where you’re calling in from. And uh also I think we’re getting a started a little bit like a few minutes later than I usually do. So, comment as well what the number one reason why you showed up to this live training is. And let me go ahead and get this situated here. So, I am I’m calling in from across the world today, guys. Um, it’s morning for me, but yeah, good evening to most of you. Okay.

    All right. We’ve got um

    uh is it laggy for anybody else or we good? One person said it was laggy. Let me know. Let me know. Um Patrick from Australia. Nice. Awesome.

    Um, Ferrron, Yoyo, Papa Moscow. Dorothy. Uh, Canada. Very cool. Very cool. Just getting ready to start a YouTube channel. Very cool. Anthony, niceville, Florida. Florida has some interesting names. I’ve noticed that. Interesting names for the towns in Florida. Some very interesting names. Niceville sounds nice. Far uh Feron Tampa. Tim some uh Sun City Arizona. Steven Hut Texas.

    Valmas Ohio. Ted San Antonio Texas. Raul Arizona. Jenny Arizona. Good. Happy Sunday from Long Island. Bo Baker Portugal.

    Alpha 6Y, Texas. William, Wisconsin. Eric, Claremont, California. Nice. I’m from California. Nashville, Tennessee. I’ve got family just outside of Nashville. Leach, Texas. Everett, Washington. Lived up there in Washington. Very nice up there. Great hiking. Uh R Reed, Atlanta. Rob, Wisconsin. Peggy Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania. Barbara, Seattle. Gerald Mobile mobile. Stephen, Lawrence, Kansas. I lived in Lawrence, Kansas for my gosh, it must like eight years. That’s wild. So, uh yeah, I’m a Jay-Hawk. So, rock chalk. Anthony Nova, Laura,

    uh, England, UK. Oh, 1:00 a.m. Hey, thanks for staying up, Laura. Appreciate you. Uh, Stevie, England, UK. James, San Antonio, Texas. Yeah, I’m just I’m just getting woken up, guys. I’ll be honest.

    Okay, very cool, guys. Um, so my second question, I see there’s a lot of lot of lot of different places here, but second question is, what is the number one reason why you showed up to this live training? Right. What what what got you here? Okay,

    Tim says, “Cuz you keep sending me emails.” Hey, that’s that’s the job of the email list. Ed, looking for alternative means for some passive income.

    Got it. Eric, I’ve been thinking of starting a YouTube channel. Got it. All right. Got a lot of other people that commented here. We got success Florida, Illinois, Wildwood, Seattle, Bangkok, Thailand. Starting a YouTube channel. Okay. So, Sergio says, “Starting a YouTube channel.” Rob says, “Looking to monetize my YouTube channel and find my specific niche.” Michelle from Nevada. Jenny, I have been thinking about starting a YouTube channel and don’t know how to get started. Stephen,

    getting into a better financial situation. Victor, learning to try to work from home. Uh, Paulino, Minnesota. Robert, North Carolina, I’m joining this to better my YouTube knowledge. Very cool. Patrick, I need to make money. It’s that simple. Okay, Isabelle, uh, I’m in Tucson, Arizona. Awesome. Nathan, Nashville, Tennessee. Is this live? Yes, it’s live. Uh Isabelle, Tucson, Nashville, Tennessee. Mark, looking for to supplement my income. Daniel Witchah, Kansas. Wanting to see what I can do differently. Got it. S Sam from Bon Bonita Springs, Florida. Just to learn more. I don’t know what my niche would be. Okay, fair enough. We uh we have an AI for that and we have a a system for that. We’ll talk about that here in a bit. Um, okay. Lawrence, learning more about techniques and tools. Mark, North Carolina. No, nice echo. Not laggy. Okay, very cool. All good for you. Good, good, good, good, good. Awesome. Um, okay. Uh, one more question. What is the I’m going to scroll all the way down to the bottom. You guys are commenting so fast. I appreciate the engagement. You guys are commenting so fast. I can’t keep up. But next question. Um, what is the number one thing that’s keeping you from getting started on YouTube or or or progressing on YouTube if you’ve already gotten started, right? What’s the number one thing?

    Well, I drink some Coke Zero here. Okay, we’ve got uh

    money. Uh Raul says money. Adam time. Kyle time. Ellie lack of knowledge. Jeffrey Plano, Texas. Retired lineman flying jets for video editing money. Flying jets for video editing money. Wow, that sounds fun. Nice. Uh, Liil not getting views. Um, Tim, yeah, it sounds like you could probably record that and just post it on YouTube. Jeffrey, if you if you package it correctly, that’s nice. Uh, Le not getting views. Tim Costello, the next up, uh, Gerald, don’t know how. William, money. Diana, lack of knowledge and technical issues. Mark, time. AJ, overwhelm. Anthony, failure. Andrew, motivation. Jacqueline, too many steps. Papa Joe, I have a face for radio. Doesn’t matter at all on YouTube. It really doesn’t. Isabelle, just fear of saturation. Nichollet just wanting to create videos. Meen knowledge. Uh Fon doing it wrong, never getting monetized. Nidita not knowing how to start and what to use. Justin technical skill. Uh and Anthony lack of knowledge. All right, guys. Appreciate the uh the feedback and the comments. With that being said, let’s go ahead and jump into it. And I of course I couldn’t read all of them. There’s just way too many. Uh chat is very active and lively today, which which is awesome. Um but I uh unfortunately I can’t read all the comments, but we will keep all of them in mind for the future. We actually have AI analyze all of them and and um just kind of make you know future content based on that or future uh slides that we update based on that. Okay, so let’s talk about how to grow and make money on YouTube in 2026 without fancy gear, without techy stuff, and without spending hours on each video, provided you use this hybrid model and follow one simple rule. Now, let’s talk about why you’re here today, guys. So, go ahead and do the thumbs up thing, the emoji thing. If you’re excited about one of these things, it should be on the bottom right of the screen. So, thumbs up or emojis. Views. Are you here today for views? All right, cuz you want to get views. Okay, seeing a decent amount of people. Yeah, a lot of people do want to get views. Um, but how about this one? Okay, how about this next one? How about making money? Is making money better than getting views? There we go. Okay. Okay. I’ve got I’ve got a smart crowd today. This is good. This is good. You guys You guys have probably watched my content or you’re just smart in general and or you’re smart and so therefore you were attracted to my content. Okay. Perfect. Cuz you can get a lot of views and you can make absolutely no money. In fact, that’s actually quite common. I’ll show some examples here in a bit if you don’t believe me. Um but how about this last one, which is having an impact. Okay, basically creating a business that you can be proud of and helping a lot of people. How about that one? Okay, awesome. Yep, that one’s probably the biggest one. I’ve got the confetti, we’ve got the clapping, we got the hearts, we’ve got the the o face. I think I saw one. There we go. Awesome. Awesome. Okay, so this one is really good because if you get the impact down, the views and the money are going to take care of themselves, right? So, um you know that you guys are smart to be excited about that one. So, you guys are the types of people that I want to work with. So, that’s awesome. Okay, now before we start, let me be straight with you. I’ve got two jobs today. Job one is to teach you the best YouTube lesson that you’ve ever gotten free right here. No catch. Job two is at the end, I’m going to offer you a way to work with us directly, our coaching program. This is where my team and I handhold you to grow and make money on YouTube, just like the 1,000 plus community members that we have winning inside right now. And I’ll be honest, it is not cheap. It is expensive. So, here’s the deal. If I don’t give you the best lesson today, don’t book a call. Don’t give me a dollar. But if I do, if I actually change how you see this, then you owe it to yourself to take a look. And if a paid thing isn’t for you, then stay anyways because you can learn everything. It’s yours for free. So, fair, drop a drop deal in the chat if that sounds fair, right? Okay. Scroll down here. Perfect. Okay. Seeing a lot of it. All right. Perfect. Now, by the way, we’re also giving away free stuff at this workshop. At the very end, you will get a chance to walk away with the Niche Validator Pro, the ChatgBT or the Cloud AI version, whichever one that you prefer. We do recommend the Cloud version, but they’re both very good. And this is the newest version yet. Is a massive upgrade over anything that we put out before. And you’ll also get $64,497 worth of bonuses, but only for those who stay until the end offer. So, look at this. A college senior just built a clothing company doing $12 million a year. No business degree, no fashion school, no investors. Where did she learn to do all of it? Well, she admitted it. It was from YouTube, right? Free videos on YouTube. How to design it, make it, advertise it, sell it. She searched and YouTube taught her. Now, here’s the part that Now, here’s the part that I really want you to catch, right? Every video she learned from, somebody made it. Somebody answered her search and that person got the view, the trust and the customer. And that’s the whole game. Right now, millions of people are on YouTube searching to learn something and whoever answers them wins them. So, you know, something worth teaching. Be the video that they find. And that is exactly what I’m going to show you today. Now, one thing I always uh like to say is this is a maze, right? You start here at the top and you finish here at the bottom. And your goal is to get to the finish as fast as you can. whatever that goal is. And most creators start with good intentions and then they fall into the maze. They end up burnt out, overthinking, stuck in analysis paralysis with zero views and zero income and then they just give up. But actually, most people don’t even start in the first place, right? So, if you’re here watching this right now, you are ahead of the majority of people. Now, additionally, one thing I like to say about this maze part, anything that you’ve heard about YouTube outside of what I teach, chances are it’s probably you entering this maze because most people go into the maze, they get lost, and they put their hands up and they’re like, “Maze keeper, come and get me.” And getting lost in the maze is focusing on all the stuff that does not matter. Like all the YouTube coaches that have entire channels about reviewing YouTube gear when that makes like a 1% difference in the success of your channel, right? basically makes no difference whatsoever these days. Uh a phone is just as good as any camera out there essentially, right? And that’s the base and that is the reason why you don’t get results because you’re focusing on all these things that do not matter when in reality you could just focus on the few things that actually matter and actually get you results. But let’s just say hypothetically you go into the maze and you just navigate it perfectly. Let’s say you’re an absolute pro. Here is the fastest way that you could get from start to finish just like this. Okay, but actually it’s not the fastest because there is another way. It’s faster, easier, and safer. And you’re basically going around the maze. Pretty clever, right? But this isn’t even the fastest route cuz we learned at a young age that the fastest way to go from point A to point B is a straight line, right? So what if I showed you a way to do just that? skip the maze completely and you literally just go from start to finish straight to the results. Okay, before we get into that, one thing I want to uh say about this part right here, going back one slide, a lot of other YouTube advice out there, I don’t think they’re purposely giving you bad advice. At least usually they aren’t. I think a few of them probably purposely do, but a lot of them give good advice, but they give good advice for like a gaming channel or a prank channel or something like that. And I remember watching a lot of this advice when I was first starting on YouTube and most of it just wouldn’t work for me, you know, and but yeah, it’s like it could be good for like a gaming channel or a prank channel or something like that, right? Cuz there are a bunch of different types of YouTube channels, but I’m going to be talking about the type of YouTube channel that is the easiest to get results with. And it’s a type of YouTube channel that you can pivot to anything else later on down the line. And that is why when it comes to winning on YouTube, I have the straight line for you today so that you can get there the easiest, quickest, safest, and most comfortable way possible. And specifically, you’re going to gain access to the hottest opportunity to exist in the content creation business. Now, these are the newest stats that just came out. And before they said that YouTube and the content creator ecosystem in general was going to be worth around $1 trillion by 2034. And now, right, they said it right here. And now, just 6 months later, they updated it and they said it’s going to be worth $1.6 trillion by 2034, right? So, it has grown that much in just the last 6 months, right? So, the projections are just going up and up so much faster. And by 2035, it’s going to be worth $2 trillion, right? So, this is just growing at an unprecedented rate. And look at this going up while so many other things are going down, right? It’s harder than ever to get a job. There’s so many industries that are being disrupted. Meanwhile, content creation is just going up and up and up. And that is a sign. And this is one of the biggest opportunities that I want you to get access to when it comes to content creation. I want you to do it while bypassing all the traps, the gotchas, the limitations, and the barriers to entry that otherwise would lock you out, forcing you to stand on the sideline as you watch generational wealth pass you by, helpless to do anything about it. And you will definitely want to take advantage of what’s happening right now in the creator economy because you are in the perfect place and time to start. And mind you, YouTube pays out billions every year, but it’s not going to lifestyle vloggers and entertainment channels anymore. And today, you’ll be handed the key to unlock that prison cell that is keeping you trapped and away from the YouTube growth that you’ve been wanting for a very long time. And seriously, we’ve helped online businesses, of course, but also uh coaches, freelancers, job seekers, stay-at-home parents, 9 to5ers, grandpas, grandmas, agency owners, service providers, digital product sellers, failed YouTubers, YouTubers getting views but struggling with monetization, successful YouTubers who are crushing it but want to crush even harder. People that own software companies or SAS, location specific businesses like realtors or financial adviserss or dental cosmetic clinics or law firms. uh people doing paid ads that want to stop doing paid ads, people doing paid ads that want to make their paid marketing two times more effective by having a YouTube presence. Even physical brick-and-mortar business owners and even people with disabilities do this, right? And we’re going to go over one of those uh here in a bit. So, this works for almost any situation and um this works for almost any niche and almost any situation because we designed this type of YouTube channel to be flexible so that you can go in so many different directions if you need to. And the good news is you don’t need to be a YouTuber or an influencer to win on YouTube. But to get there, I’m going to be exposing the dark side of YouTube and creators who are now slaves to the platform. Here’s an example. Boogie2988. Now, I am not trying to make fun of him at all. I actually respect him a lot for revealing his public income, but he’s got about 4 million subs, and he revealed on a podcast tour last year that he’s only making about $44,000 a year, which is less than the average income for an American. and he is one of hundreds of thousands of creators who are promised success through views, but views do not automatically equal money. Okay? Meanwhile, I work with people who get 500 views per video and they’re making 10 million a year on YouTube. But there are also people who get a lot of views and they don’t make a lot of money because they’re doing things wrong. There’s a lot of people in that in that category. And seriously, I know there’s a lot of people in this crowd that are frustrated, burnt out, stuck because you were promised a gold mine and yet you found nothing. you’ve been uploading videos or you’re frustrated because you can’t even get started uploading videos because you’ve been told that you need to buy this camera first or you need that gear first or you need to be really good at editing or any of those types of things, but basically you found nothing but regret. So, let’s talk about who this is for. This is for you if you’re a total beginner who wants to finally start and not burn out. And by the way, go ahead and drop your profession in the chat. I’m curious what all of you do for a living cuz an example of a total beginner is my brother Zach, right? So, and his profession was he was in the trades for over 30 years specifically. He was in HVAC for about 10 years and then he started owning his own business. Okay, so he’s an example of a beginner on YouTube and uh we’ll go over his story here, but let’s read some of these out. Adam, CPA, Jessica, mom of five, Kyle, IT admin. Wendy J, parliamentarian, Salvador, thank you, Shane, for your guidance and help. You got it, Salvador. My pleasure. Um, appreciate you. Curtis, blue collar. AJ Roberts, software developer. Bernard, project manager engineer. Awesome. Uh, Michelle, HR technology. T mom, Renee, business consultant. Zerich, contractor. Andy, product manager. Chris, health insurance uh broker. Eric, data analyst. Um, okay. Awesome guys. So, I’m not going to read all of them, but you guys kind of noticed that there’s there’s a lot of people that are kind of in like high high level, high up careers in there, and that’s kind of the the type of people that that are attracted to my content. Um, a lot of people who watch my content are are in good careers. Uh, they they have experience in their industry. They, you know, they have a lot of value to give basically, right? They have a lot of experience, a lot of wisdom, a lot of value to give. Uh, and then sometimes business owners as well are attracted to my stuff because I kind of treat YouTube like a business. Um, but let’s let’s talk about my brother Zach, right? So, he’s been in the trades for about 30 years. He owns his own HVAC business. And he basically came to me and he said, “Shane, I’m 50 years old. My body’s starting to wear out. I need to figure out how to make money without wearing out my body.” Right? And, you know, because the trades can be can be kind of rough. And you know, he thought I was going to recommend a remote job or some type of certification or a cushy office job or some kind of, you know, government job or something like that. And I was like, “No, you should just start a YouTube channel.” And he was really surprised. He’s like, “Well, I’m not tech-savvy. I’m not good on camera. I’ve never made a video in my life. I’m in my 50s. No one wants to listen to a 50-year-old.” All these excuses started popping up in his head for why he couldn’t do it. And I told him, “Just trust me, bro. Just do it. Just do what I tell you. Use our system. It’s going to work for you.” And the very first video that he posted blew up and got over 800,000 views, right? And less than one month later, 29 days later to be exact, he made $214 in a single day. Okay? So that’s a $78,000 year run rate. So he went from zero to making a full-time income in less than one month. So yeah, it works for beginners even with no tech experience. And just an update on him, uh, last month, uh, to finish out the to finish out the month last month, uh, he had an $18,000 month. Okay. Um, so that was a record for him. Over it was actually over $18,000. It might have been close to $19,000. That was a record for him. Um, plus he’s getting a lot of money from affiliate marketing. So he’s not just making money from AdSense. And that’s one thing that we’re going to talk about, right? Adsense is not the only monetization method on YouTube. Um, in fact, we made about $30,000 from AdSense last month. That was about 5% of the total money that we made from YouTube across our channels and and across all the businesses and stuff, right? So, AdSense is a small fraction of the amount of money that you can make, right? Um, but it is really nice to get AdSense money and a lot of people that’s what they want. Um, but just just know that that’s only a small fraction of the money that you can actually make. There’s lots of other ways where you can make more money. Sometimes you can make a hundred times more than what you can make from AdSense. So this is also for you if you’re a faceless creator or you want to use YouTube automation. So an example of that would be Whiz. Uh Whiz was one of our clients. Whiz uh basically when he first started his YouTube channel, he didn’t want to reveal his face. Okay? He wanted to remain anonymous. So he basically it was a totally faceless channel. Now just to be very clear, I am not telling you to make AI slop. Okay? If that’s what you’re interested in doing, spamming the internet with AI slop, probably not the right place for you to be. Okay. Um, what Wiz did is he made high quality content where he just happened to not show his face. He was still using his voice uh and and he just happened to not show his face because he wanted to remain anonymous. So basically, you know, he uh uh you know, h had this cartoon character that represented him. And he was able to actually scale his business to seven figures doing this. It did take him a while, but he he was able to scale his business to seven figures a year doing this. Um, and he cuz he had an agency, right? And the point is he said that almost all of his clients watched his YouTube channel. So either directly or indirectly got almost all of his clients from YouTube. They might have originated from other sources, but then they watched his YouTube channel and that’s what helped prospects make the decision to buy from him. Now, like I said, he runs an agency and he did make the decision to reveal his face later on, but he built his faceless channel in a very specific way where you can do that because again, he used the hybrid personal brand method, which means you have a lot of options in the future. And we’ll get into how to do that. So, if you’re making a faceless or YouTube automation channel, um you need to listen to this, right? Because it’s very important that you do this the right way. If you don’t do it the right way, you’re going to have a ceiling in terms of how much money you can make. And honestly, it’s probably just not going to work in the first place. But even if it does work, you’re going to have a ceiling in terms of how much money you can make, and you’re also not going to have options in the future. And he did reveal his face later on, like I said. So, here’s here’s his picture of him down here. And the reason he made that decision is because honestly, guys, there’s so many advantages to just having a personal brand and showing your face. Um, it’s really kind of silly to not do it in 99% of cases. This is also for you if you’re a business owner, freelancer, or coach who wants inbound clients without paid ads. So, an example of that would be Davis. Davis’s sales went up 400% and after working with me, he’s making 100K per month. And basically, Davis owned a portfolio of companies and he was spending about 20 hours a week on just one of his companies, just one YouTube channel and one company in a portfolio. That is obviously not sustainable, right? But eventually, he outsourced everything on his channel to the point where he’s not recording the videos anymore. And he has other people recording the videos. And now, he spends zero hours a week on his channel even though he has multiple channels. and for multiple different companies, he is spending zero hours a week. So, if you’re a business owner, you’re super busy, you have a portfolio, you can actually have other people record the videos for you and you can have a system that just takes care of everything. And we help people with that as well. This is also for you if you want to network so you can land high-paying jobs, find career opportunities, or become an authority in your niche by standing out with your YouTube channel. So, here’s a really good example of networking. Josh basically just started making really useful videos on his channel for people in the IT and cyber security industry. And he talked about how to get better jobs, which certifications are good to take, what skills to learn that are valuable in the job market, etc., etc. And he was able to go from making less than $1,000 a month with his channel to actually getting offers from Fortune50 companies, including companies that are a part of Fang, Facebook, Apple, Amazon, Netflix, and Google. And these are some of the biggest and most prestigious companies in the world. Uh where is literally harder to get into a fame company than it is to get into Harvard or Yale. And usually you have to apply to these jobs. In fact, you’ll have to apply to years typically to get in. Um and even then you probably won’t get in. But the companies were reaching out to him. So he got an offer from several different f companies and he ended up going with one of them for his dream job where he got to travel the world. He lived in Japan. uh he was working a remote job making multiple six figures a year and that was literally his dream life, right? But then the YouTube channel just kept going. He got to 5,000 a month, then 10,000 a month, then 30,000 a month. All the while he’s just working part-time on the YouTube channel, right? And then eventually it scaled all the way up to $186,000 a month over the span of about a couple years using my strategies, right? And of course, he quit his dream job because it just didn’t make sense for him at that point. And I like this example because it goes over every single stage. Just getting started as a beginner using it to become an authority in his niche for networking to get his dream job, which is super underrated. By the way, the intangible benefits of having a YouTube channel are probably bigger even than the tangible benefits. Meaning like the tangible benefits are the money you make directly. The intangible benefits are the, you know, indirect benefits and the indirect money you can make, right? So, um, using it to become an authority in his niche for networking to get his dream job, starting a side hustle, making a little bit of money on the side, starting a full-time income making 10 to 30K per month, uh, and a full-time business, uh, and then scaling his business, right? So, he went through every single phase of the process. And so, I help people that are each one of those phases. But you might be thinking, “But Shane, if it’s that easy, then why do most people fail?” because most people who try to start on YouTube do fail. Well, it’s because they believe in these myths. One, you need to be an influencer. Two, you have to show your face and have a fancy camera. Three, it takes 40 hours to create one video. Four, you have to endure the process because it takes a long time to succeed on YouTube. These are some of the biggest myths that people believe in that cause them to fail. Now, the last one specifically, the reason that most people think that it takes a long time to succeed on YouTube is because they think they need a big channel that has lots of subscribers and lots of views to make money. If you choose the right niche, you do not need a big channel. Just as an example, when I started my second channel, Shane Hums, the content growth engine, we actually made over $30,000 in the first month starting the channel. And a lot of that money was made before we even got to 1,000 subscribers as well. And these are the myths that people believe in that stop them from having success on YouTube. But in reality, one of the biggest reasons that you failed is because before today, you lacked the leverage to invade this soontobe trillion dollar opportunity. And I’m going to help you mine this opportunity so that we can grow rich together fast. First though, who am I? My name is Shane. I’m an ex-farmarmacist. I have a 1.6 million subscriber YouTube channel. You can see it down here. And I’ve helped over 20 businesses get to 100K per month on YouTube from scratch. I’ve helped 20 businesses that were already profitable scale. So, it’s probably triple that by now. And I’m also industry recognized as an expert on growing and making money from YouTube for businesses. Here’s a company that I worked with. They like working with me so much that I actually got equity in the company because I gave that much value to the company and we were able to over 30x the amount of money that they made. With that being said, this is a startup and I usually like to work with individuals. And one of the reasons I like to work with individuals is because you guys remind me of myself. So, let me go ahead and get into my story very quickly here. Um, this is me working as a pharmacist for 15 hour shifts, right? And before this, I came from a very poor background. I lived in section 8 housing. I lived in trailer parks. I was even homeless at one point. And I didn’t want to be poor anymore. So, I did what society told me to do. By the way, this is the exact Salvation Army that I lived at in Lawrence, Kansas, right here for about 6 months. I went to college. I became a pharmacist. I got a doctorate. I did everything society told me to do. And I also had to take out a lot of money in student loan debt to get there. I went over $300,000 in student loan debt. And thing is, when I had uh the thing is when I was poor, I had a lot of time, but I didn’t have any money. So, I couldn’t really do anything besides play video games or whatever. But when I became middle class working as a pharmacist, I didn’t have both time or money because I was spending all of my time working and all of my money paying down my student loan debt. So, it was kind of an out of the frying pan and into the frier type moment. And it was really a terrible situation because I started as a pharmacist right before the pandemic hit. And just to emphasize how bad this was, we got robbed three times in a six-month period. So, overall, I can’t describe how stressed out, how depressed, how anxious I was in the situation. And like many people out there, I started wondering, wait a minute, is the stuff that society told me to do actually a good idea. Maybe I made a mistake. And because of that, I tried just about every side hustle out there to make money. Shopify, Amazon FBA, SMMA, coaching, consulting, courses, digital products, real estate, white labeling, SEO, flipping websites, flipping physical products. Um, here’s one of them that I tried. It’s called the Booty Kit. It’s basically an at home workout thing so you can work out your booty. I think I tried selling this on Shopify, drop shipping, as well as Amazon FBA. And I pretty much failed at almost all of them, right? I couldn’t make any of these sustainable. I might have had some success here and there, but nothing sustainable. And a lot of it has to do with me having ADHD and always just trying a bunch of different things. I also have, you know, shiny object syndrome. Um, but yeah, diagnosed with ADHD twice. But as you can see, my bank account was always very close to zero, right? It’s constantly very close to $0. But YouTube was different than all these other side hustles. All the side hustles that I tried, they actually work, but they only work if you have traffic, aka views. If you don’t have views, it’s kind of like trying to sell something without having a store. It’s almost impossible to sell. And so, I realized one that I really enjoyed YouTube, but two, I realized that I could make any of these other business models work if I just focused on YouTube and getting views. And because of that, I gave YouTube another shot. And after I tried it again, you know, at that time I was basically living in a house full of seven guys to save money. And one of the guys who moved in uh from Lebanon, actually, his name was Sam. And he basically immigrated here from Web uh Lebanon. Uh barely even knew English when he first started. And he couldn’t work a job. So he was actually forced uh to start a business essentially. And so he started a wedding photography business. And he basically started this YouTube channel where he was making about $10 to $20,000 a month from a YouTube channel with less than 10,000 subscribers. and his wedding photography business. And he was doing wedding photography in Las Vegas and on the West Coast. And before this, you know, I’d spent time in LA. I’d met influencers and YouTubers who uh had lots of followers, lots of subscribers who didn’t have any money. They weren’t making any money. And so I was like, “Whoa, Sam, how are you making so much money from YouTube even though you have a small channel?” And he showed me what a proper monetization method looked like, right? He showed me how I can monetize a channel without having that many views. and he initially taught me how to make money from a small channel like 10 to 20,000 subscribers or less. But I took it to the next level to the po to the point where there are some channels we work with that only have a few thousand subscribers and they’re making seven figures a year because there are some niches where you’re talking to an affluent audience and you can get a couple hundred views and make $10,000 from a video. So this is where I found the secret formula of YouTube success where everyone else was not talking about it. And so basically I started posting videos. And just to put this in perspective, I have gotten a lot of views. 6 million, 1.2 million, 1.7 million, 4.3 million views. I know how to play the views game with the best of them. But this video right here, the most useless degrees, this was my first ever breakout video. And it has gotten over 4 million views, but in its whole lifetime, it made about $30,000 from AdSense because it wasn’t really making money outside of AdSense. And I’ve had several videos just last month that got less than 10,000 views but made, you know, 40 to 50,000. Did I say last month? I meant last week that got 10,000 views but made 40 to $50,000 from all income streams. This is something that happens every single week for me. And there are several videos with less than 10,000 views that made as much or more than this video. Right? So, that’s kind of the secret because listen, it is way easier for me to reproduce this video right here that only had to get 8,000 views over a six-month period and make $48,000 than it is for me to reproduce this video that took 6 years to get 4 million views and make $31,000. And by the way, by the time this video gets to the six-year mark, because of the fact that it’s just going to keep getting views, uh, keep getting leads, keep getting subscribers, and keep getting sales, by the time this video gets to the six-year mark, um, it is almost certainly going to be double or triple what it is right here, you know? So, it’s it’s going to be crushing it even harder. And just to show you guys proof, here’s how much I made about two plus years ago. So, this was uh three three Septembers ago. I made about $283,000. Now, you might be wondering, why did you pick a random September? Well, it’s because this is this around the time that I actually started my my YouTube business, like the YouTube side of my business. Before this, I basically made the channel that I wish I had when I was first trying to figure out what career that I wanted to get into. And this is a channel that was designed to help people pick the right careers, pick the right college degrees, or pick the right education for them. And I got that channel and that business to over $283,000 uh dollar a month. And we helped well over a thousand people get with verified testimonials uh land their dream jobs, which was amazing. But then I started the YouTube side of the business. And when I started the YouTube side of the business, the business actually went down. So it actually started making less money um overall cuz before this, I’d actually doubled or tripled my business every single year on YouTube. Um, and the next year I made about $325,000 in a single month, which was which was still great, don’t get me wrong, but it that was the one of the first years that I ever didn’t like double the business. And then one year after that, I made a million. So, it kind of caught up at that point. But I’m not saying this to try to make people jealous, right? I’m just showing you their seats so that you know that I know what I’m talking about. Because there’s a lot of YouTube coaches out there that are just coaches, coaching coaches. They’ve never actually started a successful channel themselves and they’re basically cosplaying as successful YouTubers, right? You see it all the time. People posting on YouTube about how to be successful at YouTube and they don’t have a channel outside of the channel that they started posting about how to be successful at YouTube, right? Like they didn’t even start a successful channel before they started posting about how to be successful at YouTube. So, they’re cosplaying as successful YouTubers and they’re teaching you how to be successful at YouTube when they’ve never actually started a successful YouTube channel outside of just teaching YouTube, right? But me, I actually started a successful YouTube channel and successful business, got it to multiple seven figures a year before I started teaching other people how to do it. And the craziest thing is I did all of this while being able to travel the world and only having to work four hours a week. So, here’s a picture of me in Tokyo at the famous crossing square, the Shabuya Crossing Square. Here’s a picture of me in Singapore. And this is me in the San Juan Islands just off of Vancouver, British Columbia, u Canada, whale watching specifically. And I only had to work about 4 hours a week. Now, just to be very clear, I choose to work more than that because I genuinely enjoy YouTube and I enjoy helping people with YouTube. So, I choose to work more than that, but I only have to work four hours a week, right? And in many cases, I’ve actually gone as much as two months at a time without working, right? So, I’ve gone weeks at a time, one month at a time. There was even one one case where I went over two months without working at all, right? Because I had health issues. Uh, spending literally zero hours on my business. So, I have an on uh I have an online business where I don’t have to have any in-person employees or anything like that. I can travel the world. I can do whatever I want. And my business just keeps going up and up and up. But something kept bothering me because I got the life that I dreamed of. But once in a while, I would create a video and post it on YouTube just telling people what I was doing because I was seeing YouTube advice online and I would watch it and I’d be like, “hm, I don’t really think this works for most people, right? Maybe it works for a gaming channel, but it wouldn’t work for most channels.” And so I decided once every 6 months, once every year, I would post a video about what I was doing on YouTube and what was working for me. And every time I do that, I would get comments, emails, DMs. Everybody would be reaching out to me being like, “Hey, can you coach me? Can you help me grow my YouTube channel?” Uh, and but I turned them all down because I was too busy or I just didn’t really want to do coaching or I thought, you know, maybe this works for my niche, but I don’t know if it would work for other people’s niches. And so I turned them down, but I felt bad about it. And I shrugged it off for years until one day a YouTuber friend of mine reached out to me who I thought was doing well on YouTube, but wasn’t. He told me he was financially struggling. He saw my videos. He was like, “Shane, can you please help me?” And I agreed to help him. And since I was going to help him, I realized, you know, it’s going to be about the same amount of work to help one person as it would be to help a group of people, right? And so I decided to do a cohort where I worked with all these people. And I reached out to a bunch of them who had emailed me and messaged me before. And it was a very diverse set of people as well. There was a professional truck driver for 28 years, a fresh graduate engineering student, a current engineering student, an Amazon FBA business owner, a coach, a freelancer, failed YouTuber, successful YouTuber who was crushing it but wanted to crush it harder, a content creator for 11 years um who was tired of the other platforms and wanted to shift over to YouTube. a tech salesperson, a girl in cyber security, a coach, an agency owner, an online service provider, a fitness dude, a finance guy, a physical business owner, lots of different successful people in different industries. Um, just on and on. The point is, they were all different. Some had YouTube experience, others had zero knowledge of how YouTube worked. And then we applied the exact same format that I found to be working on my YouTube channel. So, same YouTube format, same proven way of making thumbnails, titles, and intros, same strategy for coming up with winning video ideas. And of course, a little bit of tweaking because every single niche is a little bit different. There are a lot of underlying principles, but they all do need a little bit of tweaking. And the crazy thing is every single one of them blew up. And the best part is they all got their version of rich by helping people live better lives. And that’s the thing that made me feel so happy. And it’s because I can only have so much impact with my channel, but I got to help other people have impact with their channels. And so I was basically spreading my impact to so many other people. And then they were able to impact hundreds of millions with their YouTube channels. And they all got their version of rich by helping other people live better lives. And that’s the moment for the first time in my life, don’t get me wrong, I enjoyed teaching the remote job stuff, but for the first time in my life, I realized, wow, this is this is what this is my purpose, right? This is what I want to do for a living for the rest of my life, right? And the reason for that is because I taught them how to make a very specific type of content, which is educational niche content, right? I’m not teaching people how to make faceless AI slop. I’m not teaching people how to make entertainment content, you know, dancing videos. Uh I’m teaching people how to make educational content where they’re actually solving other people’s problems, right? And the channels that are winning today are educational niche channels. In fact, educational channels make 10 to 20 times more money, and there are more opportunities for every 1,000 views than any other type of content. In fact, in the first month that we launched my second channel, we were able to make about $1,736 per 1,000 views. So, it got about $24,000 views in the first month right off the bat, and it made $42,000. So, that’s about $1,736 per 1,000 views. And to put that in perspective, entertainment channels in general make about $1 to $3 per 1,000 views. So if I started an entertainment channel, I would have made somewhere between $24 to $73 if I got 24,000 views, like my second channel. And education channels in general make about $20 per 1,000 views. So if I had started an educational channel, I would have made about $484. So it shows right here, right? So Mr. Beast style entertainment channel, $24 to $73. Uh typical education channel. Example of this would be kind of like Veritassium, Mark Robber, that that kind of thing. About $20 per 1,000 views, so $484. But I started what’s known as a niche authority channel. Okay? And that channel made $1,736 per 1,000 views. So for 24,000 views, that is $42,000. And by the way, this channel after that, this was just the first month. This channel after this made up to over $4,000 uh per 10,000 views, right? So, it got even higher than that. And I’ve seen some channels for my clients get as high as $30,000 per 1,000 views if you’re talking to a very affluent audience. And so, yeah, this is, and by the way, this is from all money, not just from AdSense. Just to be very clear, because I always have a few people that are confused by that. AdSense are the ads that pop up on your channel. That’s great. You can make a lot of money from AdSense. We made about $33,000 last month from AdSense. It’s awesome. Uh but it is a small fraction of the amount of money that you can actually make from YouTube, right? Uh it’s about, you know, five less than 5% of what we make. And so with educational content, right off the bat, you’re making 10 times more money than entertainment content. But there’s a better type of educational content, which is niche educational content where you are properly monetizing your channel. Now, you can do mass market uh channel and properly monetize your content, and you can still make a heck of a lot more money than this. For instance, on my main channel, Shane Hummus, of course, that is a mass market channel with 1.5 million subscribers. That channel makes more or less about $400 per 1,000 views on average. So, it still makes a ton of money. You can make way more money if you do niche educational content. And that is what I recommend that people start off with is just talking about a very niche subject and doing that first. And I’m going to get into that here in a moment because you don’t always have to stay with a niche subject if you set up your channel with the hybrid personal brand method, which is something that we’ll talk about here in a moment. So, let me give you some examples of niche educational content. So, this is the organic chemistry tutor. He makes about $36 to $100,000 a month on his channel according to view stats. Uh, and that is just from AdSense alone, right? So, remember AdSense is less than 5% of what we make on our channel. So, if he is properly monetizing, he is easily making far more than that. But, let’s just assume that he’s not monetizing very well. Let’s just be very conservative and say that he’s making $10 to $20 per 1,000 views. That would be about 136 to $273,000 per month. And by the way, I’ve worked with a lot of YouTubers that were making that were big and they weren’t making any money and then we unlocked all of that monetization in their channel. So, there’s a good chance that he, you know, this is what he’s making because a lot of YouTubers, even if they do have big channels, they don’t really know how to uh monetize properly. Now, the interesting thing is here it says that he didn’t upload in about 62 days and 16 hours, right? and he was still making this much money passively from the channel, right? Um, and that is because he has been uploading these videos for a long time. And each video is like a little soldier that just goes out and makes him money forever. Here’s another one. Scotty Kilmer. He is in his 70s and he makes content helping people save money on their cars. Now, one of the great things about him, he is quite entertaining. So, when I say make educational content, I am not saying by any means that you cannot be entertaining. You can definitely be entertaining. And Scotty Kilmer is hilarious if you’ve ever watched him, but he basically made $24 million from YouTube. And he even said in an interview that he made more money in one month on YouTube than he saved in 40 years as a mechanic. And basically what he does is he just helps people pick the right cars, maintain their cars, uh fix their cars, and help them with different car related products. That’s his whole channel. Basically, this stuff is dead simple to him. And that’s one thing that I want to point out with you organic chemistry tutor as well. I forgot to mention this. This stuff is dead simple for him, too. He’s just talking about stuff that he was already tutoring people on. He just did the same thing, but he recorded it with a camera and then he posted it online. And this is a reoccurring theme that I see with successful people in the education niche. Now, this is the craziest one. Physics Walla, right? He came from a small village in India. His first videos were in his parents’ basement and you can see how bad they are. Just like blurred face, uh terrible lighting, can barely see the whiteboard, etc., etc. But it didn’t matter, right? He started making videos about these standardized tests in India and these standardized tests are incredibly important for your future. It’s kind of like the ACT and the SAT in the US, but even more important. And he just made videos about these certifications and these standardized tests. And at first, he was just talking about physics and then he expanded to other stuff. So, let’s just put this in perspective how specific this is. physics India standardized tests only very specific how he was tutoring people he started making these videos then he kept going and then he launched a company that’s now worth $5.2 billion called physics walla it’s an educational app and now it’s worth $5.2 billion and it all started in his parents’ basement just making physics videos and he is probably richer than Mr. beast at this point. And that’s the power of educational content because you’re solving people’s problems. So now I’m going to hand you the formula for how to do all of this. And there is a secret formula. And these are the most important things. So if I don’t talk about it, it’s because it’s not important. So first thing is you need what’s known as a niche hypothesis statement. Now generally speaking, there are three niches out there that are the most profitable niches and that is health, wealth, and relationships. With that being said, there are a lot of other niches outside of that and you can make money in all of those niches as well. But generally speaking, if you’re confused about what niche to go into, you should be going into health, wealth, or relationships. And the reason for that is because almost everybody in the entire world has a problem in one or more of those three areas. And then you need to go ahead and make what’s known as a niche hypothesis statement. Now, what you want to do is you want to pick a niche. And by the way, while we’re doing this, go ahead and comment what you think your niche is. Just comment uh what your niche is in the comment section or in the chat. and I’ll probably read a few of them uh while we’re going through this. And I’m actually going to do this to illustrate something as well. So, comment what your niche is. Um, and I know a lot of you are probably going to end up saying something, but yeah, let me scroll down here. You guys commented so much. Let me scroll down. Okay, here we go. Um, event management, math, uh, relationships, health, medical, nursing, consultant. What’s your niche? Uh, all good. If you don’t know what your niche is, totally fine. Bernard says health and technology. Both wealth. Mark homeschooling.

    Danny health. David wealth. Benjamin storytelling. Dave senior home care. Isabelle social work. Uh Gabe, no idea. Uh Sheneria relationship. Alex relationship. Uh Steven science teacher musician soldier. Uh Jay Reichy. Scott trading and wealth. Malikica, uh, maybe something working with kids. Randall, writing consultant. Um, awesome. Okay. Now, I know a lot of you are going to end up saying one or two word or maybe three-word answers when you comment your niche, and I don’t blame you for that, but that is incorrect. And let me show you why. The niche hypothesis statement goes like this. You select a market, or what most people would traditionally call a niche, but I call it a market. And then you pick one specific problem that that market has. Okay? So they could have, you know, 20 different problems. You’re not going to solve all their problems. That, in fact, that’s one of the biggest mistakes that beginners make is they they’ll pick a a market of people and then they’ll be like, “Oh, I can solve every problem for you.” Don’t do that. That’s a terrible mistake. You pick one problem, preferably a problem that isn’t being solved very well, uh, a problem that’s painful and a problem that’s annoying, and you solve that one problem for them. Okay? So the problem is going to be Y. The specific market is X. And the solution is Z. Okay? So it’s going to look like this. I help X do Y or I help X overcome Y. Now the Z part, don’t even worry about that right now. The Z is something that we can do later on. But the important part is that you establish that there’s a market of people and they have a problem that isn’t being solved very well and you can help them solve that problem. That is the foundation of how markets work. Markets are all about solving problems efficiently. And if you want to give value and receive money by giving that value, then you really just want to focus on solving as many problems for people as possible, which is what YouTube allows you to do. Okay? So, let me give you a few examples of how to do this. Now, I’m going to use the accounting market specifically because for some reason, I’ve worked with so many accountants. So, I’m going to use the accounting market, right? So, I’m going to show you a bunch of different levels. And all of these people, by the way, are either people that are my clients or I have worked with them or they’re business owners that I’ve met that are crushing it on YouTube. So, all of these people are verified crushing it on YouTube. Um, and I’m going to go over all of them. So, we’re going to go over five, but I could do 50. I could probably do 500, maybe even 5,000 just in the accounting market alone, right? That is how many niches and subniches that there are out there. All right? So at the very first level is just teaching students basic accounting concepts. So that’s a bit more of a mass market channel because you’re kind of teaching beginners. Uh but it’s teaching people basic accounting concepts. So it’s kind of like the organic chemistry tutor but for accounting and this person is making really good money probably pretty close to seven figures a year and they’ve been doing it for a very long time and they’re making really good money. And people who are in this market would be interested in a video like what is a P&L? Now let’s go to the second level which is accounting specifically for existing accounting students or someone who just graduated with an accounting degree. So they got an accounting degree and they are trying to pass standardized tests or pass certifications.

    So that would be like physics walla but for accounting right because he was helping people pass standardized tests and certifications but he was doing it in India. Um but so physics walla but for accounting and in the US. So, that’s the second one. And I know for a fact that this niche is making multiple seven figures a year. And people who are in this market would be interested in a video like how to become a CPA. Okay, let’s talk about the third level. Helping people land their first ever entry-level accounting job. So, that’s another business owner that I know. They’re making multiple seven figures a year. Um, so who’s the market there? People who just graduated with an accounting degree and they’re basically just trying to get their first ever entry- level job. That’s the market. And uh that is different from all these other ones. It’s totally different content than all these other ones. People who are trying to refresh their knowledge on accounting do not necessarily want to get an accounting job, right? Uh totally different content. And people who are in this market would be interested in a video like how to land a bookkeeping job. Fourth level, people who are already accountants and they’re making 50 to $100,000 per year and they want to become what’s known as a financial controller, which is a very highlevel accountant that makes uh can make up to 200 or even $300,000 a year. So, this is one of my clients as well. So, totally different types of content when you’re targeting that audience, right? Uh and people who are in this market would be interested in a video like how to become a financial controller. Now, this is much more niche, right? So these people are already accountants and they want to get higher level accounting jobs like such as financial controller very very niche. And then finally the fifth level which is basically helping businesses hire accountants. So hiring and placing accountants in businesses. So in that particular case it’s either accounting businesses or big businesses that need accountants and they are actually trying to hire or place really good accountants in their businesses. So even though you’re talking about accounting topics, it’s still a completely different audience and the type of content that you’re going to make is going to be completely different for all the different ones. So I hope you understand why it’s so important to have a niche hypothesis statement even though it’s all the same niche. It’s all accounting, right? Because if I would have asked you if you were in one of those niches, hey, what’s your niche? You probably would say, oh, it’s accounting, right? Just like all these people for instance that commented their niche and they probably said something relatively short like plants education or marriage relationship or teaching etc. And that’s why you need to have a niche hypothesis statement. If you don’t know your niche hypothesis statement you have lost from the beginning. It is so important to have a proper niche hypothesis statement. Now did you find that valuable? give a thumbs up if you thought that was valuable or do the emoji and if you want the niche validator uh that we’re going to be giving out here in a short while both in the cloud version as well as the chatbt version because that’s going to help you either pick your niche in the first place or if you already have a niche it’s going to help you lock it in and make it 10 times better. Awesome. Good stuff. Good stuff. Oh yeah, and people in this market, I almost forgot, would be interested in a video like how to hire the best accountants, right? Okay. So, now I’m going to be handing you the blue pill to make you invincible as a creator because once you have your niche down, you’re already way better than most people. But you need more than that. You need what’s known as a hybrid personal brand. Okay? Because you probably know what personal branding is. But when you mix personal branding with the correct niche and our YouTube automation AI system, you’re going to have what’s known as a hybrid personal brand. Now, one thing you need to understand is I just told you that you have to have a niche hypothesis statement. But I’m going to say something that at first is probably going to confuse you a little bit, and that is you are the niche, right? So many people get this wrong. They think their niche is what makes them successful as an educational channel content creator. But when you have a hybrid personal brand, you are the niche. So yes, you are going to start extremely niche with the IHEL XDY, your niche hypothesis statement. But once you get traction, when you build your channel in the correct way where you’re building a hybrid personal brand, it will allow you to easily pivot to something else. It will allow you to expand your niche if you want to. Let me show you an example. Alex Herozi, when he first started posting on YouTube four years ago, his niche hypothesis statement was, “I help gyms do marketing and sales.” And now he can talk about anything, right? Right? At first, he was literally talking about gyms and not just gyms in general, but only helping gyms do marketing and sales, only helping them get clients. That’s it. Right now, obviously, he’s really well known for his business stuff with all the different types of businesses, but now he can talk about his unconventional diet. This is why you’re not happy. He talks about his book launches. He talks about how to stop wasting time. And yeah, I mean, now he can talk about anything that he wants, but he started niche. And if he tried to do that from the beginning, he probably wouldn’t have had nearly as much success as he has right now. He started off being the king of a puddle, then became the king of a small pond, and then a lake, and then the river, and then the sea, and then the ocean. So, you got to start small, right? Start by being the king or queen of a pond, and then expand from there. What a lot of people do is they make the mistake of seeing where the person is like 3 years after they started and being like, “Oh, I’m going to do what that guy did.” And in reality, that is a terrible idea because it took them a long time to niche out before they got there. So, you got to start small. You have to start niche. But don’t make your channel in such a way where you can’t expand it where where you I I’ve seen people do this so many times where they’ll name their channel something where it’s impossible for them to change their niche because because of the structural name of their channel. And that’s how we teach people to do it with a hybrid personal brand is basically make a channel in such a way where it’s easy to change because when you create a hybrid personal brand, there’s so many different ways that you can monetize your channel and there’s so many different directions that you can go both in terms of the content and the topic as well as how you make money with the channel. For instance, AdSense, affiliate marketing, sponsorships, job opportunities, networking, membership, SAS, high ticket offers. Alex Ramoszi basically opened up like an investment fund, right? He had a portfolio of companies that he invests in and he gets his deal flow from YouTube. So, he’s making money from eight and nine figure business owners and making millions of dollars from each one all the way down to doing a SAS that costs a few dollars a month. You could do memberships, you could do courses, digital products, and so many other things, even physical products, right? The point is all of these different business models work when you have a hybrid personal brand, traffic, and you have distribution. people that actually know, like, and trust you on your channel because you built it with the hybrid personal brand method and you help them solve a bunch of their problems. So, they see you as an authority. And not only that, you can even sell the brand or step down as the face of the brand in some cases. So, let me give you an example of that. Doug Demiro launched his website called carsandbids.com from his channel. He’s a car reviewer. You’ve probably seen him before, but he launched carsandbids.com from his channel, which is an online auction website, right? And then he sold this online auction website for $80 million. Now, when he first started this channel, online car auctions were not a thing. But what happened is the pandemic happened and then all of a sudden online auctions became a big thing for cars, right? For obvious reasons, people couldn’t go out and buy cars. So, the online auctions became a big thing. Now, the reason he was able to do that is because he built his channel with the hybrid personal brand method. You think he started this channel thinking, “I’m going to start an online auction car website.” Of course not, right? Of course he didn’t think that when he started the channel. Um, and the truth is none of us can predict the future. But what we can do is we can build a channel that can evolve as things change over time, as we evolve, as the markets evolve, as things happen in the world. You can build a channel that has the ultimate advantage, which is it can adapt to changing circumstances, right? And not only changing circumstances in the external world like maybe people want or don’t want a certain product like in this case it was the online car auction website or people want or don’t want a certain type of content right that happens as well. Sometimes people you know certain types of content do well and then they kind of die but also you yourself will change as a human being right you are probably going to be different 5 or 10 years from now than you are right now. And you want a business that can grow and evolve with you as you change over time. Because that’s actually one of the biggest reasons why businesses fail as well is the business is too rigid and the person doesn’t want to do it anymore and so it ends up failing just simply because not because the person couldn’t do it but because they don’t want to, right? And if you think that this only applies to big educational channels, well that’s just wrong. Here’s some examples of our clients. So this worked for Waqen. We was 18 years old when we first started working for him, working with him. He was a freshman in college. He was making all kinds of random content on study skills, uh, productivity content, all kinds of stuff like that. And he was making content on engineering as well. Uh, and he was basically a business and engineering double major. And he wasn’t really making any money, right? And we basically sat down, we hashed out his niche, and it became very clear that he should help foreign exchange students get into elite universities in the US. Why? because he was a foreign exchange student that got into an elite university in the US, right? And so we really dialed in his offer and the very first month that he launched or very close to the very first month he made over $80,000, right? So he actually he actually got so many client requests that he was oversubscribed and he had to stop making YouTube videos and weightless customers trying to buy his program because there were just too many people who wanted to work with him immediately. Now, that’s a pretty good place to be as an 18-year-old business owner, right? And we joked around that he was making more money than the president of his university, which he was, which is pretty crazy to think about as a freshman. As a freshman, he was literally telling people, I I will not take your money, right? You you cannot give me money, right? That’s that’s a great place to be as a business owner. Here’s another example. Richard, we helped him go from making almost no money whatsoever on YouTube and also being one of the busiest clients I’ve ever worked with. He’s a product manager at a Fortune50 company. He was basically working like 80 plus hours a week. He had a brand new baby. He had lots of investments, uh, like real estate, investment, properties, etc. All kinds of different stuff like that. Just a super super busy guy. And we were basically able to help him get his channel to $12,000 in a single month despite the fact that he probably could only work about 2 hours a month. So yeah, I’m very proud of this case study cuz it was quite difficult to get him results. I would like email him and he couldn’t even get back to me and email. He was so busy. Um, but eventually we did uh get him to $12,000 in a single month. Uh, even though he could only work a couple hours a month. Here’s another story. Guy, this one’s a really cool story. He’s actually disabled and his goal before he worked with us was just to make a couple thousand extra dollars a month because he’s close to retirement, right? So, he’s disabled and he has what’s known as tenitus, which is constant ringing in the ears uh in the ears, which is a uh something that a lot of veterans have as well. And my dad has it as well. He’s a veteran and it’s very debilitating. And so he made this channel where his goal was to just make a couple extra thousand a month in retirement. That was his version of rich, right? So he made $1,500 a month with less than 500 subscribers. 446 to be exact. And this was a brand deal for $1,500 a month. Now he’s getting close to like 10,000 subscribers. So he’s crushing it now. But before he even got to 500 subscribers, never mind a,000 subscribers, he was making money just from sponsorships alone. So, if you don’t think you can get sponsorships with the small channel, you can. And this was his actual brand deal, which is an ongoing sponsorship. So, one simple rule, guys, to make this happen. Start simple and scale fast. You do not need to show your face all the time if you don’t want to and have the best set in the world and have a fancy camera, etc. Uh, you don’t need a fancy camera, fancy editing, million-dollar studio, high production quality, or top tier video editing skills. And you definitely do not need to make highly entertaining content. Here’s what you do need, and these are the most important things by far. Viral video ideas. This is the most important thing after dialing in your niche. Then you need titles and thumbnails to get clicks. Then you need an effective intro for video retention. And then you need to just deliver value to your audience. And that is a lot easier to do than you think. Now, let’s talk about the most important out of all those things, and that is the viral video ideas. So, I got this from Carl Icon. He’s in the finance industry. And basically, he would find businesses that were making a ton of money despite being ran terribly. And I took that idea from the finance industry because I think some of the smartest people in the world work in finance. And I applied it to YouTube. Now, by the way, while I’m wondering, guys, go ahead and comment in the chat. I I mentioned uh you know, face or faceless. Uh go ahead and comment whether you want to make a channel where you show your face like a personal brand channel or a faceless channel. Okay. Personal brand channel or faceless channel. Comment in the chat. Okay. Okay. Very cool. Very cool. Um Aaron or whoever tally that up for me and keep that tell me afterwards. Okay. So let’s talk about the most important out of all those things and that is viral video ideas. So I got this from Carl Icon. He’s in the finance industry and basically he would find businesses that were making a ton of money despite being ran terribly. And I took that idea from the finance industry because I think some of the smartest people in the world work in finance. And I applied it to YouTube. So I was the first person to ever do this. And so what I did is I found YouTube videos that had a lot of views despite not having that many subscribers. That’s important. It’s important that they don’t have that many subscribers because if they have a big channel, they have a big audience and they’re going to watch anything that they put out, right? So, it had a lot of views despite not having that many subscribers and despite the video itself being either mediocre or preferably bad. Okay, so the thumbnail, the title, the intro, they were either mediocre or bad. So, just as an example, this guy right here, you can see his face is blurry. The door is in better focus in the background than his face is. You can see it right here. Um, the audio was really bad. Uh, he was the it looked like it was recorded with a potato. It looked and sounded like it was recorded with a potato. Um, he was drunkenly ranting for 25 minutes about college degrees while literally drinking beers. And uh, yet it still got 760,000 views even though it came from a small channel and even though the content was bad, right? And so, and this was the thumbnail, by the way. It’s literally a still shot from the video. And so, what you do is you want to steal the idea of the video and make a better version of the video. So, the most worthless college majors. You can just change the keyword a little bit or you can keep the same keyword, but keep the same structure of the title, but change the title up just a little bit. Just like this, right? So, boom, the most useless degrees, right? So, the most worthless college majors, the most useless degrees. So, very similar. And I made a better thumbnail, a better video, and it blew up and got millions of views. This is what I’ve been doing for the last 6 years now, guys. This is my secret. The icon method is the most powerful way to do it. Now, there’s a bit more to it, but that is the gist. So, once you get these down and you join our program, finding video ideas will never be an issue for you ever again. And once you get this down, giving the value, quite literally, your videos will do all of the work for you. Now, let’s talk about what it takes for you to be a part of this YouTube gold mine with no daily uploads if you don’t want to. No complicated editing, without having to show your face all the time if you don’t want to, no expensive gear or software, no burnout or guesswork, no algorithm chasing, no spending months without monetization. Instead, you’ll get an ondemand content plan tailored to you. A hybrid model that works with or without your face. Proven video templates plus AI assisted scripts. Automated systems for publishing and repurposing. 1 day per month content workflow and scalable monetization from day one as well as top tier coaching behind sevenigure YouTube brands. Introducing the content growth engine. This is the easiest and fastest way to grow a cash burning YouTube channel even if you’re not an influencer. So click the link in the chat to get access to this early because there’s a few bonuses that we’re only giving to people to get this early access to. And you will have a higher chance of getting the bonuses if you actually book a call now. Or you can type in go.shenhome.com/coaching shinhumus.com/coaching or scan the QR code. So, here’s what you get access to uh inside of CGE. Okay. And by the way, guys, we’re going to go over these bonuses right here. Uh you’ll get all of these when you join the program, but some of them you don’t even need to join the program to get. And by the way, who’s booking a call right now? Go ahead and comment in the chat if you’re booking a call because we have a special bonus for you. And guys, the last time we did this, we were fully booked out and we couldn’t open up more spots even if I wanted to. And this happens almost every single time. Um, so I suggest that you book now while you can because once I drop those bonuses, people just swarm the calendar. So go to go.shinhomes.com/coaching, scan the QR code or click the link in the chat. First, we’re going to help you pick a profitable niche. We have a bunch of YouTube coaches with 100K subscriber plaques, the absolute best of the best that will help you find and pick the best niche personalized to you. And that niche will be in between being the most profitable one where it’s sustainable, it’s profitable, and also something that you’re passionate about. And if you already have a niche, we’ll help you dial it in and make it 10 times better because most people think that they have a niche, but really they don’t. This is the mindset section. Uh you might be having a hard time starting even though you technically know that you just have to make videos consistently to be successful on YouTube. And I get it. It sounds easy, but it’s hard to put your mind into having into making videos or having success on YouTube. And you probably would have started YouTube or you would have had success on YouTube already if it was that easy, right? Even business owners face mindset issues. And this module helps with that, right? Um, this helps remove all the overthinking, all the imposter syndrome, and it helps you take action fast. And this is actually when I ask people, these first two are usually their favorite modules. The niche selection, people are just obsessed with this. And then also the mindset section. And even though a lot of people don’t really think that they need the core foundations, another thing that I’ll say about this is it’s going to help you understand that if you follow our system, success is inevitable. Right? If you follow the system, you will understand that when you go through this on a deep, logical, emotional, almost on a spiritual level that if you follow the system, success is is inevitable. For some people, like my brother, it was his very first video that he posted. For some people, it takes 10, 15, uh, you know, 5, 10, 15, 20 plus videos. But if you follow the system, success is inevitable. And you will understand that on a logical level when you go through this. Number three, the content genesis system. This shows you how to find viral video ideas in your niche that will have a higher chance of getting views and going viral. And in my opinion, this is my favorite module because I think this is the most valuable one out of all of them. This is where the secret is right here. Finding the right video ideas. And by the way, just got word, guys. Um, I was told this morning that we have 26 slots available and I we already have 23 people that submitted. Okay, so we’re already running out of slots. Um, so don’t wait on this. Go to go.shenhome.com/coaching or click the link uh in the chat right now. We don’t, of course, we don’t accept everybody for a call that submits. Um, we have about 18% acceptance rate. U sometimes it’s a little bit higher on the webinar. So yeah, click the link right now. I’ll drop it in the chat again. So, the next is the holy trifecta. We go over how you can make your thumbnail, your title, and your intro to package the viral video idea to have the highest chances of success for your video to get views. So, all three of these need to be good, and you want to make sure that they’re congruent as well.

    Next is the script writing alchemy system. This is where we help you write scripts with the help of AI to get your writing time down to less than 1 hour per video or in many cases way less than that. So, just as an example, my brother who got his video to 800,000 views only spent about 15 minutes on the script. In fact, it was less than 15 minutes. And we show you that exact same system. Next is the viral video creation system where we actually turn things into a system. And this is what makes it possible to only work one or two hours a week on your YouTube channel and in some cases, if you’re a very busy business owner, zero hours a week or a couple hours a month. And this is done with systems and our own in-house AI that we only allow our clients to use. And the niche validator that we’re going to be dropping here in a minute is just a fraction of a sample of the power of the AI systems that we give to our clients. And we have systems for almost every problem that you could imagine on YouTube. And lastly is the cash code system. This is where we actually make money out of the views that you’re getting, even if you’re not getting a lot of views. And it’s very, very important that you’re actually monetizing correctly. Uh, and by the way guys, uh, I think we have less than five slots left now. So definitely take those spots, right? So go to go.shenh.com/coaching uh, or click the link in the chat right now. And that is just a taste of what’s inside of the community, right? You don’t just get one or two tools, you get the entire arsenal. Custom GPTs, cloud skills, all built for one thing, which is growing and monetizing your channel. And our clients are getting updates in real time and they are loving it. Okay? And the tools that we don’t build ourselves, we tell you exactly which ones are worth your time. Gemini, Descript, Pixels, and much more. So whether you run Chat GBT or Claude, there’s a tool sitting here ready for you. No guessing, no piecing it together yourself. This is just a taste of what’s waiting inside. Plus, you get one-on-one coaching calls and a dedicated client success manager, one-on-one dedicated chat support with all of our coaches, multiple weekly group coaching sessions with the entire group, access to an exclusive group of hybrid personal brand YouTubers, and access to the most powerful content creation AI systems on Earth. And this is just a peak inside of our private community. Real wins coming in every single day. One member just hit 10,000 subscribers and 1 million views and grew 5x in a few months. Another finally landed their first 10 leads straight off of YouTube. One just closed a $75,000 year contract inbound straight off of the platform. Someone else made their first $10,000 from YouTube. Someone else 4xed their subscriber count in a single month. Another person crossed uh 5,000 subscribers. Uh 39,600 views on a brand new channel, etc., etc. Right? This is not a course that you just buy and forget. This is a community of people winning together every single day. And these are just a few. So this is what our group looks like on any given day. So if you want results like this, then book a call now so we can see if we can help to uh make you succeed, right? What a weird wording on that. Please change that. So go to go.shanehelm.com/coaching or click the link in the chat right now. And this is the exact system that’s responsible for a 0 to10k in just 18 days. Here’s an example. Bro, I just hit my first 10K within 18 days of launch. I don’t even have 1k subs yet. This is nuts. Thank you, Matt. This is the system. This is this is the system that is responsible for these results as well. Usually there’s a shaded graph right under your video if you’re familiar with the YouTube analytics. This is what it looks like typically, right? So if you had a pretty good video, your blue line here, which is this video, will be higher than your shaded graph. And this is what it typically looks like. But you might notice with this channel right here, there’s no shaded region. And the reason for that is because this person had been posting on YouTube for about eight years and never had a single video pop off. And then they started using our system, started working with us, and their one of their very first videos that they posted, if not their very first video, popped off and got over 180,000 views, which was by far the record on their channel. And so the shaded region is either non-existent. It basically broke the YouTube system, right? the YouTube uh studio AI system or the shaded region is so low that it actually blends in with the x-axis. Right? So, I was looking at this and I noticed this. I’m like, “What’s going on? This this doesn’t look right. What’s going on with this?” And that’s what happened. Right? This person right here started on YouTube with a brand new channel. And you can see they got like 354,000 views. I think this was like a month and a half after they got started or so. and they had, you know, $8,000 subscribers, made $900 just in AdSense alone. And again, guys, AdSense is just the tip of the iceberg, right? Um, this person probably just got monetized, so they were making money from AdSense like halfway through the month. And, uh, yeah, just grew the channel super fast. You can see,456% more views than usual in the last 28 days. This person right here wanted to remain anonymous, and I respect that. We do have a lot of, you know, YouTubers that are in, you know, really good niches and they want to remain anonymous because they don’t want copycats, right? To be fair, but this person is literally the category king in a very big and very competitive niche. Okay, so this person is a category king in a huge competitive niche. They’re making um $50,000 a month just from AdSense alone. multiple eight figures a year, 20 to $30 million a year according to them uh from all other income streams, right? And so they get about 8 million long- form views a month. So this person is a category king. Okay, we have a lot of category kings and category queens in our program. People that are number one in lots of different big niches out there, but we also have people that are number one in kind of like medium or small niches as well. Um, but yeah, once in a while we have um, you know, people who don’t want to reveal their niche, which which we respect, but this person is a category king. And this person right here, they said, “So far out of five bookings, I’ve closed four of them at $997 for a 90-day program.” Um, and basically they took their first five sales calls ever. They’d never taken sales calls before. And they closed four out of five of the first five sales calls. They were kind of nervous about taking a sales call uh, as well. And they closed 80%. You know, so usually when people first start doing sales calls and stuff like that, they’re going to close, you know, 10 or 20% if they’re lucky. This person closed 80%. And that is because the leads that they were getting from YouTube were basically ready to buy already. They already knew, like, and trusted him. And the phone call was just a formality. And um, you know, it’s almost like being a cashier at that point when you have a YouTube channel. Bill transformed his YouTube channel’s impact among 177K subs. And now he’s making over 30K plus per month at the time of this testimonial. And basically, he said, “Shane helped me out with his keyword research, titles, and thumbnails, as well as turning my YouTube channel into a business.” So, he turned his YouTube channel from a liability, sucking up all of his time to a business that works for him while having a full-time job. Shawn was stuck making 30,000 a month and scaled all the way up to over 500,000 a month. So, he said Shane knows what he’s doing. He’s not another fake guru. His program goes beyond just tactics, teaching you how to build a personal brand and master the back-end systems that actually drive revenue. Meet Cheryl. She helps people through spiritual awakenings. And before joining us, she was stuck under 50 subscribers for literally years with a great message, but no strategy. We gave her the system, the content strategy, the title, and the thumbnail frameworks, and the hands-on coaching. And she immediately grew to 9,000 plus subscribers and got monetized in months. And one video hit 128,000 views. And now she’s landing brand deals. And this is what happens when you stop guessing and you start following our system. Just like Jen here, who’s a healthcare professional who recently joined our program. Before joining us, she was a complete beginner, no idea what to make, no experience, and in her own words, she said, “I hadn’t dipped my toe into YouTube, and now she’s got 35,000 subscribers, and her channel got to 4.2 million views.” Three of her videos already went over 600,000 views. And I spoke with her and she told me that one, she now travels all over the US and even internationally sometimes in her camper van. Uh, which is always her dream thanks to us. Uh, unreal, right? Um, and she records her videos part-time while she’s traveling in her camper van inside the van itself on a webcam on her laptop. And this month she made over $10,000 from AdSense alone. And she’s 60 years old, right? And these are numbers that most creat I know she doesn’t look like it, but she’s 60 years old. And these are numbers that most creators chase for years, right? And she started just like you guys did a few months ago. A few months ago, she was in the exact same situation that you guys are in right now. Uh she attended she attended this live training and she took the leap of faith and she booked a call and she and you know and and the rest is history, right? And she built all of it on what she already knew, which is healthcare navigation. So if you’re a healthcare professional or just a professional in general, this could be for you. And this is what happens when you follow the system. So I know all kinds of different people who work in the YouTube industry. I basically know all the different coaches, the consultants, the agencies, etc. And I’ll kind of tell you how this industry works, right? Usually the highest paid people, the best of the best, work with big corporations. And so they’re going to be doing like seven figure contracts a year. And in many cases working with these big companies, it’s at least a six-f figureure contract. Now, we do work with big companies. Sometimes probably about 5% of you on this call are like a marketing manager or a CMO or the owner of a big company. Right now, the second highest tier of what you can offer is probably called a build and release offer. And I have some friends that do this and basically like one of the very few people that are actually really good on YouTube besides myself that really knows what they’re doing. And they charge $300,000 to do a build and release offer. And this is basically where they work with like seven, eight, nine figure companies and they build out their YouTube channel for the first 3 to 6 months. They hire everybody for the channel and they build it out and they figure out exactly how the channel works and then they release it to them once everything is working and they’ve hired the team out and they charge usually about $300,000 to do that. Now, I myself have attended four masterminds that are YouTube related that are $50,000. Last year I was in two, this year I’m in another two. And these masterminds are extremely valuable and I learn tons of stuff from these masterminds and I pass it down to you guys. So, there’s a lot of YouTube masterminds out there that are $50,000 plus dollars a year, and it would easily cost you 35,000 mistakes if you were to try to do it on your own. And 25,000 is more than a fair investment to make to even get one fifth of the knowledge contained in the content growth engine. But let’s talk about how this program actually works because not everyone who uh who comes to us in the same spot. Not everyone who comes to us is in the same spot. So, a business owner already has a company and an offer. They don’t need to learn every little thing, right? They just need YouTube feeding them the leads, right? A beginner is starting from zero and they need the full road map step by step. So, different people, different needs. So, we built different ways to work with you depending on where you’re at. Business owners, people like people in the big companies, people even that uh have, you know, a lot of the time what they want is they want us to come in and build out a department within their company and this department has to interact with all the other departments. This is very complicated. A lot of the time this involves us learning their software that they use inside of their company. Uh it is a complicated uh process and it takes a long time but they want us to come in build out their YouTube channel uh you know maybe hire someone to be the representative for their channel hire other people to uh record the uh to edit the content and and make the content etc etc and just build out a whole division inside their company. So that is going to cost at you know like at least six figures a year for us to do that. That is a lot of work for us. Right. Then we’ve got people that are kind of on that middle level that I talked about before, six, seven, eight figure business owners where they usually just want us to either do the work for them, like literally just done for you. We just come in and do the work for them. Or they want us to hire maybe like a video editor, someone from the Philippines, maybe one more person to help them with their channel if they if they really want to make high quality content, like one more person. And uh so we do that and then and then just basically oversee that person. So we train the per we we find the person we hire them we train them we place them in the business we oversee them and then we can kind of uh eventually they they usually uh are are good on their own and they can just leave without us. Right? So that is what’s known as a build and release offer or a done for you offer. And for that we charge usually about 12 to $60,000 to do that because again that’s a lot of work on our part. It’s a lot of donefor you work. So, at the at the kind of the beginner level, right? This is where um a lot of you probably on this particular call are just based on the the videos that kind of took off on my channel recently. I’m guessing a lot of you on uh on this particular call are at that beginner level on YouTube, which is totally fine. At this level, it’s basically we’re teaching you how to fish, right? So, at the other two levels, we’re we’re building the system. We build it. We’re doing everything for you, right? Then tier two, we hand you a system that fishes for you and we build out that system, right? And then tier one, we just teach you how to fish or we bu we teach you how to build the system that fishes for you. Okay? So that is what tier one is. And that’s the coaching program that probably a lot of you are going to be interested in. And that particular one is going to be about $9,800 or $1,000 a month overall for a sixmonth program. This is one-on-one coaching. It’s intensive. Uh it is, you know, everyone that we have on our team are experts. We have over, I think, 15 people on our team at this point. Uh 30 people overall, but 15 like people that actually help directly with the clients on our team at this point. And uh of course that costs a lot of money, but that is how we’re able to get such incredible results. Um and that that’s how we’re able to do it. So few slots left, guys. Uh click that link in the chat, scan the QR code or type in go.shmas.com/coaching. But that is the price. We’re totally transparent about pricing. We’re not trying to bait and switch anybody, but we have different pricing at different tiers and it really just depends on your needs, right? So, like the ultimate example, for instance, was we we have business owners once in a while that want us to like fly out and just set everything up for them. Now, that’s going to cost a lot of money if we fly our whole team out to you and set everything up for you, right? But a special offer only for this workshop. When you book a call within the next 24 hours, we’re offering something that we’ve never offered before. We’re going to talk about some bonuses that we’re giving out. And by the way, go to go.shmas.com/coaching, click the link in the chat or scan this QR code. Bonus one, this is a big one. You get a one-on-one grow your business faster call with me personally. Now, let me tell you why this matters. When I was starting out, I had a mentor named Sam. He was doing YouTube for his wedding photography business. And Sam showed me how to actually make money on YouTube, even with a small channel. And this changed everything for me. That is when I started earning big. Not because I got lucky, but because someone who already figured it out showed me the ropes. And that one relationship changed the entire direction of my channel, my business, and my life. And that is exactly what this call is. Everything that I have learned building a channel to 1.5 million subs and over 1 million in revenue applied directly to your niche, your channel, and your situation. And this is worth $12,000 easily, right? But this is only for five of the first people who sign up within the next 24 hours, right? Because this takes me a lot of time, right? This pre-all work, then the call itself, and then I follow up after the call as well. Takes me a lot of time. So go to go.shane.com/coaching. Scan that QR code or click the link in the chat. This is what the actual coaching looks like. And I can already see people signing up as I’m talking. So do not wait on this one. So go to go.shm.com/coaching. Scan that QR code or click the link in the chat. Bonus two, the YouTube idea generator. easily worth $8,500. Now, if you sat down to find winning ideas yourself, researching what’s working, checking view counts, studying channels, you’re looking at weeks of trial and error, and most people still pick the wrong ideas. Hire someone to do it, a real content strategist who knows YouTube, you’re paying $7,500 easily. So, we built a custom AI tool that finds proven video ideas for your niche in about 30 seconds. And this is not generic AI spitting out random titles. It is built on the icon method. It finds what’s already working and it hands you a better version. The titles, the hooks, the angles, all of it. And you get it both ways. A chatgbt version and a Claude AI version. So, whatever you are to use, you are covered. And this is included as a bonus. So, go to go.shenhum.com/coaching, scan that QR code or click the link in the chat. Here’s what it actually looks like. And whether you use chat or claude, we’re going to build it for both. So, you give it a video that is already performing. It reverse engineers why it works and then it hands you five high-converting titles and hooks for your channel. No guessing, no staring at a blank screen. The winning ideas are already out there. This tool just finds them for you. So go to go.shmas.com/coaching, scan that QR code, or click the link in the chat. Bonus three is the noclick script writer pro. This is worth $7,000. This is the ultimate content creation tool. You tell it the goal of your video to inform, to entertain, to sell, and it turns your spoken ideas, keyword, spoken ideas into a polished, attentiongrabbing YouTube script. So, you literally just talk to it. That’s it. It can interview you. You can go back and forth, and then it’s going to turn it into a script. It it captures your tone, your style, your voice so that it actually sounds like you. And just like the last one, you get it both ways. Chat GPT or Claude, whatever you already use. Now, if you hire a professional content team to do this, a script writer, a content strategist, someone who understands YouTube, you’re paying $3 to $5,000 a month minimum. This does it all in seconds. So, go to go.shinhus.com/coaching. Scan the QR code or click the link in the chat. This is what it looks like. Same tool running in both chatbt and Claude. It walks you through niche validation, your audience, your format preference, dialing in exactly who you are. Then you tell it the goal of your video and it writes the full script. A real YouTube script with hooks, structure, and a tone that matches your channel. So go to go.shenhumus.com/coaching, scan the QR code, or click the link in the chat. Bonus four is the Hummus Thumbnail System Deluxe. This is worth $10,000. Your thumbnail is the first thing that people see before the title, before the hook, before anything. If your thumbnail does not stop the scroll, nobody clicks, nobody watches, and it doesn’t matter how good your video is. Right? So, if you hired a thumbnail designer who actually knows YouTube, you’re going to be paying $1,500 a month easily. That’s an 18 that’s $18,000 a year. They might make a thumbnail that works for gaming, but not for educational content. So, there’s a psychology behind every thumbnail. So, this is my entire thumbnail system, the guide, the templates, the swipe files, the frameworks. You get it all as a bonus. So, go to go.sh.com/ /coaching. Scan the QR code or click the link in the chat. This is what’s inside. On the left, you get the full guide, the secret of creating viral thumbnails, the psychology behind why certain thumbnails get clicks and others don’t. Um, and on the right is the thumbnail vault. Fully editable templates in Canva. You click file, make a copy, and it’s yours. And you see those annotations. That’s me breaking down exactly why each thumbnail works, where the face goes, how big the head is, the rule of thirds, the spacing, all of it. So, you’re not just getting templates, you’re learning the framework so you can build your own. And remember, there’s a real psychology to thumbnails, right? It’s not just get the most views. You want to get the most of the right views. That’s that’s what you want to do with thumbnails. Bonus five is the subscriber accelerator AI. This is worth $4,997. Everyone wants to hit 1,000 subscribers, and that’s the first real milestone. That’s when you get monetized. That’s when it starts to feel real. But most people take months or even years to get there. Some never make it. This tool is designed to get you to 1,000 subscribers as fast as possible. We’re talking in days, not months. So, you get the Claude and the Chat GBT version. It’s going to build out your strategy specific to your niche so that you’re not just posting random videos and praying. You’re posting the right videos to the right audience at the right time. So, go to go.shenhome.com/coaching, scan the QR code, or click the link in the chat. Bonus six is the done for you YouTube essentials via goh highle. 30 days free, worth $10,000. This is the one that most creators don’t even think about. You can get all the views in the world, but if you don’t have the funnel, turning those viewers into leads and customers, you are going to be leaving money on the table. Now, if you hired someone to build a funnel from scratch, the copy, the design, the automations, you are looking at $5 to $10,000 easily, and that’s before they even turn it on. We’re giving you ours. So, go to go.shenhome.com/coaching, scan the QR code, or click the link in the chat. These are professionally written and designed funnels. We hired copywriters and paid them over $10,000 to make each of these funnels that we are now giving you for free. Right? These are the exact funnels that we use, the landing pages, the sales pages, the application pages, all of it ready to go. So, you’re not building from scratch. You’re copying what already made us money. And you get all the automations as well. Email sequences, follow-ups, booking flows, everything runs on autopilot. Someone opts in, the system follows up, books the call, and closes the deal all while you sleep. Plus, you get 30 days free on GoHigh Level so that you can launch it without paying a dime upfront. So, go to go.shenhome.com/coaching, scan the QR code, or click the link in the chat. Now, for those of you who stayed until the end, we made something special for you. This is the YouTube niche profit engine. And this one is different from all of the other bonuses. This is an AI tool that takes your niche and maps out exactly how to make money from it. Not just AdSense, we’re talking affiliate deals, digital products, coaching offers, sponsorships, the full picture. Because here’s the thing that most people get wrong. They pick a niche and then they hope the money situation figures itself out later on. That is backwards. This tool shows you the money map before you even record your first video. So you know exactly what you’re building towards from day one. And like every tool we give you, you get it in both Chat GPT and Claude, whatever you already use. So here’s the math here. Here’s the catch. Sorry. This bonus is worth $12,000. And you get it just for showing up to the call that you booked. That’s it. You book the call, you show up, and you get it. So go to go.sh humus.com/coaching. Scan that QR code or click the link in the chat. The second you show up to the call uh that you booked, you get instant access. Just ask for it and you’ll get it on the spot. And whether you like chat or claude, you can use this either way. This isn’t some watered down freebie. It’s the same tool that we use inside of the content growth engine and it is yours for life. So go to go.jomous.com/coaching, scan the QR code or click the link in the chat. Bonus A is the 90day YouTube Creators Advantage money back guarantee. This is priceless. Here’s how it works. You got 90 days. You follow the program, you do the work, you show up, and if it doesn’t work, you get your money back. We have a last month during the month, we had a less than 1% refund rate in the program, right? That means 99% of people who joined stayed because it works. And we also surveyed all of our clients inside the program asking them if they felt like they got an ROI from the program. 91% of them said yes. This is why I’m so confident in offering this, right? I’m not asking you to trust me blindly. I’m asking you to test it and see for yourself. So go to go.shanehomomas.com/coaching, scan the QR code, or click the link in the chat. So let’s add this up. Eight bonuses, total value, $64,497. Now remember, bonus one, the one-on-one session with me personally, that is only for five of the first people who sign up today. Once those spots are gone, they’re gone. And bonus 7, the YouTube niche profit engine. You only get that if you book a call and actually show up to it. That’s it. Everything else is included free when you join. Now, this workshop special is only available for the next 24 hours. After that, these bonuses go away. This exact package at this exact price with all eight bonuses. You will not see it again. And let me clear something up really quick because I get this question every single time. The 24 hours is for booking the call, not for attending it. So, if you book right now and the next open s on my calendar is 3 days from now or even next week, that’s totally fine. You’re still locked in. You still get every single one of these bonuses. You just have to schedule the call within the next 24 hours. So, if you’ve been going back and forth on this, now is the time to move. Go to go.shmos.com/coaching or scan the QR code right now. Book your free strategy call. We’ll figure out if we’re a good fit to work together or not. Worst case, you get on the call, you get some clarity on your niche, and you walk away with a plan. No pressure, no hard sale, but if it’s the right fit, we go to work. So, go to go.shenomomas.com/coaching, scan that QR code or click the link in the chat. All right. Now, I did read a um comment from somebody saying that there were uh they ran out of spots. So, please of course update me on the spots. I shouldn’t have to even say that. How many total spots do we have left? And then also uh I think we ran out of spots and I think we opened more slots. Okay, so we opened more slots in the calendar. Um and we did run out of slots. We have over 200 submissi I think about 200 submissions now. We had about 200 people apply. Um, and uh, you know, good a good amount of people got accepted, but yeah, over 200 people applied. Um, let’s see. And there’s, uh, nine, I believe there’s nine slots left. Okay. So, after that, guys, we can’t do anymore. I I don’t think we can do any more than the nine slots, right? Is that correct? Yes or no? I don’t I don’t think we can open up anymore. Or can we?

    We We can open up more or we can’t. Can’t can’t can’t. Okay. Yeah, that’s it, guys. Nine more slots and then we we can’t open up anymore after that. So, uh we just opened those up. Um you you can grab them in the chat. Um and uh yeah, that’s uh that’s what it is. Okay, I’m going to go ahead and answer questions, guys. Um let’s see here. Gotta scroll all the way down on the chat and go ahead and answer some questions. All right.

    Yes, there is a payment plan, Horatio. Um, you can you can do $1,000 a month. You can even get it less than that if you’re uh if you want to do in-house financing. You can get a little bit less than a,000 a month. Okay. Roger Shane, I have a focused YouTube channel that I have had for a while. One is focused on highly amateur aviation photography and the other features my dabbling in voiceover work, which I want to get back into. The issue up to now has been lack of knowledge how to monetize or promote the channels. Should I try to monetize one of them or just start from scratch? You definitely should not start from scratch, Roger. Definitely stick with one of the channels. With that being said, I the last thing in the world you should do is try to work on two channels at once. That is that is probably the worst thing you could ever possibly do, right? There’s an old saying, old proverb, uh he or she who uh tries to chase two rabbits at once will catch zero rabbits. And that is very very true, right? You might look at these big channels like Mr. Beast or whatever and you see, oh, Mr. Beast has like five channels. I should do that too. Terrible idea, guys. Please do not do that. Start with one channel and just focus on that channel and that channel only. Um, and uh, in terms of which one you should focus on, uh, highly amateur aviation photography and the other features, my dabbling in voiceover work. Okay. So, um out of those two, we have worked with a voiceover channel um who teaches people voice over like how to do it professionally and uh he did have success on YouTube. He was able to, you know, get to a six even multi6figure business. With that being said, um you know, it is it is a bit of a tough niche. You know, it’s it’s it’s a tough niche. You could go that way. You could definitely go that way. Um, but is a bit of a tough niche. Okay. You could also do photography. Now, I’ve seen photography is a very advanced market. I’ve seen people extremely successful in photography. So, just as an example, there was one person who couldn’t find any success in photography until they niched down all the way to the point where they focused specifically on horse photography. In other words, equin equin photography, right? So, they they couldn’t make it work with normal photography or just portrait photography or just human portrait photo or just like human portrait photography uh or just animals in general photography. But once they niched down to horse photography, that’s when they found success. Okay, so that’s a really that’s a really cool case study, right? That’s a really great case study. Um

    I think that just again in my experience this is something where check out the niche validator obviously that should be in the chat. also uh book the call um because this is something we help you guys with on calls because obviously we’d have to go back and forth with you on this but one that one sounds pretty good and then also um uh when it sorry when it when it comes to niching down um aviation photography and or videography I think that that could be really good. So basically aviation photography and videography and all of the nuances of that, right? So taking a picture of a plane that’s moving at like 400 mph is a little bit different than taking a picture of, you know, a horse that’s standing still obviously, right? So there’s some nuances involved in a aviation photography specifically. There’s probably certain cameras that do the best job. Um there’s probably certain settings for those cameras, certain lenses, etc., etc. And so you can give a lot of value by teaching people specifically aviation photography and videography. I would say probably add in videography as well. That’s just my two cents. Um I would probably start with that. That’s that’s what my senses tell me in that niche. Um but yeah, I think that uh th those two could be good niches. I like the direction that you’re going, but we need to dial it in and that would require you to to book a call and and for us to to talk for you to talk with the team. Um,

    yeah, you still get the niche validator, Adam. Just uh scroll down and scroll up. It it’ll be in there. Okay, Dorothy, I don’t know how to get the bonuses uh

    at the end. You spoke so quickly. I was I speaking really fast. Sorry to hear that, guys. Um, by the way, guys, is there anything I I’m curious. Is is there anything we we only have a few slots left. I’ll be honest with you guys. There’s just a few few slots left. Jump on the slots now while you can. I um you know, you if you’re on the call, you’re still highly likely to get this one-on-one with me. After the call, if I you know, once we send out the replay, the slots, you know, any slots that we have for the next like few days are going to be totally taken up. Um so definitely get on those slots right now while you still can. With with that being said, um was there anything in the presentation that you liked a lot? What was your favorite thing about the presentation? And then what was your least favorite thing? So say your favorite thing about the presentation and then your least favorite thing. Okay, Mark, what was the hardest lesson you learned that took Oh. Oh, yeah. Uh sorry to answer Dorothy’s question. Yeah, the VIP Tuesday night. We’ll see you at that VIP Tuesday night. I do apologize for speaking quickly. Um I I didn’t realize I spoke so quickly. I actually thought I did this kind of much more slowly than usual.

    Um but sounds good. Awesome, Dorothy. Good stuff. We’ll see you at that VIP session on Tuesday night. Tuesday night, uh 6 p.m. uh uh Eastern Standard Time, guys. Yeah. Okay. for the VIP session. Mark, what’s the hardest lesson you learned that took the longest to learn when you were doing this? Yeah. Well, it the the lesson that like I tell people this is true, but they don’t believe me. Like sometimes they like 90% believe me. Sometimes they think that, you know, I’m just kind of saying it, but it’s not as important as as um as I actually think it is. But one of the biggest things, guys, Excuse me. One of the biggest things is um the idea of your video is the most important thing by far. If you have a good idea, the analogy here is a hot dog stand. Okay? You could open up the best restaurant in the entire world, but if you open up that restaurant in the middle of the desert where there’s no people, it doesn’t matter. Nobody’s going to be there, right? Conversely, you could open up the uh, you know, a hot dog stand, something super mediocre, right? Hot, let’s be honest, hot dogs are pretty mediocre, right? A hot dog stand at a ballpark type of thing, right? It’s not like even gourmet hot dogs, just normal hot dogs. And uh, you open that up outside of a of a bar right as they’re closing at 1:00 a.m. This is the reason I say I’m doing something that specific is that’s cuz one of what one of my friends actually did, right? and he made a full-time income throughout college doing this, right? So, he opened up a hot dog stand right outside of the bars as they were closing at night. Okay? And basically, it was a a crowd of starving people. People were flooding out of the bars. He was the only show in town. He was the only place that was open at night. Okay? So, open up the hot dog stand outside of a bar at night and and he absolutely sold out. Okay? So, be the hot dog stand. Okay? Be the person who finds the crowd of starving people that are starving for a particular idea. And then you don’t have to be the three Michelin star gourmet restaurant because you’re serving a crowd that is starving. It’s a starving crowd of people and they just want food, right? They don’t care if you’re a threestar Michelin star restaurant or if you’re a hot dog stand. They’re just hungry. They want food, right? That is the idea of the video. The idea is so unbelievably important. And the sooner you get this down, the better. And I quite literally like I showed you guys nurse Jenna just as an example. Guys, she’s recording with her webcam. Like look, I’m recording with my webcam too, right? Did nobody cares. Nobody really cares if you’re recording with your webcam or not. In fact, it kind of feels more sort of like I don’t I don’t know how to say like uh personable if it if it’s low low definition, right? So all people care about is the value that your video delivers. The the the quality of your video. All right? Uh the the not the quality of your video, but the value of your video that that your video delivers, right? The the value quite literally is the quality. Okay? So the idea is the most important thing. If you find ideas where there’s a starving crowd of people, where there’s lots of demand, but there’s very little supply, you will win. It’s just that simple. you will win. You just have to keep uploading videos. Sometimes it’ll be your first video that hits. Sometimes it might take 5, 10, 15, 20 videos. But if you find these ideas with the icon method that we teach, you will win. It’s just a matter of time, right? Um, as long as you don’t give up. It’s a game where the only way that you lose is if you give up. If you keep posting, it is inevitable that you will win. When I first started on YouTube, I told myself I was going to post videos every single week for 10 years and I would not allow myself to give up for 10 years. That is that was the mindset that I had. And if after 10 years I hadn’t gotten success, then I would give up. But that’s the mindset that I had, guys. Sometimes people, you know, have this crazy mindset where they’re like, “Oh, I’m going to, you know, overnight I’m going to become a millionaire.” It’s like, hey, sometime once in a while that does happen where someone’s channel pops off right away and they they get to, you know, full-time income, 10,000 a month or more in the first month. That that does happen, but it’s rare, okay, for this business model or any other business model ever on earth, right? It’s incredibly rare. So, what what realistically, if you keep posting, you’re going to have success. But for some people it might take five videos or 10 videos or 15 or 20 plus videos, right? But if you keep posting, we’re going to have success. Um, so yeah, but uh that that’s the the biggest thing. So idea of the video and consistently posting. If you nail those two things, it’s it’s inevitable. You will succeed on YouTube. It’s just a matter of time, right? Uh Thomas Shane, I love you for your help. You got it, Thomas. My pleasure. Leavonne, I have a question. That’s what this is for. Guy, how much is it? already answered that question in great detail. Um, even broke down the exact types of purple people that we work with and at different levels. Um, so if you missed that for some reason, maybe you’re going to the bathroom or something, you can watch the replay.

    Nidita, healthcare practitioner. I do samati breath work. I teach nervous system regulation, manifestation, how to human 101, and how to live unapologetically aligned. I’m also an author, children’s books, and adult self-help book. I know I do a lot, so I’ve been wondering what do I start with? Um, and yeah, by the way, guys, I think we have three spots left. We have exactly three spots left, just FYI. So, yeah, click that link in the chat, scan the QR code. Um, go to go.nomomas.com/coaching. Okay. And after the three spots are gone, I I trul I I’m pretty 99% sure we cannot open up any more spots. Just letting you know. Okay. So, um,

    uh, so I’ve been wondering what do I start with? Um, well, yeah. So, this is what we help people do, Nita. Um, we help people with this all the time. We have, you know, you’re probably a very multi-talented person here. Here’s here’s the thing about YouTube, guys. And here’s the thing about really just business in general. You, a lot of people watching this right now are smart, multi-talented people. But imagine you’re at a business conference, right? And someone asks you, “What do you do?” Do you want to tell them the 30 different things that you have interest in? Or do you want to have a very concise one-s sentence answer for what you do? Of course, you want to have a very concise one sentence answer for what you do. Right. Of course. Right. Um, that’s that’s kind of I’d say that’s kind of common sense for anybody who’s done networking or gone to like business conferences and stuff like that. Right. You don’t want to have to like go on a five minute, you know, rant almost about what you do. You just want to be like, “Oh, I help people with uh I help uh uh people get in demand highpaying college uh remote jobs without the need for a college degree or previous experience.” Right? That’s what you want to want to be able to say. Boom. Just like that. Right? And then they’re going to be like, “Oh, that’s the remote job person who helps people get in demand, high-paying remote jobs without a college degree or previous experience or mostly that’s the remote job person, right? That’s what they’re going to be thinking.” Okay? And it’s super important that you understand this, right? Super super important. And so, um, you are a multi-talented person, like a lot of people watching this are very multi-talented people, but you really just need to pick one thing to focus on right now. Okay? I cannot emphasize how important this is. Nobody on the internet, and I I know this is kind of brutal to say, nobody on the internet cares that you are you like this and you like this and you like this when you first start, okay? They care about it after they formed a relationship with you, okay? after they’ve watched a lot of your videos over the years, you’ve given them a lot of value. Or maybe not even over the years, just over weeks or months, right? You’ve given them a lot of value. Then they start caring about you, okay? But at first, they only care about themselves, okay? They only care about what you can offer them, what problems that you can solve for them. And so that’s why it’s so important that you establish yourself in a niche because they’re literally going to think like, “Oh, this is the nervous system regulation person, right? Or this is the uh person who helps who helps entrepreneurs uh reduce inflammation so that they can have more energy.” You know what I mean? So like you need to pick one thing and just go in on that. But make sure you have do with the hybrid personal brand method so that if for whatever reason you want to change in the future you can. But once you build kind you know once you build your audience up a little bit you can then start adding in your other interests and your other things that you are uh interested in. You can either do whole videos on it or you can just integrate it into your existing content. So just as an example I’m a big fan of history. You’ve probably noticed that in a lot of my content I integrate historical examples. Right? I’m I’m reading a history book right now, an autobiography, right? And you know, before that, I was reading another history book, right? So, I integrate historical examples into my content because I’m a big fan of history. It’s something that I just do as a passion, right? I just read history books. And so, um I I found a way to integrate that into my content without actually making my channel a history channel. So, my channel is not a history channel, but it is a channel where I integrate certain interests into the channel itself. I also like animals a lot. I’m probably going to be integrating that interest uh into my channel uh in the future, right? So, you know, I do a lot of traveling. You guys probably see me travel sometimes on the channel. Um but because of that, it’s really hard for me to have animals and I really love animals. So, we’re, you know, I’m going to try to to fix that at some point. Um and probably integrate that at the very least, like go and see more animals. Okay. Are reactions considered a niche? No. Reaction is not a niche. Reaction is a format. Reaction is a format of content. So some other formats would be how-to videos, news videos, uh listicles. I make a lot of listicles, case study videos, um interview videos, etc., etc. Reaction commentary, uh uh reaction/c commentary is a format on YouTube. So a format is a way of actually presenting, a medium of presenting the information. So, a reaction video is where you watch something and you react to it. Now, you can do reaction videos, but what you have to make sure of is that you make the content educational. Okay? So, you’re solving people’s problems in the form of a reaction video. It’s very important that you make it educational because reaction videos by definition in many cases are a little bit more on the entertainment side, right? So, you have to go out of your way to make the videos educational. Okay. So, uh, and by the way, go.shane.com/coaching. Scan that QR code, click the link in the chat. I think we ran out of spots, but then I think one spot opened up or something. So, so I think we have like one or two spots. We’ve had 236 people uh apply now. So, I really appreciate you guys applying. Um, let me see here. Where’s my calculator? Why do I not have this in arms reach? That is amazing. Somebody took my calculator and didn’t put it back. That’s amazing. Okay. Um 74.

    So, we accepted usually we accept about 18% of people who apply on the main channel for a call. This time we accepted about 31%. And that’s kind of why we do a lot of these um these live trainings is because we find that the people that come from these live trainings are more likely to be the types of people we want to work with. So, we accepted about 31% of the people who applied uh for a call. But yeah, uh I think two slots left, guys. Make make sure you get them. And um yeah, click that link in the chat. Okay. So, so yeah, back to the reactions thing. Um yeah, it it just make sure you make it educational like you’re actually solving people’s problems. You’re not just reacting to a music video or something like that, right?

    Chip never edited a video. Does the program teach how to do this without burning many hours? Yeah, absolutely. So, we teach you how to use a very specific type of software uh to edit videos that is AI enabled and AI does like 90% of the heavy lifting for you. It is so unbelievably easy to use. It’s such an incredible uh software. I’ll I’ll just tell you what it is. It’s the script, but we teach you how to use it in a very particular way. So it’s dscript d s c r i p. So yeah, we we teach you how to do that. Again, nurse Jen, 60 years old, edited her video with no problem whatsoever, right? My brother, 50, edited his video, no problem whatsoever, right? It’s like very very easy to do if you if you use the right software. And also, if you just keep it simple, like the reason that editing is hard is because you’re trying to do hard editing, right? You don’t need to do hard editing. Keep your videos dead simple and then you don’t need to, right? Um, okay. I have an idea for writing consultant channel for fictional writers. Have you seen anything similar to this done effectively before?

    I make animation and games is uh let me see writing a writing consultant channel for fictional writer. Yeah, absolutely. I mean, you can you can literally type in fictional novel like fiction novels on YouTube right now and you’re going to see uh people who teach how to write fiction novels. Like, did did you try checking YouTube before you asked that question? Of course there is. There’s like there’s actually a ton of channels that do that. Like, I’m not maybe I’m maybe I’m mis misreading your question here, but like

    Yeah. Like look at look at all these uh channels here. First novel. This is what no one tells you. 335,000 views. Five writing tips for your first novel. How to write your first fantasy novel. There you go. I think that was your question, right? fantasy novels. There you go. Right. Like I I I mean just you just Yeah, you could just search YouTube and that’ll answer your question right there. Um Gabe I make uh but yeah, for sure you can you can teach people how to how to write like very specific types of novels. One thing you know what this this brings up a funny point. I’m going to have to talk about this really quickly. Little funny side tangent. Um one one of my buddies was laughing about we we were laughing about this cuz his wife is really into these. Um, there’s this whole genre of fanfiction smut. I don’t know if you guys have looked into that, but it’s basically like they take some really popular thing like Harry Potter or something like that, right? And then it’s fanfiction for Harry Potter, but then it goes one level deeper and it’s smut specifically. So, it’s kind of like, you know, Fifty Shades of Gray type of stuff, right? um like romance novel slash a little bit of erotic stuff going on. Um and that is a unbelievably massive industry. Unbelievably massive. Like the money in that industry is insane, guys. The fanfiction smut industry. Okay. Hilarious. I we were laughing about it so much. But but then we saw how much money people were making and we were like, “Oh, okay.” We we thought it was kind of funny at first, but okay, just a side tangent. I’m not telling you to do that by any means, but it’s it’s I just thought it was kind of funny. Okay. Um yeah, you can definitely make money consulting for fictional writers 100%. Like that’s you just got to check YouTube. There’s there’s already channels doing it. Um Gabe,

    I make animations at games. Is it e is it even possible to monet? Oh my gosh, Gabe. Come on, brother. brother. Yes, that’s a unbelievably good niche. Are you kidding me, man? Oh gosh. Okay.

    Okay. So, great. Let’s just take like

    uh six. Okay. So, I I was just watching school this guy’s channel right here. Okay. So, GTA 6 is not even out yet, guys. It isn’t out for like two or three months, I believe. November 19th, however long away that is, right? I think it’s 3 months from now. And there is already channels talking about how to make money with GTA 6. And you might be like, “Oh, well, it’s, you know, it’s only 600 subscribers. He’s not making any money with this, right?” And by the way, GTA 6 is one of those platform games where you can actually make real money by like designing, you know, clothes in the game and like designing levels of the game and stuff like that, right? So, you can actually make real money and you know, like there’s some video games out there that pay out like a billion dollars a year to people who help make the game better, right? So, this is very common. It’s platform method of making your games better. But if you look at this guys, 226 members. Now, this is a free trial, but it starts at $25 a month. So, if you do the math there, okay, that is $5,000 a month. This young man right here is already making $5,000 a month talking about how to make money in a game that hasn’t even come out yet. Okay. So, if you’re asking me, can I make money to Yes, you can make money with games. Of course, you can, right? The the whole point is you’re solving people’s problems, okay? You’re not like just playing the video game and like entertaining people. Like, you can do that if you want to, but that’s not what I help people do, right? That’s that’s much harder to make money with. You’re solving people’s problems, right? And so, people know that. Let me see. Uh GM 6 will pay out creators how much. Okay. So,

    okay. Let’s see.

    Yeah. So, I I Okay, I’m I’m I’m having trouble finding it, but if you look up um like platform games pay out creators, there’s so many platform games out there that will pay out. Yeah, there we go. Okay. So, so here we go. So, if you look look at this, right? Roblox and Fortnite have distributed billions of dollars to creators. Okay. And GTA 6 is using the same strategy of making it like a platform game. Okay. And it’s going to be the biggest game in the world by far, right? I’m I probably won’t play. I don’t really play video games, but um but that that’s besides the point. Like people are making insane amounts of money, right? Um it’s actually insane. Average median earnings, $1.3 million. Insane, right? And they’re and they’re just helping people uh make these games better. They’re just helping people make these games better. So if you again like this is just like one m like one game. I’m talking about one game. So if you’re asking me can I make money making animation games or teaching people how to make animation games? Are are you are you kidding me? Like are you really asking that question to me right now? Of course you can make money teaching people how to make animation games. Of course you can. for like just off the top of my head, uh you know, one thing that I would think of is you could uh potentially um teach people how to uh make animation games specifically with AI, right? So, how how you can use AI to make animation games faster. So, AI plus the traditional way of doing animation games. So, I think it was uh Unreal Engine is the one that most people use, right, for games. You could teach how to, you know, use AI with Unreal Engine or maybe there’s, you know, uh, something that’s, uh, better than Unreal Engine, but it’s AI, right? That kind of thing. Yeah. So, hope hopefully hopefully that helps you. Of course, of course you can make money doing that. Um, these they’re paying out creators like a billion dollars in these games. It’s insane. Yeah, bird in the hand is worth two in the bush. Definitely. Dennis, what’s the best AI to use if you are using the crit method? Claude, chat, or does it depend on what you are seeking?

    Um, uh, Claude is the best at everything except for one thing. Claude is the best at everything when it comes to YouTube, uh, creation except for, uh, I’d say two things off the top of my head. One of them, Chatbt is better at actually making the thumbnails, actually making the thumbnails. Chatbt is better. There’s also some other thumbnail tools like pixels, uh, one of 10.com, etc. Uh, or you could just use chatbt to make the thumbnails. So, it’s better at actually making the thumbnails. Now, Claude can be pretty good at like telling you what to put on the thumbnails, giving you ideas for the visuals, and telling you what the text to put on the thumbnails, etc., etc., or even making the prompt to use in in chat GBT, but Chat GBT is the best at actually making the thumbnails. Okay, at least right now. The second thing, Grock is really really good at news content. Okay, so when it comes to actual news, Grock is phenomenal. Okay. It is excellent when it comes to actually like like the news comes out and it has access to the news as it comes out as people tweet it, you know, on X and Twitter, right? Oh, I I don’t know why it did that, but it it has access to the news as it comes out while people tweet it. Okay. So, it’s like that’s an unfair advantage. That’s just a totally unfair advantage. So when you’re using Grock, you you can literally be like, “Hey, what happened 5 minutes ago?” You can’t do that with any other AI. Like Claude might be able to tell you what happened yesterday, but it’s not going to tell you what happened 5 minutes ago. So if you’re making any type of news style content, Grock is really good. Um, but yeah, Claude is better at essentially everything else. So hopefully that helps. Um,

    yes, that definitely helps. Edith Shane use both Dennis. Yes. Okay. Link doesn’t work. It should work. Uh, scroll up, scroll down. Should work. By the way, guys, I’m going to give you about one. Okay, I’ll give you a few extra minutes cuz I didn’t say it, but I’m going to give you a few extra minutes to book. I believe one spot opened up. Okay, so we did have one spot that opened up. Somebody probably dropped out or something. Maybe they had some other stuff. So, jump on it while you still can. But yeah, one spot opened up. Um, let me see here.

    Okay.

    Does a YouTube live focus channel work instead of edited videos? You can do lives on YouTube. I am very bullish on lives in the future. I think that live content uh is uh ve very very big in the future, right? I’m I’m I’m super bullish right now. What I operate off of is what’s known as proof of concept. I do not want to be right. I just want to make money, right? Like that’s it. Like as a marketer, that’s that’s what you would need to think, right? So when something works, I will tell you that it works 100%. I do believe that live is going to work better and better in the next 5 years. In fact, five years from now, I’ll probably be doing a lot more lives. I do these lives with you guys and I really enjoy them. um but but I don’t do them on YouTube and there’s there are specific reasons for that, right? But I do believe that 5 years from now um the the lives uh will will be even better than they are right now. I’m and I’m very very confident in that. Okay. So yeah, I’m I’m very bullish on them going into the future. In terms of doing them now, it really depends on your niche. It really really depends on your niche. That’s something where I cannot tell you whether it works or not uh unless I know what your niche is. I will tell you that um news style niches, lives tend to work a lot better. If you’re in the news, live live content definitely works quite a bit better um with like news style niches, right?

    So any niche where you need to get the information out as fast as possible and how fast you get the information out is directly correlated to the value of the information. That’s going to be something where lives is is really big, right?

    Leavonne, I have a question, please. Why I I don’t I truly don’t understand. Why would you say I have a qu? Just ask the question. Just ask the question, Mike. Weight loss coffee. Um, what as a niche? I think that’s too specific. I I think like Yeah, that’s too specific. Um,

    you could probably do coffee as a niche. I think coffee. Yeah, that would probably work. We have had success with artists, musicians, and songwriters, but it has to be educational, Brad. It has to be educational. It’s this is not where you you play the guitar and people are like, “Oh my god, it’s so good. This is you play the guitar and you teach them how to play the guitar, right? It has to be educational, right?” Um, and we have had success with people like that. Rob, certified water specialist and independent distributor and affiliate for a few companies that offer products related to water testing, filtration, and wellness. Yeah, that is really, really good niche, Rob. Yeah, we could definitely work with something like that for sure. Sherry says, “Thanks, Shane. Excellent info.” You got it, Sherry. My pleasure. Um, I’m a nature photographer using my phone. Good stuff, Dan. I portrait photography in Los Angeles. Just a waste of time now. Um, I mean it has to you have to have I mean come come on you you have to like what what again I just went over this guys. Who are you helping? What are you helping them do? I help X do Y. What do you mean portrait photography in Los Angeles? Who are you helping? What problem are you helping them overcome? Right? Like I I can’t tell you if portrait photography in Los Angeles is good or bad anymore cuz you didn’t tell me who you’re helping and what you’re helping them do. Are you teaching people how to do portrait photography in Los Angeles? Like what is your niche? Who are you helping? What did you help them do? I went over this in great detail with the niche hypothesis statement. Which by the way, if you’re having more trouble with your niche hypothesis statement, this is why because people do have trouble with this. This is why we have the niche validator, which you should definitely, if you haven’t done it already, scroll up, scroll down in the comments and get that. Okay. Um, understand your approach. I’m just curious if what I offer is profitable. Yeah, totally get it. Stephen Andrew, uh, so we have to book a call to use the niche valid. No, you don’t. Scroll up and scroll down. How about a live day trading niche? Uh, yeah, that that definitely works. That definitely works. Glamp up for anyone who likes dogs. I like dogs. Mike, niche weight loss coffee. Already answered that question. Um, that is not a niche. As I said, what is your niche hypothesis statement? Um, I’m ADHD and 52. It’s taken me my whole life to prove autism in me. Oh, autistic ADHD. Okay. Since I mask so well with ADHD, million of women need to know that they are okay and not broken. I like that. That’s great, Jane. Yeah. Um yeah, maybe a channel about I don’t know being neurode divergent as a woman or something. Yeah, that could be I I like the direction you’re getting there and helping. But you know, got to refine it a little bit more, right? Like what are you actually helping them do, right? So, but yeah, that’s great, Chris. And by the way, guys, when you’re saying what you’re helping people do, you do want a tangible outcome. So uh you you said here at the end millions of women need to know that they are okay and not broken. That is not a tangible outcome. That is a uh outcome that you cannot measure, right? And so you you there has to be an actual tangible outcome to it. Um so I like the direction that you’re going but it has to be a tangible outcome. Jane uh Chris uh independent health insurance broker who now empty neester with trying to get back to my 20’s lifestyle with RV outdoor adventures and wanting to blend it with my business for growth. Man, that sounds fun. Chris, how to narrow this down to a niche. Oh, Chris, you Oh, this is this is epic. Epic. Um, check out uh my client RJ the unretired and check out Azul. Okay. Um, you could do something like that. You could do something similar to them, Chris. R.J. the unretired and Azul. Okay. And by the way, guys, go toamus.com/coaching. Scan that QR. Click the link in the chat. Uh, I saw that two people backed out for Monday. So, I guess the times weren’t good or something. So, there are two more spots that opened up. And I actually appreciate when people back out. Um, because you want to open up the spots for people who uh um you know, you want to keep those spots open for people who uh um want it, right? Um but yeah, there is one spot open on Monday it looks like and one on Tuesday. Okay. Uh so yeah, lot of opportunity there, Chris. But guys, I am going to leave in five minutes. Um, actually, I’m going to leave. I’m going to leave in a couple minutes. Um, let me go ahead and scroll down here.

    Okay. Favorite niching down favorite. Great info. Uh, do you get niche validator if you only have Gemini? Hearing from you live is awesome. Appreciate that. Feron Dorothy, I will get in touch with support tomorrow. Awesome, Dorothy. Yeah, support shanehumus.com if you’re having any issues with that.

    Very motivational. Thank you. You got it, John. My pleasure. Tamara, easy follow. Uh, you help people. That’s my favorite. Uh, help us. Good stuff. D, the least thing is I talk too fast. Okay, good to know. Good to know. Price is the least. Okay, fair enough. But I mean uh like we we can’t this isn’t a charity right like we hire people we pay their salaries like we have to be able to pay for their salaries right we have 15 people uh total working on the on the team and over 20 people if you count the backend people so of course you know we are uh we we got to do that. Um Gabe favorite your story your story least favorite your story. Ah least trying to figure out my niche. Okay, got it. Where all the uh AI links? I think Roger must have been going to the bathroom when we went over that in detail. Thomas uh favorite was to help us. Good stuff. Hey, is the VIP Tuesday night different from the one-on-one? Um yeah, the VIP session Tuesday night. All that information should be uh in your email. If you if you if you did the VIP session, it will all be very very clearly stated in your email. And yeah, guys, like I said, we have two slots left. Someone uh dropped out of the slots, so we have two slots left. I guess we have a a Monday and a and a Tuesday left.

    Okay. Um yeah, so by the way guys, the VIP is is paid. So if you if you don’t know what the VIP is, then just don’t worry about it. It’s a it’s it’s a paid thing where uh people pay $47 and they get a little bit extra time with me to ask me questions before the call on Tuesday night and they get some other things. And all of the details for the VIP are on the thank you page after you purchase the VIP are in the emails that you get after you purchase the VIP. Okay? All of the details in great detail are in those two places. Okay? So, if you don’t know the details for the VIP session, well, you probably should have had the thank you page. So, open that up again if you don’t have it. But if you don’t have it for whatever reason, check your email. It’s also in there. Oh, and and by the way, guys, um I I should have said this. Confirmation emails, like make sure you check all these uh confirmation emails, like all this stuff right here. Very very important you do that. If uh if you can’t find it for whatever reason, it’s probably going to be in your all mail, your spam, your trash, etc. It looks a little different on every email platform, but usually if you check something like all mail, it’s going to be right there. Um, but yeah.

    Okay. You don’t speak too quickly. Appreciate that, Danny. Isabelle, love the information, but the showcase on the success stories sort of gets redundant. Okay, fair enough. I appreciate that, Isabelle. That’s that’s a fair uh um that is a fair uh thing to say. So, you’d say like maybe less success stories. Is that maybe give me a thumbs up if you think less success stories like a thumbs up emoji

    and give me a um let’s just say a I don’t know. Um give a celebration emoji if you want more like the confetti. Give the confetti emoji if you want more success stories or the clapper. Yeah. Okay. Okay, so it looks like people want a little bit less success stories. Okay, cool. All right, I will I will do less I’ll do less of them. That’s actually a little surprising to me. Um but yeah. Okay, that’s good. That’s good to know. Okay, your speed is good for me. Great contact. Wanted to know pricing options. Yep, totally transparent about the pricing options. The only thing is we just work with different people. Like if we’re working with big corporations, the scope of what they want us to do is totally different than if we’re working with a small business or if we’re working with a, you know, an individual, right? And so the scope is just going to be totally different. And so there’s different pricing tiers, not because we’re it’s just because the scope of the work, right? Like if we’re going to be doing done for you stuff where we do all the work, you know, we’re a small business. We don’t have like thousands of people. So, if we’re going to be doing done for you stuff where we do all the work that we got to charge a lot for that. Are the screenshots available uh from this screenshots? Not sure what you mean by that. Um Kimberly, with respect, you do speak fast. It was a bit like trying to sit from a firehouse. Okay, fair enough. I appreciate that. I think I will try to cut some of the slides and speak a little bit slow more slowly. Uh favorite showing techniques. Least favorite? Off-topic chatting. Off-topic chatting. Okay. Off-topic chatting. When was I doing off-topic chatting? I don’t remember that. Okay, fair enough. Um, the the favorite was helping us, Thomas. Thank you. Thank you, Thomas. Appreciate. Uh, thank you. Excellent info. Just a lot to take in, says Danny. Uh, Dennis or Da says favorite equals very educational. And by the way guys, go to go.n.com/coaching, scan that QR code, click the link in the chat. Like I said, a few people dropped out, so uh there should be one more spot open, I believe. Um, favorite equals very educational. Least favorite equals how fast chat rolled and understanding what was going on on my screen. Okay, got it. Got it. T Registrant, your videos are relatable and helpful. That’s my favorite. I don’t have criticism here. Thank you. I appreciate that, T. Um, Lisa, I was rejected. By the way, guys, if you were rejected for the call, um, there’s really two reasons that you were rejected, right? The first reason is going to be that you said that you couldn’t start anytime soon, like you want to start in the future. The second reason, uh, obviously we want to work with people who can get started right away. The second reason it might reject you is if you said you have absolutely no money to get started, right? There is a small startup cost. Obviously, you have to pay us for the coaching, but there’s also very small startup costs like um you know, you might have to buy a microphone, for instance, for like $50 or something, right? So, you need to have some money to get started, just a little bit, right? So, those are the reasons. So, you can do with that information what you want. Um if you want to try to apply again, you can uh be a little bit more careful how you answer the questions. Wink wink. And, uh you can do with that information what you want, right? Uh okay. application incorporated the scheduled call or is it separate? Okay. Uh separate appointments. Leavonne, you genuinely seem to have people’s best interest in mind. I appreciate that, Leavon. I do. I do. I I have a vision where all of the experts of the world can get paid to share their expertise uh on YouTube. And like for instance, if a job there’s so many jobs that are popping up right now, right? And colleges are terrible at educating people to get into these jobs. Colleges are awful, awful at it, right? The college will be teaching stuff that’s like 10 years old. I know this because I’m an expert on digital marketing, right? So I look at college curriculum and digital marketing and I’m I’m just like my jaw just drops to the floor. I’m like, this is terrible. Like this is what they’re teaching kids these days in digital marketing. It’s terrible, right? And this is the new education. YouTube is the new education, right? YouTube is where you can actually educate people on uh whatever expertise you have. You can teach the younger version of yourself. Like imagine if you had a time machine, right? And you could teach the younger version of yourself how to overcome problems that you had. How much time, effort, money, heartache, uh heartbreak, etc. would you save yourself in that case? Probably a lot, right? If you could just go back to the younger version of yourself and be like, “Hey, do this career path, not this one, or or whatever, right? You’d save yourself a massive amount of headache and time and effort and money, etc.” And if if that’s the case, then you could teach other people the same thing. It’s just that simple, right? So, I appreciate that, Leavon. Um, uh, PM, just scroll up, scroll down, you’ll see it. T Regent, that’s a that’s a real money maker. Yep. Treister. Jeff, my favorite part was the way you framed looking for a niche. Awesome. Love it. Jeff, okay. Know who you’re serving. That’s your favorite part. And he made bank. Favorite techniques, how to least selling. Uh, favorite techniques and how to least selling. Okay. Positioning. Well, I believe 100%.

    Well, listen guys, like I know only a small percentage of people are going to work with us, right? So, you know, I I I can’t do these lives if we if we don’t sell people. Like, I have to have a reason to do these lives, right? But they’re still valuable whether or not we end up working together or not. Um, Leavonne, I have a question, but I’m wondering if I should save it for my one-on-one call. You could just ask your question, but I mean, you you probably should have asked it already. Uh, Jane, is it this is being called out for speaking fast is a daily thing we have to hear. It’s so frustrating to me. No judgment of those that don’t speak like we do. I get accused of being high daily or did you drink too much coffee? So hurtful. Uh it’s okay. Yeah. Yeah. It’s it’s all good. Um I mean I think I can cut a little bit out of the out of the presentation to be honest. Like I you know I do think there’s some of it is a bit redundant. Um I thought this was going to be about uh starting a YouTube that 100% was about starting a YouTube channel. That’s exactly what it was about. Thomas, you are the best. Appreciate you. Thomas Dennis, what AI is best uh to use overall to get real honest answers without hallucinations? H I have found that. Okay, so I had a very complicated tax question that I asked AI that I knew the answer to, but it was very very complicated. Claude got it right. All of the other AIs got it wrong. So, it’s really hard to answer that question, but I would say that Claude is the closest to being objectively correct. ChatGpt sometimes can be really good, too. Claude is probably the closest. I’d say that’s my opinion. Um, and it’s definitely the best for content creation. So, yeah, go-sh.com/coaching guys, scan the QR code, click the link in the chat. Um, the idea of a hybrid personal brand was a light bulb moment in your presentation. Had not thought of that before. Very smart. Love it. Hybrid personal brand. Good stuff. All right, Isabelle. Definitely appreciate this information, your YouTube videos, and talking taking this time for us. Appreciate you as well. Thank you for your time. Scheduled. Good stuff. All right, Jason. They don’t care about the quality of the hot dogs as long as you feed them. Yeah, 100%. How do you know if the demand is there? Uh niche validator. Yeah, check out the niche validator. That that’ll definitely help you. Um Ztriage got to give something at least 5 to 10 years. Yep. Leavonne admin Steve Lisa have the niche validator already signed up. Okay. Um we give people access to the information in the course even after the six months, Nina. Um, but the coaching of course you lose access to after the six months because that’s again one-on-one coaching guys. Like I don’t think some people realize like how intensive one-on-one coaching is like how like how few people you can coach one-on-one.

    We are very limited in the amount of people we can take in. Coach oneonone. Okay guys um gonna drop uh [ __ ] excuse my language. Um, going to drop the link to apply oneonone right here. Okay, dropping it in the chat right now. I’m dropping it myself. And then one other thing I want to tell you about, guys. One other thing I want to tell you about, I don’t know why it’s doing that. You are going to see a confirmation page kind of like this after you book your call. Okay. Um, so it’s going to look like this or it’s going to look like this. It’s one one of these two. Okay. um it’s going to look like this or this. This is basically a um uh thank you page or a confirmation page. Okay. Now, very important that you watch this video. This one’s 28 seconds long. If you get this one, it’s 10 minutes long. It’s a little bit longer, but save this and watch it. Very, very, very important that you save this and watch it. Okay. So, um,

    very important that you save this and watch it. Um, also follow the directions down here. Okay? So, there’s going to be some very basic directions. Follow them. You know, mark I know the sender just as an example. And, uh, this one has a little bit more directions. Okay? So, it’s going to tell you, you know, mark add to calendar. our team members will do this d okay and also we have frequently asked questions right here as well okay so I answer a lot of the questions um am I too old is too young too late do I need to post every day like how often do I need to post my spouse partner doesn’t support this etc etc that kind of thing okay uh so if you’re interested in any of those questions the answers are right there additionally there’s lots and lots of different case studies from people that we’ve helped get results for. Okay, so case study after case study after case study. Now, some of these people do not want us to make their channel public like on YouTube, put in our, you know, on YouTube because they don’t want competitors, but they told me it’s okay to put them on this page. So, you’re going to see a lot of people here that are in various different niches all over that are, you know, really, really good niches that are, you can see on this on this page, right? So, for instance, Nathan, he’s a chess coach. If you’re wondering, can I make money teaching a game? Well, here you go. Nathan’s a chess coach, right? Um, let’s let’s see if uh some other ones here. Um, Tiffany, she sells physical products. So, if you’re wondering, can I make money selling physical products? Well, there you go, Tiffany. Or if you’re wondering, can I make money selling this or that or books or digital products or ebooks or any anything that you’re wondering, can I make money selling? You’re probably going to find somebody on this page that’s doing that. Um,

    can you do this if you’re a shy beginner? Armell, very shy. She did it anyways. Um,

    uh, can you do this with a hyper specific niche like helping people get into governance, risk, and compliance, GRC jobs in cyber security? Well, there you go. Yes, you can. Uh, can you do this if uh let’s just let’s see here. Uh, can you do this if you’re from Germany? Yes, you can. Yeah, it’s just like like just example after example after example. If you’re wondering any of these different things, okay, just go over these people here. You’re going to see a bunch of people that have gotten really, really good results. Okay? So, just go over all these people. You’re going to see a bunch of them that have gotten really good results. All right? So, definitely do that. Um, very, very important. Again, I’m going to go ahead and click the um I’m going to go ahead and drop that into the chat so that you guys can check it out. All right, so thank you pages are right there just in case you shut it down for whatever reason. I’m dropping that in the chat and this will be my last uh call, guys. So, I just dropped that into the chat. Make sure you copy and paste that or whatever you got to do um uh to uh to check that out if you if you minimized it or something like that. Okay, with that being said, this is going to be my last call, guys. Go.shenhumus.com/coaching. Scan that QR code. Click the link in the chat. I’m going to drop it in the chat. Make sure for whatever reason if you’re doing dishes, if you’re driving, whatever, uh drive safe, obviously, but uh you can screenshot this. You can um you know, you can click the link in the chat. Uh you know, copy the link in the chat and save it for later. Make sure for whatever reason, if you’re doing it later, you can check that. If we did run out of spots, but if you want to try to see if there’s a better spot for you tomorrow or if there’s more spots open tomorrow, you can save that link and try tomorrow or the next day, etc., etc. Uh that does happen uh quite often. So, with that being said, uh that is it. Thank you so much, guys. Had a great time presenting this. Um and hope you guys enjoyed as well. And I am going to go ahead and jump off right now. So, thank you, Andrew. Appreciate you. Thank you, Horatio. Uh, thank you, James. You got it. Let’s see. Um, Nate, thank you, Shelanda. Thank you, Stephanie. Tim, thank you, Ed Horatio. Thank you so much, guys. Appreciate it. Have a good one. Looking forward to working with maybe a few of you as well. We’re accepting a few people right now into the program, so looking forward to working with a few of you. And, uh, thanks, John. Thanks, Sabrina. Uh, thanks Sakaria, Gregory, Isabelle, Averly, T, etc. Appreciate you guys. Have a good one. Take care. Thank you so much.

  • CloneVoice 4.0: New Update Tutorial – Unlimited AI Voice & Music App

    Quick lesson. Clone voice 4.0 just dropped. Completely free update. 400 languages. I checked voices. I grow them now. Any voice. 400 languages. Thousands already ripe. Thousands of ready-made voices, too. Ultra realistic. You don’t even have to clone your own misprononunciations. There’s an editor now. You fix it one syllable at a time. Very satisfying. Happy, angry, heartbroken. Real emotions, over a 100 languages. Honestly, it’s more expressive than some of my students. Real emotions on tap. 100 languages. This one needs more grief. Then it plugs straight into Video Express. Builds the whole video. Voice, music, everything automatically. $49 once. Unlimited voices and music. Others bill you monthly per character. Class dismissed. Now, let me show you all the features that we’ve added into Clone Wars V4. This is a free update to every single existing customer of Clone Wars. Whether you got last year, last week, last day, doesn’t matter. You get it for 100% free. The teamwork for the last 8 months. So, this was our fruits of labor, let’s say. And 400 new languages, the highest in any platform out there. You can clone your voices in those 400 languages or even generate using our own built-in ready-made voices in those 400 languages. Plus, I’ll show you where this one is exactly in this uh platform that brand new app update we made. So, you just go into clone wise app. You click on the clone wise option on the top. You see that right there? This option right there. And then when you click on it, you will see under language list right here. So the idea is that what we’ve done if you think about it is that you scroll down here you’re going to see all these language you see this uh Armenian um you know you see like a lot of people are asking us for Bangla for in Bangladesh we’ve asked Nepali language and so on and so forth it’s so many languages I don’t even know it’s crazy so some of these right which are not that normal in terms of spoken these might be dialects from Africa or somewhere like that like yakut I think yakut is the one in uh Russia so anyway so you see here Uh there we had we said sample script is required. So what this is is that if this is the voice you’re going to be cloning with then you’re going to have to say this script okay to get a better quality voice and better quality voice cloning okay in that when it says required that’s what it means when it is optional let’s say for example uh like in the case of uh Arabic it’s optional you see so in that case you can say use my own text option that you see there and you can write whatever you want to write and then record it that’s fine or you can do the same thing as well it’s up to you but for those which is uh more let’s say those language is not that popular uh and so on and so forth then you can definitely use the same script when it says required. Okay, just speak whatever you see here. That’s how it works. Next, for those of you who don’t want to clone your own voice but actually want to use uh the built-in readymade voices that we’ve created for you, okay, to simplify things further, you’re going to go into this step right here, which is basically uh create audio. Okay, and uh once you’ve clone your voice, it’ll also show up in the create audio. Right? Either way, you’re going to go to create audio and you’re going to select voice here as you can see. And then you’re going to click on it. And then you see here we have all these brand new voices. You see this uh these voices are in just English for example. But you can actually go in and you can pick the languages. So if you see English here, so if I put let’s say as I mentioned before, let’s put Arabic, okay? Cuz it’s a little bit more of a common language. So now you go here, you’ll see this how many languages we’ve added in. So these are like your uh built-in voices that you can use which are the new ones very natural sounding voices. You can preview them, you can test them. So this means that you don’t have to clone them. Of course, if you clone the voices, I don’t uh right here it’s going to show up here the uh clone voices in um Arabic. Now in some of these languages that we’ve added where it’s going to be like uh required like you see this uh a fade or a fade language if you use that in the in before right like Thai language and some of these languages out there where it might be required um to basically let’s say let’s go to let’s go to the Thai language here I’ll show you. So uh for example here right it says required. So if you already cloned the Thai voice in the past you may have to recclone it again because a completely new algorithm completely new engine. Okay, just want to mention that as well. Uh although not the case for a lot of languages, for some of these languages, make sure that if it says required u sample script, then it means that you have to recclone that voice. If you used our old algorithm because it’s a brand new thing, it runs through a different system. You have to speak the script, that sort of thing. Okay. So, first of all, we’ve done that. We’ve added 400 voices. Second of all, you have um the pre-existing voices. So let’s say for example even um if you go Nepali language under Nepali language you go to select voice you see there’s so many new voices we’ve added in that you can use you don’t have to clone a voice you can use these generic uh readymade voices that we have for you which is really good anything that says new here like for example new new new that is basically what uh we’ve done where these new voices basically are just incredibly powerful in terms of how they sound natural uh the pronunciation and all that kind of stuff. The accents and stuff like that are really, really good. And if you clone the voice, obviously it’s going to come up under the cloned voices list for that language. Okay, just wanted to mention that as well. We’ve also done the boost similarity V4 right now. So the similarity engine is even better than before. And there are two components here. Why we put this unchecked by default here is that in some cases similarity is more important meaning how it sounds like. In some cases, for example, it might be naturalness that might be more important. Meaning, for example, if my voice is not excitable tone, maybe I speak very uh I’m not like a very good professional speaker, let’s say. In that case, you’re going to uh basically pick uh uh not pick the boost voice. Okay? You’re not going to do similarity because you want to make sure that is more professional, sounds like a um you know, radio jockey. We say like a professional voice over specialist. Then you’ll uncheck it like it is by default. in cases where you actually want it to sound exactly like the voice and you want to check this. Okay, so it’s up to you. We gave both choices because both run through two different algorithms. All right. Now, the other thing as well that uh we’ve done is the pronunciation editor. So, if you go back uh here, so that’s basically where every word okay is exactly as intended. So, the correct local accents, it protects certain brand names you can put and it’s going to be perfect for difficult words to better give it. This is right now uh applicable for English only. I’ll explain why it’s English only right now so you understand it because there is uh something called uh a specialized field within pronunciation that we’ve integrated with which I’ll show you right now. So if you go into English and you see here under these three dots you’ll see something called pronunciations here. Do you see this? So that’s the pronunciation editor feature. So when you click on it it’s compatible with English only. Uh the reason why it’s compatible in English only is that uh we’ve added the phenomes right phsomes whatever we call it um as well as word and uh character level as well. You can bulk add your pronunciations and you can create new folders and stuff and um how you want to say it. Okay. So we have um uh let’s say um this one right here alias alias whatever and then phone right. The idea is that here what we’re doing is here you can say for example in British right we say privacy and in America we say privacy right privacy privacy so if you want to ensure that the pronunciation is uh good so you’d want to add the word here and then make sure that what do you want to say it okay and in some cases also let’s say it’s we say un right and it says un let’s say has pronounce prunciation you can say say as and it says United Nations. So whenever there’s a word calledi UN then it’s going to say United Nations when it’s speaking. Does that make sense? In the speech when you actually go into create audio here and then uh you actually put that uh script in when you say UN okay pronunciations right it’s going to basically uh do it. So let’s say we say uh pronunciation right pronunciation right? So anyway so you see the point here. So when you say UN, it’s going to basically say United States pretty much uh when you work through this and of course we just added it. So let us know how we can improve it further. And we’ve done a specific system in place that is uh the most well accepted pronunciation system and that’s only available for the English language at this point. For other languages it’s not uh standardized system, right? And um so the same thing applies here. Here you see we have something called uh fine I think it’s called sorry if I mispronounced it not an expert at this stuff but you see here right we use something called arpabet okay which uh is basically the most standardized system for English and how it works is you see it’s b e y1s let’s say we can say example u u bass will equal to b e y1 s does that make sense so it will understand it in that sense so those who understand pronunciation you’ll get it right. You can even prompt it with IGPT and stuff and say use, you see what we have here called CME CMU dictionary. Okay, you’re going to be able to suggest it. So, I’ll show you an example. Okay, so if I say uh base, right? It’s going to say suggest names and then when you click on it, it’s going to say how do we pronounce it? Do you want it this way or this way? It’s going to give you a suggestion and then you can pick okay the second one and then you can add. So every time it’s going to have this, it’s going to pronounce it that perfect way like bass, let’s say, as an example. Okay? So that you can uh hear, you can preview it, and you can play around with it. Okay? So that’s the pronunciation editor. It’s very complex what we’ve done behind the scenes. So as you work with it, you’ll understand better. It’s especially powerful for different pronunciations, accents, and you want to force the outcome every single time so that the pronunciation is as good as possible. We do plan to add new languages in place. The only issue we don’t we have is we don’t have the CMU dictionary for other languages. So we’re looking for some standardized systems such as these for uh that that which will always make it perfect every single time. So watch out for more updates on that. Plus we’ve also added emotion that survives translation. Okay. So for example I can have it warm, excited, confident and that sort of thing. So it’s very performative in nature. This is for 100 voices right now not all 400. Okay. Uh the reason why we’ve done that is the other 300 languages we still don’t have the training data to fine-tune and all that kind of stuff. So with time we plan to add it leave us some feedback on that. But the way this one works is if you come in uh to the application which I’ll show you uh you’ll see under create audio when you pick say like a language like English for example and uh let’s say let’s say uh for emotions let’s say I’ll just name it and then I’ll just generate some script emotional speech benefits or something and then I’ll just do YouTube video scripts. Okay. And then what it’s going to do is it’s going to the script for me. I’ll show you how the emotions we’ve added in works right now in the application. It’s just mind-blowing. So, check this out. So, first you can do the pronunciations, right? Uh I am Paul, let’s say here. And then um and then I go in here, I click uh create, right? New audio. And then what it’s going to do basically is when you click the voice, let’s say I pick my own voice or any one of these voices. Let’s say Chloe Montgomery’s voice. And then um and then here you can see select emotional style. You have happy, confident, warm. Okay, this is in 100 different ways. Then you can also add these expressions. So in 100 different languages you can add these emotions and it’ll change the whole voice to a happy, confident or whatever. Okay. So let’s say in this case I’ll say I’m Chloe, right? And then uh I’ll show you right now how this uh looks like. Hello. This is a demonstration of highquality natural sounding speech synthesis. It converts written text into clear realistic speech with natural pronunc. This is the standard uh voice right. So let’s add emotions right now. So we can say for example confident and then we will uh update that segment and then let’s play. Hello this is a demonstration of highquality natural and this is a preview. So you what you want to do is actually to do that actual preview, we’re going to generate this preview. Let’s do that right here. Click on that button there, the play button, and it’s going to process the preview segment for us so that we can actually listen to how we Hey everyone, I’m Chloe and today we’re diving into a we’ve also made the voice cloning engine much better than ever before. It’s amazing right now and we made a lot of improvements for every single voice, not just these new voices we’ve added for voice cloning and these new um things where for example accents have been improved. Let’s say Argentinian Spanish will sound like Argentinian Spanish, not like Spain, Castellian Spanish for example and so on and so forth. Now you have all this, right? You have the voice engine that’s improved upon. You also have for example right now the ability to effectively create beautiful uh voice overs and podcasts and all these things. What if you can create a narrative style video like this with just one click completely with automation by integrating clonevoice.ai AI for the actual narrative voices. Meaning you can just prompt chat GPT or Claude to basically open up your browser, open up clone voice.AI and Video Express and generate the beautiful professional voice. It can be your own clone voice, but also professional voices that we’ve brought into the platform right now, realistic sounding ones, and then merge those voices into Video Express using the API integration that’s built into Video Express or just manually doing it. You have both options. I’ll show you that. and effectively completely automated so that you can create a video like this. Let me play this video. I’ll show you how to do that whole workflow as well right after this because then you can bring the power of audio and the power of video into this workflow. And the workflow is on that page right there, videoexpress.ai/workflow that you see on the screen. I’ll also put it in the description box as well. It’s 100% free. Just use it ready to go. And I’ll show you how to use the workflow as well. While uh that video is playing, the next thing I’ll show you is how the workflow works. Some wars are pretty long. Think of the 30 Years War, the 80 Years War, or the 100red Years War that actually spanned 116 years. But none of those got anywhere close to the massive war we are going to try to cover within 15 minutes today. I will be honest, it is going to be a bit simplified since we basically got 20 minutes divided by 781 years, 1.5 seconds per year. So we are already 30 years behind schedule. But then again it is not like eight generations of Christians and Muslims were stabbing each other at all times. Or were they? Call it the original enemies to lovers. Let us talk about reconista. Let’s travel back to the year 711 to set the stage. Europe is still hung over from the fall of Rome that happened two centuries ago and the Iberian Peninsula basically today as Spain and Portugal is run by the Visigos. On paper, the Visigothic kingdom was wealthy, Christian, and centralized. Though in reality, like with most medieval kingdoms at the time, it was indeed very brittle and constantly undermined by personal vendettas. Is it really Europe if it was not? North of the Visigoththic Kingdom, we find the Frankish kingdom, Weiiwis, who were essentially the bigger bro in the Gaul region. The kingdoms fought each other before and during the last deciding battle. The Franks managed to crush the Visig Gothic army and even killed their king in battle. Yikes. It did all happen a while ago.

    Pretty powerful, right? So, let me show you. Let me share my screen right now and show you exactly how to do this whole workflow. And first things first, what you have to do to make this whole workflow work. I uploaded this workflow just now. Okay? And it’s so exciting. Watch this. Okay? So what you’re going to do and you’re going to open this up and I’ll show you how you can do this in both cloud entropic cloud as well as I’m going to show you how to do it as well in the case of in this particular case chat GPD as well. You have both options. It’s not going to consume too many tokens. So it’s going to be pretty uh fun in that case. All right. So let’s go uh check it step by step. Okay. First thing I want you to do is I want you to go to this page on um your screen right now. So, let me actually pull that up and then uh we can go to that right now into that uh screen and then I’ll share my screen as well. So, let’s do that right now. All right, cool. So, you’re going to go into this uh page and uh let’s go in here. All right, cool. So, in a live stream environment, you got to be careful with this stuff, right? All right, so this is the page we’re going to go to, but the actual page is going to be video.ai/narrative. Oh, sorry. Workflow. Uh, so here that’s the page I put in the description as well. So when you’re going to go into this page, you’re going to come here. Come here. Come here. Come here. Come here. Come here. You’re going to see this something called 2D narrative explainer like so. Okay. So you’re going to see that effectively. All right. So uh let me actually um zoom myself out a little bit out so you can even see it further. So there we go. So this is basically the flow of what we are trying to do. So you’re going to come here into the narrative style like so and you’re going to click on this right here. Okay. So this open the system prompt. So what is happening here? Let me explain what is happening. Then we’ll discuss how to make this whole thing work. All right. So let me open up this presentation so you can see it. So what we are really doing is behind the scenes, right? We create the script, okay, on a topic. It can be any topic. In this particular case, it’s a narrative video, meaning you’re going to have animations on the screen and somebody’s narrating the story. Let’s say for example, it’s like Troy, right? What happened there? What is it this history behind the Trojan horse, right? And what is the history behind whatever, okay? Or whatever the topic is. Maybe how do you touch to lose weight or how somebody’s journeying something happened. The idea is it’s narrative style. Okay? We’re narrating a story. It’s not lip-sync. It’s narrative style. Very important. All right. So the next thing is we’re going to get the voice. Okay, the voice in this particular case is being done by clone voice. All right, so let’s simplify this. So this is going to be done by clone voice because the new update includes a lot of realistic natural voices. One of the u major pet peeves I have. Okay, and this is something that happens quite a bit. People are like, “Oh, we have this free texttospech uh algorithm you can use or I have like this free thing that you can use from one of our competitor platforms.” And then the free stuff will come with limits or credits or whatever and still doesn’t sound realistic. All the nice juicy realistic voices which are actually usable uh are behind a pay wall, right? You got to pay credits or whatever. So really to use narration style videos even my voice is not that good. I know it hurts my ego but it’s a fact. Okay. If I’m trying to create a narrative style, there’s a spec special type of pacing that is required, a spec specific type of uh uh you know excitement that is required, tonality required that even my voice is not good enough for many cases and I realized that and I’ve accepted that. That’s why when we’ve done that in clone voices, we’ve done the generic voices we’ve added in. Remember the Khloe voice I just showed you? I think it was named Khloe uh Montgomery. It’s the same logic, right? Those voices are much better for narration than even my own voice or your own voice for that matter. Okay. Next, you can add music if you want. This is optional. Okay, I’ll put optional, right? Um, and then we do going to do a ready to publish video. Okay, for the narrative style like the example you saw, right? The history lesson or whatever you saw. So, that is the idea behind the video express AI integration. Okay, there’s two ways you’re going to do this integration. Okay, you’re going to need to have CloneVoice as well as you’re going to need to have uh Video Express applications. You’re going to need to if you don’t have it, you’re going to buy both of them and they’re pretty cheap. You can get started for like 49 bucks, right? Anyway, so what you’re going to do is you’re going to go in and in uh CloneVoice, right? In this application right here, you’re going to open up in the dashboard like so, right? Uh actually there’s another dashboard. You go to settings. Okay? You’re going to go to settings tab and then here you see there’s something called API key, right? So this is the API key, correct? So this is the API key that you want to copy and paste into video express. I’m just going to regenerate a new one. Let’s say I’ll just copy this. And then what you’re going to do is in Video Express, you’re going to plug in this API key. It’s an easy process. Nothing really complicated really. Uh what it’ll do is like anything in uh my audios here, this stuff right here. And the voices that you create as well. Uh so let’s say for example, there’s special voices that you’ve uh selected in your voices and stuff under my voices here. You see these will show up in your video express account cuz Lone Wise is the uh audio/Voice generation and video express is the video generation. Correct? So what you’re going to do is uh basically I’ll open this up here. You’re going to go into uh the video express application and I’ll show you that as well. And there’s different ways to go about doing this but this is one of the ways to do it where it’s most clean, right? The implementation is more clean we say uh if you will. All right. So one way is uh basically what we can do is uh we can go into video express and then you go into edit profile and you’re going to paste that uh key. Okay. So for example you’re going to go into video express. This is my account. I’m going to go into edit profile and this is the key. You see this clone voice key. Paste. Boom. Right. You’re going to paste this key right here like so. And then you see automatically share my things. Whatever doesn’t matter. And then you click save. Okay. this. Now, what’s going to happen is you’re going to be able uh to come in and you’re going to be able to link the clone voice. So, wherever you see it like this, right? Let’s say for example, import media from text to speech and video express. And then you’re going to have this clone voice integration, you can do that, too. Or even in the workflow that I’ll show you right now, you can do the same thing. So, you see my voices are showing up here. All the clone voices, public gallery voices that I’ve added in here. Uh any unique voices, you want to do system voices. You know that Chloe Montgomery’s voice. Uh where is where are you Chloe? All right. Um yeah, see this Chloe Montgomery voice I showed you as an example. All these will show up in your video express account now. Okay. Uh as a clone voice customer and V Express customer obviously. So you can generate the voices within it. What I’m going to show you though is now the workflow that I’m going to show you that’s free for you to use is basically what it’s going to do is it’s going to go to create video from prompt from chat GP or clot. All right. And then what it’s going to do, watch this. It’s going to go in here and then it’s going to use this option. Okay, automatically it’s the narration video option. What the narration video does basically in simple terms is that it will effectively allow you to upload another audio and it’s going to sync the scenes. Indie workfl automated this process for you. Does that make sense? And um and and this process can be done in such a way where all that work is done for you. Okay. Now, so let me show you how that works out and what do you need to do because people always ask me and I’m I know I know I do this sometimes myself is that show me from the very beginning. Okay, let’s do that from the very beginning. Right. So, first things first you got to do to make this work is two things. One is let’s do that right now actually is you’re going to go to Google. You’re going to go and download the chat GPT desktop app. Okay. So, you’re going to see there’s tons of results here. If you scroll down to download Chad GBT. Okay. And then there’s one for Mac and then there’s one for Windows. Okay. I’m going to show you as well with Claude. It’s the same logic. Uh both work fine. I mean, uh I just say Chad GPT because in the case of Chad GPT, they’re they’re uh you know, their plans are a lot more like their free plan is a little bit more easier to work with. that $20 or that $8 plan which they have in different parts of the world that’s also has very high limits compared to claude uh because they’re more focused on the consumer. Okay, Gemini and all these platforms don’t have this automation capability yet. In the future if they do I will be happy to implement it. You know I don’t make any money off of it. Uh the idea is that I keep telling this to people all the time. What’s happening is if we implement this API right like this API directly from Chad GPT right now just to simplify this even further what they’re doing is they’re subsidizing this stuff for you you know how they raise a lot of money from all these companies and there’s a lot of circular financing happening with meaning Nvidia will give money to open AAI and then rent it back to themselves and meaning in other words Nvidia is financing open AAI to buy all their GPUs and their servers correct so we can’t do that unfortunately ely. So what happens is let’s say if I were to integrate this workflow that I’m sharing with you into video express or into say clone wise.ai what’s going to happen is it’s going to cost me about $500 me directly to serve to you what would be included in the $20 a month plan as an example. Okay, if this is the arbitrage, right, like meaning this is the difference where it’s going to cost us $500 is you $20 because what they’re doing is with a personal account, they can also improve their algorithms and train their models and stuff like that. So, they’re willing to subsidize it. There’s no point for me to include it first of all and secondly, I’d rather pass the savings on to you because the harder part is not what Chad GPT does. It is to do the audio, the the you know, narration, the syncing, and you know, all that extra work where a lot of money goes in. Okay, just being transparent so you understand nobody you can put any competitor of ours or any business out there is able to match this level of value on the plans. This is the case it is and it’s going to be worse with time going on as time goes on because uh Chad GPT and uh Claude are the forefront winners right now. It’s like, you know, Google won the search engine. You could say Alta Vista was better back then. Dogpile.com existed. All these other search engines. So, Yahoo search existed, but Google took all the share. It’s what’s happening. OpenAI and at this point in time, anthropic law are the clear leaders. So, I’d rather tell you to buy it and download it, right? I don’t make any money off of that recommendation anyways. All right. So, now you download it in your computer. Then, it’s going to open up into your uh screen like so. Okay. So let me open up Chad GPT here. So I have Chad GPT open here, right? This is the Chad GPT desktop application. In the desktop application in your computer, it can be Mac or PC. On the top right, I’m going to load the uh systems right here. Like so on the right, which is the browser window. Okay. So let me actually even show you even better right now. So let me cut this. Cut this. Right. You’re going to open on the top right toggle side panel and it’s going to open up this window. In here, you’re going to type in app.videexpress.ai and have it open. You’re going to log into your video express account. In here, next tab, you see the plus tab. You’re going to click browser. In here, you’re going to go to app.clonevoice.ai and have the clonevoice.ai tab open. You opened up the uh video express. You opened up the clone voice. Okay, these two are required for you to use what I’m going to be showing you right now. Next, same thing with clot. Last time people were asking me, can you show the same thing with anthropic clot? Same logic, but anyway, for the sake of uh showing it to you, let me go back here. You’re going to say claude desktop app here. Instead of chat GP desktop app, it’s going to be claw desktop app. And there’s two options here, right? There’s one in here. I mean, really, it’s up to you whichever one you click on. And you’re going to land on this one. Okay. So here, as you can see carefully, there’s going to be download for Windows and then download for Windows here because that’s my Windows computer I’m using this on. But if it’s let’s say yours is a Mac, it’s going to say Mac and so on and so forth, right? So it’s going to be automatic. You’re going to download it and then it’s going to open up uh in the desktop. Say I have it in my other computer right now. It’s going to look something like this, right? Same logic in Claude. What we’re really doing is um in Claude, the way it works is similar logic. you’re going to have this uh little little button on the top like it’s going to be like this uh world button when you go in and you open it up and there too we load up video express and then there two I opened up the clone voice application if for any reason you don’t see the browser tab you can actually chat with it and say uh can you open up or whatever right uh you know the browser uh window and a new tab for me and I can even do it with like a smaller model which is what I want to show you you can use sonnet it. Uh you can use opus, whatever really. I mean, it doesn’t matter. You can even do it like low. It doesn’t really matter. Okay. And then you can see and then it’ll uh what it’s doing is it’s going to open up a browser tab. You see what it did there to the right? You can even tell it if it if you don’t know where this globe icon is, you’re going to be able to uh ask it and it’s going to open up that window like what you saw just now. Does that make sense? Um where do you want to navigate to it? You can say app.express.ai AI and then it’s going to lo open that up again, right, for you basically in the window. Does that make sense? So, uh, you see this, right? You need do you need approval first? Yes, approved, right? Sometimes it asks you because some Macs have like a lot of restrictions. Hey, that’s Apple’s thing. It’s not mine. And then it will open and it will open it up, right? You see this? When it does this, what you want to do is you’re going to click on this again. You’re going to come into this right here on this topic. This is what a lot of these YouTubers don’t show you. Eh, all right. So then you come here and then you’re going to open it up and then you can type it. So same logic if this is the issue you face because some everybody’s computers firewalls are different. Everybody’s different situations, right? And then I open this up and I opened up the clone voice and the video express. If this is what happens to you, understand this. Okay. Next thing once you have it open, this is claw and then this is my um chat GPT. Where is my chat GPT? This is my chat GPT. Correct. All right. Next you’re going to do is you’re going to go into video express.ai/workflow. That link that you saw right there. Okay. And then um once you go in there, I put it in the description as well. So you can click on it and go there. What you’re going to do is it’s going to go into a page that looks something like this, right? Like this, which remember I showed you this. So now what you’re really doing, and there’s some advanced stuff for advanced users, where I open source this whole workflow in GitHub. That’s for advanced people. We can discuss that later. For now, it’s not required. And then you see where it says uh right here it says open system prompt. Correct. In that. Okay. And in the top you see it says clone voice video express narrative video workflow. Click on this open. Okay. Now it has all this description and all that stuff. The idea is that you first keep the clone wise app and video express app open right? App.clonewise.ai app.videxpress.ai uh open. If you’re not sure what’s the URL to open in the clone wise when you open it in your browser it shows in the top. You see like so um app.lovoice.ai AI right that uh link you see on the top if you cannot see it it’s basically this uh link on the top you’ll see uh that you can copy and paste okay same thing all right now next thing you’re going to see it says download the markdown file which is like a text file uh or copy the entire prompt to simplify this I made it copy the entire prompt you okay simple click copy okay and of course I’m going to improve it based on your feedback so you can let me know later on as well give me your feedback on how to improve this thing so anyway what we want to do. We copied this, right? So, you see how I said it says copied. I open up Chad GPT and a lot of people ask me this question for this you know I don’t want to spend a lot of money on the tokens and usage and stuff. What do you recommend me to do to save token costs or save on that? Let’s say for example uh how do you make it such that you almost get unlimited use on Chad GPT? Let’s say you have the $8 a month account. In some parts of the world they have that. That’s called Chad JPD Go account. And in some parts it’s $20 and in some parts even if it’s a free account, doesn’t matter. How you get almost unlimited usage of this thing. The secret lies right here. Okay, this part right here. Uh what this part does is when you pick the model right here, right? You see it says uh here the models are given like in this particular case it shows me um this GPT 5.6 uh soul model. Uh, and then you see this right here. I have a Terra light model and then so on and so forth. What I want you to pick is you can um put the Terraite model. Okay, that’s the cheapest one. And then there’s another one called Luna. Okay, which is even more cheaper than that. Uh, basically, so in this model selection, make sure okay, I want to be very clear that uh you pick that uh model. Okay, so let me show you here real quick. So whatever you decide make sure that uh the model is like the smallest one possible. Okay. So in simpler terms if I open this new chat up for you a brand new chat we can come in. You can do terra Luna whatever and then put the Luna. So for you in many cases it’s probably going to be the 5.6 Luna model. Okay doesn’t matter. This is the cheapest one. This is almost unlimited use. They do put windows of 5 hours or something like that but I mean I’ve never seen anybody hit it. So anyway, so for now, in this particular case, in my selection, you see it says fast mode. Fast mode will cost you more tokens, obviously. Uh uh you want to put it, you put it, whatever. Now, this one right here, you copy and then you’re going to come back to chat GPT, and then you’re going to right click and paste. Okay? And then um I have in my browser video express and clone wise open like so. Right? So now it’s going to ask some questions. Let’s say, okay, uh what is the topic you’re going to do or whatever? First, it’s going to read the whole thing. Okay. What historical topic should I turn this into an animated video on? Um uh topic is a Trojan horse uh story behind it and why it was important in history, let’s say. Okay. And we just hit it. And I want to talk about the Trojan horse, right? I believe this was during Troy where uh the people were put into a Trojan horse and then they uh came in as a gift and then they sneaked into the uh castle and that’s how they were able uh to do it right uh effectively. So let me open this up here and then it says I’ll produces a concise factual animated history explainer for power users for the sake of time what you can do even is run multiple sub agents to speed up this workflow. You can even say that it’s going to consume more uh tokens but it’s an option if you want to speed up your stuff. Okay, you can definitely do that. Now while this is doing again same logic claude for those who use claude for example, same thing applies here as well. Come back here copy the entire prompt in this page. Remember the clone voice narrative video prompt. Copy. Boom. Free for you. Open up cloud because I have it in my other computer right now. It’s open, right? Clone voice and video express here. Right click. Copy. paste here. You see I have sonnet. I I’ve tried haiku. It’s not working that well in the haiku models. Sonnet is good enough. Sonnet low. And then um you can enter. And then here too you could say okay run multiple sub agents to speed up this workflow. This is for power users again if you want um to do so. Okay. And then you see it’s it’s saying what would you like uh to be doing? Okay.

    Okay. Okay. So, you see this? I want you to run this. So, let’s say um uh right here we can let’s go back in and open this up again because I kind of did it from feedback, right? So, let’s open this up. I have the video express.ai and then uh app.clonevoice.ai. Okay, there we go. All right. So, now it should say are you able to see uh app.videexpress.ai. Right. And make sure in the permission stuff too, you have like decent level permissions you’re giving this thing. Right. Obviously, and sometimes if it does give these errors, you want to change from sonnet to opus. Does that make sense? Cuz sometimes sonnet might be a little bit kind of not as smart enough. That’s why I’m just being transparent so you understand what’s happening. All right. So now it’s asking me what do you want to do, right? Landscape or vertical video. So the other one I believe is landscape. So let’s just do vertical here. Okay. So vertical 9×6 video and in this particular case I’m going to just say uh the topic is uh Caesar uh and how he was stabbed in the back by I believe it was Brutus. I’m not exactly I don’t remember history but right and then we can even uh and then we can hit it. Okay. um and then um it’s going to do the thing right so again these models like just for reference so you understand what this is doing sonnet 5 is the cheapest one so with plot you can almost get unlimited use for sonnet uh I did it such that I spent like literally the last week to ensure that it works with the cheapest ones because you know these require a lot of uh testing and a lot of headache on my part and so it works with sonet low edition so low thinking mode which is the cheapest the cheapest the cheapest It’s like literally you get unlimited use with this one. Okay, took me like forever to figure it out. A lot of headaches. Um and same thing with Chad GPT as well, right? So um you see right here uh I’ve done it so that it’s with this terror light or even Luna model I’ve done it. So uh right here. All right. May I submit the first private voice render? It’s saying yes. It’s going to ask permission. It’s important sometimes it will ask for permission because uh it’s doing browser automation. It wants to make sure that it can do that. So there we go. see what it’s doing right now. Okay. So, uh and and by the way, at any point, and this is the key thing that we’ve done, uh and I’m going to improve the stuff even further. You see how like in the right here, we have all these uh voices it’s picking. In this case, it’s picking the radio show host one. I’m going to basically in the future, in the next week, I’m working on something where I’m kind of uh training Claude and Chad GPT to fully understand every single feature in Clone, every single feature in Video Express. So you don’t even have to rely on one voice that I might have had it do. In this case, it’s doing like a radio jockey voice. It will automatically understand. It’ll understand. Okay, for this use case, I will pick this voice. Uh, and it’ll pick from what we have. I think right now uh 9,000 plus voices to pick from. Okay, it’s going to automatically pick it. Uh, it’s still not ready. I’m doing some final test. Why? Because of this main issue of trying to make it work with the smaller stuff. It would be nice if I could just say, okay, the most intelligent stuff, the most expensive stuff you can use. I’m trying to make it like um almost free for you, right? Uh basically on this topic. Okay. So now it’s doing this uh right now. You see what it’s doing right now. It is taking over the computer. I I have my both hands here. Okay. It’s opening up clone voice. It’s generating the video for me. Uh the audio right now. So meaning the narration. It’s doing it right now. And you see that narration is processed already while I was talking on that Trojan horse thing. And it’s completed now. You see uh let me let me highlight this. So just walk along what I’m doing. Okay. So you see it says completed right here. So now what it’s going to do is basically it’s going to take this audio and and it’s going to basically intelligently split it and then go to video express generate the images animate the images and sync each element of the audio. Does that make sense? Into those scenes. It’s doing that automatically right now. Okay. While I’m showing you this stuff. Okay. Um right here you see the narration is completed saying let me go back while this is doing. Let’s go to Claude as well. What are you doing Claude? Uh there we go. What Claude is doing is that it is doing the clips 8 seconds or so. Uh I would suggest you limit it to 1 minute videos just for the sake of speed right here. But like you get the point, right? 1 second. All right. So So it’s previewing the voice on its own by the way while I was showing you this. And it’s testing it, previewing the segments and stuff and effectively. And now it’s asking me private narration is complete. May I now create the private video express scene images and motion clips? And then you say yes. Run multiple sub agents to speed it up if possible. Okay, this is just for the sake of uh demonstration I’m showing you. It’s because you know you don’t want to wait for like whatever period of time, right? In case but it’s up choice. It’s up to you. Okay. All right. So, it’s saying I’m paralyzing the scene prompts, timing plan, final quality checklist while I create the private Video Express assets. This is the thing nobody shows you, which is everything these days on YouTube and Instagram and Tik Tok and everywhere is all like uh really fake, right? Like nicely edited. Everybody goes to editor, fixes their issues. This is live. I’m showing you this in real time, okay? So, any mistakes happen, you can learn from it. It’s not the most exciting thing out there, but you can see what we’re doing right in real time. How my brain thinks and how I’m implementing these things because what I really built here is the factory. You understand? So like I built here for you a factory that can produce videos, voiceovers and everything. And for me, right, to make sure that this factory works, I have to demonstrate it and break it, right? Like the conveyor belt, wherever the the these spots are not working properly, I got to break it, right? And uh right now that’s why what I did with this factory is I only did English for now. I’m going to do multilingual supports uh later because I want to perfect the English aspect of it uh first and then I’m going to do multilingual later on because I’m training as I told you Chad GBT and Claude and these platforms every single feature within clone voice behind the scenes stuff. So you never even have to tell it go to this feature or use that voice name like Chloe Montgomery voice or whatever voice right um that I showed you. It’s going to basically pick it based upon uh the specific uh video we are trying to create and as time goes on you can even give it an example video on on YouTube or Tik Tok or Instagram or something automatically understand the stylistic choices picked in there and then it’s going to try not a copy very important it’s not going to copy it but it’s going to take the best elements of it like let’s say there’s emotional arcs in that video where it’s happy sad and then there is like a pay payoff at the end let’s say it solves a problem or like the hero’s journey completes, right? The uh hero goes through something and then at the end finishes that journey. These things will be automated as well. I’m building on top of it. So, uh it’s going to be free for you, okay? I’m going to not charge you any money on that or anything because I want you to use Video Express and clone wise. If you don’t use it, it hurts me cuz I spent so much time, my team and I, making sure it works, right? All right. So, Video Express first general visual came out vertical even though the project was set to landscape. So, I rejected before creation. I also preserved the production. So what you can do in that case is that you can say um you see like right here it generated the vertical image. So then what it’s asking me is why did it generate vertical even though it did so. So what we have to tell it in this case is that make sure you pick in the create from video prompt right um uh the landscape 16×9 uh option when hitting the image prompt. Okay. So sometimes these things what happens is it’s like uh you see what happened here when they did 2D image I click landscape right it didn’t close that in the browser automation. Right. So then we can regenerate that image. Let’s let’s uh create the image again. Let’s see. See, now it created it properly, right? So you can tell it um and then it would do it automatically too. But I’m just explaining to you how I would fix it if it did that. Okay. Sometimes what happens is like these uh pop-ups will come, it’ll not understand it fully. Okay. Uh continue. Okay. And then it’ll do this now. Okay. Um and then it’ll follow through. So the idea is imagine like you have an assistant you’re talking to it and you can even uh speak to it right here for example uh with this microphone and you can play around with it right so now what it’s doing is visually right it’s doing the whole thing for us okay pretty much goes in generates the scenes in landscape 16×9 right and then it picks the image type as 2D did you notice it it did this automatically I didn’t tell it and then um it also So basically can do all kinds of other things and in the future it’s only going to get better. And then let’s go to Claude here. What are you doing Claude? All right. So now Claude, you see it did all this work for us right now. All the four video clips are done and ready. Uh narration Q on clone was a shared account, right? All right. So because of tests and stuff. Okay. So now anyway, let’s go into media library and then you will see all the videos getting uploaded right here. You see this like all these are being created right now here using that workflow. So that’s the general idea. Okay. And um I will just tell it to do like make uh 30 second video right now um and get it done right like so that it can only it’ll focus on the 30 seconds thing without wasting too much time. So the logic behind this is that what I’m trying to do is like you can’t do longer length videos. people to ask us but just do understand that in video express we do have like five videos you can create with the all access account at once uh that is there because you know uh we have to ensure somebody doesn’t generate thousand at once which will be an enterprise plan down the line uh that we plan to uh do at a higher price point sometime but for at five most people can generate because what’s going to happen with five is let’s assume each is 10 to 12 seconds long clips that’s a minute video right there while the other ones are finished you can do the next one next one next one right so that’s the basic idea okay what we are trying to do. Okay. And this is the logic behind what we’re trying to do. So anyway, now let’s go back to Chad GPD. What are you doing, Chad GPT? Okay. All right. You see this? The first motion clip has been submitted privately. Okay. Um and then it’s doing that uh work. And we can say finish uh 30 second video, right? And give it to me in the timeline. Okay. And then um it’s going to do the next, right? So it is kind of manual because I want to learn how you’re using it because what happens is sometimes people try to break the system a little bit by adding a new language or other variables. So as time goes on I’ll make it better obviously and more streamlined for you. And that’s what I did as well by the way while this thing is doing it. I did that uh in the previous workflow I gave you. Remember uh I did that for this one full length consistent character video with one prompt workflow. Remember I did this exact thing uh for you. And uh by the way another thing is uh you see this somebody was mentioning this viral shots workflow was not working. My bad. For some reason it got removed. So I added it back in as well for those who were wondering last time why this window was gone. So all the workflows are on that page that you see. Okay. So B uh in simpler terms. Okay. So now as you can see here it’s doing the 30 secondond one. uh four 7 to 8 second visual beats and the narration is trimmed to the relevant opening and blah blah blah. See there you go. The first video got created there. You see on this page right here, first one got created. Then it’s going to drag and drop all of them into the timeline as necessary and so on and so forth. Uh you see right now it’s generating me the other image right now in that same style and everything. And then it’s going to create the image and turn that into a video. Next, sync the um voice over and so on and so forth. While it’s doing it, I want to show you two examples of what I’m doing. So this week, what I’m going to show you is uh basically this history style. I’ll play the whole history style uh video and then um I’ll also show you while this is doing it uh the other one that I built. Actually, let me show you that first which was uh what I’m going to release next week uh in a few days once I mastered this one and I get some data from everybody using and some feedback from you folks. Uh this one is uh the uh stickman style video which I’m going to release in about 3 to 4 days from now. So it won’t be this live stream. I’ll just upload it in our YouTube account and also in our Facebook group. So watch out for it. Uh but check this out. Right. Uh let me let me play this uh video so you can see. So imagine if we were to do uh stuff like this. All right. So that’s my goal. And this is the stickman style video that I just I’m going to show you. Same process. All right. Nothing really different from uh what I showed you earlier. Um but watch this. And the same voice was done with the clone voice as well for this one. Okay, so let me mute myself here. They just made the choice smaller than you did. Here is the thing. You were trying to summon this huge burst of effort. Fight the whole day at once. No wonder it feels impossible. You promised yourself Monday would be different. It is Wednesday. Same you. But discipline is not one big heroic act. It is one small decision repeated. That is it. You do not need to run 5 miles. You need to put your shoes on. You do not need to write the essay. You need to open the document. Shrink it until it is stupidly easy. So easy you cannot say no. Then do it again tomorrow.

    Pretty cool, right? So let me play the other one as well. Remember that I showed you? So let me play the whole video. So this one the stickman. I’ll release this soon. I’ll show you the other one as well. Watch this. Um let me pull that up. So this one is the full video to the one I shared with you. Um so let me show you.

    Are think of the 30 years war, the 80 years war or the 100red years war that actually spanned 116 years. But none of those got anywhere close to the massive war we are going to try to cover within 15 minutes today. I will be honest it is going to be a bit simplified since we basically got 20 minutes divided by 781 years 1.5 seconds per year. So we are already 30 years behind schedule. But then again it is not like eight generations of Christians and Muslims were stabbing each other at all times. Or were they call it the original enemies to lovers? Let us talk about reconista. Let’s travel back to the year 711. To set the stage, Europe is still hung over from the fall of Rome that happened two centuries ago and the Iberian Peninsula basically today as Spain and Portugal is run by the Visigoths. On paper, the Visigothic Kingdom was wealthy, Christian, and centralized. Though in reality, like with most medieval kingdoms at the time, it was indeed very brittle and constantly undermined by personal vendettas. Is it really Europe if it was not? North of the Visig Gothic Kingdom, we find the Frankish kingdom, Weiiwis, who were essentially the bigger bro in the Gaul region. The kingdoms fought each other before and during the last deciding battle. The Franks managed to crush the Visigoththic army and even killed their king in battle. Yikes. It did all happen a while ago. So, the two kingdoms were not actively fighting each other, but it did mean that they were not allies in times of need either. Anyway, to the south of the Visigoththic kingdom. If you look past the water, we find Morocco or back then the Umea dungasti. And notice were not just another set of Islamic warlords. They were the world’s superpower. Their empire stretched from the Atlantic Ocean to the mountains of Persia. The capital of the Yumiad sat in Damascus, but they did not originally come from there. The massive caliphate started under Prophet Muhammad who started the lightning conquests from Saudi Arabia and after many years and betrayals turned the prophet’s mission into this massive imperial machine and at the time the Umead Si were focused on North Africa. The Arabs had pushed west for decades overrunning Baen fortress and forcing the local Berber tribes to convert and

    you see that right? see the power of what we’re trying to achieve here. So this is what we are exactly doing. Okay, step by step in the process that I’ve outlined for you. Okay, the idea is that we create a video like this. See the main points about this video that I want to mention here is the syncing. Okay, it’s one thing to create an audio. It’s another thing to sync the clips that are made within video express together such that what is being spoken matches to the animation on the screen. Right? And that is basically what we are trying to achieve here step by step. Does that make sense now that you got this point? So what we will do is what I will do is I’m going to show you exactly in a nutshell how this is done manually. Then I’ll show you the outcomes in Chad GPT. Okay? That way you’ll understand exactly what’s being done here. Uh so that tomorrow if some issue comes you have like a system that you can fix these issues on your own without having to rely on me or email our support team even. Right? So what’s being done in a nutshell? Let me actually uh share my screen here. One sec. Um all right. So what’s being done is first of all what’s happening is you can go in and it’s creating the audio right behind the scenes. It kind of knows where the setup is right and then clicks it’s selects the voice. Okay. So in this particular case what I told it to do is just use one voice in our public uh uh library called the podcast host voice. What I’m going to do in the future once I get feedback from you and improve it is that it’ll automatically like I mentioned is it’s going to pick from any one of these 7,000 plus voices plus any one of these some we have like another 2,000 or something plus voices in these new voices we’ve added and it’s going to pick the best one for the best use case. So imagine you want to do a Tik Tok video. It has to be fast-paced, right? Where it’s like imagine the Troy. It was the biggest thing that happened in history where a Trojan horse was introduced into the battlefield where it was given as a gift much faster, right? Tik Tok 1 minute or 30 second type video. So it’ll pick those types of voices which match that. Okay? Because we do have those voices now in uh clone voice um under English mainly but other languages as well. uh but mostly we’ve added for English because you know most of our customers are English speakers but generally if you want other languages as well we’ve added some as well. It’s going to pick that automatically whatever makes the most sense. Now once you pick that voice what it’s doing is it’s going to pick it and it’s generating the entire script and it’s pasting that script. So let’s say for example you know I’m picking this in this thing uh in this case GP or cloud is going to create the whole script. So, let’s say Trojan uh the the story of Troy and Trojan horse, let’s say. Okay. And then it’s going to say YouTube video scripts. It says vlogs, tutorials. I’ll just put like uh in this particular case, children story and animated videos. And then kind of it’s doing this process as well, but more in a way where it’s congruent with uh the image prompts and all that kind of stuff behind the scenes. Okay. So, this part is being done. So, it’ll go next and it’s generating the entire video. Okay. And it will even pick the uh emotions which I’m working on next where it’ll pick the emotions based on what makes sense for that sequence. Uh once we train it which is still happening it takes a week to 10 days to train uh Chad GPT and um um you know uh claude as well to understand our application because you have to feed it so much data it reiterates and improves upon it. So it’s still in that training run right now but anyway so we generate it. So it just generates it like so like okay if that all right so uh in my account and then what it does is after it does it goes into this option right here like so. Okay. So it goes into this like right here. Then what it’s doing is it’s going to download uh this uh right here and then what it’s going to do is going to do two things behind the scenes. It’s going to open up video express like so. In video express if you open up the create from prompt there’s two components right right now in the timeline I have the entire audio correct like if you see my right so let’s assume this audio is 30 seconds long right now right that got created from clone voice it has that now what it’s going to do is it’s going to generate the image prompt it’s doing that automatically it’s going to do the image prompt and then what it’s going to do is it’s going to do the video prompt automatically so it’s going to do the video prompt automatically and then it’s going to pick this narration style style video. Why narration style video? So in narration style video, if I click on it, I’ll show you actually use from library. I’m going to show you um uh some examples here. Let’s say this was the case. So here, right in the narration, if you click create, you see how it says on the top clone voice.AI uh integration. So it’s using this integration uh that this new update with clone voice to bring those voices in automatically and understand it fully. And then what it’s doing is it’s splitting the audio files so that each individual audio into in a way that it will understand it. So it’s doing that as well. And then what it’s going to do is it’s going to take these uh images and effectively turn it into a video animation as well. So it fills in that as well. And in this particular case, let’s say it’s 30 second scenes. So what it’s going to do is let’s say it’s 30 seconds, let’s say, and each scene may be 7 to 10 seconds long to make it sync properly and fix any pauses and stuff like that. It’ll generate maybe let’s imagine here probably like about five scenes. Okay, roughly and then it’s going to generate the scenes. Go to media library here on the right. And then it’s going to take those videos, right? Whatever is in the media library, let’s assume. Uh I’ll show you that right now. And then it’s going to go to the media library like so. And it’s going to drag and drop it into the timeline, okay? For you to look at, see if you’re happy with it, you want to crop it or anything. And of course, we also have this list, let’s say, right click, separate audio and video. So, any point in time you want to tell chat GPT, hey, look, there’s too many pauses here. It’s like uh you know what I mean? Like the pauses, meaning like this segment right here. Uh crop this, it’ll crop it automatically. You can crop it manually. Up to you really. It’s not really that difficult. You just click on this uh where you want to crop it, select it, and then right click, delete. Boom. It’s going to crop it. Or in this particular case, if that doesn’t work, like in this case, that happened to me. you can undo it and you’re going to do it like this. Okay? So, you’re going to click on this section and you’re going to cut it with the scissors icon right here like so. And that’s what Chip PT or Cloud will do for you. Okay? And then you’re going to cut this like so. Okay? You see it? Cut it and then you can snap it back in. So, that way you know it’s more interesting and exciting or whatever you want to call it. All right? So, that’s the basic idea, okay? Of what it’s doing behind the scenes. Then you can export this as a video, full-fledged video, and it’s all synced. Everything makes sense. Everything looks good. Okay. All that stuff behind the scenes is what I trained Chad GPT and Claw to do for you. Um and it’s super amazing in a way that like it gives you a lot of um you know ideas on how to improve upon certain things because if you have on your plate like so uh all the stuff done you can then go and modify certain things right one of the biggest issues is people come I’ve seen it they’re going to create video from promp and they stare at a blank screen here. What do I put for image prompt? What do I do for uh video prompt? Correct. And that’s the worst thing that can happen. So the idea with this automation, it does the whole thing. So now let’s see what did you do. Chad GPT. Okay. All right. So it’s done this. Um five clips are are producing. Okay. And then uh I’ll just say continue and finish the job. Let’s say and then what it’s going to do is basically you know it’s it’s doing this. You see this? It did the Trojan horse. I’m resuming the from the completed assets finishing the remaining uh clips. Then I’ll place them in story order on video express timeline and verify the timeline reaches 30 seconds. Okay, it’ll be 1 minute. Same logic. Just make sure though that don’t do like 10 to 15 minutes simply because it’s going to take forever first of all and second thing is that we do have that five parallel generations limit here. Uh that you want to ensure that you meet that because you otherwise you’re going to be just sitting there in the screen and it’s going to keep on generating it. It’s going to take a long time. So you can even do it like a minute and then extend it to another minute and another. So it’ll be a little bit more compact and you can see what’s happening, right? So you can improve your own skills in the process. One of the things is people are with AI is they’re not using their brain anymore. And the problem with that is they become like everybody else, right? We don’t want that to happen. We want to make sure we use our brain also a little bit and become smarter with the AI, not dumber uh in a way. Okay, so now it’s generating the archaeology scene or whatever. Now let’s go into Claude. What are you doing, Claude? All right, it did the whole thing. Now, let’s see here. What did you do? Let me go to my media library. And so, you see what I’m doing, right? Like it’s the same logic. It goes to my AI thing. And you see what it did. It generated all these clips together like so. And it it’s generating the last one. So, for the sake of speed, I’ll just uh generate this stuff uh right here. And I’ll show you what the outcome is. Okay? Uh because you know you know again, we’re going to have this webinar live stream going on and on and on forever. Uh so I’ll just uh you know once this uh sequence is also done I’ll just upload it and I’ll show you export the video and I’ll show you as well. Same thing as well with chat GPT. What I’m going to do is like you know how it’s uh basically placing them in order on the video express timeline it’s planning to do you know I can do this uh process as well you know manually. See it generated the videos on the right as you can see here. It also uh generated the images that are in the same style. You see it’s 2D style but it’s like very uh painting style right? It’s not exactly 2D alone. So basically that is the idea of where both of these come together. So if you look at the diagram which I had here correct. So what did we do so far? Because when I show you the output it should not be like I don’t understand what happened. So first things first we gave it a topic. Okay we gave it a topic. We it took the topic generated the script. Okay. So let’s say that’s the number one thing. It generated the voice in clone voice right with our new update. Okay, that was the second step. It took the voice and music is optional anyways. And it took the voice. Then it took three. It went into video express. Okay. And then what it did is it split, right? If I uh put this in a different um module. What it did is like it it split them into sequences, right? Like this scenes. Okay. Like so. Like so. And it merged all of them together obviously. And then you say scene one, scene two, scene three, scene four, scene five. What it did is it took this clone wires audio and made sure that it dictates the audio dictates the image prompts. Audio dictates the image turned into video. Audio dictates the sequencing of the stylistic elements and everything. That way whatever is spoken kind of makes sense in the video. All right. So that’s what basically uh that we are doing behind the scenes to get the entire you see this right here published video. This is what we are trying to achieve. That’s the basic idea. Okay. Is that clear? All right. So now let’s go check out what are we happening? What’s happening here? Cool. This is cool. So now they put two of the clips on the timeline. I’ll just stop it because I mean this is something I can do myself. Uh I’ll just show you the outcome because then you can uh do it. I’ll just delete these two. So, first thing, first video, second video, uh, let’s pull that into the timeline. And then that’s what it’s going to do automatically anyway. But for the sake of time, I’m going to show you what’s happening. Uh, then thirdly, the fourth video, right? So, we have, uh, let me see here. Did we put it correctly? So, okay, let me just delete this because in the live stream, I want to be clear. All right. So, first video, drag and drop. Then we got the second video on the top. third video on the top and then fourth video correct and then the fifth video. So now let’s export this thing like so. So we’ll just do full HD and stuff and we say Trojan horse or story live stream and then click create. All right. And then it’s creating for us and um let me show you. It’ll show up under okay my videos. Okay. just for reference, it’ll show up here on that part right there. You see? Um, so just keep in mind that it’ll show up here and then you’re going to see it right there under my videos. And then it’s if it’s still rendering, it’ll not show up here. Okay? So see it’s still rendering right now, right? So it’s it’s not going to show up here. Uh once it finishes rendering, it’ll going to show up under that my videos tab. Okay? Is that cool? So that way you understand where it’ll show up in the end because then from here you can download. Okay? And then what you want to do is save the project as well. So say Trojan horse project, right? You want to save it and uh whatever it ends up being, right? So this is the thing. So now did you notice something here? I put um vertical angle here even though it’s 16×9. So to fix this, see this black borders uh right here on the top. Just keep this in mind. Uh it’s a basic thing. Nothing really fancy. You’re just going to click on this landscape 16×9. That’s why it’s good to have an editor because this kind of stuff is uh done by video express automatically. Click yes. Done. That’s all I need to do. So, if you want to export it again, um you see this one is getting exported right now. So, I’ll just stop this one and then do it properly again. So, I’ll just do export um uh final, right? And then click on create. Now, while this is generating, I’ll show you. I’ll play it in real time so you see how this video is. Okay? Uh because if I play it from my computer, it’s not the same effect, right? So, uh now let’s open up Claude. This was Chad GPT. Let’s open up Claude. All right. Cool. Uh this was Claus’s creations, right? That it did. Same logic. Okay. Again, so you see it put them all into the timeline like so on its own, right? And then it says one thing worth flagging. Um you know, uh I I want to make sure that you know if you want to compare with the silent version or you want to uh basically use some voice specifically. So what I can tell right now, this is what I’m working on right now is we can say you can let me show you. Okay. uh we go to create audio right you can tell it what voice to use so for example in English you go to select voice you see Lucas roads I can say use the Lucas roads this one uh in case you’re wondering which one is it so this is the Lucas roads voice you can tell it and it’s going to automatically understand because we’ve done it and it’s going to be even better as in the future as I told you use rukas roads voice and generate the audio and replace with the old audio is what I’m trying to Right? And then boom. Okay. So this is the basic general idea of what we’re trying to tell it. It’s saying let me find the Lucas roads voice and it’s checking the voices and it’s basically going to be able to generate with the uh voice. Okay. It says I’m I can find the Lucas roads voice and um and then so on and so forth. Okay, does that make sense? That’s what we are trying to make it uh do behind the scenes. And of course, if you’re having any errors and stuff, I’m going to be taking your feedback from this live stream and fixing it. So, what you do is, let’s say tomorrow or uh there thereafter, you can come back into this workflows page um here and then you just refresh this page. I’m going to I’m going to make sure that this uh well, this one is going to be the best most updated version as well. Okay. So, that’s why I actually gave the GitHub link by the way here. this one basically where whenever I make any updates it’s going to be automatically updated here and claude and chity can understand it but it’s a little bit more advanced as we go more into advanced stuff down the line you can do so where you can link it to the GitHub itself which is going to be more automatically updated while here this HTML page you have to refresh it that sort of thing you don’t have to do with the GitHub thing okay so I’ll update this stuff as well once I hear feedback from you guys all right okay um now the other thing as well is um uh I want to make sure you understand somebody is asking about while while I go back and show you the results and stuff um is about like the quality of the voices. Understand I mentioned this before. Let’s assume you do Hindi, right? Okay, we did two things here for cloning. Uh the sample script is optional but if you want better quality just speak this exact thing as is to get better quality for the voice cloning. Now for the other area going to create audio. Let’s assume you pick the Hindi audio. Okay. Like so. Make sure you understand that when you pick the cloned voices, let’s say this is um the clone voice or something that it’s going to have two options pop up for you. Okay. Uh where for Hindi because I didn’t clone any Hindi voices, right? It won’t show, but it’s going to have like same like what I did here. Let’s let’s say in English, it’s going to have um like so. I’ll show you where you can clone it. And then let’s see here. Here you see how it says boost similarity V4 you’re going to have a similar structure for multilingual try to uncheck it. Okay, if you’re worried about like the quality of the speech because uh similarity sometimes does hurt the quality of the pronunciations and stuff. Okay, keep this in mind if you do see it for your Hindi language audio. Again, I want to mention this very important part uh before we show you the results of it. we do not recommend you to do where you do a English voice clone. Okay? uh let’s say this is your English voice let’s say right and then we don’t want you to use that voice to generate a Spanish uh clone right or Hindi in this case or whatever right very important you have to do so don’t do this you have to speak in Hindi because you know there’s a way we pronounce right in order to clone in Hindi and get the best result okay uh this is something I want to mention here this is the right approach uh because the pronunciation stuff will be better. Do not do where like you’re speaking in English in your clone and then trying to generate in Hindi. Not going to work well. Okay. Uh just keep this in mind. All right. Anyway, so let’s go back. Where are where are we? So let’s go back to our clot. Go to V Express. Um um and then it let’s uh let’s uh go back to chat GPT here. Yeah, we have it. Where is the my videos? Let’s open up. Okay, so we did Trojan horse live stream and Trojan horse final. So, let’s click on final download. All right, cool. So, now let me um show you this one. Uh I’ll play this right now. Again, I’ve not listened to it. If it sucks, it sucks. Hey, um so it is what it is. All right, let’s see. Uh that will be the way we can improve upon it too, right? If it uh is not that good. All right, so let me open up this right here and then I’ll upload this uh video file uh that we’ve uploaded. You see this one right here? And let me play it right now so you can see it. How does it look like? Let’s see.

    All right. Interesting thing. So, did you notice there’s no voice in this one? So, that is something we got to fix. So, let’s fix that one right now. So what was happening is as I was doing this, our support team and the guys behind the scenes were using that same account and producing a ton of other stuff. So I think it kind of uh did that in the back end. But let’s let’s look at the animation in the meantime while we uh start out the uh other thing. Let me see this thing right now.

    All right. Cool. So the idea is that in this particular case like I told you when you understand this kind of an issue what we do is we fix it by generating the audio and putting it back in. So I’ll show you a technique we can do this stuff when stuff like this happen. This is why they don’t show you this stuff in um in these other YouTubers, right? This why we want to know what happens when these things happen, right? So, what we do is basically in clone voice, you go back. Okay. So, let me show you this one right now. Uh let me remove this thing. Cool. All right. So, you see this right now? We have the Trojan horse audio. So, I’m going to tell it to use this audio. Okay. So, let me just download this one. I’ll show you how this would work. So, I’ll go back and I’ll tell Chad GPT right here. Um, and I’m going to tell it upload. You see, I press the plus button files and then that’s what it’s doing as well, right? See this? So, I’ll just say use this audio. Okay. Actually, you can’t see it properly because of my setup. Let me change it slightly so you can see it fully. Um, let me just this one. Yeah. All right. Cool. So, you see this? use this audio uh and make sure you sync um the video in the timeline with this. Right? So basically that’s what I did. You see this use this audio and make sure that you sync the video in the timeline with this. And that’s kind of what it’s doing as well. It’s just that like our support team has been testing a lot of stuff for you guys while you were live in this live stream with my account. Uh so that’s why it was like kind of lagging behind the scenes where there’s like my audio was like among the other hundred or something that were being generated. Uh but the logic is the same. It generates the audio in um clone voice and then you’re able to do this setup like so. Okay. Um and I’m going to systemize this like I said to make it even better uh with time as time goes on uh to ensure that effectively it uh is as uh simplified as possible obviously. Right. So you see what it’s doing right now. It’s importing the media uh from your library, right? And it’s being able to do all this stuff automatically, right? You see what I’m saying? So, it’s going to be able to do all this stuff pretty much on autopilot. Um, and it’s going to do all the adjustments and this and that. Okay. Another uh easier way to do it obviously, right, would be you just upload it yourself. Some cases these AI AI systems can like take a lot longer to be able to do so. Um, but it’s the same logic. Okay. So in in the nutshell, what it’s going to be doing is it’s going to upload the audio here as the uh other uh uh layer, right? So you’ll see it right now. What it’s going to be doing, it’s going to upload that file and it’s going to uh do it the same uh way as what it’s showing right now. Okay? And the same thing will apply even in the case of uh uh the claw thing, right? So where you can uh basically do the same process, okay? It’s the same logic. You see this right here? It has these um uh previews and stuff like that. You see what it’s doing right here? And all these other little layers. It’s going to do that whole process. Okay. And there you see this applied MP3 is 2.55 minutes. So I’ll change this to to cut to um 30 seconds, right? To make it work. And it’s going to basically do so. All right. So, uh that’s one way. Even if you integrate with Clone Voic’s API from that account I showed you, it’ll be automated as well. Okay. Uh pretty much to be able to do so. But that’s the other setup. Okay. So, what we can do is the same thing. I’ll show you. Okay. You’re going to go into this account. You’re going to go in and you’re going to go in and edit profile. You see this Clone Wars API key. You’re going to put the key from this account. Okay? That’s the secret. So, let’s go back here. Settings. Um, let me get the well key. Copy this key. And then we’re going to come back here. And then we’re going to paste the same key like so. and click save. Right? Once it is saved, what you’re going to see is we say import speech from clone voice and you can make the speech happen like so or go to media library. Okay. And then you see where it says like u you know your audios and stuff like that. You can basically bring the clone wise audios in here as well. Um so that’s the other option as well. Okay. Up to you whatever works for you. You can do whatever you want. So let’s say for example in the my media library you go to audios and you can click on upload and then the one with the clone voice I got selected we can uh basically bring that audio in as well. Okay so like so upload. Boom. We bring that in. Okay. And then we’re going to bring it in here like so. I’m just going to crop this so that it ends exactly where this one ends. Okay. And then um save this. Then export. And then we’ll say Trojan Arts pilot fixed edition. All right, like create. All right, cool. Now it’s doing the video. So this is the same thing it’s going to do obviously in the steps like um it was there but it’s good idea to know any mistakes that occur too so that you can fix the mistakes that happen. Okay. So uh in this particular case, right? So you see this right here. I’m going to fix this uh setup in the next system prompt so that it accounts for this type of scenario where let’s say for example you have other projects playing in your um in your thing in your in your clone wise account or other projects being generated in your video express account how it will not lag it like what happened here in my case right so in my case what was happening is behind the scenes uh a ton of the stuff was being created that was slowing things down in uh this account all right so anyway um that was the basic idea all right now So once this should be generated now let’s go check it out uh what’s happening here. Yeah let’s go download this. Now let’s play this one now. Okay. Um and see what’s happening here. Okay. Showing folder. So let’s split this one. I’ll just rename it so I can remember it. Um all right. Let’s play this. Let’s see. Because the sinking should be automatic because we uh effectively did that automatically. All right, let’s play. Famous wooden weapon in history may never have existed. Yet, the Trojan horse changed how the world imagines deception. Ancient Greek tradition places Troy near the Dardinels, where Europe, Anatolia, and the Aian meet. That location mattered. It sat beside roots linking the Mediterranean and the Black Sea. Archaeology confirms that Troy was a real heavily fortified city built and rebuilt for thousands of years. But the horse itself belongs to legend, not proven history. In the famous story, Greek armies have failed to take Troy by force. Then one morning, the Trojans find the Greek camp empty. On the shore stands a gigantic wooden horse.

    Pretty cool, right? You see this? So we generated that little addition of that. Now I do see this question right here guys. Um I want to answer this question in an honest manner. So the amount of effort it takes to put together clone wars these workflows that we have to test multiple times and stuff like that and all that. I mean the least we ask you is to buy clone wise right? I mean don’t expect us to include everything into video express and doing a disservice cuz already it’s a good value you get. Uh literally you can start for like 49 bucks and stuff. Like if you look at let’s say other platforms out there I mean you you probably already know um uh like other platforms which do it they all do credits based systems and stuff like that and ultimately you know when you really want to use it you’ll have this issue right here let me explain this to you um so let me open this up like you’ll have to use an 11 laps API right to in order to generate these audios and you see right here what the pricing is right now so if you want the highest quality you see this high quality voice generation key term prompting stuff like what we are doing right now and lower latency and all that kind of stuff. You’re looking at like basically this which is 10 cents per thousand characters. Okay? And I’m not a genius, but let’s figure it out what that exactly means. So let’s ask uh good old Chad GPT what that means, right? Um let’s let’s do this right now. So that is uh 10 cents per 1,000 characters. I have a 5 minute video I want to make. Uh how much will it cost for me to generate um if it costs me 22 cents right per oh sorry 10 cents per thousand characters right 10 cents per,000 characters right and then you’ll see what it is right at the end of the day like the cost it’ll be for 11 laps kind of a platform right it’s going to tell you that right now there we go right so there we go it’s uh like right now 48 8 to 53 cents. Now, they just don’t give you the API just like that to be able to do it. There’s a $40,000 character limit. So, what they’ll tell you is get one of these creator platforms or like pro account or whatever in order to use it. Then on top of that, you’re going to need something like seed dance to do the video animation part, right? Um, and that adds up where like it’s going to be uh what I checked is like it like it comes like let’s look at it here. Actually, this one is better probably. Yeah, you see this right here. text to video. Then you have image to video. Uh right here the quality should be 1080p because that’s what we generate. You see this right here? Um just 5second duration at 1080p quality is $248. Okay, I’m not a genius. Let’s figure it out. So $248 uh for a 5second video. Let’s even split it in half. Maybe this one is reselling it and making it higher. So, let’s just say it’s $1 uh per 5second video. How much will 5 minutes cost me? Okay. And I want to understand this because see like look at this. A 5 minute video is going to cost $60 to be done. Okay. $60. Okay. You’re getting started at 49 bucks for V Express to put it in perspective. No monthly fees and stuff. This is like the credit system. And then you got to subscribe to these monthly plans too. By the way, it’s not like you just can start with the credits only system, right? So, just support us, you know? I mean, it’s not like like uh uh if you go into here like you can get CloneWise at clonewise.ai. I mean, really, you can get started like if you go into clone wise. Let me show you. Um right now, you’ll see like here, right? If you scroll down here, there’s two options available. I mean, there’s a basic account you can get started on. It’s like just 49 bucks literally for a single payment. No monthly fees, no credits and mumbo jumbo stuff. you want other additional features obviously that we have um and we allow up to four hours of audio per day like to put it in perspective I said five minutes right so let’s come back to the 11 laps example so 1,000 characters right is this much okay um formula is this using this formula get me four hours of uh uh audio pricing okay per day right we do most people never hit uh even for large audio books and stuff, right? It’ll give it to you. There we go. So, $24 it’s going to cost you per day if you were to run it in 11 laps. That’s in a month almost uh give or take $700 or so, correct? $700 a month or pay like literally like what you can get for the onetime price right here. Uh it’s like with the discount applied, right? 148 bucks right now. So, I mean it it’s it pays for itself, right? In the long run, especially with my workflows and training and stuff that I’m giving it to you today. I mean, you should it’s the least you can do for us to help us out then complain that, hey, put these voices in video express. It’s not fair, right, on us when we spend millions of dollars in development costs, millions of dollars on servers right now. These Nvidia GPU servers are not cheap. Like, we bought like a a server recently that we rented out. I’ll show you. This is the one we bought. Okay. Uh it’s going to be coming in soon for example. So Nvidia Vera Reuben NVL 8. This is eight servers. Okay. In order to run these big uh um servers that we talk about um we just ordered this. It won’t tell you right now. So like right now the 72 variant is 50,000 a piece, right? Comes to 3.5 million to 7.8. We put a variation for this NVL8 and it’s uh actually it’s called uh HX I believe. um HX. So you will see uh right now it’s being around like you see this $440,000 to buy this. Okay, this is not including by the way you got to put storage on it. You got to put cooling system, you got to put in a data center and pay for the electricity and all that kind of stuff. We’re investing this kind of money on your behalf and you know it’s like uh kind of sad sometimes we don’t get appreciated for it. Uh and people actually expect like hey Nvidia Express put everything including the voice cloning technology you have in clone voice and stuff like that which has a completely new machine learning team completely different uh team that does research for us uh it’s a completely different team that you know like right now as we speak they’re checking your comments right now and there were comments on like can you improve Hindi this pronunciation or or uh Nepali language or whatever even though we may not have that many speakers uh or that many customers in that language they’re noting it down and working and improving it right now you And that’s not free either, right? So understand that like right now what you’re getting it for is ridiculous. I mean why we’re doing this is to give you the best value possible, best training possible. And of course the other thing as well that is extremely critical for you to understand is that we’re doing this because you know I’m probably one of the best marketers in the world and I’m I don’t want to brag but it’s a fact. So because of that uh because of 20 years of experience right next year will be 20 years for me in this uh space. am I can get customers for very cheap and I can grow businesses very quickly and you know even this YouTube video right we’re able to get customers right now without spending money like these VC back companies so because of those skills we spend very little on marketing a lot on the product development side right and because of that little edge we have let’s say uh because having a world-class marketing uh team um including myself we’re able to literally I can work for free for my company let’s say like if I was working for some of these companies like seed dance stuff. I had asked pay me $2 million a year minimum salary plus equity and all that. Because of that, what I’m doing is I’m working for free for you, right? And all the development costs and stuff like that is basically where effectively we’re asking you to pay for and it’s the smallest thing for you to do where you can invest in clone wise. Because of version 4 is for free update and then also in this case video express, right? Uh because when you go to this video.ai/workflow that I developed for you, uh it works alongside the video express uh domain. And so you can come in here and just go to video express.ai for example and you can make both of these work. And again, we also have artistly v7 coming up soon. Okay, that’s our next big update. We’re working very hard on that. Uh it’s been in the last 8 months or so we working on it cuz we have to serve 20 30,000 customers. Okay. Uh like artist alone has like I believe right now well over 40,000 unique customers. Uh not a small company, right? Uh so and we’ve been serving it for the last 3 four years. Free updates and everything. So again, V Express, what is it like 179 bucks one time and you can start for the basic account at 49. I mean, you know, it sells itself. I don’t even have to mention it, but I’m just trying to explain to you that, you know, u invest in our products. It’ll only help us update things further. And unlike all these other companies which come and disappear, there’s actually a person behind these brands and these products. So you can complain on. And if you go into our Facebook group even that I want to mention here real quick in our Facebook group there that you see on the page right there like people mention stuff they complain about things that are not working and stuff. And we have a dedicated team who’s monitoring stuff and a community of people 87,000 some people right now in that group uh that that you see right there who are helping each other out and stuff like that. And the idea is you know as the community helps each other out that’s lesser customer support resources we might put and we don’t put AI to do our support. I don’t believe in support being done by AI. I believe has to be done by a human simply because we can learn from it right. So if there’s an issue somewhere like even the uh messages that being responded by my team and myself here in the chat it’s a human doing it because then we can improve things right like oh that was the issue so let’s prioritize that. AI cannot do that because it doesn’t care uh about prioritization. Hey, this person has messaged five times to us asking for the update in let’s say Hindi or Nepali or whatever but English is more priority for us from a revenue standpoint. Let’s ignore them. That’s what everybody does. But in a human being there’s emotions involved. We care, right? So u just wanted to mention this stuff again whether you buy or don’t buy it doesn’t really matter at the end of the day. You’re still going to get values. You’re still going to have clone wise updated as a clone wise customer. You’re still going to get u you know the video express updated as a video express customer. But you know do help us out. You’ll see all our products as well in this uh website this pomono.com website that you see. You’ll see I mean we’ve been updating all these products for a long period of time. It’s not like a joke. We don’t take it lightly. And a lot of people in the last 3 years since we’ve been updating uh uh let’s say in this case of clone wise it’s been about a yearish year and a halfish. And in the case of video express it’s been almost 3 years and artistically it’s more than that. We’ve been updating these products since forever now. Okay. And in that time frame, a lot of companies disappeared. Okay? There’s nobody left in the industry. Nobody. Okay? It’s like we’re the only company left which does this where we say onetime payment. And here’s the thing. Unlike others where we say 179 and going to give you 5,000 credits, which really equals to 50 videos, you can create as many videos as possible. What we really only uh limit people on is like let’s say five videos at a at a time. And you know like for example we limit people from running some kind of uh bots which purposely uh hit our website and and keep slowing it down for everybody. that kind of stuff which nobody does generally except for maybe a handful of people I’ve seen in the last 3 years but that’s there for your benefit you know and ultimately we don’t make that much of a margin compared to an open AI or a chat GPT or a clot or a seed dance uh or uh some of these other companies right like 11 Labs or like you might see other companies out there because they have to serve their investors so they have to show more margin so every time they build something new they charge more money right like an 11 Labs new update will cost more money than the older version, right? Just like you know, for example, you come to Chad GPT, you know, this uh sole uh update uh will cost you more than the Terra, the Luna, the 5.5, the 5.4 uh mini spark, right? The newest update costs more money to use. We are not doing that, right? The newest update is included. Big difference. It’s a extreme undertaking on our part. It’s not a light thing that light thing we can mention. So because of that I suggest like you know you we you can recommend this products to your friends, family and stuff like that to help us out. There’s an affiliate program for these things. So if you come into CloneVoice or Video Express, you can go to Vexpress/affiliates and you’ll see an affiliate program. So you can earn a commission recommending your friends, family, and stuff like that. And then even the same thing with CloneVoice. You go to clone.ai/affiliates. uh you can mention it that a lot of people we get a lot of word of mouth sales like this one from a lot of people like yourself recommending your family friends and stuff like that and you get paid for it as well. Um I want to tell you this stuff because as we update things and we’re reaching traction we’re getting bombarded with negative publicity by all these companies which we are going against uh because hey you know you have per usage and monthly fees and this guy comes along called clone.ai I where there’s no credits, no monthly fees, and you can generate as many videos or in this case as many audios or music or anything like that. And they listen to feedback and they give workflows for free while we charge for the workflows. And we have all these other consultants come in and create the workflows and they charge money and courses on it. Hey, this person is actually doing this stuff. Let’s go hammer them and go negative on them, right? And it just hurts. But that’s how the world works, right? So the only way we can combat that is give more value and stuff like that and have you purchase other products of ours to help our team and uh the you know the least we ask of you is that and contribute in our Facebook group and help each other out cuz we give away prizes and stuff for people in our Facebook group all the time for people who are active and engaged and stuff like that and um you know we stopped doing that for the last 3 months or so because we want our products to speak for itself rather than have to give prizes for anybody to engage. Uh but we plan to bring that back in as well in the in the near term. Okay. So, I just wanted to explain um this process. So, again, what did we talk about today? So, let’s summarize this thing and then we’ll call it a day. I am checking your feedback in the chat box as well. Uh if I couldn’t answer them, I will definitely do that in the comment section later and I’m noting them down as well for improvements. Okay? So, none of your questions will go unanswered. So, if there was a feature request that was mentioned by you, 100% it’s going to be implemented. Okay? uh whether next week or the week after or whatever. That’s how we got 400 languages. Where did we get 400 languages from from your requests and all these updates? So to summarize, let’s go back here real quick. So basically we have clone voice wave 4. Okay, where we’ve added, as you can see here, I’ll highlight this stuff, 400 languages for voice cloning and generic voices. Okay, so meaning it’ll come with readym made voices for these 400 languages as well. Okay. Um, obviously we also have 100 languages with realistic emotions. So, this is happy, confident, enthusiastic or whatever you want. Imagine there’s emotions that you can add that will show up in when you put the script in and you go to the blocks uh for each of your uh voices, it’ll show up there, the emotions. And we have thousands of new okay, put in perspective, thousand new readymade voices. So, before this update, we add 7,000 okay uh readymade voices you can pick. Now, there’s thousands more. So probably right now 10 to 12,000 more uh was were added in. Um very realistic sounding because it’s a pet peeve of mine too because I do a lot of YouTube content. I have a lot of faceless YouTube channels. Um and I also consult a lot of people. One of the biggest issues I noticed is like narration style videos needs a voice that is not uh it’s very unique, right? It’s going to go viral on YouTube, Tik Tok and stuff. My voice will not unfortunately. Uh so we’ve gotten those professional voices in. And then we also talked about how you have the direct video express integration as you can see here uh where you can bring that in with the workflow that I mentioned. The workflow by the way is on this workflow page that you can get access to and uh that will show up like uh so which I’ll bring it up right now on my screen. So uh you go to video express.ai/workflow and then you’re going to show up in right here at the top one right here 2D narrative explainer. That’s what we talked about today will be more workflows will be added in. Uh what we’re finding is the workflows have to be so tested so hardcore by me and the team like hundreds of times to ensure it works with cloud it works with chbttt works in this setting that setting and all that. So uh we’ll be adding more of these and we’re finding that the workflow when it’s optimized let’s say the better way to say it uh for a specific use case in this case 2D narrative video it does really well on that uh and then we have to create more workflows. These AI tools are not good with edge cases. Okay. When they get stuck somewhere, you saw what happened today when I showed it to you. If it cannot get the audio for whatever reason, it just stops. It just does not move forward. So for us to say we have to now go and fix it where say whenever it an issue like this occurs, it stops suddenly. Make sure you retry again. Make sure you go to clone voice, get the audio, do this, and you got to train it again, right? And and it’s going to be optimized. Next time it won’t make the same mistake. That’s what we’re working on. A lot of time is spent here, and that’s free for you. You don’t have to spend any money on that. Other people are charging for courses and memberships sites only on these workflows right now which is crazy. Um but hey it’s capitalist system. People will do what they will do. Your job to decide what is valuable and what’s not valuable because the hardest job is not the workflow itself. The harder job is to build clone wars update it uh by the servers to run this stuff. uh to compete against an 11 laps kind of company which right now they’ve raised a billions of dollars right it’s not like a joke uh where the best company in the game has billions of dollars more than you you know um and of course they’re going to price it such that right if they’re spending billions of dollars of course they’re going to price it uh accordingly uh we may not match them in every single feature but we can match them on the core features right forever sex quality of the voice uh let’s say language selection uh let’s say emotion selection also So instead of like just uh you know adding some unique features like our voice changer feature here uh voice maker feature some unique stuff that we bring to the table that is more usable right where 95% of the users will use this rather than 5% who might want something uh but not exactly that usable right that’s how we track everything on who’s using what features the most and we focus on those right and more workflows will be added in here as well then the next thing I talked about is how we created that workflow this workflow right here that you see that you can just open and copy and paste into chat jupitter cloud more will be improved upon this where the idea is okay where you clone these voices your own voices or let’s say it’s a different character voices or whatever uh uh accents and stuff like that with our pronunciation editor that we added in right now more tutorials will be added in a tutorial section by the way and emotions and all this stuff but also the workflow where Chad GPTN cloud will copy and paste that prompt it’s going to generate the script generate voice and then it’s going to generate the image prompts, the video prompts, put it all into the timeline, export the video, all that stuff will be done uh automatically by it. Okay? And we’ll improve more on it, of course. And then the end outcome, you saw that, right? The Trojan horse video that I mentioned to you as well um uh earlier. So, all in all, I’m building more of these workflows right now. So, just shoot feedback to me in the comment section after this live stream is done. And also to our support team, you will see uh for clone voice, the support email is this. So do let me know uh because we own video express and clone voice. We bring something unique to the table like other people don’t. We can do more direct integration between both of them and that allows you basically where you say hey I like that integration you did can you adjust it where in video express you make this change to make clone voice do much better. We can do that right like for example in video express right now one of the things that ideas that I got right now was there should be a folder right here called clone voice folder right like here and then all your clone voice audios and stuff should show up here instead of you having to go to import media or somewhere so I got that idea just now and I’m going to get that implemented by video express team and our clone wise team right uh so it’s simpler for you can find all your stuff clone wise stuff in one folder um so ideas like that let us know okay we’ll implement so that because we own both applications We manage them, we support them. It’s much easier for us to make those updates. Okay? So, uh, don’t be hesitant to ask questions after this live stream is done. I’ll be happy to assist you cuz I check every single comment, okay? Even the good, bad, ugly. Sometimes people yell at me. Some people say you didn’t listen to my feedback in the live stream. Hey, all cool. But I’ll read all of them, okay? It’s one good thing that I can improve upon, right? We can improve our products on that. Okay? So, hope you enjoy the Clone Voice V4 update. A lot of effort came in to get this integration done. uh not just creating audios but creating videos with it. Um and more other things we’re planning on behind the scenes next week. Uh watch out for that too where I am almost done training clone voice application and the whole feature set with chipt cloud where it does it even more automatic than today. Today there was some manual steps. It’ll be even more automated. It’ll be awesome. It’s a lot of fun. We’re finishing up that fine-tuning training process. Taking us a lot longer than expected cuz we want to fix all edge cases. But watch out for that. Okay. Next week for sure. It’ll be awesome. So, thanks again for being here, taking the time to be here. I don’t want to go too long on this because people will now watch it later on. Uh, I will create a shorter version of this as well for you, post it in our Facebook group and as well as I will also publish it into your email as well. Watch out for the emails and stuff. It’ll be more short to the point as well if you want to walk through it. Uh, do uh watch out for that as well. Okay. So, thanks again. If I update that uh uh workflow, make sure that you do refresh the page cuz I will definitely update it cuz I saw some feedback from you. Uh the workflows page here, this one right here, this clone wise and video express narrative workflow make some updates after this live stream. So watch out for that as well. Okay, just refresh the page. So when you come here, just refresh the page. I will just um um make sure that when you click on this open the system prompt page, I will make sure that it’ll be updated. Okay? So just pay attention to that one in a day or two or three where it’ll be better than it is today. Okay. So thank you so much for all the great feedback. Of course really enjoyed uh doing uh revealing this to you. I do these live streams also so you can learn from my mistakes. In the crisper video I can make some uh changes where any mistakes that happen when you are facing it is not going to be of the same help. Right? So the shorter video will cover that as well. Okay. So thanks again. I wish you all the best. Have a great weekend. Talk to you soon.